*

Na’viteri.org

Ziva’u nìprrte’ fte nivume!
By Paul Frommer – Karyu Pawl


This HTML file is written for offline use
by Tìtstewan

'Ivong Na'vi!


Note: This HTML will be updated continuously
File Version: 3.8.10
Current Version Date: April 1, 2024
CC: Some Rights Reserved
All content rights are still those of their original creators.

To search something in this file, use the following keyboard shortcut:
PC: Ctrl+F or F3
Mac: command(⌘)+F

Please report any mistake or broken links / codes you see! Irayo!

*
Zola’u nìprrte’! Welcome!

My friends,

Zola’u nìprrte’ ayngaru nìwotx! Welcome to you all! It’s a pleasure to post this first message to Na’viteri (Concerning Na’vi), my blog about the language of the inhabitants of Pandora in James Cameron’s seminal film, “Avatar.” I hope that everyone with an interest in Na’vi—from the casually curious to those aspiring to mastery—will find something useful here.

I have three main goals for Na’viteri that will be reflected in three different kinds of posts:

1. BEGINNERS’ CLASSROOM—NUMTSENGVI AYSNGÄ’IYUÄ

This is the place for Na’vi 101, a series of friendly, progressive language lessons, starting from scratch, for beginners. Here you’ll find conversations and dialogs where you’ll not only see the language in written form but be able to click on a button and hear it spoken as well. You’ll also find brief, non-technical grammatical explanations, passages for reading and listening comprehension, and practice exercises.

I want to make one thing clear at the outset. As many of you know, a wealth of learning materials for Na’vi is already available on the Internet—discussion boards in at least 18 languages, Na’vi language lessons, dictionaries, sound recordings, videos—created by devoted fans of “Avatar” and Na’vi who have formed a spirited and passionate Na’vi Community. (You’ll find links to some of those sites under “Na’vi on the ‘Net” at the right.) The quality of many of these materials is extraordinarily high; the fact that talented people have put in so much time and effort to help others learn Na’vi is for me a great source of pride. What I myself will present here is not intended to substitute for or supplant those materials but rather to supplement them. At times, in fact, I may refer you to a particularly clear or insightful explanation, discussion, or example that someone else has provided.

2. LANGUAGE DISCUSSION—TÌPÄNGKXO LELÌ’FYA

In these posts, aimed at intermediate and advanced learners, I’ll be discussing various points of grammar and usage and responding to questions. I’m grateful for the probing queries I’ve gotten from members of the Community, many of which have helped me see where Na’vi needs further elucidation and development. This blog will be a central location where I can offer suggestions and address issues of interest to those who are already using the language for communication.

3. NEW EXPRESSIONS, NEW RULES—MIPA AYLÌ’FYAVI, MIPA HOREN

This is the place for introducing new vocabulary and expressions and presenting new or extended rules of grammar and usage.

While Na’viteri will be an English/Na’vi bilingual blog, there will inevitably be more English than Na’vi. Ideally everything would be in both languages, but that would take more time than I have. Like all of you, I’m still a learner myself and not yet at the point I can write as quickly and easily in Na’vi as I can in my own native language. That said, I’ll try to include as much Na’vi as I can for intermediate and advanced students.

This is my first-ever blog—and it will soon become clear, if it hasn’t already, that I am very much feeling my way around. So as we go along, don’t be surprised if you come across inconsistencies and errors of various kinds or if you notice changes to format and organization as I discover better ways of doing things. Your constructive comments and suggestions are always welcome. I also want to say how grateful I am for the offers of help I’ve received from kind volunteers in the Community—irayo, ma oeyä eylan (thank you, my friends); as things go along, I may indeed enlist your assistance. Right now, though, I want to acknowledge the invaluable guidance I’ve received from Britton Watkins and Josh Feldman, without whose generous help I’d still be scratching my head and wondering how in the world to get started. Needless to say, any mistakes or omissions are my own.

And so . . . Awnga sngivä’i ko! Let’s begin! Check back here soon for Na’vi 101 Lesson 1 and the first posts to the discussion room. Until then, kìyevame ulte Eywa ngahu—so long, and Eywa be with you.

Paul Frommer

NìNa’vi:

Ma oeyä eylan,

Tse . . . Nìawnomum, fwa oel fìtìkangkemvit1 sngeykivä’i2 krrnolekx nìtxan, slä nì’i’a3 tsun oe pivlltxe san Zola’u nìprrte’ ne pìlok4 Na’viteri sìk! Tìmweypeyri ayngeyä seiyi irayo nìngay. Sìlpey oe, awngeyä lì’fyaolo’ìri fìpìlok lìyevu pxan, ulte frapo—ftxey sngä’iyu ftxey tsulfätu5—tsìyevun fìtsenge rivun ’uot lesar.

Lu pìlokur pxesìkan sì pxefne’upxare:

1ve: NUMTSENGVI6 AYSNGÄ’IYUÄ

Fayupxare layu aysngä’iyufpi, fte lì’fyari awngeyä fo tsìyevun nìftue nìltsansì nivume.

Ma oeyä eylan, faysänumviri rutxe fì’ut tslivam: Nìltsan omum oel futa ayhapxìtul lì’fyaolo’ä awngeyä txantsana aysänumvit ngolop fte aylaru kivar. Faysulfätuä tìkangkem oheru meuia luyu nìngay. Kllkxayem fìtìkangkem oeyä rofa7—ke io—pum°10 feyä.

2ve: TÌPÄNGKXO LELÌ’FYA

Fayupxaremì oe payängkxo teri horen lì’fyayä leNa’vi fpi sute a tsun srekrr tsat sivar. Ayngeyä sìpawmìri kop fmayi fìtsenge tivìng sì’eyngit. Nìawnomum tolel oel ta ayhapxìtu lì’fyaolo’ä pxaya sìpawmit atxantsan a vay set ke ’oleyng. Sìlpey oe tsnì tsìyevun nì’i’a tsakem sivi fìpìlokfa.

3ve: MIPA AYLÌ’FYAVI, MIPA HOREN

Pìlokä fìhapxìyä tìkan lu law.

Lu law ’uo alahe, ma eylan. Krro krro°11 fìtsenge oe tìkxey sayi. (Ke plltxe san sasyi sìk!) Txo tsive’a ayngal keyeyt, rutxe oeru piveng fte tsivun oe sa’ut leykivatem.

Ha awnga sngivä’i ko! Ziva’u nìmun ye’rìn . . . tsakrr rayun ayngal ayupxaret amip.

’Ivong Na’vi.

ta Pawl

1kangkemvi ‘project, piece of work’

2Make sure to distinguish between the two senses of “begin”—intransitive (as in “The work began”—Tìkangkem sngolä’i) and transitive (as in “She began the work”—Poel tìkangkemit sngeykolä’i).

3’i’a ‘finally’ Na’vi has different words for the two senses of “finally” in English. Nì’i’a is “finally” in the sense of “at long last”—“I’ve finally finished!” For “finally” in the sense of “lastly”–“Finally, we need to talk about the budget”—use syen .

4lok ‘blog’

5 tsultu ‘master of an art, craft, or skill; expert’ Related expressions: tsul ‘mastery,’ tsul si ‘to master’

6 numtsengvi ‘classroom, division of a school’

7 rofa (ADP-) ‘beside, alongside’

°10pum ‘possession, thing possessed’ Pum is used as a “dummy noun” with the genitive pronouns to form “disjunctive possessives”—that is, words like “mine,” “yours,” “theirs.” Example: Kelku ngeyä lu tsawl; pum oeyä lu hì’i. (Your house is large; mine is small.)

°11 krro krro ‘at times, on occasion’

Edit (30 June): Corrected two errors: *faysänumeviri–>faysänumviri, *aysänumevit–>aysänumvit

Irayo! Thank you! And some miscellaneous thoughts

Irayo nìtxan, ma eylan! Thanks very much, friends, for all your kind and encouraging words. They warmed my heart.

A few thoughts:


Corrections and a note to the Na’vi in my first post

Thanks to everyone who pointed out some minor errors. I corrected two of them without comment soon after the post went up but missed a third, which I’ve now revised, noting the edit at the bottom of the post. I plan to continue with that policy: if I catch something wrong within, say, an hour of posting, I’ll fix it without comment; later than that, I’ll make the correction but also indicate what was changed.

That correction, by the way, was to eliminate the extraneous e in two forms of the word sänumvi, ‘lesson.’ Thanks to the folks who pointed that out, and my apologies if it caused consternation! It was nothing more than a goof.

Despite my efforts at proofreading, such things will inevitably get through. So when you see something that doesn’t look right, please continue to let me know. You can do that in a public comment or a private e-mail—I’m perfectly happy either way! Chances are I’ll respond with one of the following: (1) “Whoops! That was a mistake. Thanks!” (2) “Both forms—the way I wrote it and the change you’ve suggested—are correct.” (3) “Although it may look odd, the way I wrote it is right, and here’s why . . .” Hopefully we’ll learn something in all these situations.

A note on srekrr, an adverb that usually means “before,” which as I used it in the post precipitated some discussion. (As many of you know, the form of the word is an exception to the rule: we would expect srehrr.) Srekrr means “before (time adv.), beforehand.” And “beforehand,” which my dictionary defines as “ahead of time, in advance,” shades into “already.” So the translation of the sentence in question—Fayupxaremì oe payängkxo teri horen lì’fyayä leNa’vi fpi sute a tsun srekrr tsat sivar—would be something like: “In these messages I’ll chat about the rules of the Na’vi language for people who can use it ahead of time”—i.e., people who can already use it. Irayo to Wm. Annis for the excellent analysis in his learnnavi.org post.


The language of comments

I was very impressed by the quality of the Na’vi in the comments. It’s so gratifying to see how far some of you have already come in using Na’vi for genuine communication!

As you know, this is a bilingual blog, and comments are welcome in English, in Na’vi, or in a combination of both. (And if anyone wants to leave a brief comment in another language, that’s fine—just please translate it so the rest of us can understand!) When it comes to all-Na’vi comments, though, I’ve received some feedback that I wanted to share with you.

Na’vi-only comments have both pros and cons:

PROS: They reinforce the idea that Na’vi is not a game but a means of genuine communication. They also give writers a chance to use their Na’vi in a public way and give others a chance to practice their reading comprehension. Providing an English translation of every Na’vi post would defeat those purposes. (For example, it’s hard to resist going immediately to the translation rather than puzzling out the Na’vi for yourself without help, a more productive activity.) They also give beginners a sense of how far some Community members have come and provide the incentive for them to get there themselves.

CONS: Na’vi-only comments are directed to a relatively small audience (assuming the blog will eventually get traffic from newcomers!) and create the sense of insiders vs. outsiders. They can be off-putting to new arrivals and curious people who have not yet learned much, if anything, of the language, who might react to the blog with, “Whoa. This is much too advanced for me.” And they might also imply that posters who write in English only are somehow not measuring up.

Please understand: Other than what I’ve indicated above, I’m not going to make rules for the language of comments. Whatever anyone prefers to do is fine—and very welcome! But I’m curious if people have strong feelings about this question one way or the other.


Request for stories in very simple Na’vi

For the Na’vi 101 beginner lessons, I’d like to include some little stories early on—short paragraphs in very easy Na’vi (simple structures, simple vocabulary) that could be used for listening and/or reading comprehension. These could be about anything at all—a little scenario taking place on Eywa’eveng (Pandora) or ’Rrta (earth) involving characters from the film, characters of your own invention, animals, plants, descriptions of environments, diary entries . . . anything at all that’s plausible. Although the grammar should be simple, it’s not necessary that every structure be something that’s already been introduced and explained. If the listener or reader understands what’s going on, that will be a step towards language acquisition even if not every grammatical process has been discussed at that point.

Although I’ll be working on such stories myself, I think it would be fun if many of them came from you! It won’t be easy—writing very simply and clearly while still sounding natural is a challenge. But if this sounds like something you’d like to try, by all means start thinking about it, and when you have something, send it to me in an e-mail. I’ll reserve the right to edit and change things based on pedagogical considerations, but if I use your story in a lesson I’ll definitely give you credit.

More soon. Trr/txon lefpom! (Have a good day/night!)

Thoughts on ambiguity

A couple of questions have come up regarding ambiguous structures in Na’vi that I thought would make a good topic for the first post in the Language Discussion section—Tìpängkxo leLì’fya—for intermediate and advanced learners.

Note: These kinds of posts may be somewhat discursive, and I won’t hesitate to talk about general language issues in addition to specific aspects of Na’vi. If you’re among the “grammatically curious,” I hope you’ll enjoy the discussions. But if that’s not you, it’s OK! Feel free to skim a post lightly or skip it entirely. Some people flourish with extensive discussions of grammar, others don’t. Remember: You don’t need a conscious understanding of grammar to know a language well! We’ll be talking more about this in future posts. We’ll get to the Na’vi examples in a moment, but first some general observations about ambiguity.


Preliminaries

Linguists say an utterance is ambiguous when it has two or more distinct interpretations. It’s safe to say that every natural language contains ambiguous elements or structures, and these can sometimes interfere with clear communication.

In English, for example, two of the most notoriously ambiguous words are “right” and “hot.” Here’s a little snippet of conversation in a car that illustrates the first problem:

A: So I should turn left at the next corner, correct?

B: Right!

And if someone says, “This soup is too hot for me to eat,” what is she saying—that the soup needs to cool down first or that it’s too spicy?

But it’s not just words themselves that can create ambiguity—it’s often a question of how words “hang together.” (In technical terminology, the distinction is one of lexical vs. structural ambiguity.) If your friend says, “I hate raw fish and onions,” will he tolerate fried onions, or are all onions, raw or not, off the menu? And here’s an example I’ve used in my classes on Advanced Writing for Business: “Give me the report you wrote on Thursday at 5:00.” You’ll be able to get three distinct meanings out of that one. (By the way, the reason ambiguity comes up in a writing course is that good writers need to anticipate how something they’ve written that may seem perfectly clear to them might be interpreted differently by readers, and then revise their writing to reduce the possibility of misunderstanding.)

Other languages have similar problems. For example, when I was studying Mandarin Chinese I learned early on that nán meant ‘male.’ Then I learned it also meant ‘south.’ And then I found out it also meant ‘difficult.’ (The written forms of those three words are distinct, but the spoken forms are identical.) Before that, in my elementary German class, I came across the phrase die Frau die das Kind liebt, which can mean either “the woman who loves the child” or “the woman who(m) the child loves.”

With all this potential for ambiguity, why don’t we misunderstand each other more often than we do? For two reasons: First, an utterance that’s theoretically ambiguous in isolation may not be ambiguous in context—the context will disambiguate for us. For example, if someone said, “That’s a huge bill,” we’d interpret it one way in a budgetary discussion and another way if the speaker were on a bird-watching trip. (Such things, of course, are the stuff of puns. Some of you probably know the little story about the duck in the pharmacy. <g>) Second, speakers can usually find ways to rephrase things so as to eliminate ambiguity when the context doesn’t help: if you order a smoked-turkey-and-Gouda sandwich (never had it but it sounds good) and it’s not going to be clear whether you want your Gouda cheese smoked as well as your turkey, you can rephrase your request as either a Gouda-and-smoked-turkey-sandwich or a smoked-turkey-and-smoked-Gouda sandwich, neither of which is ambiguous in the way the original phrasing was.


Two ambiguous structures in Na’vi

With that behind us, let’s turn to two structures in Na’vi with the potential for troublesome ambiguity.

1. Pre-Nominal Lenition-Triggering Adpositions and Short Plurals

Don’t worry—this is less complicated than the heading makes it sound.

As you know, the plural prefix, ay-, triggers lenition, the phonological process that changes px to p, p to f, t to s, etc., in nouns beginning with a consonant that can undergo the process. (To avoid that awkward wording, I’ll use “lenitable” for these consonants, even though I’m not sure it’s a real word. The rule then becomes: The plural prefix triggers lenition in nouns that begin with lenitable consonants.)

Example: river = kilvan, rivers = ayhilvan

You also know about “short plurals” for such nouns: Alternatively, rivers = simply hilvan.

Furthermore, you know that certain adpositions—among them fpi, ìlä, mì, ro, sre, and—also trigger lenition when they’re pre-nominal, i.e. before a noun.

Example: in the river = mì hilvan

You probably see where this is going. How do you say “in the rivers”?

If you use the full plural there’s no problem: mì ayhilvan (Note: Although the writing doesn’t change, the + ay- combination is pronounced may. So mì ayhilvan is pronounced as if it were mayhilvan. Other examples of this process: nìayoeng ‘like us, as we do’ is pronounced nayweng; aynantang sì ayriti ‘viperwolves and stingbats’ is pronounced aynantang sayriti.)

But if you use the short plural you’re back to mì hilvan, which is now seen to be ambiguous: it can mean either ‘in the river’ or ‘in the rivers.’

Is this a problem? Not always. As we’ve seen above, the context will often make the meaning clear. If someone told you he saw Neytiri swimming mì hilvan, chances are she was swimming in only one river at a time. By the same token, if someone said Lu fayoang alor mì hilvan Eywa’evengä, hilvan is almost certainly plural, since Pandora presumably has more than one river. (That’s an assumption, although I hope a plausible one. Apparently we’ll all find out a lot more about Pandoran bodies of water in Avatar 2!) But if you were told that Neytiri likes to swim mì hilvan a lok Kelutral, and you didn’t know if there was more than one river close to Hometree, you might not interpret the message correctly.

In cases like these, speakers rely on a convention:

RULE FOR PLURALS AFTER ADP+: If there is the potential for misunderstanding and the plural is intended, the full plural form is used. The lenited form without ay- is interpreted by default as singular.

2. Comparison of adjectives with to

This one is trickier.

As you know, comparison of adjectives in Na’vi is simple: There’s no “comparative degree” of the adjective as there is in English (old vs. older, good vs. better). You simply use the adjective in its root form along with the word to, which corresponds to ‘than’:

(1) Po to oe lu koak. ‘She is older than I (am).’

What kind of word is to? At first glance it looks like an adposition, just as ‘than’ in English looks to many people like a preposition. In fact, however, ‘than’ is classified as a conjunction. (If it were a bona fide preposition, then “She is older than me” wouldn’t raise an eyebrow, whereas it’s often considered substandard or at best only for informal contexts.) In my personal lexicon, I’ve classified to as PIV—that is, a pivot. (In “A is ADJ-er than B” constructions, B is the “standard of comparison” and ‘than’ is the “pivot.”)

In any event, the question for us here is whether to behaves like an adposition, and the answer is yes: You can put it either before or after the noun it’s connected to. In other words, ‘than I’ is either to oe or oeto, just like ‘with me’ is either hu oe or oehu.

But that means that a sentence like (2) is well formed:

(2) Poto oe lu koak. ‘I am older than she (is).’

Now when Na’vi is written, there’s a difference between (1) and (2), even if it’s a small one, which means there’s no ambiguity. But what about the spoken language? (Keep in mind that writing was introduced to the Na’vi by the Sawtute; it was a spoken-only language long, long before that.) If (1) and (2) sound precisely the same, then we could really be in trouble, since they say opposite things.

There are two ways out of the dilemma. One is to make sure that if you use structures like (1) and (2), you convey your intended “bracketing” ( po [to oe] vs. [po to] oe) with your voice, through rhythm and intonation. This is, in fact, a natural thing to do. In slow, deliberate speech it’s quite simple. Here are my attempts to distinguish the two in reasonably fast speech. See if you think the difference is clear:

The other way out is simply to avoid word orders like (1) and (2) in situations where there’s a danger of misunderstanding. The following sentences don’t have the potential for ambiguity that (1) and (2) do:

(3) Poto lu oe koak.

(4) Po lu to oe koak.

(5) Oe lu poto koak.

(6) Oe lu to po koak.

And many more . . .

Irayo to kwami/roger for passing along this question from Wikibooks and to Prrton for a lucid private discussion.

I just discovered that the number of posts to the fora of learnnavi.org has passed a quarter of a million. Tewti! Wou!!

Diminutives; Conversational Expressions

Today’s post introduces some useful things you can add to your written and spoken Na’vi, along with a few new vocabulary items.


The Diminutive Form

Lots of languages have a way of adding something to a word to mark it as “little” version of the original. Na’vi has this too.

The diminutive marker is –tsyìp. It’s a suffix, always unstressed, which you attach to the end of a word—usually a noun, but pronouns can take –tsyìp as well. (This is unusual in Earth languages.) And you can use it productively—that is, you’re free to add it to most nouns, including proper nouns, and pronouns—but see below.

Don’t use the diminutive simply to indicate that something is small—for that you use hì’i. For example, “small tree” is hì’ia utral/utral ahì’i, not utraltsyìp. What, then, is the diminutive for? Three things:

1. To form new lexical items that originated as small versions of a noun but may have lost the small connotation. Since their meanings are not always predictable, words in this category are listed in the dictionary. Examples:

puk ‘book,’ puktsyìp ‘booklet, pamphlet’

utral ‘tree,’ utraltsyìp ‘bush’

säspxin ‘illness, disease,’ säspxintsyìp ‘minor ailment’

Note that you can modify many of these words with tsawl without contradicting yourself—for example, tsawla utraltsyìp ‘large bush.’

2. To express affection or endearment. Here –tsyìp may or may not be associated with physical smallness. Examples:

Za’u fìtseng, ma ’itetsyìp. ‘Come here, little daughter.’ (Could be said even to an adult daughter.)

[Digression: With verbs of motion, ne can be optionally omitted if the destination comes after the verb. So you can say Po zola’u fìtsengne or Po zola’u fìtseng. But *Po fìtseng zola’u is ungrammatical; it has to be Po fìtsengne (or ne fìtseng) zola’u.]

Kempe si nga, ma sa’nutsyìp? ‘What are you doing, little mommy?’ (This would not be said to an actual mother, which would be disrespectful, but rather to a young girl, in endearing anticipation of her becoming a mother.)

Kamtsyìpìl wutsot yerom. ‘Little Kamun is having dinner.’ (Kamun might be a little boy, but he might also be a huge adult Na’vi, in which case –tsyìp is ironic and/or affectionate. Note that when –tsyìp is added to a proper name of more than one syllable, the name is often shortened. The full form, in this case Kamuntsyìp, can also be used.)

Ngatsyìp yawne lu oer. ‘I love you, little one.’ (Could be said to any loved one, not only to a young child.)

Ngari tswintsyìp sevin nìtxan lu nang! ‘What a pretty little queue you have!’ (tswin ‘queue.’ Note that in sentences like this that involve possession, especially “inalienable possession, the –ri form (i.e. the topic marker) is slightly more idiomatic than the possessive pronoun, although both are correct. So “Ngeyä tswintsyìp . . .” is fine, although many Na’vi would prefer to say “Ngari . . .”)

3. To express disparagement or insult.

Fìtaronyutsyìp ke tsun ke’ut stivä’nì. ‘This (worthless) little hunter can’t catch anything.’

Ngatsyìpìl new peut ta oe? ‘What does little you want from me?’ (Note that while ngatsyìp was endearing in the previous example, here it’s disparaging. To tell which is which, you need to consider the context, facial expressions, and body language.)

Nga nìawnomum to oetsyìp lu txur nìtxan. ‘As everyone knows, you’re a lot stronger than little old me.’ (Here –tsyìp is used ironically, for mock self-deprecation. Also, oetsyìp is pronounced WE.tsyìp.)

Be careful not to confuse –vi and –tsyìp: there are similarities, but they’re not the same. Rather than indicating a small version of the original, the –vi suffix is used for a part or division of a whole, or a “little bit of” something. So atanvi ‘ray’ is a bit of atan, light; txepvi ‘spark’ is a bit of txep ‘fire’ (txeptsyìp would possibly be a ‘dear or cute little fire’); lì’fyavi ‘linguistic expression (word, phrase, sentence)’ is a bit of lì’fya ‘language.’ Also, -vi is not as freely productive as –tsyìp. This is worth some explanation.

Take the English suffix –er that’s added to verbs to get the “agent”—the one who is doing the verb: eater=one who eats, hunter=one who hunts, etc. You can add –er to most verbs, and you’ll get another word whose meaning is predictable. So even if you don’t know what it means to burble, you do know that that a burbler is one who burbles. (This doesn’t always work: people who type or cycle are better called typists and cyclists than typers and cyclers. But it works more often than not.) We say that the –er suffix is productive.

In contrast, adding the suffix –ment to a verb to get a related noun is not freely productive. From govern we get government, which is a body that governs. From replace we get replacement, but that’s not a body that replaces—it’s the thing replaced. And there’s no *eatment, *huntment, *feelment, etc. (I’m not sure about burblement.) So the –ment suffix is not productive: we can’t add it freely to verbs, and when we can, the meaning isn’t necessarily clear. Words with –ment have to be learned individually, and so they’re listed in the dictionary.

Similar things are true in Na’vi. Certain affixes (prefixes, infixes, and suffixes) are productive, others not. For example, almost all the verb infixes (-er-, -ol-, -iv-, -ay-, -ìm-, etc.) are productive: you can use them with any verb at all, as long as you know the right place to insert them. The agentive suffix –yu is also freely productive. On the other hand, the prefix tì-, which forms nouns out of verbs, adjectives, and other nouns, is not freely productive. You can’t come up with your own tì- words—you need to make sure they’re in the dictionary. And when they are, the meanings won’t always be predictable: tìftang means ‘stopping,’ but tìrol doesn’t mean ‘singing’ but rather ‘song.’ (Note that when you want to talk about an action—as in “Swimming is great exercise”—you can always use the Na’vi gerund, which is a two-affix form: use the tì- prefix along with the –us- infix: tìyusom ‘eating,’ tìtusaron ‘hunting,’ etc., and that process is productive. Example: Tìkusar eltur tìtxen si. ‘Teaching is interesting.’)

Finally, some affixes are midway on the productivity scale. The adverb-former nì- is productive when used with adjectives: nìngay ‘truly,’ nìwin ‘fast,’ nìsti ‘angrily,’ nìftue ‘easily,’ etc. But it’s sometimes also used with other parts of speech—nìtut ‘continually,’ nì’eyng ‘in response,’ nì’awtu ‘alone’—and these words have to be learned as separate lexical items; you can’t take them as patterns on which to base new forms.

And with that I’ll just say: Sìlpey oe, ayngari fìtìpängkxotsyìp eltur tìtxen silvi.


Some Conversational Expressions

Here are some miscellaneous expressions you might find useful in conversation.

1. Responding to thanks

Depending on the situation, there are different ways to respond to someone who thanks you for something:

2. Responding to a compliment

It’s not customary to say irayo in response to a compliment. Instead, there are three common responses:

3. Congratulating someone

Upon hearing about someone’s good fortune, the Na’vi say Seykxel sì nitram! Literally: Strong and happy! That is, may you derive strength and happiness from this event, accomplishment, etc. Note: seykxel and txur are both adjectives meaning ‘strong,’ but they aren’t the same: txur refers to physical strength, seykxel to inner strength, a quiet feeling of confidence in one’s own capability. [Pronunciation: sey.KXEL sì nit.RAM]

Hayalovay . . .

Vocabulary update

Today’s post provides some new vocabulary, mostly from the A-priority list of the LEP (Lexical Expansion Project), along with a few usage notes.

In the abbreviations indicating parts of speech, VT and VI refer to transitive and intransitive verbs respectively. As you know, transitive verbs are the ones that take objects; with these, the subject is in the agentive or ergative case (L-family endings) and the object is in the objective or patientive case (T-family endings): Oel ngati kameie. Intransitive verbs don’t take objects, and their subjects are unmarked: Po herahaw.

For verbs of more than one syllable, I’ve used the excellent notation I discovered on learnnavi.org (●) to indicate where the first- and second-position infixes are inserted.

’a’aw ADJ ‘several, a few’
’okrol N ‘history (ancient)’
’okvur N ‘history (non-ancient)
alu CONJ ‘that is, in other words; used for apposition’
fnawe’ ADJ ‘cowardly’
- fnawe’tu N ‘coward’
ftxìlor ADJ ‘delicious, good-tasting’
ftxì ADJ ‘bad-tasting’
fyeyn ADJ ‘ripe, mature, adult’
- fyeyntu N ‘adult person’
- fyeyn N ‘ripeness, maturity, full fruition’
hawngkrr ADV ‘late’
hek VI ‘be curious, odd, strange, unexpected’
- hek ADV ‘oddly, strangely’
ki CONJ ‘but rather, but instead’
lìng VI ‘float in the air, hover’
- ayRam aLusìng : ‘the Floating Mountains’
muntxatu N ‘spouse’
- muntxatan N ‘husband, male spouse’
- muntxate N ‘wife, female spouse’
netrìp ADV ‘luckily, happily’
newomum VI ‘be curious (want to know)’ [n●●ewomum]
- lenomum ADJ ‘curious’
- nomum N ‘curiosity’
ngäzìk ADJ ‘difficult, hard
- ngäzìk N ‘difficulty, problem’
sung ADV ‘besides, additionally, furthermore’
ram N ‘mountain’
reng ADJ ‘shallow’
Rolun! CONV ‘Eureka! I found it!’
sa’sem N ‘parent’
smar N ‘prey, thing hunted’
starsìm VT ‘gather, collect’ [st●ars●ìm]
sunu VI ‘be pleasing or likeable, bring enjoyment’ [s●un●u]
syayvi N ‘luck, chance’
- syayvi ADV ‘by chance or coincidence’
Tolel! CONV ‘Eureka! I got it! I understand!’
txukx ADJ ‘deep’
ve’ VT ‘hate’ [v●e’k●ì]
- tìve’ N ‘hatred’
yaymak ADJ ‘foolish, ignorant’
ye’krr ADV ‘early’
sìkrr N ‘season’
zo VI ‘be well, be intact, be as it should be, work correctly or as nature intended’
- zoslu VI ‘heal, become well, get fixed’ [zosl●●u]
- zeyko VT ‘heal, fix’ [zeyk●●o]
- frawzo CONV ‘All is well; everything is fine or OK’

Usage Notes

’A’AW
Used only with countable nouns (people, plants, rocks, days, ideas, . . . ), not with uncountables (water, air, time, patience, anger, . . . ). Like numbers, ’a’aw is used with the singular of the noun. Example:

Lu poru ’a’awa ’eylan. OR Lu poru ’eylan a’a’aw. ‘He has several friends.’

(These are good sentences for practicing your glottal stops!)

Don’t confuse ’a’aw ‘several, a few’ with hol ‘(only a) few, not many’:

Oel tse’a ’a’awa tutet. ‘I see several people.’

Oel tse’a hola tutet. ‘I see only a few people.’

Note that pxay ‘many’ is exceptional in that it can be used with either singular or plural nouns: pxaya tute and pxaya sute are both allowable. The form with the singular is appropriate for all contexts, while the one with the plural is mainly used colloquially.

’OKROL and ’OKVUR
’Okrol refers to the ancient tribal history of the Na’vi contained in the First Songs; ’okvur relates to more recent events, e.g. oeyä soaiayä ’okvur ‘my family’s history’ or ’okvur Sawtuteyä mì Eywa’eveng ‘the history of the Sky People on Pandora.’

ALU
Used mainly for nouns or noun phrases in apposition—e.g. ‘my friend Amhul,’ ‘Eytukan, leader of the Omaticaya,’ ‘Eywa, the Great Mother,’ etc. It comes from a + lu, with a fusing of the two words into one and a change in stress to the first syllable. Example:

Tskalepit oel tolìng oeyä tsmukanur alu Ìstaw. ‘I gave the crossbow to my brother Istaw.’

You can also use alu conversationally as an “explainer,” in the sense of “that is to say” or “in other words”:

Txoa livu, yawne lu oer Sorewn . . . alu . . . ke tsun oeng muntxa slivu. ‘Sorry, but I love Sorewn . . . in other words, you and I cannot marry.’

HAWNGKRR and YE’KRR
These are adverbs, not adjectives:

Hawngkrr rä’ä ziva’u! ‘Don’t come late!’

If you need the adjectives, they’re lehawngkrr and leye’krr: tìpähem leye’krr ‘an early arrival’

HEK
This verb conveys the idea of something appearing odd, strange, unexpected, or surprising.

Ngeyä säfpìl Sawtuteteri heiek oer nìtxan. ‘Your idea about the Sky People is very interesting to me (because it seems unusual).’ OR ‘I’m very curious (and delighted) about your idea regarding the Sky People.’

Note that nìhek is a sentence adverbial only, not a manner adverbial . . . alu . . . nìhek is ‘strangely’ in the sense of the speaker making a comment about the situation:

Nìhek fo nìNa’vi plltxe. ‘Strangely, they speak Na’vi.’

If on the other hand you want to say that someone does something in a strange manner, you’d use nìfya’o a hek, ‘in a way that’s strange’:

Fo nìNa’vi plltxe nìfya’o a hek. ‘They speak Na’vi strangely.’

Note the difference between the verb hek and the adjective stxong ‘strange, unfamiliar, unknown.’ Hek is used for something odd, unexpected, or puzzling but not necessarily bad. Stxong is stronger and usually has a negative connotation: it’s applied to something previously unknown or unimagined that appears threatening or dangerous. Example:

Larmu tsatsamsiyuhu tìvawm a lu stxong ayoer. ‘That warrior carried with him a darkness unknown to us.’

KI
Don’t confuse slä and ki. Ki is ‘but’ in the sense of ‘not A but (rather) B.’ (Speakers of German will see the parallel with aber vs. sondern.) Ke and ki form a pair:

Nga plltxe ke nìfyeyntu ki nì’eveng. ‘You speak not like an adult but a child.’

NETRÌP
See SYAYVI.

RENG and TXUKX
These words primarily refer to physical depth: kilvan areng, kilvan atxukx. They can’t be applied to people: *tute areng makes no sense. But as in many languages, they are sometimes applied metaphorically to thoughts, ideas, analyses, etc.: e.g. aysäfpìl atxukx ‘deep thoughts.’

ROLUN
Rolun and tolel are conversational exclamations used for “Eureka!” moments. The difference is that Rolun! means you’ve found something, e.g. a lost object, the answer to a question, the solution to a problem, whereas Tolel! means you’ve had a flash of insight and now you “get it”—you’ve received knowledge or understanding.

SMAR
This word appears in a famous Na’vi proverb:

Ätxäle si palulukanur tsnì smarit livonu. ‘Ask a thanator to release its prey.’ Refers to a futile gesture, an attempt to achieve something that might be desirable but will clearly not happen. In conversation it’s usually shortened to Ätxäle pa(lu)lukanur. (In fast speech, palulukan tends to simplify to palukan, which is acceptable in colloquial style.)

SUNU
This important verb, which works similarly to Spanish gustar, is used to say you like something:

Sunu oeru teylu. ‘I like teylu.’ (Teylu sunu oeru is also possible.)

Sunu and prrte’ lu both mean that the speaker enjoys something. While sunu is ‘like’ in the general sense, prrte’ lu is generally deeper and more heartfelt; it’s often used in social situations, translating to “It’s a pleasure . . .”:

Furia tsolun oe ngahu pivängkxo, oeru prrte’ lu nìngay. ‘It was really a pleasure to be able to speak with you.’

[Digression: The prrte’ construction can be a bit confusing. Prrte’ is an adjective meaning ‘pleasurable,’ so an alternate way of saying the previous sentence is:

Fwa [fì’u a] tsolun oe ngahu pivängkxo oeru prrte’ lu nìngay. Literally: ‘The fact that I was able to speak with you is really pleasurable to me.’

The structure of the original sentences with furia is more like: ‘As for the fact that I was able to speak with you, (it) is really pleasurable to me.’ Either structure is acceptable.]

Mowan implies physical or sensual pleasure, and often has a sexual connotation:

Plltxe fko san ngaru lu mowan Txilte ulte poru nga. ‘I hear you like Txilte and vice versa.’

Mowan is also used slangily as a general term for ‘like’:

Tìtusaron mowan lu oer nìngay. ‘Hunting really turns me on.’

SYAYVI
Syay by itself means ‘fate’ in the sense of one’s destiny—the arc of one’s life:

Tsakrr syay ayngeyä, syay olo’ä oeyä layu teng. ‘Then you will suffer the same fate as my clan.’

Syayvi refers to a “little piece of fate”—that is, chance or luck in a particular situation. For example, the expression for ‘Good luck!’ is Etrìpa syayvi!

Note that nìsyayvi means ‘by chance, by coincidence, as luck would have it’—it does not mean ‘luckily.’ For that you use netrìp.

TOLEL
See ROLUN.

TXUKX
See RENG.

ZO
This stative verb indicates that “all is well” with the subject—something or someone is functioning correctly. Both zo and lu fpom can mean the subject is well, but there’s a difference in usage. Fpom is a noun meaning ‘well-being, peace, happiness.’ Zo is a verb with a narrower scope, usually implying physical health. So contrast these two questions:

Ngaru lu fpom srak? ‘Are you well?’ (Are you experiencing a general sense of happiness and well-being?)

Nga zo srak? ‘Are you well?’ (Have you recovered from your illness? Are you OK after that nasty fall?)

Examples of the derivative verbs zoslu and zeyko:

Oeri nì’i’a tsyokx zoslolu. ‘My hand is finally healed.’

Eywal zeykivo ngat nìwin. ‘May Eywa heal you quickly.’

Frawzo is from fra’u + zo. Compounds with ’u often lose the glottal stop. Here the resulting au combination has changed into a diphthong as well.

Edit 17 July–Two errors corrected: nìhek classed as ADV; glottal stop added to ftxìvä’.

Irayo, ma Karyu. Nìngay tsaw lu txantsana aylì’u a kin oel pxìm :)
Ngian lu oer tìpawmo. Lì’u san zeyko sìk lam na san z-eyk-o sìk ulte ral lu teng, kefyak? Slä nìngay fpìl oel futa hufwa tsun fko ngivop tsat, ngal solung fìlì’ut fì’upxeremì talun tsaw ke lu letrrtrra lì’u. Fpìl oel futa tsun fko pivlltxe san zeykäpo sìk fu san zeykuso sìk fu keng san zeykeyko sìk, kefyak? Sivar tsun fko hemlì’uvit (infixes) a sivung zene fko mì. Fu oeru tìkxey srak?

@Kemaweyan: Ngeyä tìpawmìri irayo, ma Kemaweyan. Nìngay lu ngar tìyawr, lu ngar tìkxey. Tsalì’uri alu zeyko lu kemlì’uvi (lì’u atxantsan nang!) mì kamtseng: z-eyk-o . . . Ha lu lì’u letrrtrr nì’aw. Oel lumpe tsat solung mì upxare? Fte wivìntxu futa lesar lu fìlì’u nìtxan. Tsalsungay tsalì’u alu zeykuso lu eyawr. Slä zene fko pivlltxe san zäpeyko sìk. (*Zeykäpo lu keyawr.) Ulte kawkrr ke tsun fko pivlltxe san *zeykeyko!

Kemaweyan asked a good question, so let me explain this in English so it’s available to more people. He noted that zeyko appears to be a garden-variety derivative of zo, with the causative infix -eyk- added: zeyko = z-eyk-o. If that’s true, then why give it a special place in the vocabulary? This led Kemaweyan to speculate it might actually be a separate lexical item not derived via -eyk-, which could then lead to a form like *zeykeyko.

K.’s first impression was correct: zeyko is just the causative form of zo. I called it out only to emphasize its usefulness: it’s the standard way to say “fix” or “heal.” But he’s right: It didn’t have to be included.

The question of how the “pre-first position” infixes relate to each other and to the rest of the infix inventory is important, so I’ll save it for a future post.

Tstewa Ikrantsyìp July 16, 2015 at 12:43 am

Kaltxì ma Karyu

I am a young woman, 17, and I am same-gender orientated when it comes to relationships.
I have been part of the community for little over a year and have always wondered, but never known how to ask:
“Are there are terms in the Na’vi language for the LGBTA community, or any-one same sex oriented in their preferences?”
I myself have been unable to find anything to do with it, in the Na’vi language and am unsure what to do.
thank-you for reading
Kiyevame
ulte
Eywa ngahu

ta Tstewa Ikrantsyìp

Ma Tstewa Ikrantsyìp,

Nice to meet you, and please excuse the long delay in replying. I’ve been traveling, and just got back home last night.

As of yet, we don’t have terms specifically relating to same-sex orientation. So, for example, to translate a question like “Is she gay?” we’d have to use circumlocutions–perhaps something like: Srake nulnew poel tutét sko yawntu? ‘Does she prefer women as love persons?’ Perhaps some members of the lì’fyaolo’ have more creative ideas in this area?

On a related note, when it comes to gender, Na’vi often gives you the choice of specifying gender or leaving it unspecified, similar to English ‘child’ vs. ‘son’ and ‘daughter.’ So, for example, tute (TU.te) ‘person’ vs. tuté (tu.TE) ‘female person’ and tutan ‘male person'; muntxatu ‘spouse’ vs. muntxatan ‘husband’ and muntxate ‘wife.’ So when referring to my husband John, I can say either muntxtatu if his gender is irrelevant or understood, or I’d rather not specify it, or muntxatan if I want to make it clear.

Thanks for pointing out an area in Na’vi that needs development. 😊

Tìng Mikyun fte Tslivam: Listening Comprehension #1

Here’s a little two-minute listening comprehension exercise for intermediate and advanced learners that I hope will be fun.

You can use it any way you like, but I’d suggest the following:

First, review the recent vocabulary. Some of the newer terms appear in the passage.

Then listen to the narrative all the way through without stopping, and do that several times. Your goal is simply to follow the gist of the story. It’s likely you won’t get everything, and that’s perfectly OK—the important thing is to understand as much as you can without analysis. Try to avoid translating the passage—do your best to put your own language out of your mind. Just see and feel as much as you can of the story in your head.

After that, if you want to jot down a few things to look up or transcribe anything that’s puzzling for later analysis, that’s OK. Just don’t begin that way.

By the way, there are a couple of new words here (based on ones you already know) and also a new idiom. You should be able to understand all of these from the context.

Sivunu ayngar fìtskxekengtsyìp! Have fun!

P.S.—Continued thanks for all the comments. I owe a lot of people replies, which I’ll try to get to soon.

A Na’vi alphabet

Kaltxì, ma oeyä eylan. Sunu oeru fwa fìtsengit terok oel nìmun. It’s nice to be back after my hiatus.

In this post it’s my pleasure to convey to you some terrific work of several of our Sulfätu leLì’fya—Language Masters.

Our friends Kemaweyan, Plumps, Prrton, and Tirea Aean have come up with a uniquely Na’vi way of listing and pronouncing the 33 phonemes (distinct sounds) in the language—20 consonants, 7 vowels, 2 “pseudo-vowels” (ll, rr), and 4 diphthongs (aw, ay, ew, ey). Here’s their list:

( ’ ) tìFtang, A, AW, AY, Ä, E, EW, EY, Fä, Hä, I, Ì,

KeK, KxeKx, LeL, ’Ll, MeM, NeN, NgeNg, O, PeP, PxePx,

ReR, ’Rr, Sä, TeT, TxeTx, Tsä, U, Vä, Wä, Yä, Zä

As you see, in reciting this alphabet you pronounce the vowels, pseudo-vowels, and diphthongs exactly as they sound. The consonants, though, are interesting: there’s a distinction between those that can’t come at the end of a syllable and those that can. For the former group, you just add the vowel ä to get the name of the consonant: , , , etc. For the latter group, you use the vowel e but you also put the consonant at the end of the name, keeping it capitalized: KeK, KxeKx, Lel, MeM, etc. I really like how the names of these sounds reflect something about how they’re used. (The exception is the first letter of the alphabet, the glottal stop; if it followed the rule, its name would be ’e’, but that might be a challenge to distinguish from E. Instead, the word tìFtang, meaning “stop,” is used.)

As for the ordering, which largely parallels that of Roman-based alphabets on Earth, Prrton writes: “The order is sadly determined by ‘Rrtan ‘informatics’ conventions that we can’t do much about. This is how Excel et all sort (with the exception of our having Txetx come before Tsä). We’ll just have to manually compensate for that when required.”

How do you ask how a word is spelled? “Spelling” is pamrelfya. (Recall that “writing” is pamrel.)

So, from the most formal way to the most colloquial:

  1. Tsalì’uri fko pamrel si fyape? ‘How is that word written?’ (Literally: ‘As for that word, how does one write (it)?’
  2. Pamrelfyari fyape? ‘How do you spell it?’ (Literally: ‘As for (its) spelling, how?’)
  3. Pamrel fyape? ‘How do you write it?’ (Most colloquial)

Example:

–Lì’uri alu tskxe pamrel fyape? ‘How do you spell the word tskxe?’

Pamrelfya lu na Tsä, KxeKx, E. ‘It’s spelled ts, kx, e.’ (Literally: (Its) spelling is like ts,
kx, e.)

Note that this Na’vi alphabet reflects a phonemic analysis of the language: for example, the word tskxe has 3 phonemes—not 5!—which is paralleled in giving the spelling. And if a Pandoran linguist invented an indigenous alphabetical writing system for Na’vi, it would take only 3 distinct symbols to write that word.

Srane! now everyone knows about it XD

and as for this:
–Lì’uri alu tskxe pamrel fyape? ‘How do you spell the word tskxe?’

This PROVES my point that one CANNOT use san and sìk to give an airquote vibe to the word tskxe: (but attribution by a should be used instead, kefyak?)

-Lì’u san tskxe sìk pamrel fyape? ‘how do you spell the word “tskxe”‘ THIS is how everyone everywhere on the forum seems to use san and sìk half the time. some forget that direct speech is only type allowed, and I always thought that san and sìk were for quoting speech from you or another person…not necessarily being completely equal to how we sawtute use quotation marks. confirmation so i can sleep at night?

Irayo seiyi nìtxan ma Pawl furia nìmun pamrel si fìtseng

Irayo, ma Tirea Aean. Srane–ngaru tìyawr nìwotx!

This is actually something I’ve been meaning to mention, so thanks for bringing it up.

First, let me just say that I’ve been TOTALLY bowled over by the facility so many people are developing in written communication! Furia fyape fkol serar lì’fyati awngeyä, leiu set nìlaw pxaya sute a oeto lu sìltsan! (I debated for a second between leiu and längu, but there’s no question it’s a positive development. :-) )

One thing I have noticed, though, is the overuse of san . . . sìk. These words are NOT a general substitute for quotation marks–we still need those. As you’ve pointed out, san . . . sìk is used for indirect speech, when you’re quoting what someone has said. So they’re typically preceded by some form of the verb plltxe. As I think everyone knows by now, Na’vi prefers direct to indirect speech. So to translate something like ‘Kamun said he would come,’ (where he = Kamun), you’d say:

Poltxe Kamun san oe zasya’u sìk. (That is, ‘Kamun said, “I will come.”‘)

(The sìk can be omitted if the speaker finishes with the quoted material and doesn’t go on until someone else has spoken.)

But for most other uses of quotation marks–for example, the “airquote vibe” T.A. mentions (great term!)–san . . . sìk is inappropriate.

Hivahaw nìmwey, ma Tirea Aean.

Nice to see the topical used with pamrel si for the thing being written. I always cringe when I see something like pamrel si ‘upxarer or pamrel si vurur… the dative ought to be reserved for the person(s) being written to, tì’efumì oeyä.

Ngaru tìyawr, ma Kä’eng. Mllte oe.

But pamrel si is tricky, since it goes against the general rule that the objects of si-construction verbs are in the dative. (Example: Po awngaru kavuk soli. ‘He betrayed us,’ where the structure is more like ‘He did betrayal to us.’)

If pamrel si followed this standard pattern, then in a sentence like ‘She wrote me a message,’ you’d have two datives, one for ‘message’ and one for ‘me.’ Although I can’t think of a situation where that would create an ambiguity (it’s unlikely you’d confuse what’s written with whom it’s written to), that structure is awkward. (With other verbs, real ambiguities could arise: if, say, there were a si-construction verb that meant ‘send one person to another,’ then with a two-dative construction you wouldn’t be able to tell if Loak was sent to Peyral or Peyral to Loak.)

You might try to get around the problem by using fpi for the indirect object–but that won’t work, because fpi really means ‘for the benefit or sake of.’ So if I wrote a message fpi nga, it would mean that I was somehow doing it for your benefit rather than just sending it to you, e.g. you weren’t able to write it yourself and I was writing it for you.

So as you point out, we use the topical case for the thing being written. That works fine if that thing is definite–that is, if the listener can identify what’s being referred to (for example, if it has already been introduced into the conversation):

Tsa’upxareri ngaru pamrel soli trram. ‘I wrote you that message yesterday.’ More literally: ‘As for that message, I wrote to you yesterday.’ Here, the topic ‘that message’ is definite, since it’s already been brought up.

But if the message is indefinite, the topical case doesn’t work as well, since topics are usually definite. So ‘Upxareri ngaru pamrel soli trram can certainly mean ‘I wrote you THE message yesterday.’ Can it also mean ‘I wrote you A message yesterday’? Since there are no articles per se in Na’vi and nouns can be either definite or indefinite, I guess it could. But something about it rubs me the wrong way.

For these reasons I think we need a simpler way to say ‘write’–a standard transitive verb where the agent takes -l and the object -t. Trouble is, it’s unlikely such a simple verb would have developed on Pandora, since the Na’vi don’t have a written language! One solution is to borrow a term that already exists in another context–perhaps something like ‘compose’ or ‘arrange’–that could be adapted for use as ‘write.’ I’ll be thinking about it . . .

I understand the spelling convention for the normal consonants (sort of), but what purpose is served by the rather strange camel-case (computer-sciency talk for thingsLikeThis) in tìFtang? I can see why that makes sense for proper nouns (leNa’vi), but it seems completely out of place in tìftang.

Ah, CamelCase! This is something I don’t have strong feelings about either way, so I’d be interested in hearing opinions from the community.

In my original written Na’vi–that is, the material I submitted for the Avatar dialog and the video games–I don’t believe I used CamelCase at all, except with proper nouns. So I wrote “Tree of Voices” as Utral Aymokriyä, not Utral ayMokriyä, as I believe many people would prefer to write it today. Here’s what appeared in the “Language Document” that I turned in to Fox towards the end of 2009:

Proper names are capitalized, as in English. ‘Na’vi’ is always capitalized. If a capitalized noun is prefixed, either a hyphen is used, e.g. le-Na’vi, or the capital occurs in the middle of the word, e.g. leNa’vi. This aspect of Na’vi spelling remains to be standardized.”

Later, I noticed that CamelCase was turning up more and more in people’s writing in words with grammatical prefixes like ay-, le-, and nì-. That seemed interesting to me, and I’ve pretty much gone along with this developing convention.

But what do you think? What are the pluses and minuses of CamelCase in Na’vi? If we all agree it’s useful in certain . . . um . . . cases, should there be limits, or should CC be freely applied whenever you want to capitalize a word beginning with a grammatical prefix? Does tìFtang look strange to you? Do you like it any more or less than Tìftang?

For some brief background material, here is a short article pointing out how CC is used in Irish–and also in computer programming, although that’s less relevant to Na’vi. (When I took a look at Irish years ago prior to visiting Ireland, I was struck by how common CC seemed to be.)

And the Wikipedia article on CamelCase has some nice examples from several languages. See especially the “Inflectional prefixes” section.

Pedantic, dilettante lexicographers want to know — where is the accent in pamrelfya?
Nothing pedantic or dilettantish about it. :-) The stress remains on REL: pam.REL.fya
Mipa ayopin, mipa aylì’u - New colors, new words

In honor of the re-release of Uniltìrantokx tonight, here’s Part 1 of the Na’vi color system along with a bit of new vocabulary.

Colors

*

As the graphic indicates, Na’vi has 9 basic or primitive color terms:

TUN: covers the red-to-orange part of the spectrum
RIM: yellow
EAN: green to blue
’OM: violet to purple to magenta
LAYON: black
TEYR: white
VAWM: deep dark colors including browns
NEYN: light colors—“shades of white”
NGUL: gray or drab

To further subdivide the spectrum and name colors more specifically, Na’vi has 3 distinct mechanisms:

(1) Na-constructions
(2) Adverbial modification with nì-
(3) Compounding

Here I’ll discuss the first of these, which is the productive mechanism, and leave the other two for another time.

Before anything else, note that these color terms are regular adjectives–not nouns, not stative verbs. To form color nouns, just add -pin. So for example:

Fìsyulang lu rim. ‘This flower is yellow.’
Fìsyulang arim lu hì’i frato. ‘This yellow flower is the smallest of all.’
Ke sunu oeru rimpin. ‘I don’t like the color yellow.’

Note that when the basic color term ends in -n, the n is pronounced m before the p of pin. (Linguists would call that an instance of regressive nasal assimilation.) And the spelling changes to reflect that. So we have tumpin , eampin , neympin , la yom pin. This happens in other places in Na’vi (for example: txampay ‘sea, ocean’, a compound of txan ‘much’ + pay ‘water’) and of course in ’Rrtan languages as well (cf. ‘indelicate,’ ‘inadequate,’ ‘inhuman,’ ‘interminable,’ ‘insufficient,’ etc. but ‘impatient,’ ‘imperfect,’ and so on).

For more specific colors, Na’vi uses na-constructions (na = like, as) for comparison to the colors of well-known objects in the environment. For example, to specify that the kind of ean you mean is the blue color of Na’vi skin, you say ean na ta’leng or ta’lengna ean, ‘skin-color blue.’ (Note that “modifying a” is not normally used between na and the basic color term.)

The syntax is straightforward. For ease of reading, hyphens are inserted when na-colors are used attributively (before or after a noun). Examples:

Fìsyulang lu ean na ta’leng. OR Fìsyulang lu ta’lengna ean. ‘This flower is skin-blue.’

To say ‘This skin-blue flower is very beautiful,’ you have 4 choices:

1. Fìsyulang aean-na-ta’leng lor lu nìtxan.
2. Fìsyulang ata’lengna-ean lor lu nìtxan.
3. Ean-na-ta’lenga fìsyulang lor lu nìtxan.
4. Ta’lengna-eana fìsyulang lor lu nìtxan.

The na- process for colors is productive–that is, Na’vi speakers are free to come up with these comparisons on their own, as long as there’s good reason to expect that the listener will understand the comparison and be able to visualize the color. So, for example, if the particular shade of ean you have in mind is the color of the chin of a Great Leonopteryx, you can refer to it as ean na tsuksìm torukä. Here are some more examples:

* º1: vawm na nikre–the dark color of Na’vi hair
º2: ’om na mikyun–the purplish color on the inside of a Na’vi ear
º3: layon Note that layon and teyr are not modifiable except in poetry.
Layon is solid black, the total absence of color; teyr is pure white.
º4: rim na nari (Although there are lots of different kinds of eyes on Pandora, in the
absence of further specification it’s understand here that nari means nari leNa’vi.)
º5: ean na ta’leng–skin-blue
º6: ean na pil–facial-stripe blue
º7: neyn na txärem–the light color of bone
º10: tun na eyktan–“leader red,” the reddish color that distinguishes the dress of Na’vi leaders
º11: ean na rìk–leaf-green (as on earth, not all leaves are green, but most are. Ean na rìk and ean na ta’leng are the most common ways to distinguish green from blue.)
º12: neyn na yapay–the light, nondescript color of mist or fog
º13: vawm na uk–dark-shadow color
º14: ngul na tskxe–the drab color of stone

As you might expect, some na-comparisons are idiosyncratic while others are common and universal. Some of the very common ones have developed one-word forms that are part of the standard lexicon. For example:

ta’lengna ean > ta’lengean

rìkna ean > rìkean

kllna vawm > kllvawm ‘brown’

I’ll talk more about these–and the other color-forming mechanisms–in a later post.

Thanks to everyone who provided me with references and links to the fascinating scholarly work on color systems in various Terran languages. And I especially want to thank Prrton for the gorgeous graphics. Irayo nìtxan ayngaru nìwotx!


New vocabulary

Here’s a list of (mostly) new terms I hope you’ll find useful. There’s no rhyme or reason for these right now as opposed to others, except that some of them will help us talk about Avatar more easily:

’evan (n.) boy (colloquial)
’eve (n.) girl (colloquial)
’evengan boy
’evenge (n.) girl
fkio (n.) tetrapteron
kenten (n.) fan lizard
’upam (n.) pronunciation
(adv.) on the contrary, conversely
pil (n.) facial stripe
wopx (n.) cloud
ramtsyìp (n.) hill
syaksyuk (n.) prolemuris
tor (adj.) last, ultimate, terminal
txärem (n.) bone
uk (n.) shadow
yapay (n.) mist, fog, steam

Note: tor and syen both mean ‘last,’ and there’s some overlap. The difference is that syen usually refers to the last in series: tìpawm asyen: the last question asked (e.g. Q #5 in a series of 5); tor refers to something that will bring about finality: tìpawm ator: the ultimate question, the answer to which will end all discussion, debate, or contemplation.

Txo mipa Uniltìrantokxit ayngal tsìyeve’a fìtxon fu trray, ma eylan, sìlpey oe tsnì sivunu ayngaru nìwotx!

Kaltxì ta Kopenhan - Hi from Copenhagen

Kaltxì, ma eylan. And hello from Copenhagen, where we’ve spent 4 rainy but very interesting days.

My talk in Stockholm at the Bonnier GRID 2010 conference is already online: if you’re interested, you can find it here. I’m afraid it’s nothing you haven’t already seen. I went way over the time limit, but so did a lot of other presenters, so I don’t feel too bad about that. And I got some nice comments from several attendees.

On another note, I know several of you have already seen this article on how language shapes thought that appeared in the New York Times a few weeks ago. If you haven’t read it, I highly recommend it. There’s a lot there that’s relevant to Na’vi.

We’re off to Paris in a little while, where hopefully I’ll have more time to stay in closer touch.

Makto zong!

ta Pawl

Getting to Know You, Part 1

Kaltxì, ma oeyä eylan. Greetings from Los Angeles, where for a couple of days now I’ve been trying to overcome jet lag. I had hoped to post something from Paris, but a minor ailment had me out of commission for a while, and when I recovered, there was too much sightseeing to cram in in the remaining time. Pari yawne lu oer nìngay!

This post concerns some practical expressions useful when meeting new people. It represents a collaboration: a large part of the content originated with awngeyä ’eylan alu Prrton, whom I thank for his excellent suggestions and tireless efforts on behalf of tì’ong lì’fyayä leNa’vi.

The next post will continue the conversational theme, dealing with some common topics you might want to talk about with your new acquaintance.

INTRODUCTIONS

Proper Introductions

If you need to get people’s attention first:

1. Your attention, please, everyone!
Rutxe tivìng mikyun, ma frapo.

The general “introduction formula” is easy: You don’t use a verb but simply say, “To you my X,” where X, in the objective (or patientive) case, is the person you’re introducing.

2. Allow me to introduce my colleague.
Ngaru oeyä lertut.

3. Everybody, please allow me to introduce (to you) my sister, Newey.
Ma frapo, ayngaru oeyä tsmukit alu Newey.

In highly formalized or ceremonial situations, the honorific pronouns are available:

4. Allow me to introduce my sister, Newey te Tskaha Sorewn’ite.
Ayngengaru oheyä tsmukit alu Newey te Tskaha Sorewn’ite.

As in many human languages, knowing a person or a place in Na’vi requires a different expression from the one you use for knowing a fact. So, for example, you cannot say *Oel pot omum for ‘I know him.’ For ‘know’ in the sense of ‘be acquainted with,’ use the verb smon ‘be familiar’: Po smon oer. ‘I know him.’ (Literally: ‘He is familiar to me.’)

5. Do you know my friends Entu and Kamun?
Srake smon ngar oeyä meylan alu Entu sì Kamun?

For ‘Please introduce yourself,’ use the transitive verb lawk, ‘discourse on, talk about, say something concerning.’ Example: Poel oeti larmawk. ‘She was talking about me.’ For ‘introduce oneself,’ just add the reflexive infix:

6. Please talk a little bit about yourself.’
Rutxe läpivawk nì’it.

Note for the record that a reflexive verb does not take an ergative (agentive) subject: For example, ‘He talked about himself’ is Po läpolawk, not *Pol läpolawk.

Casual Introductions

7. This is Ìstaw.
Fìpo lu Ìstaw.
OR
Fìpor syaw fko Ìstaw.

Be careful to distinguish between fìpo and fì’u. The former means ‘this person,’ the latter ‘this thing or concept.’ Using fì’u for a person would be highly insulting.

8. Say hello, Ìstaw.
Kaltxì sivi, ma Ìstaw.

Self-Introductions

9. Hi! Excuse me. May I interrupt a moment? I’m Va’ru from the plains. How about you? Who might you (all) be?
Kaltxì. Hìtxoa. [This can be accompanied with the “I See you” hand gesture in the appropriate context and atmosphere. The gesture increases the level of formality.]
Tsun miväkxu hìkrr srak? Oe lu Va’ru a ftu txayo zola’u. (Ay)Ngari tut?

As you can guess, txo a is a “small forgiveness,” used routinely where politeness is called for: “pardon me,” “excuse me,” etc. Oeru txoa livu is a more serious apology for something you know you did wrong.

Mäkxu [ m••äkxu ] is a transitive verb meaning ‘interrupt’ or ‘throw out of harmonious balance’ in the context of an ongoing activity. In English it’s possible to ‘interrupt’ a person directly, but in Na’vi mäkxu is only used for activities or established conditions, not people. Pol moläkxu ultxati. ‘He interrupted the meeting.’ It does not necessarily have a negative connotation even though it evolved from a compound containing the component kxu, which in other contexts is clearly ‘harm.’ In contrast, hultstxem [h•ultstx•em] is a transitive verb meaning ‘hinder’ or ‘be an obstacle to.’ Its object can be either an activity or a person, and it usually has a negative connotation. Example: Hìtxoa, ke new oel futa fìtìpängkxot ayngeyä hivultstxem, slä tsun miväkxu hìkrr nì’aw srak? ‘Excuse me. I don’t want to derail your chat, but can I interrupt for just a moment?’

By the way, notice that to say you come from somewhere, you use ftu, not ta. Ftu pairs with ne: they indicate directions from and to a place respectively.

10. Hi. You’re Sorewn, right? I’m Tsenu. Sister Rini over there suggested that I introduce myself. She said you’re really into cooking and that we might share that in common.
Kaltxì. Nga lu Sorewn, kefyak? Oer syaw fko Tsenu. Tsatsmukel alu Rini molok futa oe ngar muwäpivìntxu. Poltxe po san Sorewnìl kan’ìn tì’emit nìtxan ulte kxawm tsatxele mengane za’atsu nì’eng.

This example contains a number of interesting things.

First, note that when two nouns are in apposition with alu, only the main noun—the one before alu—gets the case marking. So in this case it’s Tsatsmukel alu Rini, not *Tsatsmukel alu Rinil.

Next are two useful transitive verbs, mok ‘suggest’ and muwìntxu [ muw•ìntx•u ] ‘introduce’ or ‘present.’ This latter word can be used not only for introducing a person but also for presenting an idea, report, analysis, etc. Here it has the reflexive infix for ‘introduce oneself.’ Remember, though, that the most usual way to introduce another person omits the verb entirely. See 2 and 3 above.

The transitive verb kan’ìn [ k•an’•ìn ] means ‘focus on, specialize in, be particularly interested in.’ Example: Entul kan’ìn tìwusemit. ‘Entu specializes in fighting’—that is, fighting is a major interest of his or focus of his activity.

The expression for ‘share an interest in common’ is za’u nì’eng, literally, ‘come in a level or equal manner.’ Example: Tìrusol za’u ne fo nì’eng. ‘They share an interest in singing.’ (Literally, ‘Singing comes to them equally.’)

Finally, note how san works in the last sentence. (Sìk is not required here, since the utterance ends with the quoted material.) Tsenu needs to quote what Rini said exactly, so a less natural but more literal translation would be, ‘She said, “Sorewn is really into cooking, and perhaps the two of you might share that matter in common.”’ That explains the appearance of menga ‘the two of you’ where you might be tempted to use oeng ‘you and I.’

Edit 27 Sept: Sorewn corrected to Sorewnìl in last sentence of #10. Irayo, ma Plumps!

Alton DeHaan (Kayrìlien Rolyu) September 26, 2010 at 9:43 pm

Wow, there’s a LOT of cool information here, ma karyu! I’m sure that many people in the community have been anxiously awaiting this sort of information about basic conversations; I know that I have.

Regarding mäkxu and hultstxem, am I correct in noticing that, because they have varying degrees of severity (as to how serious the interruption is), your example sentence shows that Na’vi speakers interrupt by saying “I don’t want to make a “major” interruption, but I must make a “minor” one.” ? If so, that’s rather interesting that there is such an important distinction between the two.

Also, I noticed “kaltxì si” as (what appears to be) a produced verb form…could you use this in a more generic way to refer to greetings of any kind? (Or, say…refer to what we’d call a “short hello” by using the diminutive?)

Ma karyu, ngaru seiyi irayo, ulte sìlpey oe tsnì Eywal ngat kerame frakrr!

Irayo, ma ‘eylan. I like your analysis of mäkxu and hultstxem. The distinction in degree of severity is paralleled, I think, by hìtxoa vs. oeru txoa livu.

As for kaltxì si, it’s an idiomatic way of saying “say hello.” If you wanted to indicate that Loak greeted you, you could say “Loak poltxe oeru san kaltxì (sìk),” but the more usual expression would be, “Loak kaltxì soli oer.” The idea of a “little greeting” or “short hello” with the diminutive–a kaltxìtsyìp!–is interesting! If someone greeted you that way, I wonder if it would be a good or a bad thing. 😊

Ma Karyu,

nì’awve: it is good to hear that you got well again. The weather in Europe is not showing its best side these past few weeks… I hope you could enjoy your birthday nevertheless!

That you still found the time to flesh this introduction system out is truely amazing! Txantsan nì’aw.

A few things I’ve noticed…
– In what connection do lawk and peng (teri) stand? Is lawk maybe only used for people?
– “… from the plains” as ftu txayo. Is this a special case for the singular form?
– I like the distinction for ftu and ne. Am I right in suspecting that these are only connected with verbs of movement? “I am from Paris” would be Oe lu ta Pari?
kan’ìn seems to require the gerund, yet your example uses tì’em where I would have expected tì’usem
nìsung, I think, Sorewn in this sentence needs the ergative, kefyak?

Hìtxoa, for being so picky but as awngeyä ’eylan alu Prrton noticed, I am ›very rigorous and proper‹ about these things

Nìmun, faylì’uviri amip oe ngengaru suyi irayo nìtxan!

—ta Plumps

Nìsung: A tìroltsyìp, inspired by a German birthday song
set aysyulang fra’opinhu
kllkxerem ngaeo
txo nga yemfpay si for mì fay
lor layu nulkrr fo

Irayo, my Plumps. Actually, the weather in Paris was fantastic, so I can’t blame my bad cold on that. (Here in L.A., by the way, it was 97 degrees Fahrenheit, or 36 Celsius, on Saturday, and it’s staying up there. Oy.)

I’m glad you found the post useful. But the lion’s share of the credit goes to Prrton. He was the one who did the “heavy lifting,” putting in the time and energy to come up with new concepts and great examples and write them all up in draft form for my suggestions and approval. I couldn’t have done this without him.

Thanks for the great questions. A few answers:

1. Lawk and peng teri are similar and can often be used synonymously. But lawk has more the connotation of discoursing on something or “holding forth.” If someone were to give you their opinions on politics or religion or social issues, they would be lawk-ing. But if they told you about what they had for dinner last night, it would probably be a case of peng teri. As I say, though, there’s overlap.

2. Ftu txayo is correct. The speaker is saying he/she is from the flat area of Pandora (or some particular flat area), so the plural isn’t necessary.

3. Yes, ftu and ne are used only with verbs of movement, where actual physical movement is implied. So if you came from Paris, you had to physically move out of Paris, in which case you’d use ftu: Oe zola’u ftu Pari. But if you’re talking about something’s source, where the “movement” is only metaphorical, then you use ta, as in Neytiri’s ” . . . tsakrr za’u aungia ta Eywa.” As for “Oe lu ta Pari,” I’ll have to check with my sources , but I don’t think that’s grammatical. You need to use za’u.

4. Kan’ìn certainly could take the gerund, but it doesn’t have to. Tì’em encompasses the idea of the art of cooking or cuisine, while tì’usem refers more specifically to the activity of cooking. So (a) Oel kan’ìn tì’emit, (b) Oel kan’ìn tì’usemit are both correct. (a) implies more that I’m into the study of cooking and cuisine, while (b) simply means that I enjoy the activity of cooking. Admittedly, though, it’s not a completely sharp distinction.

5. Ngaru tìyawr! Irayo!

Ngeyä tìroltsyìpìri, oeyä aysyulang set mì fay kllkxerem. Fìtìmokìri seiyi oe irayo.

Fayu päheiem nì’i’a! Sa’u oeyä eltur tìtxen seiyi nìtxan, ma Karyu!

I find it a little odd that in the “introduction” phrase the person being introduced takes the accusative (“ayngaru oeyä tsmukit”)—it makes me think that in “Old Na’vi” there was a verb there, but over time it dropped out.

If i may say so, i think if there were to be a Na’vi textbook, this should probably come right at the front. Very useful stuff for beginners.

Faylì’fyaviri alesar ngaru irayo seiyi oe, ma Karyu Pawl =)

ta Lawren

Irayo, ma Lawren. Mllte oe ngahu: These things should definitely come early in any Na’vi textbook! It’s a consequence of the way our understanding of the language developed that we learned such things as Fayvrrtep fìtsenge lu kxanì! before we learned how to introduce people to each other. 😊

You’re right that there was originally a transitive verb in the introduction formula. In fact, the verb was muwìntxu, and it’s still possible to use it in this context: Oel muwivìntxu ngaru oeyä lertut. But that has a very stiff feel to it. Pandorans almost always omit the first two words as being “understood.”

Getting to Know You, Part 2

This post continues the conversational theme. Here we’re beyond the introduction stage and beginning to find out things about the person we’re speaking with. Thanks again to Prrton for his great work on this.

First, some useful expressions to help out generally in oral communication:

WHEN YOU’RE STUCK OR DON’T UNDERSTAND

11. Sorry, I didn’t get that. Could you repeat it, please?
Hìtxoa, ke tslolam. Rutxe liveyn.

The transitive verb leyn means ‘repeat, do again.’ It’s applicable to any action or activity. For example, a mother can say to a naughty child who’s just been chastised for a misdeed, Rä’ä liveyn! ‘Don’t do that again!’ In the context of a conversation, it’s understood that the action in question is speaking, so you’re asking the speaker to repeat the last thing he/she said.

For added politeness:

12. I didn’t quite understand. OR I may not have understood.
Ke tslolatsam.

The response on the part of the repeater is:

13. Sure. (Gladly. With pleasure.) What I said was . . .
Nìprrte’. Poltxe san . . .

If you need clarification:

14. Could you make that a bit clearer? Could you explain that further?
Tsun nga law sivi nì’it srak?

To ask the meaning of something specific:

15. What does X mean?
Tsa’uri alu X, ral lu ’upe?

This actually means, of course, ‘What does the word X mean?’ If it’s not a word but a phrase you’re after, substitute tsa’fyaviri for tsa’uri .

A shorter and highly colloquial version of 15 is acceptable in informal circumstances:

16. What does X mean?
X-(ì)ri peral?

Finally, what happens if you’re groping for a word or expression that’s not there, and no circumlocution comes to mind? Assuming you share another language with your audience, rather than having communication come to a screeching halt it’s better to insert the needed word or expression in the language you both know into the Na’vi sentence, preceded by nì’Ìnglìsì, nìFranse, nìToitsye, nìTsyungwen, etc. E.g., Sunu oeru nì’Ìnglìsì basketball nìtxan. (Of course, if you were Na’vi, you’d be more likely to pronounce “basketball” something like päsketpol, so that would be fine in this context as well.)


INITIAL CONVERSATIONS

17. Tell me a bit more about yourself.
Nga läpivawk nì’it nì’ul ko.

18. Tell me all about yourself.
Nga läpivawk nìno ko.

The adverb no means ‘in detail, expansively, thoroughly.’ The root on which it’s based, no, conveys the idea of fine detail. It’s not used by itself in modern Na’vi, but certain forms derived from it are found in the lexicon. Examples:

The polite expression for “may I ask” is Ätxäle si oe pivawm , literally ‘I request to ask.’ (In an early version of the Avatar screenplay, the newly-arrived Norm is talking to a Pandoran for the first time in his overly formal, stilted Na’vi, and says: Ätxäle suyi ohe pivawm, peolo’ luyu pum ngengeyä? ‘May I ask what tribe you belong to?’)

19. May I ask who the people in your family are?
Ätxäle si oe pivawm, ngari soaiä ayhapxìtu lu supe?

A couple of things to note here: First, the genitive of soaia ‘family’ is irregular: soaiä (not *soaiayä). Also, supe is ‘who (pl.)’—i.e., ‘what people’ as opposed to ‘what person.’

To ask someone’s age:

20. How old you are?
Ngari solalew polpxaya zìsìt? OR Ngari solalew zìsìt apolpxay?

Literally, this is: ‘As for you, how many years have passed?’ Note that polpxay , ‘how many,’ behaves like an ordinary adjective.

In conversation, the age question may be shortened in several ways. The following are all possible, with decreasing formality as you move down the list:

As you see, if zìsìt will be understood from the context, it can be omitted. Also, in quick, casual speech, solalew reduces to solew, just as palulukan reduces to palukan. These reduced forms, however, are not used in written Na’vi except when you want to reproduce the effect of casual speech. (Compare “going to” vs. “gonna” in English.)

To answer an age question:

21. I’m 24 years old.
Oeri solalew zìsìt apxevol.

Shorter, more colloquial versions:

22. Where are you from?
Nga z(ol)a’u ftu peseng / ftu tsengpe / pesengeftu / tsengpeftu ?

The choice between za’u and zola’u depends on the context. Zola’u is correct in all cases. However, if the question is a general one—“Where’s your hometown?”—then za’u is sufficient. But if the intention is “Where have you come from (to attend this gathering)?” then zola’u is required.

23. I was born in a town near the ocean, but I now live in Hometree.
Oe ’olongokx mì sray a txampayìri sim, slä set kelku si mì Helutral.

The intransitive verb ’ongokx [’•ong•okx] means ‘be born.’ It’s a compound of ’ong ‘unfold, blossom’ and nokx ‘give birth to,’ where the internal ngn cluster has reduced to ng:
*’ongnokx > ’ongokx. (Note also that proper nouns are subject to lenition just like common nouns: mì Helutral.)

An example of nokx used by itself:

24. Mom gave birth to my new sister yesterday.
Sa’nokìl oeyä tsmuket amip nolokx trram.

To ask about someone’s occupation or central activity:

25. What is your primary role (in society)?
Ngaru lu pefnetxintìn nìtrrtrr?

Nìtrrtrr obviously means ‘on a daily basis, regularly.’ (Compare letrrtrr.) Pefnetxintìn, though, requires some explanation. Its first two morphemes (minimal elements of meaning) are clearly pe ‘what’ and fne ‘kind (of).’ But what about txintìn ? It’s a compound noun derived from the adjective txin ‘main, primary’ and the noun tìn, ‘activity that keeps one busy.’ So txintìn could be glossed ‘occupation’ or ‘primary role in society.’

Some possible ways to answer the question:

26. I am a student / hunter / warrior / teacher / cook.
Oe lu numeyu / taronyu / tsamsiyu / karyu / ’emyu.

27. My central societal occupation is to catch fish.
Oeyä txintìn lu fwa stä’nì fayoangit.

28. I look after the infants.
Oel vewng frrnenit.

The transitive verb vewng means ‘look after, take care of, be responsible for.’

29. I tend to the refuse.
Oel vewng aysngelit.

30. I see to it that the children learn about the forest plants.
Oel vewng futa ayeveng nivume teri ayewll na’rìngä.
(Note that this person does not necessarily teach the children regarding the flora, but makes sure that the teaching is taken care of whether he/she instructs directly or not.)

Edit 30 Sept.: Two minor typos corrected.

Ma Karyu Pawl,

Pol ngop frakrr sìkenongit a hìno lu nìhawng.
‘He always creates excessively detailed examples.’

Is this just a stylistic variant, or must attributive adjectives always be shunted into an attributive phrase if they take an adverb?

A probing question as always, ma Wìlyìm. Tsari irayo.

The given sentence is indeed a stylistic variant–a particularly idiomatic one. But it’s also possible to omit the copula:

(a) Pol ngop frakrr sìkenongit ahìno nìhawng. OR:
(b) Pol ngop frakrr nìhawng hìnoa sìkenongit.

The constraint is that the adjective has to be adjacent to the noun. That is, you can’t have

(c) *Pol ngop frakrr hìno nìhawnga sìkenongit. (etc.)

Getting to Know You, Part 3

Kaltxì nìmun, ma oeyä eylan.

Here’s the third and final part of the conversational material. Ideally I’d space all of this out a bit more, but I wanted to make sure the people would have it who are participating in the Na’vi workshop up in northern California this weekend.

Thanks to everyone for the supportive comments and great questions! Sorry I haven’t yet been able to answer them all.

By the way, if anyone lives in or close to Tulsa, Oklahoma and is free the evening of Thursday, October 7, I’m speaking at the Oklahoma Conference in the Humanities, and it’s open to the public free of charge. Za’u kaltxì si ko!

(If you’re wondering about that structure: Two verbs back-to-back without a conjunction indicates that they’re performed in sequence: come and (then) say hello.)


MORE ON BASIC INFORMATION

To ask someone’s identity (in person, on the phone, etc.):

31. Hi. Who are you? OR Who is this (that I’m speaking to)?
Kaltxì. Ngenga lu tupe / pesu?

This is one place where the honoric form of the pronoun is standard. Nga lu tupe? could be heard as aggressive and challenging; to make it clear the questioner is being friendly, the honorific is used. The response, however, reverts back to the ordinary pronouns: Oe lu Txewì.

As in many earth languages (although not English), to ask someone’s name you don’t normally say the literal equivalent of “What is your name?” In Na’vi that would be Ngari tstxo lu pelì’u? It’s not wrong, but there’s a more idiomatic way to ask the question:

32. What’s your name:
Fyape fko syaw ngar?

Literally, this is, of course, “How does one call you?” or “How do they call you?” The answer is:

33. My name is Txewì.
Oeru syaw (fko) Txewì.

Getting back to age, if someone has asked you how old you are and you’re having trouble calculating it in octal, you can buy a little time with an expression that’s useful in lots of situations:

34. Just a tiny moment. I’m thinking.
’Awa swawtsyìp. Oe fperìl.

It would be a good idea, though, to have that number pre-calculated, since you don’t want people to think you’re not sure of your age. 😉 (Grammar: If you’re wondering why there’s no case marking on swawtsyìp, it’s because the phrase is short for ’Awa swawtsyìp livu oer rather than ’Awa swawtsyìpit tìng oer.)


LEISURE TIME

I’m indebted to Prrton for the material in this section, which I think is particularly rich.

35. Who do you typically hang out with / spend time with?
Nga pesuhu teng nìtrrtrr?

The next example introduces the important intransitive verb ’ìn, which is not only used by itself but also has many derivatives. (We already met one of them, kan’ìn, in Part 1.) ’Ìn means ‘be busy, be occupied’ and is neutral with respect to emotional impact. See below for derivatives of ’ìn that are slanted positively or negatively.

36. What’s been keeping you busy lately?
’Ìn nga fyape nìfkrr?

Literally, “In what way are you busy lately?”

Some derivatives of ’ìn:

37. He is overly engrossed in his music (and I’m displeased about it).
Pamtseori po sulängìn nìhawng.

38. I was completely swamped (overwhelmed) at work.
Tìkangkemìri varmrrìn oe nìwotx.

39. His work is still completely overwhelming him (and I’m glad).
Peyä tìkangkemìl mi veykrreiyìn pot nìwotx.

40. What do you do in your free time?
Tìk’ìnìri kempe si nga?

41. I practice my hobby, which is archery.
Oe tskxekeng si säsulìnur alu tsko swizaw.

To express the idea of fun, we use the adjective ’o’ ‘bringing fun, exciting’ and its derivatives.

42. Sports are great fun.
Ayuvan letokx ’o’ lu nìtxan.

Some derivatives of ’o’:

43. What is your favorite way to have fun?
’o’ìri peu sunu ngar frato?

44. Studying Na’vi is a ton of fun for me.
Ftia oel lì’fyati leNa’vi nì’o’ nìwotx!

Finally, to say you’re good or bad at something, use the respective transitive verbs fnan ‘be good at’ and wätx ‘be bad at’:

45. Are you good at Na’vi?
Srake fnan ngal lì’fyati leNa’vi?

46. No, I totally suck at it, but I still love it to death.
Kehe. Slä hufwa oel (tsat) wätx nì’aw, tsalsungay yawne lu oer nìwotx!

Sìlpey oe, zaya’u trro a tsun awnga nìwotx pivlltxe san fnan oel nìngay lì’fyat leNa’vi sìk! 🙂

Kìyevame, ma eylan.

Quick Follow-up

Just a couple more conversational expressions.

The usual response when you’re introduced to someone new is, of course, Oel ngati kameie, ma ____. But in addition you can say:

47. Nice to know you.
Smon nìprrte’.

To ask how to say something in Na’vi:

48. How do you say X in Na’vi?
X nìNa’vi (slu) pe’u?

Note that slu ‘become’ is used here rather than lu. But it’s frequently omitted in conversation.

Finally, to let someone know there’s no rush, that it’s OK to go slowly and take time (not just in speech but in any activity):

49. Take your time; don’t rush. Slow is fine.
Ke zene win säpivi. ’Ivong nìk’ong.

In conversation, säpivi is usually pronounced spivi . (The main stress in the sentence, however, is on win.) The second sentence is proverbial—literally, “Let it unfold slowly.”

A word on initial glottal stops:

The comments were perceptive. It’s when something precedes the initial tìftang that you hear it clearly.

Take ’eylan ‘friend’ vs. the short plural eylan. If you say the words in isolation, I doubt there’s much of a distinction, if any. But put them in phrases like (1) oeyä ’eylan and (2) oeyä eylan and you hear the difference. In (1) there’s a sharp break between the words; in (2) the words flow together smoothly with no break.

Sivop nìzawnong, ma aysopyu.

Catching Up

Kaltxì, ma oeyä eylan!

Contrary to rumors that I have fallen off the face of the earth, I’m happy to say I’m alive and well, if a bit damp, here in Los Angeles. My three months of heavy travel—September through November—are now history. The revisions for the fifth edition of the linguistics workbook I’ve co-authored, Looking at Languages, which is due out next year, are almost complete. (This edition will include two Na’vi exercises.) And I’m looking forward to returning to my blog and being in closer touch with you all.

I thought you might be interested in a few highlights of my travels.

SEPTEMBER: Europe
I spoke in Stockholm at the Bonnier GRID 2010 conference, a two-day event for employees of the multi-national Bonnier Corporation. The theme of the conference, “It’s all about passion,” fit in well with the development and growth of Na’vi. After a wonderful week in Stockholm during which I met members of the Swedish Na’vi community, John and I headed to Copenhagen for five days and then flew to Paris for another ten.

OCTOBER: U.S.A.
The month kicked off with the now-legendary Ultxa a mì Na’rìng—the Meeting in the Forest, hosted at the beautiful sylvan home of Prrton and Yotsua in northern California. Ever since, I’ve proudly ended my talks about Na’vi with pictures and stories from that event, including an analysis of Po täpeykìyeverkeiup nìnäk* that some of the attendees had come up with. Audiences are always impressed with the creativity and exuberance of the community.

My next event was in Tulsa, Oklahoma, where I spoke at the annual Oklahoma Conference in the Humanities and met some great members of the community as well. Then it was off to Rochester, New York for the 45th reunion of my undergraduate class at the University of Rochester. I was one of the guest speakers, and the audience was extremely enthusiastic, which was gratifying. (My undergraduate college career was hardly distinguished, yet I was given the royal treatment on my return to campus 45 years later. It’s remarkable what an association with Avatar can do!)

After visiting my piano teacher from college days in central New York, I flew back to Los Angeles to take part in a Fox media event promoting the Collector’s Edition of the Avatar Blu-Ray and DVD. They had invited about 60 members of the press, both domestic and international. We creative types were divided into teams, each one staying at its station while the journalists rotated around in groups of six to eight to hear the presentations. I was paired with Dr. Jodie Holt, the botanist from the University of California, Riverside, who had named and described the plants in the Pandoran forest. We did our joint talk no less than ten times; the last time around, Jodie half-seriously suggested that we exchange roles, with her talking about the language and me about the plants—that’s how familiar we had become with each other’s presentations!

It was good to see James Cameron again, whom I hadn’t talked to since the end of 2009. He looked great—fit and trim (I believe he had dropped 30 pounds) and relaxed. At the time, I learned what I’m sure you all know by now: there will indeed be Avatar 2 and 3, which are slated for release in 2014 and 2015 respectively. A reporter asked whether we could expect Dr. Grace Augustine to make a miraculous reappearance; Jim smiled and answered cryptically, “Well, no one in science fiction ever dies.” Beyond that, I don’t know any more than you do about the new scripts. But I’m keeping my fingers crossed that there will be some Na’vi in them and that I’ll be re-invited to participate.

My final talks of October were back on the east coast, at Wellesley College in Massachusetts. Wellesley is an all-female university . . . and what an impressive place it is. In the morning I had the great pleasure of talking to a linguistics class devoted to created languages, I believe the only such class in the country! The students were extraordinarily engaged and engaging; the professor, Dr. Angela Carpenter, had put together a rich course that they clearly loved. As a semester project, each student had to make progress in developing her own conlang, and at the start of the class, I was greeted in 16 different artificial languages, along with kaltxì, which they had all practiced. In the evening, I spoke to a more general audience of about 250 people. Unfortunately the technology failed and my PowerPoint couldn’t be projected onto the screen, so I had to wing it, which was a challenge. But all in all I think things went well.

NOVEMBER: Australia and New Zealand
We spent three and half weeks Down Under, a great trip. I spoke twice—first at Monash University in Melbourne and then on the west coast, in Fremantle (close to Perth), at the biennial conference of AUSIT, the Australian Institute of Interpreters and Translators, where I was the keynote speaker. I usually begin my talks by plunging into a Na’vi greeting (typically: Kaltxì, ma oeyä eylan. Oel ayngati kameie nìwotx. Furia fìtsengit terok fte tsivun ayngahu teri lì’fya leNa’vi pivängkxo, oeru prrte’ lu nìngay) and then explaining what I just said. This time, though, before I got up to speak, an elder of the Noongar group of indigenous people opened the conference with a beautiful—and long!—bilingual blessing, half of which was in fluent Noongar. When it was my turn, I had to acknowledge that what they were about to hear might not sound very impressive after that.

The rest of our time in Oceania was pure vacation. In addition to Melbourne and Fremantle, we toured the west coast wine-growing of Margaret River; then Sydney; then a hop over to New Zealand for five wonderful days on Waiheke Island, a little piece of heaven 35 minutes by ferry from Auckland; and then back to Melbourne before heading home to L.A. In most of those places we connected with friends we hadn’t seen in years, all of whom were extremely generous with their time and hospitality.

While in Melbourne I did several interviews for Radio Australia. If you have 15 minutes, you might like to listen to this one with Maria Zijlstra of the Lingua Franca program. In my second interview with Maria, we talked not so much about Na’vi but rather about the kinds of things I generally find the most fascinating about language.

Let me conclude by congratulating Sebastian and everyone else involved with the amazing LearnNavi.org on the site’s first anniversary. (More about that in the next post.) And to the many people who have written me e-mails and haven’t yet received a response—thank you all for your patience, and I hope to catch up on my correspondence soon.

Hayalovay, ma frapo.

ta Pawl

*The canonical translation is, “I’m so jazzed that he may be about to drink himself to death.”

Edit: error correction–nìnäk. Also, please note that in the Lingua Franca interview I mentioned, I mangled the name of the book I was referring to: It’s Through the Language Glass, not Through the Looking Glass. (Deutscher points out some strange things about language, but he’s not Lewis Carroll.)

Na’vi Writing Contest — the Second Place Winners!

As everyone knows, December 21st is a significant date–it’s the winter/summer solstice. But much more importantly, it’s also the birthday of learnnavi.org!

To celebrate LN’s first anniversary, several members of the community proposed and implemented a Na’vi Writing Contest.

The judges were Wm. Annis, Prrton, and Lance R. Casey—and their decisions are now in!

It gives me great pleasure to announce the Second Place Winners:

Beginners Verse: Reyona te Tsateka Ray’i’itan

Advanced Prose: Futurulus

Their winning entries are reproduced below.

Seykxel s ì nitram, ma meylan! Mengey ä t ìkangkxem txantsan lu nìngay .

Congratulations!

I’ll announce the first place winners in the next post.

P.

_____________

Beginners Verse, Second Place (Reyona te Tsateka Ray’i’itan)

(The author wishes to acknowledge help from Tirea Aean.)

Hahaw ma oeyä ‘eveng
Trr’ong zìya’u
Zamerunge trr amip

Hahaw ma oeyä ‘eveng
Txon ‘ayi’a
Txonä tìvawm kalmä

Hahaw ma oeyä ‘eveng
Tsawl slu win sì tstew
Na nangtang na’rìngä

Hahaw ma oeyä ‘eveng
Tsawl slu txur sì txantslusam
Nga layu taronyu

Hahaw ma oeyä ‘eveng
Ulte ‘awa trr
Nga layu ‘itan Omatikayaä

_____________

Advanced Prose, Second Place (Futurulus)

San Kxamlä menari tsun fko vitrati tsive’a sìk. Fìfya plltxe fkol ‘awa lì’fyavit leÌnglìsì.

Slä kxamlä menari tsun fko tsive’a peut nìngay? Ngay lu fwa ke lu kea mesute a mefor lu aynari ateng. Slä ke latem nari. Aynaril wìntxu ‘ut ateng frakrr. Nìnari ke latem vitra kawkrr srak? Tengkrr ‘eveng tsawl slu, tsawl slu peyä ronsem, nìtengfya tsawl slu peyä vitra.

Fra’ul a fko nolume tsat, fkot sloleyku tute aketeng nì’it. Leratem vitra nìlkeftang. Slä ke latem nari. Ha srake kxamlä menari tsun fko vitrati alusatem tsive’a nìngay? Txokefyaw, kxamlä peu?

Lì’fya. Kxamlä lì’fya tsun fko vitrati stivawm. Lì’fyal wìntxu ronsemit nìwotx. Lì’ut fkol solar a krr, tsalì’ul wolìntxu hapxìti vitrayä. Mipa lì’ut fkol nolume a krr, tsalì’u slolu hapxì vitrayä.

Ulte mipa lì’fyati fkol nolume a krr, tsalì’fya slolu vitra amip nìwotx.

‘Ivong ayvitra amip. ‘Ivong Na’vi!

Na’vi Writing Contest — the First Place Winners!

And now it’s my great pleasure to announce the First Place Winners of the Na’vi Writing Contest:

(Fanfare, please . . . )

Beginners Verse: Tìrey Tsmukan

Advanced Verse: KalaKuival

Advanced Prose: Ataeghane

As before, the winning entries are below. And what beautiful work this is. (We even have rhymed verse! Tewti!)

Irayo, ma pxesmuk, ulte seykxel s ì nitram. Pxengey ä tsulf ä l ì’fyay ä leNa’vi oeru teya si .

P.

__________

Beginners Verse First Place (Tìrey Tsmukan)

Oe lu numeyu leNa’vi, oe zola’u alìm. Oe ke zola’u kea tìtslamhu, oe ‘ì’awn fte nivume frakrr.

Oe lu numeyu leNa’vi, lì’fya ‘erong, tsawl sleru na syulang na’rìngkip lì’fyayä. Hì’i ulte kea ralhu.

Mi fì’u lu tìngäzìk ke, talun ayoengal tsa’ut tse’eia. Ayoeng plltxe sì pamrel si, uteri atsawl hì’isì.

Ayoengal kame lì’fyati, ulte tsawmì slu tsawl, kxawm fpi tìyawr, kxawm ke. Slä ayoeng frakrr tsun livatem.

Ro fìtseng ayoeng ultxarun, ta seng atxan zola’u. Ayoengit zamolunge tì’awsitengìl, ne ‘uo anawm.

Ayoengal kame futa aylapo a perlltxe, teri ayoeng na sute ‘äpolia. Slä ayoengal tìng nariti Smukanur set, ulte Smuke za’u, Ulte ayoeng käpame fra’umì na Ävätar, zìlya’u fte kame krr Eywasì; set ayoeng tslam.

Ayoeng tok fìtseng fte nivume, ayoeng zola’u alìm. Ayoeng ke zola’u kea tìtslamhu, ulte ‘ì’awn fte nivume frakrr.

__________

Advanced Verse First Place (KalaKuival)

Fìlì’fya suneiu oeru nìtxan.

Fko tsa’uri syaw leNa’via pum.

Nivume tsa’ut lu oeyä tìkan.

Ke nìtam tsa’uti oel ke omum.

Peseng tsun oe nivume? sìk pawm fko.

Tsun oe mivok san leiu ‘awa tseng

alu nume lì’fyat leNa’vi, txo

tsulfätu nga new livu sìk oe peng.

Fìlì’fya lu lor, tì’efumì oey:

Frapam lam ‘ango oeyä mikyunur.

Oel fpìl futa tsa’u nìngay lu swey.

Irayo sayi oe frakrr ngopyur!

Hufwa fìlì’fya ngäzìk tsun livu,

tsunslu fì’u a livu tsulfätu.

__________

Advanced Prose First Place (Ataeghane)

‘Okvur lì’fyayä leNa’vi

Nìawnomum, lora lì’fya leNa’vi ke tsivun livu luke txantsana rel arusikx TseymsìKameronä. Fìrel eltur tìtxen sarmi ulte var, ngian aysuteori lì’fya sarmi nì’ul. Pxaya stawnarsìma tute lenomum sngolä’i nìwin pivängkxo teri lì’fya sìreysì Na’viyä. Fwarmew nìno fo ulte frafya’oti sìpängkxoä eana fayswiräyä atsawl ftivia fmarmi.

Ye’rìn tsamaw, ngaya aynongyu kifkeyä alu Eywa’eveng tsarmun pivlltxe fìlì’fyafa sì tslivam fìlì’fyati taluna ke narmìn fol aysìngäzìkit a za’u hola lì’uta sì hìma tìtslamta ayrenuä lì’fyayä. Nìk’ong stawnarsìma ayupxare ta Karyu Pawl nìlaw srung soli ayoengaru. Fayul lì’fyat txarmula tafral set tsaw awngaru smon.

Awngakip lu sute a vivewng veiar pongut aynumeyuä. Hufwa pxaya tute sngalmä’i tìsopit ne kifkey ayhorenä sì aylì’uä ulte maw trr ahol ftolang, lu mi aysute a pamrel si fte srung sivi aysngä’iyur sì ayeylanä eltur tìtxen seykivi lì’fyat leNa’vi.

Fpìl oel futa txo ayoeng fmayi, tsayun veykivirä fìlì’fyat alor. Set suneiu nìtxan ayrenu awngar ulte lu aylì’u nìtam fte pivängkxo txeleteri letrrtrr. Ayoeng tsun slivu nawma lì’fyaolo’ – nivume zene nì’aw. ‘Ivong Na’vi, ma aysmuk!

Beautiful Christmas Carols Sung in Na’vi!

Mehapxìtul lì’fyao’loä pxestxelit alor tolìng awngaru.

Two members of the German Na’vi community, Plumps (Stefan Müller) and Maksìl (Maximilian Reinhart), have translated three Christmas carols into Na’vi and recorded them. The wonderful singer is Maksìl. Please listen:


Maria Kxamlä Na’rìng Kä - Maria Kxamlä Na’rìng Kä (Maria durch den Dornwald Ging)


Tewti Ma Utral - Tewti Ma Utral (Oh Christmas Tree)


Txon Amawey - Txon Amawey (Silent Night)

I think you’ll agree that these carols are astonishingly beautiful and gorgeously sung.

Irayo, ma meylan. Lora fìtìkangkem mengeyä meuia luyu awngaru nìwotx.

ta Pawl

New Year, New Vocabulary

Kaltxì, ma eylan oeyä—

As some of you may know, we now have a structure in place whereby members of the community are submitting not only requests for new vocabulary but actual suggestions for new Na’vi words. (You’ll find information about the process at learnnavi.org.) I received the first such submission several days ago and was very impressed. A lot of thought and creativity went into the document, not to mention the time and effort it took to put it all together, with illustrative examples, etymologies, grammatical discussions, alternatives . . . Tìkangkem atxantsan, ma frapo! Thanks to everyone involved, and especially to the project’s very able coordinator, Lawren. Irayo nìtxan, ma tsmuke!

In looking at the committee’s suggestions, I found myself responding in several ways. For example:

1. Perfect! I love it!
2. Great idea—I’ll just make a few changes.
3. Interesting and potentially very useful, but I need to think through the ramifications
and/or get some clarification before I commit to it.
4. I see the need, but I’d rather do it differently.

Below you’ll find the items in categories 1 and 2. In some cases I’ve pretty much just cut and pasted from the doc that Lawren sent, since I didn’t think I could improve on it. In other cases I’ve made a few changes. If I haven’t included something, it doesn’t necessarily mean I’ve rejected it. Some things will require more time and thought than I’ve been able to put in in the last few days. So please consider this Part 1, with Part 2 to follow.

And even though 1/12 of 2011 is history, since I haven’t yet said it: Mipa Zìsìt Lefpom, ma frapo!

ta Pawl

1. taKRRa / aKRRta (conj.) ‘since’ (temporal)

Aylì’fya yawne leru oer takrra ’eveng lamu.

OR:

’Eveng lamu akrrta aylì’fya yawne leru oer.

‘I’ve loved languages since I was a child.’

Using the imperfective (leru) conveys the sense that the activity is ongoing; if it has ended, use the perfective:

Sawtute zola’u akrrta po ke ’olefu nitram.

‘Since the Skypeople came, she had not been happy [and this has now changed].’

When other time words are used in the sentence, the adposition ta- is sufficient to convey the concept of “since.”

Trr’ongta Txon’ongvay po tolìran.

‘He walked from dawn until dusk.’

2. few (ADP-) ‘across, aiming for the opposite side of’

NOTE: This new adposition is distinct from the existing adposition ka-, which means “across” in the sense of “covering thoroughly” (e.g., “Mother spread frosting across the entire top and sides of the cake.” OR “He wanted nothing more than peace across the entire world.”)

Po spä few payfya fte smarit sivutx.

‘He jumped across the stream to track his prey.’

Utral a lu few payfya a eo kelku oeyä tsawl lu nìtxan.

‘The tree on the other side of the stream in front of my house is very tall.’

~Derived form: FEWtusok (adj.), “opposite, on the opposite side”

Note: In casual speech, the word is often pronounced fewtsok. In writing, however, the full form is used.

Oe kawkrr ne fewtusoka pa’o kilvanä ke kamä.

‘I never went to the opposite side of the river.’

3. SLA’tsu (vtr., infixes 12) ‘describe’

Pol sla’tsu ayioangit a tse’a fkol mì Eywa’eveng*.

‘She describes animals seen on Pandora.’

*Note: In informal contexts, Eywa’eveng can be shortened to Eyweveng .

~Derived form: tìsla’tsu (n.), “description”

4. ’en (n.) guess (informed guess; hunch; intuition)

Note: This word only covers informed guessing, not a “shot in the dark” sort of guess.

-Pelun fìtsengne nga zola’u fte tivaron?

-Lolu ’en.

‘-Why did you come here to hunt?’

‘-It was a guess (hunch).’

Fìuvanìri lu ngaru pxen nì’aw.

‘You only get three guesses in this game.’

~Derived form: ’en si ‘make an informed guess’

Ke sterawm oel ke’ut mì na’rìng. ’En si oe, Sawtuteol tìlmok fìtsengit.

‘I don’t hear anything in the forest. I guess some Skypeople were just here.’

~Derived form: le’en (adj.), “speculative, intuitive” (of an action, not a person)

Eltu si. Hem le’en tsun lehrrap livu.

‘Watch out. Speculative moves can be dangerous.’

~Derived form: nì’en (adv.), “making an informed guess, acting on intuition”

Pol pole’un futa pehem si nì’en.

‘He decided what to do on a hunch.’

5. SÄ’o (n.) ‘tool, utensil’

Na’viri txina sä’o tìtusaronä lu tsko swizaw.

‘For the Na’vi the bow and arrow is the main hunting tool.’

6. pamtseo si (vin.) ‘play music’

To convey that one plays a musical instrument, use the adposition fa-.

Po pamtseo si fa au nìltsan nìtxan.

‘She plays the drums very well.’

Note that one can also use reykol, but this idiom is considered more “poetic,” and perhaps may not apply to all instruments.

Tewti, nga lu tsulfätu i’enä. Ngal tsat reykìmol!

‘Wow, you are a master on the i’en. You just made it sing!’

7. väng (adj.) ‘thirsty’

Menga ’efu väng srak?

‘Are you two thirsty?’

~Derived form: tìväng (n.), “thirst”

Apxa tìvängìl poti steykoli.

‘(His) great thirst made him angry.’

8. sngum (n.) ‘worry’

For verb (worry, be worried, be anxious), uses “lu DAT” construction:

Lu oeru sngum a saronyu ke tìyevätxaw.

‘I’m worried that the hunters will not return (soon, as expected).’

~Derived form: nìsngum (adv.), “worryingly, fretfully”

Swey lu fwa nga fìkem ke sivi nìsngum.

‘It’s best that you not do this fretfully.’

(It’s best that you don’t freak out about doing this.)

9. yaYAYR (n.) ‘confusion’

For verb (be confused, be puzzled), uses “lu DAT” construction (same as sngum)

Sawtuteyä hemìri lu awngaru yayayr.

‘The Skypeople’s actions confuse us.’

[I love this word! For some reason it just sounds like confusion.]

10. wäTE (vtr., infixes 22) ‘argue, dispute’

Sawtute lu ayvrrtep nìwotx a säfpìlit oel wäte.

‘I dispute the idea that the Skypeople are all demons.’

~Derived forms:

tìwäte (n.) (dispute, argument)

säwäte (n.) (point of contention, source of argument, thing disputed)

lewäte (n.) (disagreeable, argumentative [of an agent])

nìwäte (disagreeably, begrudgingly)

Edit, Feb 21: “fko” corrected to “fkol” in example sentence for #3.

New Vocabulary, Part 2

Here’s Part 2 of the new vocabulary post from last time. Some of these words, I think, will turn out to be quite useful.

1. li (adv.) ‘already’

Tìkangkem li hasey lu.
‘The work is already finished.’

Li pol terok fìtsengit srak?
‘Is she already here?’

Ayfohu li oe ultxa soli.
‘I’ve already met with them.’

What does li add to a sentence? To paraphrase the lucid analysis of one of the vocabulary committee members, li does two jobs: (1) it indicates completion, and (2) it’s a way for speakers (or writers) to react to their reasonable assumptions about what listeners (or readers) are thinking.

For example:

A: Srake new nga oehu yivom wutsot?
‘Do you want to have dinner with me?’
B: Oer txoa livu. Li yolom.

‘Sorry. I’ve already eaten.’

Here, B sees from A’s question that A is assuming she (B) hasn’t yet eaten. B’s response says, in effect, “You evidently think I haven’t had dinner, but in fact I have.”

For the negative, Na’vi doesn’t use a separate lexical item like English (already ~ not yet) or French (déjà ~ pas encore) but simply negates li:

A: Fo li polähem srak?
‘Have they already arrived?’
B: Ke li.

‘Not yet.’

Li has some idiomatic uses as well:

A. In imperatives to convey strong urgency:

Ngal mi fìtsengit terok srak? Li kä!
‘You’re still here? Get going!’.

(Note: It’s the verb that gets the sentence stress, not the li: li KÄ!)

Also note the set phrase:

Li ko.
‘Well, get to it, then.’ OR ‘Let’s get on it.’
(Here li gets the stress: LI ko.)

B. As a somewhat hesitant or weak ‘yes,’ as in colloquial English “Well, yeah, kind of.”

A: Nga mllte srak?
‘Do you agree?’
B: Li, slä
‘Well, yes, I guess so, but . . .’

The negative of this usage is simply ke li, which could be translated in colloquial English as ‘not really.’ This overlaps the ‘not yet’ usage above, but in most cases the context will disambiguate.

C. Combined with sre (ADP+) to indicate ‘by’ in the time sense—that is, ‘before or up to, but not after.’ For example:

Kem si li trraysre.
‘Do it by tomorrow.’

If sre comes before the time expression, it fuses with li into lisre (LI.sre), an adposition that is still ADP+ . . . i.e., that will cause lenition:

Kem si lisre srray.
‘Do it by tomorrow.’

Regarding ‘already,’ I want to say a big irayo to the vocabulary committee for an extremely rich discussion from which I learned a lot. I got great examples of how the corresponding words for ‘already’ are used in Japanese, Thai, Spanish, Irish, German, Swedish, Latin, Ancient Greek, and Nahuatl. Tewti, ma eylan! Lì’fyari lu aynga sulfätu nìwotx.


2. ronsrelngop ‘imagine, envision’ (vtr., infixes 33) (RON.srel.ngop)

Tsat ke tsun oe ronsrelngivop.
‘I can’t imagine that.’

Oel ronsrelngop futa Eywevengit tok.
‘I imagine that I’m on Pandora.’

The etymology of this word is probably clear: ronsem + rel + ngop, ‘mind-picture-create.’ Note, however, that in colloquial as opposed to careful or formal speech, ronsrelngop is usually pronounced ronsrewngop. (The sound change vowel + l –> vowel + w has occurred in Earth languages as well, for example in the history of French. Compare “salsa” and “sauce”!) This has led to a popular misunderstanding, or “folk etymology,” where the word is connected to srew, ‘dance,’ as if imagination were a dance in the mind. It’s a nice idea, but that’s not where the word actually comes from.

Derivation: ronsrel (n.) ‘something imagined’ (RON.srel)

Ayronsrel peyä hängek nìtxan.
‘His imaginings are (unpleasantly) weird.’

Derivation: tìronsrel (n.) ‘imagination’ (tì.RON.srel)

Lu poru tìronsrel atxanatan.
‘She has a vivid imagination.’

Note: txanatan (adj.) ‘bright, vivid’ (TXA.na.tan, from txan + atan)

Derivation: leronsrel (adj.) ‘imaginary’

Oe new sivop ne tsakifkey leronsrel.
‘I want to journey to that imaginary world.’

Derivation: nìronsrel (adv.) ‘in/by imagination’

Oe pxìm pängkxo ngahu nìronsrel.
‘I often talk with you in my imagination.’
OR
‘I often imagine I’m talking with you.’

3. srefey ‘expect’ (vtr., vitr., infixes 22) (sre.FEY, from sre and pey)

This verb can be transitive or intransitive, so there are alternate structures to express the same idea:

Set srefey oel futa tsampongu tätxaw maw txon’ong.
OR:
Set srefey oe tsnì tsampongu tätxaw maw txon’ong.

‘I’m currently expecting the war party back after nightfall.’

Note the useful idiom srefereiey nìprrte’, ‘looking forward’:

Tsaria ngahu ye’rìn ultxa si nìmun, oe srefereiey nìprrte’.
‘I’m looking forward to getting together with you again soon.’

You can use this phrase by itself as a positive response to someone’s offer:

A. Oeng rewonay ’awsiteng tivaron ko.
‘Let’s you and I go hunting together tomorrow morning.’
B. Srefereiey nìprrte’.
‘I’ll look forward to that.’ OR ‘I’d love to.’

FRACTION PARADIGM

mawl (n.) ‘half’

Tsu’teyìl tolìng oer mawlit smarä.
Tsu’tey gave me a half of the prey.

As you see, to say ‘half of something’ you simply use the genitive of the noun.

pan (n.) ‘third, one third’

Tsu’teyìl tolìng oer panit smarä.

Tsu’tey gave me a third of the prey.

Two thirds is simply mefan (me.FAN), with the dual me effecting lenition in the usual way.

For fractions with denominators higher than 3 we use the prefix form of the number plus the suffix pxì, derived from hapxì ‘part.’ Hapxì is stressed on the second syllable (ha.PXÌ), and this has influenced the fraction words, which retain the stress on pxì.

tsìpxì ‘one-fourth’ (tsì.PXÌ)

mrrpxì ‘one-fifth’ (mrr.PXÌ)

pupxì ‘one-sixth’ (pu.PXÌ)

kipxì ‘one-seventh’ (ki.PXÌ)

vopxì ‘one-eighth’ (vo.PXÌ)

To make higher fractions from these, use simple numbers:

munea mrrpxì – ‘two-fifths’

kipxì atsìng – ‘four-sevenths’

Tam. Hayalovay, ma oeyä eylan.

Edits, 21 Feb.: Example with hek corrected. “A’s response” corrected to “B’s response” in li discussion.

New Vocabulary II — Part 1

The Vocabulary Committee has been working overtime! The February submission was particularly rich, inventive . . . and massive. It’s going to take me a while to work through all the suggestions, discussions, and examples, and getting out the results will require more than a few blog posts. But I wanted to get in one more post before February turns into March, at least here in California. So for the time being, here are a couple of innovations I liked, which are now officially part of Na’vi. Much more to follow. Livu faylì’fyavi lesar ayngaru!

1. wan ‘hide’ (vtr.)

Pol sä’oti wolan äo ayrìk.
‘He hid his tool under the leaves.’

As reflexive (with the –äp- infix), ‘to hide oneself’:

Wäpan! Sawtute za’u!
‘Hide! The Sky people are coming!’

Nga pelun wäperan?
‘Why are you hiding?’

Idioms and derivations:

Pol säfpìlit verar wivan.
‘He’s keeping his idea a secret.’

nìwan (adv.) secretly; in hiding, by hiding

Samsiyu perey nìwan.
‘The hunters lie in wait, prepared to ambush.’

tìwan (n.) ‘obfuscation, cover-up’

letwan (adj.) ‘dodgy, sneaky (of a person)’


2. slele ‘swim’ (vin.) (SLE.le; infixes 1,2)

Lehrrap lu fwa evitsyìp slele mì hilvan luke fwa fyeyntu terìng nari.
‘It’s dangerous for tiny ones to swim in the river without an adult watching.’

Derivations:

nìslele ‘by swimming’

Tsun fko tsatsengene kivä nìslele fu fa fwa ikranit makto nì’aw.
‘You can only get there by swimming or riding an ikran.’

Edits Mar. 1: Changed n. to adj. for letwan. Corrected Samsiyul to Samsiyu in example sentence for nìwan.

2011 Winter - Spring Talks

Kaltxì, ma oeyä eylan—

I wanted to fill you in on my Na’vi talks for the first few months of this year, both those in the recent past and those coming up.

It’s been gratifying to see that interest in Na’vi continues. The invitations to speak about the language are still coming in—not at the hectic pace of a year or so ago, of course, but still quite steadily. I haven’t solicited any of these appearances; rather, people have looked me up and contacted me about speaking at their events. When it’s been feasible, I’ve been pleased to do so.

In the recent past:

§ Iowa State University (Ames, Iowa)—Feb. 3.
My talk at ISU was at the intersection of two different programs: the Quentin Johnson Lecture Series in Linguistics and the National Affairs Lecture Series, which this year has the theme of innovation. It was my best-attended talk ever: almost 400 people in the audience—students, faculty, and interested people from outside the university! Prior to the evening presentation I talked informally with members of the linguistics faculty and graduate students in applied linguistics. It was bitter cold outside, but my reception at ISU was very warm.

§ University of Southern California (Los Angeles)—Feb. 18
This was a lecture for the undergraduate Engineering Honors Colloquium at the Viterbi School of Engineering at my graduate alma mater, USC. There were about 120 students in the auditorium and everything went quite smoothly. (For once I didn’t run over the allotted time!) Afterwards a number of interested students came up to continue the conversation, including a conlanger working on his own language, one with a very interesting pronominal system.

Coming up:

§ Boise State University (Boise, Idaho)—Mar. 3
Ngaytxoa—I should have mentioned this earlier, although I think a number of you already know about it. I’m leaving tomorrow for Boise, Idaho, where I’ll be sharing the spotlight with none other than Marc Okrand, creator of Klingon! It won’t be a lecture but rather a panel discussion titled “Linguists in Hollywood,” presented by the Boise State Linguistics Association and the English Majors Association. I’m looking forward to getting to know Marc a bit and sharing experiences and war stories, both on mike and off. I’ll let you know how things go.

§ University of Rochester Alumni Event (Los Angeles)—Mar. 12
This fundraising event for the University of Rochester, my undergraduate alma mater, will be held at Sony Studios in Culver City, a separate city that’s an “island” inside Los Angeles (like Beverly Hills). It’ll be pretty much the same presentation I gave on the UR campus back in October, when I attended my 45th college reunion. I mentioned to the organizers that anyone who heard me back in October and is also planning to attend this event will have a strong sense of déjà vu, but they didn’t seem to think that would be a problem.

§ University of California (Los Angeles)—Apr. 9
I’ll be the keynote speaker at the second annual Southern California Undergraduate Linguistics Conference at UCLA. As you may know, UCLA is a linguistics powerhouse, so I’m expecting a lot of challenging questions.

§ California State University (Fullerton, California)—Apr. 18
I’ll be the keynote speaker at the 20th CSUF linguistics symposium. (I couldn’t find an announcement on the Internet—maybe I googled the wrong search terms.) This will be a return to the university where I taught linguistics way back in 1978-79, when I was working on my Ph.D. dissertation. I haven’t been back since, and I suspect things have changed a bit in the interim.

If anyone is in the neighborhood and would like to stop by any of these events to say hi, by all means do. To my knowledge they’re all open to the public, and, with the exception of the Rochester fundraiser, free of charge.

Word Order and Case Marking with Modals

A couple of posts ago, in a response to a comment, I mentioned that the following example sentence was correct:

Pol säfpìlit verar wivan.
‘He’s keeping his idea a secret.’

Here the verb var ‘persist in a state, continue to perform an action’ is used as a helping verb or modal, with the meaning ‘keep on doing something.’ A more literal translation of the sentence would be, ‘He’s continuing to hide the idea.’

The question was whether the first word should be po or pol. Several people suggested that pol was incorrect, based on the evidence to date. For example, ‘He sees you’ is Pol tse’a ngati, since tse’a is transitive, but ‘He CAN see you’ is Po tsun tsive’a ngati, since here, po is the subject not of tse’a but of tsun, and helping verbs like tsun (also new and var) are intransitive.

So I thought it would be useful to clarify some things about case marking—and also word order—with modals.

First, word order.

I have a slide in my PowerPoint presentation about Na’vi that shows how the words in a simple sentence like the one for ‘Eytukan sees Neytiri’ can be permuted in all possible ways, with all the versions grammatical and without altering the semantics of who is doing what to whom. In this case there are 3! = 6 possible permutations:

a. Eytukanìl tse’a Neytirit.
b. Eytukanìl Neytirit tse’a.
c. Neytirit tse’a Eytukanìl.
d. Neytirit Eytukanìl tse’a.
e. Tse’a Eytukanìl Neytirit.
f. Tse’a Neytirit Eytukanìl.

This is not to say that all six sentences are completely interchangeable in discourse. As in the vast majority of natural human languages, the word orders where the subject precedes the object (a, b, and e) are the most common; the others are grammatical but are generally used for special emphasis. For example, suppose someone thought Mo’at saw Neytiri, but you know that it was actually Eytukan who saw her. The conversation could go like this:

–Spaw oel futa Mo’atìl tsole’a Neytirit.
‘I believe Mo’at saw Neytiri.’

–Kehe. Tsole’a Neytirit Eytukanìl.
‘No, the one who saw Neytiri was Eytukan.’

Here the speaker has chosen a word order that puts Eytukanìl at the end of the sentence to highlight the important, contrastive information—just as the English translation does, but less concisely than the Na’vi.

With a modal verb in the mix, however, the situation becomes more complicated.

Let’s take as our example sentence ‘I want to eat teylu.’ One way of saying that is Oe new yivom teylut. How many possible word orders are there? Well, in this case we have four words, so there are 4! = 24 logically possible orders. Bear with me as I list them all. (For brevity, I’ll just use the initial letters of the four words.)

1. N O T Y7. O N T Y13. T N O Y19. Y N O T
2. N O Y T8. O N Y T14. T N Y O20. Y N T O
3. N T O Y9. O T N Y15. T O N Y21. Y O N T
4. N T Y O10. O T Y N16. T O Y N22. Y O T N
5. N Y O T11. O Y N T17. T Y N O23. Y T N O
6. N Y T O12. O Y T N18. T Y O N24. Y T O N

Are all 24 orders grammatical? Actually, no. The rule is that except in poetry or special ceremonial language, the modal has to precede the dependent verb. This means that in these examples, N = new must come before Y = yivom. So that knocks out half of the 24 logical possibilities. We’re left with these 12 word orders:

1. N O T Y7. O N T Y13. T N O Y
2. N O Y T8. O N Y T14. T N Y O
3. N T O Y9. O T N Y15. T O N Y
4. N T Y O
5. N Y O T
6. N Y T O

Now what about the case marking? Well, it’s clear that T is teylut throughout. As for O, oe is correct in all cases. But here’s where it gets interesting: one of these sentences, number 9, has an alternate form where O is oel. That is, 9 can be either of the following:

9a. Oe teylut new yivom.
9b. Oel teylut new yivom.

In fact, 9b is more common than 9a. Why is that? Well, the combination of Agentive/Ergative (the “l-case”) followed by Patientive/Objective (the “t-case”) is so frequent in Na’vi (e.g., Oel ngati kameie) that sentences like 9a are uncomfortable for many speakers. So a reanalysis takes place, where new yivom is thought of as a single, transitive verb, making 9b possible.

And that explains why the ‘keeping secret’ sentence we started out with is OK with either po or pol.

Sìlpey oe, fìtìoeyktìng law lilvu!

Ta Pawl

P.S.—The event with Marc Okrand in Boise was a blast! I really enjoyed meeting him, and I think our joint appearance went well. It was also great to meet ’Eylan Ayfalulukanä, an active member of the Community, who drove a long way to be there. Oh, and I got to see and talk with my first Klingon!

Addendum—March 22, 2011

Thanks to everyone who contributed astute questions and comments both here and elsewhere. Let me try to clarify some of the points I made above, although I can’t promise to offer definitive yes-or-no rules in all cases: constructions like this are inherently fuzzy.

There are four word orders in contention for reanalysis (which I’ll expand on in a bit); I’ll repeat them here for convenience:

5. N Y O T
6. N Y T O
9. O T N Y
15. T O N Y

What defines these four is that in all of them, (a) NY (new yivom) is an uninterrupted sequence, and (b) O (oe or oel) and T (teylut) are contiguous.

The question is, Does O = oe or oel? As I indicated above, in all cases O = oe is grammatically correct . So it boils down to whether or not O = oel is also acceptable to native speakers of Na’vi in any of these sentences.

I’ll address that question in a moment, but first some general thoughts on linguistic variation, a large topic about which books have been written.

As language learners, we feel most comfortable with definite rules: “It’s A, not B.” But real language doesn’t always work that way. Sometimes A and B are equally correct, with no difference in meaning or usage, although some speakers might be more likely to use one than the other. (In English, how do you pronounce the first syllables of either and economics? How do you contract He is not hereHe isn’t here or He’s not here?) As you know, Na’vi is particularly rich in such “free variation” (mì fay vs. paymì; awnga vs. ayoeng; lora syulang vs. syulang alor; to say “Who are you?” even if “you” is simply nga, you have 12 choices!). Another kind of variation is not within a given speaker but among speakers: For some, A is right, B is wrong, and that’s that. For others, A and B are both fine. For still others, A sounds better than B but B is still acceptable to some degree. That is to say, grammaticality judgments can vary among native speakers. (I just took a look at a textbook of mine from my graduate school days. In one of his seminal articles, Chomsky had “starred” an example sentence, *It is easy for there to be snow in June, indicating that it was ungrammatical. I wrote in the margin that I thought the sentence was perfectly fine.) There’s no reason to think the situation is any different on Eywa’eveng. Unfortunately communication with Pandora has been difficult lately, and I haven’t been able to ask any native speakers of Na’vi how they feel about these sentences. (Oh for a Na’vi Maltz!) So I’ve had to use my intuition. That being said, here are my best guesses:

The one most likely to be judged grammatical with oel is 9:

9b. Oel teylut new yivom.

That’s judged acceptable by almost all Na’vi in all but the most formal situations.

The next most likely is 15:

15b. ?Teylut oel new yivom.

I’d put that at 50-50—that is, half the Na’vi will accept it, half won’t.

The next is 6, which I’d put at 30% acceptable, 70% unacceptable:

6b. ??New yivom teylut oel.

Finally, 5 is generally judged unacceptable with oel:

5b. *New yivom oel teylut.

I spent some time trying to justify these intuitions, but after reading what I wrote, I didn’t find the results coherent. And as they say, your mileage may vary. So I’m just going to leave it there, at least for the time being. Bottom line: If you don’t want to take any chances, use the intransitive-subject case in all such sentences. But in sentences like 9, feel free to choose either case.

Just one more thing:

As I mentioned, for 9b to be judged acceptable, new yivom has to be reanalyzed in the speaker’s mind as a single complex verb (or “super-verb,” if you like). That kind of thing is not unknown in English. For example, take the passive construction, which (at least under some theories of syntax) changes a sentence like The mouse ate the cookies into The cookies were eaten by the mouse: the original object of the verb has become the new subject, along with other changes. But what about:

a. The researchers didn’t think of that outcome. –> That outcome wasn’t thought of by
the researchers.

b. Her friends spoke badly about her. –> She was spoken badly about by her friends.

c. His boss took advantage of him. –> He was taken advantage of by his boss.

If passive works on objects of verbs, then how are these passive sentences possible? After all, the new subjects are not the old objects of the verbs—that is, if you think of the verbs as, respectively, think, speak, and take. But instead, speakers appear to be reanalyzing the word sequences. Rather than considering “think of” as verb + preposition, they’re taking it to be the super-verb “think-of.” Likewise with “speak-badly-about” and “take-advantage-of.” If you do that, then these super-verbs do have objects, which allows the passive transformation to apply.

The big question is, Under exactly what conditions do such reanalyses take place? If you come up with a complete answer to that question, please let me know! 😊

“Receptive Ability” and Hesitation

“Receptive Ability”

What’s the Na’vi equivalent of English -able/-ible? That is, how do say that something is capable of “receiving” the action of a verb? For example, given yom ‘eat,’ how would you say, “This animal is edible”—i.e., can be eaten?

One obvious way is:

1. Tsun fko yivom fìioangit.
‘One can eat this animal.’

But there’s another way:

2. Fìioang lu tsukyom.
‘This animal is edible / can be eaten.’

Here the prefix tsuk- (a development of tsun + fko; no connection with tsuksìm) is attached to the ROOT of the verb to form an adjective. So, for example, you can say things like:

3. Tsukyoma ioang lu lesar.
‘An edible animal is useful.’

Note that the stress is on the root, not the prefix: tsuk-YOM.

For the negative, ke- attaches before tsuk-: ketsuktswa’ ‘unforgettable.’

Tsuk- is widely productive, considerably more so than English -able/-ible. For one thing, you can attach it to virtually any transitive verb: tsukrun ‘findable,’ tsuktxula ‘constructible,’ tsukfrrfen ‘able to be visited (visitable?)’, tsuktaron ‘able to be hunted, (huntable?),’ etc.

Additionally, you can often attach tsuk– to intransitive verbs as well:

4. Fìtseng lu tsuktsurokx.
‘One can rest here. / It’s possible to rest here. / This place is “restable.”’

5. Lu na’rìng tsukhahaw.
‘One can sleep in the forest. / It’s possible to sleep in the forest. / The forest is “sleepable.”’


Hesitation

To my knowledge, all spoken languages mì ’Rrta have words or sounds that indicate the speaker is hesitating, pausing, thinking, buying time, etc. In English, we have “um,” “uh,” “er,” and for some people “like” and “y’know.” Na’vi is no exception.

The Na’vi “hesitation marker” in speech is ìì. Unusually, it’s written with a doubled vowel. (Since it’s not a word any more than “er” is in English, it can flout the phonotactic constraints of the language, just as conversational expressions like oìsss and saa do.) It’s pronounced like a prolonged ì.

6. Lu oeru . . . ìì . . . tìngäzìk ahì’i.
‘I have . . . um . . . a slight problem.’

[Note: If you’re a glutton for punishment, I added some further explanation about case marking with modals at the end of the previous post.]

Edit 23 Mar.: In examples of transitive verbs with tsuk-, tsukftang deleted, tsukrun added.

Kaltxì ma Karyu,

indeed, very useful! Seeing William’s examples, I was also wondering how two k’s are treated. Of course in spoken discourse it almost makes no difference, but is it in fact tsukkäteng (as with ayyayo or maweypeyyu) or tsuk-käteng?

Irayo nìmun.

Irayo ma Plumps. Yes, it’s just tsukkäteng. In addition to your examples with -yu, this kind of thing occurs a lot with adpositions: kinammì, ekxanne, Mo’atta, . . . It’s only at morpheme boundaries that you get doubled consonants.

Yafkeykìri pängkxo frapo — Everyone talks about the weather

Here’s the first of several posts about weather language. Thanks to the Vocabulary Committee for some great ideas!

To begin with, the subject of our discussion:

yafkeyk (n.: YA.fkeyk) ‘weather’

To understand the derivation of this word, note the following:

fkeytok (v. intr.: FKEY.tok, infixes 2, 2) ‘exist’

Ngal fwerew a tute ke fkeytok.
‘The person you’re looking for doesn’t exist.’

(Fkeytok comes from kifkeyti tok, ‘be in the world.’)

Derived form:

tìfkeytok (n.) ‘state, condition, situation’

Tìfkeytok lefkrr lehrrap lu nìtxan.
‘The current situation is very dangerous.’

Kilvanä tìfkeytok lu fyape fìtrr?
‘What’s the condition of the river today?’

Now phrases like kilvanä tìfkeytok were common, and these eventually developed into shortened forms such as kilvanfkeyk ‘condition of the river.’ So while the above sentence is perfectly correct, the more usual way to say it in present-day Na’vi is:

Kilvanfkeyk lu fyape fìtrr?
‘What’s the condition of the river today?’

In this way a new suffix developed, -fkeyk. It’s widely productive. For example:

Sawtuteri ronsemfkeykit ke tsun kawtu tslivam.
‘No one can understand the state of mind of the Sky People.’

Some very common -fkeyk words have been lexicalized with special meanings, most notably yafkeyk, which originally meant ‘the state of the atmosphere’ but is now used to mean ‘weather.’

To ask about the weather, use za’u:

Yafkeyk za’u fyape? / Yafkeyk za’u pefya? Etc.
‘How is the weather?’

(Note: Be sure to place the stress in the right place with fyape and pefya: FYA.pe and pe.FYA.)

In colloquial conversation, za’u may be omitted:

Yafkeyk pefya?
‘How’s the weather?’

To answer this question, Na’vi breaks weather up into several categories. The one we’ll discuss in this post is precipitation.

A. Precipitation

When things fall from the sky, Na’vi uses, naturally enough, the verb zup ‘fall’:

Zerup tompa.
It’s raining.

Here are some other forms of precipitation:

tompameyp (n.: tom.pa.MEYP) ‘drizzle’ [Comes from tompa ameyp ‘weak rain’]

tskxaytsyìp (n.: TSKXAY.tsyìp) ‘hail’ [Comes from tskxepay + tsyìp (diminutive): ‘little ice.’]

Note: tskxepay (n.: TSKXE.pay) ‘ice’ (literally: stone water)

herwì (n.: HER.wì) ‘snow’

tomperwì (n.: TOM.per.wì) ‘sleet’ [Comes from tompa + herwì]

Example:

Herwì zereiup fìtrro nìwotx!
‘It’s been snowing all day!’ (Said by, for example, a skier.)

When precipitation is particularly bad, you can use the verb ’eko ‘attack.’

Fìrewon tompameyp zarmup, slä set ’ìmeko nìtxan nang!
‘It was drizzling this morning, but it’s really started coming down now!’

Related vocabulary:

txanfwerwì (n.: txan.FWER.wì) ‘blizzard’ [Comes from txan + hufwe + herwì ‘much wind (and) snow’]

hermeyp (n.: her.MEYP) ‘snow flurry’

hertxayo (n:. HER.txa.yo) ‘field of snow’

ìlva (n. ÌL.va) ‘flake, drop, chip’ Note: When this word is used in compounds, the l drops. So:

txepìva (n. TXE.pì.va) ‘ash, cinder’ (Don’t confuse with txepvi ‘spark.’)

herwìva (n. HER.wì.va) ‘snowflake’

payìva (n. PAY.ì.va) ‘drop of water’

tompìva (n. TOM.pì.va) ‘raindrop’

And now you know what this means: Oeri aysompìva sìn re’o var zivup. 😊

Next time: “steady state” weather terms, including temperature.

Hayalovay, ma eylan.

P.S.—I need to respond to some comments on the previous post. Zaya’u ye’rìn.

Next to beware: literally translating “how are you?” into something like “Fyape lu ngeyä tìfkeytok?”

At least I would expect it to work krr a “ngaru lu fpom srak?” ke tam…

Actually, in certain situations you can indeed use tìfkeytok the way you’re suggesting. “Ngaru lu fpom srak?” is a politeness formula with a set answer–“Lu fpom”–in much the same way that we say “How are you” in English, expecting to hear nothing more than “Fine, thanks.” But suppose a friend of yours has been ill and you’ve been concerned about her; when you talk to her you could say, “Ngari tìfkeytok (lu) fyape?” That would be more like, “How are you doing?” where you really want her to tell you about her condition. (“Ngeyä tìfkeytok” is possible too.)

’A’awa Lì’fyavi Amip — A Few New Expressions

1. Weeks and months

As you know, the days of the ’Rrtan week are:

Trr’awve Sunday
Trrmuve Monday
Trrpxeyve Tuesday
Trrtsìve Wednesday
Trrmrrve Thursday
Trrpuve Friday
Trrkive Saturday

But what about “week” itself and related words? Here’s some useful vocabulary:

kintrr (n., KIN.trr) ‘(7-day) week’

mrrtrr (n., MRR.trr) ‘5-day workweek’

muntrr (n., MUN.trr) ‘weekend’

Don’t confuse muntrr with mesrr , which simply means ‘(any) two days.’

Just like trr itself, these words take fì-, -am, and -ay with the obvious meanings:

kintrr ‘this (present) week’
kintrram
‘last week’
kintrray
‘next week’

muntrr ‘this (present) weekend’
muntrram
‘last weekend’
muntrray
‘next weekend’

As for ‘month,’ the word is:

vospxì (n., vo.SPXÌ) ‘month’

It’s derived from the phrase vosìpxì zìsì, ‘a twelfth of the year.’ And we also have:

vospxì ‘this month’
vospxìam
‘last month’
vospxìay
‘next month’

The names of the months? We’ll save that for another time. But keep in mind that all of these calendar expressions reflect the situation here on earth; they’re used by the Na’vi when they want to or need to talk about how the Sawtute reckon time (and of course by us here ’Rrrtamì). Time-reckoning on Pandora is a matter that awaits further research.

2. Must and should

As you already know, zene ‘must’ and zenke ‘must not’ work as follows:

Nga zene kivä. or Zene nga kivä.
‘You must go.’

Nga zenke kivä. or Zenke nga kivä.
‘You must not go.’

Nga ke zene kivä. or Ke zene nga kivä.
‘It’s not necessary/obligatory that you go.’

(You can also use these words impersonally: Zene kivä. ‘I/you/she/one/etc. must go. or It’s necessary to go.’ Note also the ‘hybrid’ variant: Ngari zene kivä. Literally: ‘As for you, it’s necessary to go.’ There’s usually more than one way to skin a cat in Na’vi! And I wonder if anyone can come up with the Pandoran equivalent of that expression . . .)

‘Should’ works a bit differently. The word is:

sweylu (v., SWEY.lu) ‘should’

This is a development of swey lu ‘it’s best,’ which has fused into a single word that acts somewhat like a modal . . . a quasi-modal, if you prefer, but without the hunchback. (Oeru txoa livu.)

The syntax depends on whether ‘should’ refers to something that hasn’t yet happened (the more common situation) or something that’s already happened. For the former, use txo ‘if’ plus the -iv- (subjunctive) form of the verb:

Sweylu txo nga kivä. or Nga sweylu txo kivä.
‘You should go.’

Sweylu txo nga ke kivä. or Nga sweylu txo ke kivä.
‘You shouldn’t go.’

(Other word orders are possible too, of course. For example, Sweylu txo ke kivä nga. And then there’s the impersonal form: Sweylu txo kivä. ‘I/you/she/one/etc. should go.’)

For something that’s already happened, use fwa (= fì’u a) or tsawa (= tsa’u a) with the past or perfect indicative (that is, non-subjunctive):

Sweylu fwa nga kolä.
‘You should have gone.’

Slä nari si! This is not the most common use of English ‘should have’—i.e., the counterfactual one, as in: “You should have gone, but you didn’t, ma skxawng!” Rather, it’s more like, “You went, and in fact it was the right thing to do.” Example:

Tsenu: Spaw oe, fwa po kolä längu kxeyey.
‘I believe it was a mistake for him to go/have gone.’

Kamun: Kehe, kehe! Sweylu fwa po kolä!
‘No, no! He should have gone!’

(Note: Tsenu’s sentence above is colloquial and conversational. A more formal version would be: Spängaw oel futa fwa po kolä lu kxeyey.)

So how does one say “should have” in the counterfactual sense? Zene maweypivey, ma eylan. 😊 I’m working on a post about counterfactuals in general . . .

One more thing before we leave this topic:

In English and some other languages, words like should and must have developed secondary meanings. In addition to the basic sense having to do with obligation, right and wrong, better and worse, etc. (the “root” sense), there’s also a sense having to do with probability, likelihood, etc. (the “epistemic” sense). An example of the latter is, “He’s on his way. He should be here any minute.” As another example, consider the sentence, “You must be a doctor.” That can have both a root and an epistemic interpretation:

Root: “Son, your greatgrandfather was a doctor, your grandfather was a doctor, and I’m a doctor. It’s our family tradition. Whether you like it or not, I’m afraid you have no choice. You must be a doctor too.”

Epistemic: “I see you’re wearing a white coat and you have a stethoscope around your neck and a prescription pad in your pocket. Hmm . . . You must be a doctor!”

The point of all this is that Na’vi does not allow epistemic interpretations of zene and sweylu. They’re purely root. If you want the epistemic senses, you need to use probability words like skxakep.

And finally, thanks to the vocabulary committee for:

3. ye (adj.) ‘satisfied, content; satiated, “full”’

This is an adjective of feeling, so it’s used with ’efu ‘feel’ in the same way as keftxo, nitram, ohakx, väng, etc.

Tsaria fkol pole’un futa Loak slu taronyu, sempul ’efu ye.
‘Father is content that it’s been decided Loak will be a hunter.’

Ngeyä tìkangkemìri ’efeiu oe ye nìtxan. Seysonìltsan!
‘I’m very satisfied with your work. Well done!’

Note the following vocabulary:

hasey si (v., ha.SEY si) ‘accomplish, bring to a conclusion’

Nì’i’a po tsatìkangkemvir hasey soli.
‘She finally completed the project.’

seysonìltsan (sey.so.nìl.TSAN) ‘well done!’ (a conversational expression derived from hasey soli nìltsan)

Note these two derived forms:

yehakx (adj., YE.hakx) ‘satisfied from hunger by food, “full stomach”’

yeväng (adj, YE.väng) ‘satisfied from thirst by drink, feeling quenched/slaked’

Srekrr ’amefu väng, set yeväng.
‘Before, I was thirsty; now my thirst has been quenched.’

Tsenu:
Srake yehakx?
‘Did you get enough to eat?’
Kamun:

(a) Stum. ‘Almost. (What’s for dessert?)’
(b) Ye. Tsun tivam. ‘Yes. That’ll be enough.’
(c) Nìtxan! ‘Very! I’m quite full.’
(d) Nìhaawwwng. ‘Oooh. I ate too much.’

More weather expressions are coming . . . Hayalovay!

Edit 05 April: Added the necessary fwa to Spängaw oel futa fwa po kolä lu kxeyey. Corrected spelling of zìsìtä.

Ma Karyu,

these will be so useful! Seysonìltsan (fìlì’fyavi sunu oer nìtxan!) Thank you so much for your continuing effort.

I noticed a minor typo, ngaytxoa: vosìpxì zisitä, ‘a twelfth of the year.’ should be zìsìtä.

I’m a bit confused by the spaw oe fwa… sentence. I’d expected spaw oel futa… but I guess the “should” sentence is stronger?

Thanks for pointing out the typos, ma Plumps, which I’ve now corrected.

The stylistic difference between sentences like (1) and (2) below is that (1) is more colloquial and conversational, whereas (2) is more formal and is more likely to occur in writing:

(1) Spaw oe, nga flayä.

(2) Spaw oel futa nga flayä.

In (1), “Spaw oe” is acting somewhat like an adverbial phrase–“in my belief,” “according to my believing”–rather than like a matrix clause. The grammar is admittedly a bit “loose,” but it’s fine for conversation and informal writing.

Ahh…

The infix ‹ats› would also cover some of the epistemic senses, too, kefyak?

Srane. For example, a sentence like “Po zaya’atsu ye’rìn” could convey the idea of “He should probably be here soon, but I’m not certain of it.”

Irayo nìtxan! Slä oeru lu mesìpawm. Sweylu lu kemlì’u, ha srake tsun fko sivar hemlì’uvit fìlì’umì? Txo srane, fpìl oel futa tsaw lu sweyl●u, kefyak?

Muvea tìpawm lolu teri lì’fyavi alu Spängaw oel futa po kolä lu kxeyey. Tì’efumì oeyä, tsaw zene livu Spängaw oel futa po kolä a fì’u lu kxeyey. Rutxe ftxey tsari lu tìkin fuke?

Ngian fìfmawnìri lesar oe ‘efu ye sì nitram nìngay :) Irayo!

Eyawr nìwotx, ma Kemaweyan. Irayo ngaru!

1. Srane, tsun fko sivar hemlì’uvit mì lì’u alu sweylu, ulte srane, klltseng lu 2, 2. Natkenong: sweylolu, sweylayängu. Slä mì tampxì krrä, ke sar fkol kea hemlì’uvit fìlì’umì.

2. Ngaru tìyawr, ma tsmukan. Tsalì’fyaviri fko zene sivar lì’ut alu fì’u melo. Narmew oe pivlltxe san Spängaw oel futa fwa po kolä lu kxeyey sìk. (Fìlì’fyavì na lì’fyavì ngeyä nìlaw lu teng.) Slä ’en si oe, tsamelì’u alu futa fwa oeru yayayr lolatsu, ulte lì’ut amuve oel tswola’. Ngaytxoa. :-) Kxeyey set zoslolu.

Irayo nìtxan, ma Karyu! Fì’u eltur tìtxen si nìngay. Ulte lolu oer tìpawm alahe. Ngal solar melì’ut alu futafwa, slä srake tsun fko sivar tenga melì’ut nìtengfya? Natkenong:

Omum oel futa futa oe kolä ngal spaw.

Tì’efumì oeyä tsaw eyawr lu, slä tunslu fwa lu koren a ke smon oer.

Forgive me for answering in English, ma Kemaweyan, but I have an English example that may cast light on your question.

Your futa futa sentence is grammatically correct, but it’s not great in terms of style. Here’s a parallel in English: (1) and (2) below express exactly the same idea:

(1) It’s surprising that she left.
(2) That she left is surprising.

But if the “matrix” sentence is “He thinks that [ . . . ],” then putting (1) within the brackets sounds fine, whereas (2) sounds very awkward:

(3) “He thinks that that she left is surprising.”

It’s the same in Na’vi. A more natural version of your sentence would be, “Omum oel futa ngal spaw futa oe kolä.”

A little puzzle

Kaltxì, ma frapo

As you may know, I’m giving a talk this Saturday at the Southern California Undergraduate Linguistics Conference at UCLA. Since the audience will largely be linguistics students, I thought I’d take the opportunity to expand my standard presentation to include a bit more about Na’vi grammar. One of the example sentences I’m planning to discuss is this simple one:

Sempulìl ngeyä wutsot yolom.

So my question to you is, why did I choose this sentence, and what is its significance? 😊

Weather Part 2 and a bit more

Kaltxì nìmun, ma oeyä eylan—

After an unexpectedly busy month, I’m happy to be back to present and discuss more of the excellent suggestions of the vocabulary committee. The members have now given me a lot of food for thought; in the next few weeks I’ll dish out as many choice helpings as I can.

Weather expressions, continued

A. Air and Sky: “steady states”

Na’vi distinguishes between weather states you can feel and those you can see. For the former, we use the frame Ya lu ______ (you feel the air), for the latter Taw lu ______ (you see the sky).

In particular, temperature:

somwew (n.: som.WEW) ‘temperature’

(Compare hìmtxan ‘amount,’ holpxay ‘number,’ tsawlhì’ ‘size,’ ngimpup* ‘length.’ Note, by the way, that the stress is on the second syllable in each case.)

*pup (adj.) ‘short (physical length)’

*ngimpup (n.: ngim.PUP) ‘length’

pesomwew / somwewpe ‘what temperature?’ (The second variant here is the more common one: som.WEW.pe.)

To ask the temperature, you simply say:

Yari somwewpe?
‘What’s the temperature?’

Note that you can ask the temperature of things other than the air:

Payri somwewpe?
‘What’s the temperature of the water?’ (perhaps asked before swimming)

The answer to Yari somwewpe is, as I mentioned, Ya lu ______. Here are some temperature words that can fill the blank, from very cold to very hot. Some of these adjectives are new; some you’re already familiar with.

txawew (TXA.wew) ‘very cold’
wew ‘cold’
wur ‘cool, a bit chilly’
tsyafe ( TSYA.fe) ‘mild, moderate, comfortable’
sang ‘warm’
som ‘hot’
txasom (TXA.som) ‘very hot’

For the appearance of the sky, the question is:

Tawri fyape (or: pefya )?
‘What’s the sky like?’

The answer is, Taw lu ______. Adjectives that can go in this blank include:

leyapay (le.YA.pay) ‘foggy, misty’
lepwopx (lep.WOPX) ‘cloudy’
lepwopx nìhol ‘lightly cloudy, just a few clouds’
lepwopx nìpxay ‘heavily cloud-covered, many clouds’
piak ‘no clouds, completely clear’ (This is also the ordinary word for ‘open.’)
tstu ‘completely overcast, covered with clouds’ (This is also the ordinary word for ‘closed.’)

The word for ‘humid’ deserves some comment:

paynga’ (adj.: PAY.nga’) ‘moist, damp, humid’

In this compound, the second component is the transitive verb nga’ ‘contain’:

Na’rìngìl nga’ pxaya ioangit.
‘The forest contains many animals.’

Here, however, nga’ is acting as a derivational suffix, one that turns a noun into a related adjective with the rough meaning, ‘containing the noun.’ Examples:

paynga’ (PAY.nga’) ‘containing water’ = ‘moist, damp, humid’
meuianga’ (me.U.i.a.nga’) ‘containing honor’ = ‘honorable’
txumnga’ (TXUM.nga’) ‘containing poison’ = ‘poisonous’

Note that as an adjective former, -nga’ is less common than le-. It is not freely productive, which is to say you can’t simply coin your own –nga’ words at will: you need to find them in the dictionary. And on occasion the le- and –nga’ forms exist side by side with slightly different meanings. For example:

’akra (n.: ’AK.ra) ‘soil (in which plants can grow)’

’akra apaynga’ ‘moist soil’

’akra lepay ‘watery, saturated soil’

B. Wind

Na’vi uses tìran ‘walk’ and tul ‘run’ with hufwe ‘wind’ to indicate the degree of windiness:

Tìran hufwe.
‘It’s breezy (but pleasantly so).’

Hufwetsyìp lefpom tarmìran.
‘A pleasant little breeze was blowing.’

Tul hufwe nìwin.
‘It’s very windy.’

There’s still more to be said about the weather, but that will have to wait for another time.

Some miscellaneous vocabulary

Three useful adverbs:

nìlam ‘apparently’

nìli ‘in advance’

nìfrakrr (nì.FRA.krr) ‘as always’

Poan yawne latsu poeru nìlam.
‘Apparently she loves him.’

Ngeyä stxeliri alor oe new ngaru pivlltxe san irayo sìk nìli. Ke lu oer am’a*, tsa’u polähem a krr, sunu oeru nìtxan.
‘I want to thank you in advance for your beautiful gift. I have no doubt that when it arrives, I’m going to enjoy it very much.’

* am’a (n.: am.’A) ‘doubt’

Nìfrakrr fol ’olem a wutso ftxìvä’ lu nìngay.
‘As always, the dinner they cooked tasted really terrible.’

There’s much more to come, but for now I’ll just say hayalovay.

Would just Poan yawne latsu poer (without nìlam) also be sufficient?
Yes. Using latsu and nìlam together strengthens the sense of “apparentness” or uncertainty.
Some Miscellaneous Vocabulary

Here’s the next vocabulary installment, making heavy use of the excellent proposals of the Vocabulary Committee. (Most of the examples and much of the discussion below is taken, with only light editing, from their submissions.)

may’ (vtr.) ‘try, sample, evaluate, check out, test-drive’

[I was impressed with the detailed explanation of this verb provided by the Committee, so the following discussion is theirs, virtually verbatim.]

The verb may’ is used to mean ‘try, taste, sniff, glance’—basically, to quickly or briefly sample something, for any of the senses. [The “Senses Paradigm” is coming in a future post.]

In addition, may’ extends beyond the sensory meaning to also include ‘check out, sample, evaluate, try on, test-drive.’ One could may’ a new bow, an article of clothing, an unfamiliar pa’li, a just-learned dance move . . . In general, it can be used for English ‘try’ when it’s not a synonym for ‘attempt.’ The admonition Mivay’ or May’ ko conveys the notion of “Give it a try!” or “Have a go!”

Also, may’ can be used modally, but how it differs from fmi in this usage requires a little explanation. Fmi specifically means ‘attempt,’ so you’re trying to perform the action in question. May’ refers more to trying/sampling the experience of that action. Compare these two sentences in English:

A. I tried to go to the doctor.
B. I tried going to the doctor.

A suggests you attempted to go to the doctor, but something kept you from succeeding—you got lost, there was traffic, etc.

I tried to go to the doctor [but I couldn’t find her office].

B suggests you did go to the doctor, but it didn’t help with whatever you were trying to accomplish.

I tried going to the doctor [but she doesn’t know what’s wrong with me].

So compare these two sentences in Na’vi:

Fmi mivakto pa’lit!
‘Try to ride a direhorse! (I bet you can do it!)’

May’ mivakto pa’lit!
Try riding a direhorse! (Maybe you’ll like it more than riding a banshee.)’

Win and lose

yora’ (vtr., yo.RA’ – inf. 1,2) ‘win’

snaytx (vtr.) ‘lose’

Yìmora’ Tsu’teyìl uvanit.
‘Tsu’tey just won the game.’

Ayoe snolaytx fìtrr taluna oel rumit tolungzup.
‘We lost today because I dropped the ball.’

Derivations:

tìyora’ (n.) ‘victory, a win’

tìsnaytx (n.) ‘loss’

Note: Don’t confuse tatep and snaytx. They both mean ‘lose,’ but tatep is lose in the sense of ‘have no longer.’

Tìkan tawnatep!
‘Target lost!’ (Line from one of the video games.)

’otxang (n.: ’o.TXANG) ‘musical instrument (generic term)’

Pam fì’otxangä sunu oer nìngay.
‘I really like the sound of this instrument.’

For the general idea of ‘play an instrument,’ we just use pamtseo si fa ’otxang:

Peotxangfa nga pamtseo si?
‘What instrument do you play?’

Pamtseo si fa i’en.
‘I play the i’en.’

skxir (n.) ‘wound’

Oeri skxir a mì syokx tìsraw sengi.
‘The wound on my hand hurts.’

Zene nga yivur pxìm fìskxirit.
‘You must clean the wound frequently.’

Derivations:

leskxir (adj.) ‘wounded ‘

skxir si (vin.) ‘wound ‘

skxirtsyìp (n.) ‘cut, bruise, minor wound’

Taronyu yerikur skxir soli.
‘The hunter wounded the hexapede.’

sloan (vtr., slo.AN – inf. 1,2) ‘pour’

Rutxe slivoan ngal payit oefpi; ’efu väng nìtxan.
‘Please pour me some water; I’m very thirsty.’

emrey (vin., em.REY – inf. 2,2) ‘survive (a life-threatening episode)’

Tsawla palulukanìl oeti ’ìlmeko a krr, Nawma Sa’nok lrrtok seiyi ulte oe emroley.
‘The Great Mother was looking after me when the big thanator attacked and I’ve survived.’

Derivations:

temrey (n.) ‘survival (in the face of danger)’

lemrey (adj.) ‘surviving (e.g. of entities from a group some of whom have died)’

nemrey (adv.) ‘in a fashion as if one’s life were at stake’

Fwampopä temrey tsatsengmì ngäzìk lu nìwotx.
‘It’s very hard for a tapirus to survive there.’

(If you don’t know what a tapirus is, take a look at this.)

Maw fwa fkol Kelutralit skola’a, lemreya hapxìtul tsasoaiä* txolula mipa kelkuti mì tayo.
‘After Hometree was destroyed, the surviving members of that family built a new home on the plains.’

*The genitive of nouns ending in –ia is just –iä: soaia, Gen. soaiä.

Note that nemrey can be an expression all by itself:

A. Sawtute pìyähängem! Tul ko!
‘The Skypeople are about to arrive! Run!’

B. *yawn* Kempe leren?
‘What’s happening?’

A. *growl* Nemfa na’rìng, ma skxawngtsyìp! Kä li!
‘Into the forest, you moron [whom I still like anyway]! Get going!’

B. Slä . . .
‘But . . .’

A. NEMREEEY!!!
‘LIKE YOUR LIFE DEPENDED ON IT!!! (Run for your life!)’

wawe (n., wa.WE) ‘meaning, importance, significance’

Both ral and wawe mean ‘meaning,’ but they’re different. Ral refers to meaning in the logical or literal sense:

Ralit faylì’uä oel ke tslivam.
‘I don’t understand the meaning of these words. (I can’t translate the sentence.)’

Wawe, on the other hand, refers to meaning or significance more related to an emotional state:

Waweti faylì’uä oel ke tslivam.
‘I don’t understand the meaning of these words. (I don’t see why they’re significant.)’

Ngari wawe fìvurä lu ’upe?
‘What is the significance of this story to you?’

Waweti ke tsun fko ralpiveng.
‘One can’t explain (or: put into words) wawe.’

Derivation:

txanwawe (adj., txan.wa.WE) ‘personally meaningful, significant’

Nari si! Tsatsko lu spuwin ulte ke lu mi txur, slä oeri txanwawe leiu. Lu stxeli a sempulta.
‘Careful! That bow is old and no longer strong, but it means a lot to me. It was a gift from my father.’

nìwawe (adv.) ‘meaningfully, significantly’

Tsatxon ayutraläo krr a pol oeti nolìn nìwawe, olomeium oel fa keyrel futa lu yawne oe poru.
‘That night beneath the trees when she looked at me meaningfully, I knew by the expression on her face that she loves me.’

keyrel (n., KEY.rel) ‘facial expression’

Nìfrakrr ma oeyä eylan, txo kxeyeyti ayngal tsive’a, rutxe oeru piveng!

Hayalovay.

Edit 28 Feb. 2014: hapxitu –> hapxitul Irayo, ma Plumps!

Interesting Article

Aysäplltxeviri* sì sìpawmìri ayngeyä irayo, ma eylan. Thanks for your comments and questions, friends. I’ll offer some responses as soon as I can. In the meantime, however, I thought you’d be interested in this article which appeared two days ago in the Los Angeles Times. You may have already heard that Avatar 2 and 3 will be shot here in L.A. (which is good news to me). But take a look at the comment in the comment section from John Cody. 😊

*säplltxe (n.: sä.pll.TXE) ‘statement’

*säplltxevi (n.: sä.pll.TXE.vi) ‘comment’

Txantsana Ultxa mì Siätll! - Great Meeting in Seattle!

Hello again, everyone. Nì’i’a tok oel nìmun fìtsenget!

The get-together and panel discussion two weeks ago at the EMP/Science Fiction Museum in Seattle, in conjunction with their current Avatar exhibit, were terrific. It was great to meet new people in the lì’fyaolo’ and reunite with old friends. Fpom and tì’o’ abounded, and the post-panel questions in Na’vi, prepared mostly in advance by community members and ably interpreted by Prrton, impressed the heck out of everyone there.

Here’s our happy group Saturday morning, July 9:

*

And this is the stylish free-standing plaque presented to me at the end of the panel by the community. Ayngaru seiyi irayo, ma smuk!

*

Thanks to the EMP administrators and staff—Brooks Peck, Kristen Hoskins, and David Wulzen—who welcomed us warmly and made sure things ran smoothly. And special thanks to our own Prrton, Txonä Rolyu, and Zefanaya, who communicated with the museum, arranged for the meals and accommodations, and generally coordinated a very successful meet-up. Finally, a big irayo to Keyl and Chie, who graciously hosted a convivial barbecue for everyone at their home.

For those who couldn’t make it . . . nìsìlpey zìsìtay! In the meantime, you might like to hear the audio of the panel provided by our friends at Avatar Nation.

And now for some new vocabulary:

pllngay (vin., pll.NGAY – inf. 1, 1) ‘admit’

Note that this is an intransitive verb, working similarly to plltxe. So you use direct speech with it:

Po ke tsun pivllngay san oeru tìkxey.
‘He can’t admit he’s wrong.’

To say “He admits it”:

Tsa’uri po pllngay.
‘He admits it.’

kawngsar (vtr., KAWNG.sar – inf. 2, 2) ‘exploit’

Ayngeyä kifkeyti fol kawngsar nìtut, fì’uri kekem ke si aynga.
‘They continuously exploit your world and you do nothing about it.’

[The following useful word plus the excellent explanation and several of the examples come from the vocabulary committee.]

lom (adj.) ‘missing, missed (as an absent person who is longed for)’

To say “I miss you,” use lom in the yawne pattern:

Nga lom lu oer.
‘I miss you.’

Note that lom covers only something you once had but no longer do, where there is a sense of emotional loss. For example:

Aysre’ lom lu tsakoaktanur.
‘The old man misses his teeth.’

That is, the old man feels bad about the fact he no longer has teeth. The sentence does not mean ‘The old man is missing his teeth’ in the sense of a neutral observation by an outside party.

koaktan (n., KO.ak.tan) ‘old man’

koakte (n., KO.ak.te) ‘old woman’

koaktu (n., KO.ak.tu) ‘old person’

Similarly, you can’t use lom for something you lack but never had in the first place, as in “We almost have a quorum, but we’re still missing three people.”

Derived form:

lomtu (n., LOM.tu) ‘missed person’

This word is reserved for special circumstances, e.g. toasts:

Tengkrr ftxozä sereiyi awnga, ke tswiva’ aylomtuti ko!
‘While we are celebrating, let us not forget those who we wish could also be here (but can’t).’ OR ‘A toast: To absent friends.’

fe’ (adj.) ‘bad’

(Yes, I know it’s about time we had this word. 😊 )

Note: Fe’ is generally used for things, ideas, events, etc., but not for people. For ‘a bad person,’ use kawng.

Peyä tsatìpe’un a sweylu txo wivem ayoeng Omatikayawä lu fe’.
‘His decision to fight (= that we should fight) against the Omaticaya was a bad one.’

Note: In English, “fight with” is ambiguous—it can mean either (1) fight against or (2) fight alongside (as in, “During the so-called French and Indian War, Native Americans fought with the French against the British.”) In Na’vi there’s no ambiguity: “fight with” in the sense of (1) is wem wä, in the sense of (2) wem hu.

Derived forms:

nìfe’ (adv., nì.FE’) ‘badly’

Oe pllngay san molakto oe nìfe’, tafral snolaytx; wätu lu oeto txur.
‘I acknowledge that I rode badly, so I lost; my opponent was stronger than I was.’

wätu (n., WÄ.tu) ‘opponent’

fekem (n., FE.kem) ‘accident’

Nari si fte kea fekem ke liven ngar!
‘Be careful you don’t have an accident!’

Note: Fekem derives from fe’ + kem, having taken on the special meaning of ‘accident, unforeseen misfortune’ along the way, not simply something bad that happened. For the latter, use tìlen afe’, literally ‘bad event.’

tìlen (n., tì.LEN) ‘event, happening’

hawtsyìp (n., HAW.tsyìp) ‘nap’

Note the usage:

Oel new futa livu oer set hawtsyìp.
‘I want to take a nap now.’

Fnu, ma ’evi. Sa’nur leru hawtsyìp. Tsivurokx ko.
‘Quiet, young one. Mommy is taking a nap. Let her rest.’

uran (n., U.ran) ‘boat’

Ayfo solop ìlä hilvan fa uran.
‘They traveled along (up, down) the river by boat.’

Edit July 24: tìlem –> tìlen

Edit Jan. 25, 2013: nìrangal zìsìtay –> nìsìlpey zìsìtay

Ma Karyu,

txantsan lu fwa tse’a futa ngal fìtsengit tok nìmun 😊 Lora aylì’u nìngay. Irayo ngaru nìtxan!

Great to see you back and that the event in Seattle is still producing such positive memories! I wondered what the plaque looked like when I heard about it from the audio recording.

Just to check: kekem is ‘nothing’, right? or is that a typo?
wätu is interesting, where one would expect lenition after

Irayo nìtxan nìmun.

My pleasure, Plumps.

Yes, kekem is ‘nothing.’ So, of course, is ke’u, but there’s a difference. Ke’u is “not a thing, object, idea . . . ” Kekem is “not an action . . . ” Since the main verb “do,” as in “What are you doing?” is kem si, (Neytiri: “Ma Tsu’tey, kempe si nga?”), to say “do nothing” you need to use kekem (plus ke si).

And you’re right, wätu without lenition is exceptional. I don’t know what happened in the history of the language for that form to develop, but it’s possible that wätu “froze” before the lenition rule kicked in. Of course the history of lenition is pretty mysterious: it’s not clear why certain adpositions require it and others don’t. Perhaps we’ll all find out some day.

Attributive “a” and Truncated Style

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo.

I see there was some consternation about the headline of the last post! Since it’s an important point, I thought I’d explain it here in a separate post rather than as a response to a comment.

Before anything else, though: Ayngeyä aysäplltxeviri seiyi oe irayo nìtxan ayngaru nìwotx! Thank you all for the comments! Whether bouquets, brickbats, queries, or corrections, they’re all very much appreciated. (I still need to reply to most of the last batch, which I will as soon as I can.)

So . . . As you know, the last headline was:

(1) Txantsana Ultxa mì Siätll (Great meeting in Seattle)

And the question is, Shouldn’t that have been:

(2) Txantsana Ultxa a mì Siätll

The answer is: yes . . . and no. 😊 Let me explain.

In standard Na’vi prose, you cannot omit attributive “a” in phrases like “the X in Y,” “an X from Y,” etc. To say “I really enjoyed the great meeting in Seattle,” you have several choices. The “full” form would be:

(3) Txantsana ultxa a mì Siätll lu soluneiu oer nìtxan.

This is equivalent to “ . . . the great meeting that was in Seattle.”

(You could, of course, have a different order for the modifiers:

(3a) Mì Siätll lu a ultxa atxantsan soluneiu oer nìtxan.)

You can also omit the lu, which is in fact the more common form:

(4) Txantsana ultxa a mì Siätll soluneiu oer nìtxan.

But (5) is not grammatical:

(5) *Txantsana ultxa mì Siätll soluneiu oer nìtxan.

(Here I’m using the usual linguistic convention of putting an asterisk or star before something that’s ungrammatical or unacceptable. And perhaps some of you have seen this little bon mot that was popular in certain circles many years ago: “Linguists unite! You have only your *.” What can I say?)

Slä . . .

Languages often have different rules for things like headlines and titles (of books, articles, poems, stories, songs, movies, etc.). In fact, if you think about the English translation I gave, “Great Meeting in Seattle,” you’ll realize that that’s not grammatical in standard English conversation or writing. You’d have to add an article: “I really enjoyed the great meeting . . .” or “I heard there was a great meeting . . .” or even “That was some great meeting . . . !” For a headline, though, “Great Meeting” by itself is OK. We can call this style “Truncated Headline” style.

Na’vi has a truncated style as well. Now the Na’vi don’t have books or newspapers or blog posts, but they do have stories and legends and songs, and truncated style is possible for their titles. One of the indicators of truncated style is the omission of attributive “a” where it would otherwise be necessary. Another is the elision (omission) of certain verbs. So in the case of our headline, the phrase in question might have been, as we’ve seen, txantsana ultxa a mì Siätll, but another possibility is that the headline comes from the full sentence Lolu txantsana ultxa mì Siätll, ‘There was a great meeting in Seattle”—or, with a different verb, ‘A great meeting took place in Seattle.’

To repeat the bottom line, though: in ordinary style, don’t omit attributive “a.”

Sìlpey oe, fìtìoeyktìng lilvu law!

Number in Na’vi

Number in Na’vi—not just the actual numbers in the octal system but, more generally, the whole question of when to use the singular, dual, trial, and plural forms—can be a little tricky. So let me try to clarify some of those issues. (Irayo to the aysulfätu lì’fyayä with whom I had fruitful discussions about this subject. Some of the material that follows is directly or indirectly due to them.)

Let’s start with a simple question: How do you say, “You two are teachers”?

“You two are” is straightforward: Menga lu . . . But what about “teachers”? Should it be meharyu, using the dual form to match the dual of menga? Should you use the plural form, (ay)haryu? Or should it simply be the singular, karyu?

The answer is based on this general principle of Na’vi grammar:

Number Principle (Koren Holpxayä = KH):
In referring to the same entity, express number only once per clause.

You’ve seen the KH in action before. For example, you know that “five stingbats” and “many viperwolves” is mrra riti and pxaya nantang respectively, not *mrra ayriti and *pxaya aynantang. Since number is already expressed by “five” and “many,” you don’t need a plural marker on the nouns, which remain in the “unmarked” or singular form.

Now we can answer the original question:

Menga lu karyu.
‘You two are teachers.’

Here are a few more examples:

Fo lu karyu.
‘They are teachers.’

Menga lu oeyä ’eylan. (NOT eylan)
‘You two are my friends.’

Fo lu pesu/tupe?
Who are they?

Tsapxesamsiyu lu pesu/tupe?
‘Who are those three warriors?’

In these examples, number is already shown by what comes before lu (the subjects of the sentences), so following the KH, what comes after lu (in the predicates) isn’t marked for number. Sentences with slu work the same way.

So far so good, I hope. But there’s a little complication. Note the following contrasting bits of conversation:

A
Tsaysamsiyu lu tupe?
‘Who are those warriors?’

(Fo) lu ’eylan Tsu’teyä.
‘They’re Tsu’tey’s friends.’

(Note here that even if you omit the optional pronoun fo “they” in the response, ’eylan “friends” remains in the singular, since fo is understood. And we do have the number marking on fo, since it’s in a different clause—in fact, a whole different sentence. This illustrates why the KH has the “per clause” restriction.)

But:

B
Tsaysamsiyu lu supe?
‘Who are those warriors?’

(Fo) lu Kamun, Ralu, Ìstaw, sì Ateyo.
‘They’re Kamun, Ralu, Ìstaw, and Ateyo.’

The question in B violates the KH, since the question word in the predicate, supe, is here marked for number. Why is that?

The difference is that when you ask “Who are X?” where X is a group, you can be requesting two different things: (1) identify the defining characteristic of the group, or (2) identify each member of the group. The A conversation above has the interpretation in (1): Q: What characterizes that group of warriors? A: They’re Tsu’tey’s friends. The B conversation has the second interpretation: Identify each of those warriors.

For “defining characteristic” questions, the KH holds; for “identify” questions, it doesn’t. That’s why we have the following question about family members:

Ätxäle si oe pivawm, ngari soaiä ayhapxìtu lu supe?
‘May I ask who the people in your family are?’

Finally, a couple of related items:

Generics

To make general statements about a group, keep the nouns in the singular:

Nantangìl yom yerikit.
‘Viperwolves eat hexapedes.’

Palulukan lu lehrrap.
‘Thanators are dangerous.’

We sometimes do similar things in English. For example, “The unicorn is a mythical beast.”

Forms with pe-

In the examples above we’ve seen several familiar ways of translating “who?” ( = what person?/ what people?) – tupe, pesu, (ay)supe. But since Na’vi has four degrees of number (singular, dual, trial, plural), three ways for addressing gender (common gender, masculine, feminine), and the possibility of pe either as a prefix or suffix, there are quite a few other such forms—in fact, 24 in all (4 x 3 x 2). In other words, for the simple question “Who is here?” you can be very specific in Na’vi, with separate pronoun forms for “What woman?” “What two men?” “What three people?” etc. Example:

Pepsul tok fìtsenget?
What three people are here?

Here’s the complete chart. Don’t get scared and think you have to memorize all of these forms! Only a few of them turn up frequently.

Common Gender

Male

Female

Singular

1. pesu /
2. tupe

3. pestan /
4. tutampe

5. peste /
6. tutepe

Dual

7. pemsu /
8. mesupe

9. pemstan /
10. mestampe

11. pemste /
12. mestepe

Trial

13. pepsu /
14. pxesupe

15. pepstan /
16. pxestampe

17. pepste /
18. pxestepe

Plural

19. paysu /
20. (ay)supe

21. paystan /
22. (ay)stampe

23. payste /
24. (ay)stepe

Stressed syllables are underlined.

For example, 13 and 14 mean “What three people?” 15 and 16: “What three men?” 17 and 18: “What three women?”

For those who are interested, the derivations of these words involve lenition, nasal assimilation (the n of tutan has become m under the influence of the following p), and the loss of some unstressed vowels. Final te is dropped as well (as in pesu, not *pesute). Examples:

10. me + tutan + pe > mesutanpe > mesutampe > mestampe

13. pe + pxe + tute > pe + pxesute > pepesute > pepsute > pepsu

There’s more to say about pe-, of course, since it’s very widely used. For example, here’s how it interacts with kem ‘action’:

kem

Singular

1. pehem / 2. kempe

Dual

3. pemhem / 4. mehempe

Trial

5. pephem / 6. pxehempe

Plural

7. payhem / 8. (ay)hempe

As you see, the general paradigm is:

Singular

1. pe+ / 2. pe

Dual

3. pem+ / 4. me+ pe

Trial

5. pep+ / 6. pxe+ pe

Plural

7. pay+ / 8. (ay) + pe

As for such questions as how pe- interacts with fne- ‘kind, type’ and how it works with the full variety of nouns, we’ll leave those for another time.

Hayalovay!

And a follow up – concerning the forms with pe+ With transitive verbs it can happen that question words need a case ending. Does it matter in this case which form one uses? To wit, can we attach case endings on the interrogative forms ending in -pe?

1.) pesul tok tsatsengit?
or
2.) tupel tok tsatsengit?

Up until now, we only have examples of 1.) from you.

Either form is fine. 1 and 2 are both correct.

Tìoeyktìngìri irayo seiyi oe ngar, ma Karyu.
Sunu oeru Koren Holpxayä, nìteng tìketengìri a lu sìpawmur alu “Tsaysamsiyu lu tupe?” sì “Tsaysamsiyu lu supe?“, fpìl oel futa fìtìketeng li fkeytok mì paya lì’fya, tafral suteor lam lì’fya leNa’vi na lì’fya kelkuä sneyä.

Lu oeru ’awa tìpawm:
Txo ke palylltxe oe san Pem… sìk ki san Peme… sìk, natkenong *pemesu tup pemsu, fu *pepxesutan tup pepstan, srake fì’u layu kxeyey?

Furia sunu ngar KH, oeru prrte’ lu!

Srane, tsamelì’u alu pemesu sì pepxesutan lu kxeyey. Zene fko pivlltxe san pemsu sì pepstan.

Fascinating!

How would one say, “who are those three men?” (as an identify question) Tsapxesutan lu supe? Tsapxesute lu pxestampe? Tsapxesutan lu pxestampe? Or something else altogether? Txo ke tslolam oel….txoa livu!

Good question. Ngari tslolam nìltsan.

It’s either Tsapxesutan lu pxesupe? or Tsapxesutan lu pxestampe?

That is, identifying the gender in the interrogative word is optional, since it’s already established in the first word. But since it’s an “identify the individuals” question, number is repeated in both words.

New Vocabulary: Clothing

Today’s vocabulary centers around clothing—items of apparel, some specific to Pandora and some more general, plus ways of talking about putting on, wearing, and taking off. As usual, thanks go to the vocabulary committee for some of these ideas and examples.

THINGS TO WEAR

Items of apparel are divided into two main groups: pxen ‘functional clothing’ and ioi ‘adornments.’ Although there are some gray areas where the categories overlap or are unclear, the distinction is usually apparent. It’s an important one, because the way you talk about putting on and wearing something depends on which group it belongs to.

pxen (n.) ‘(item of) functional clothing’

This category includes clothing items that serve the purpose of protecting, hiding, or directly assisting in some activity. Examples:

tewng (n.) ‘loincloth’

raspu’ (n., ra.SPU’) ‘leggings (used in war)’

hawnven (n., hawn.VEN) ‘shoe’ [From hawnu ‘protect’ + venu ‘foot’]

hawntsyokx (n., hawn.TSYOKX) ‘glove’

hawre’ (n., haw.RE’) ‘hat’ [Originally *hawnre’o, from hawnu ‘protect’ + re’o ‘head’]

Note: The hawn- words take the expected non-singular forms: mehawnven, pxehawnven, ayhawnven, etc., and that’s how they’re always written. However, in all but very careful or ceremonial conversation, they’re usually pronounced mawnven, pxawnven, ayawnven.

ioi (n., i.O.i) ‘(item of) adornment or ceremonial apparel’

Nìlun ayioi a’eoio ayeyktanä lu lor frato.
‘Of course the ceremonial wardrobes of the leaders are the most beautiful.’

(I love the sound of ayioi a’eoio ayeyktanä! It’s a nice phrase to practice. Note that ayioi is usually pronounced ay.O.i.)

nìlun (adv., nì.LUN) ‘of course, logically, following common sense’

Examples of ioi:

’ali’ä (n., ’a.LI.’ä) ‘collar/choker’

’are (n., ’A.re) ‘poncho, cape, shawl’

fkxile (n., FKXI.le) ‘bib necklace’

masat (n., MA.sat) ‘breastplate (armor)’

nikroi (n., nik.RO.i) ‘hair ornament’ [From nikre ‘hair’ + ioi ‘adornment’]

pxawpxun (n., PXAW.pxun) ‘armband’

Note this tongue-twister for practicing your p-ejectives:

Pori pxunpxaw lu pxawpxun.
‘Around his arm is an armband.’

(Note: Pxunpxaw is pronounced pxumpxaw in casual conversation.)

renten (n., REN.ten) ‘goggles (made from insect wings, carved wood (?) . . .)’

tsamopin (n., TSA.mo.pin) ‘warpaint’ [From tsam ‘war’ + ’opin ‘color’]

tsang (n.) ‘a piercing’

miktsang (n., MIK.tsang) ‘earring’

ontsang (n., ON.tsang) ‘nose ring’

PUTTING ON, WEARING, TAKING OFF

Putting on

To put on pxen, use the transitive verb yemstokx:

yemstokx (vtr., YEM.stokx — inf. 1,1) ‘put on (clothing), don’

This word originated as yem + sìn + tokx, ‘put on the body.’

Examples:

Fìrewon ngal lumpe kea hawre’it ke yolemstokx?
‘Why didn’t you put on a hat this morning?’

Penit yemstokx!
‘Get dressed!’

To put on ioi, use the si-verb ioi säpi ‘adorn oneself’ with fa ‘with, by means of.’ This is the reflexive form of the verb ioi si:

ioi si (vin.) ‘adorn’

Sevina tsa’everu ahì’i mesa’sem ioi soli fa miktsang.
‘The parents adorned that pretty little girl with earrings.’ OR
‘The parents put earrings on that pretty little girl.’

Fori mawkrra fa renten ioi säpoli holum.
‘After they put on their goggles, they left.’

(Note: In casual conversation, säpoli is often pronounced spoli .)

Wearing

There’s no separate verb ‘wear’ in Na’vi. To express that X is wearing Y, you simply say that X has put Y on. In other words, you focus not on the state that X is in but rather on the action that has created that state. Specifically:

Wears –> puts on
Is/are wearing –> has put on
Was wearing –> had put on

Examples:

Moat alu Tsahìk lu Omatikayaä le’awa hapxìtu a ioi säpi fa ’are.
‘Mo’at, the Tsahik, is the only member of the Omatikaya who wears a poncho.’

Sunu oer hawre’ a ngal yolemstokx.
‘I like the hat you’re wearing.’

Fkxilet a tsawfa poe ioi säpalmi ngolop Va’rul.
‘Va’ru is the one who created the necklace she was wearing.’

(Note: As with säpoli, in casual conversation säpalmi is often pronounced spalmi .)

Taking off

For both pxen and ioi, use the verb ’aku:

’aku (vtr., ’A.ku — inf. 1,2) ‘remove, take away, take off’

Rutxe mehawnvenit ’ivaku.
‘Please take off your shoes.’

’Aku is used more widely than just for clothing. For example:

Pot ’aku fìtsengta!
‘Get him out of here!’

Ulte oeri fìtsengta ’äpaku nìteng. Hayalovay!

Lance R. Casey August 3, 2011 at 2:35 pm

Wou!

Some questions:

1. We have previously known sa’sem to refer to a set of parents rather than a single one. So, why mesa’sem?

2. What is mawkrra? We have mawkrr as an adverb, and I would have expected either maw fwa fa renten ioi säpoli or maw krr a fa renten ioi säpoli here.

3. The use of tsawfa adds to the confusion of how tsaw behaves. We know that it reduces to tsa- when affixed with case endings, but with enclitic adpositions we see both the reduced (e.g. tsane) and the full form. Is one preferred over the other, or is it a matter of personal style?

Kaltxì ma Lance! Aytele a ngeyä hapxìmì kifkeyä lu fyape? :-)

Sìpawm atxantsan nìfrakrr.

1. Sa’sem is a bit tricky. Yes, it can be used for a set of parents, but it also means one parent. So we have sentences like, Nìkeftxo lu fì’evengur ‘awa sa’sem nì’aw, ‘Unfortunately this child has only one parent.’ If there’s no danger of misunderstanding and the meaning will be clear from the context, sa’sem is commonly used for ‘parents.’ But mesa’sem makes it clear that both parents are being referred to. To emphasize that even more strongly, we can add nìwotx, implying ‘both of the parents, not just one (perhaps contrary to expectation).’

2. Mawkrr is an adverb meaning ‘afterwards,’ as in Nì’awve oeng yolom wutsot; mawkrr uvan si, ‘First we had dinner; afterwards we played (a game).’ Mawkrra, however, is a conjunction. It’s parallel to the conjunction takrra ‘since, from the time that,’ which I think you’ve seen before.

That said, the alternatives you’ve suggested are acceptable. Spelling out maw krr a as three words, although not as common as the one-word conjunction, places special emphasis on the time factor, sort of like the difference between ‘after you were here’ and ‘after the time that you were here.’ At least that’s the way it seems to me right now.

3. There are actually three gradations: for example, tsa’ufa > tsawfa > tsafa, going from most formal to most colloquial. Which one to use is a question of context and, to a certain extent, speaker preference.

So, do we also get akrrmaw, following the pattern of takrra, akrrta, taluna, alunta, etc?

And what about the srekrra and akrrsre?

Yes, that’s right.

So the usage would be:

1. Mawkrra po holum, oe ‘efu keftxo.
2. Po holum akrrmaw, oe ‘efu keftxo.

so we NOW have the way to say “both” with the dual (me+) and nìwotx?

mefo nìwotx yolom = they both ate?

can that be generalized like that?

Ma ‘Eveng, ma Tirea Aean, irayo mengar.

Pxen can be countable, in which case it means ‘an item of’ or ‘a piece of’ clothing. So Penit yemstokx means ‘Put on your items of clothing’ = ‘Get dressed.’

Since the short plural is simply pen, we could have *lukepen > lukpen. Thanks for discovering that word! :-)

lukpen (adj., luk.PEN) ‘naked, without clothing’

Finally we got words about cloting, great!
This: Pot ’aku fìtsengta! sounds quite interesting, ta adpositions is about origin of something, but real meaning is about movement (although unwilling, I’m afraid :)). Wouldn’t be ftu more appropriate here?

Excellent observation. Ftu is indeed about movement, but it tends to be used with intransitive verbs like , za’u, rikx where the movement is volitional. For example, Ftu oe neto rikx! ‘Get away from me!’ With a transitive verb like ‘aku, ta is more common.

Reported speech, reported questions

Kaltxì, ma frapo—

Here’s some information about reported speech that I hope you’ll find useful.

Reported speech

As you know, the main speech verb is plltxe, which can be both transitive and intransitive. When you’re reporting what someone said, the most idiomatic way to express that in Na’vi is to use plltxe intransitively, with san and sìk. You also know that Na’vi likes direct speech, where you’re quoting someone’s words exactly, rather than indirect speech. So:

Poltxe po san oe new kivä sìk.
‘He said, “I want to go.”’ OR ‘He said he wanted to go.’

As you see, there are two ways to do it in English but only one in Na’vi. In this structure, it might help to think of plltxe as “speak” and san as “say”: ‘He spoke, saying “I want to go.”’

Now how do you translate simple things like “What did she say?” and “She didn’t say that”?

For these, we use plltxe as a transitive verb. But what do you use for “what” and “that” in those sentences? The obvious candidates are peut and tsat respectively:

Poltxe pol peut?
‘What did she say?’

Ke poltxe pol tsat.
‘She didn’t say that.’

[For the record, I’ve used VSO order here, but of course other word orders are just as possible: Pol poltxe peut? Peut poltxe pol? And so on . . . ]

The two sentences above are acceptable Na’vi, but they’re not the best style. The reason is that they’re using forms of the catch-all word ’u, ‘thing’—you’re talking about saying athing. Na’vi prefers to be more specific: what you say is words. So more idiomatic versions of these sentences are:

Poltxe pol paylì’ut?
‘What did she say?’ [= What words did she say?]

Ke poltxe pol tsaylì’ut.
‘She didn’t say that.’ [=She didn’t say those words.]

(If you’re talking about a single word, it’s tsalì’ut.)

Transitive plltxe can also be used for reported speech:

Poltxe pol faylì’ut a oe new kivä.
‘She said, “I want to go.”’ OR ‘She said she wanted to go.’

Just as fì’ut a usually contracts in colloquial conversation to the single word futa, faylì’ut a contracts to fayluta:

Poltxe pol fayluta oe new kivä.
‘She said, “I want to go.”’ OR ‘She said she wanted to go.’

Note that whether you use the plltxe san . . . sìk or the plltxe fayluta structure, you still use direct speech, reporting the exact words the person said. But keep in mind that plltxe san . . . sìk is the more idiomatic choice in Na’vi and the one you should prefer for reported speech.

For ‘hear’ and ‘tell’ in this context, Na’vi again prefers a more specific object than ’u. What you hear is news or a report—i.e. fmawn. Fmawnit a contracts conversationally to fmawnta:

Stolawm oel fmawnta fo new hivum.
‘I heard they want to leave.’

Ngal poleng oer fmawnta po tolerkup.
‘You told me that he died.’

Reported and indirect questions

How do you say, “He asked where Neytiri was going”?

With pawm as with plltxe, there are both transitive and intransitive structures. The intransitive forms are by far the more common:

Polawm po san Neytiri kä pesengne (sìk).
‘He asked where Neytiri was going.’ (Literally: He asked, saying, “Where is Neytiri going?”)

One wrinkle: With pawm but not with plltxe, the san is optional. So this is also possible, and in fact quite common:

Polawm po, Neytiri kä pesengne?

The transitive use of pawm is possible but infrequent, since there’s another transitive verb that’s much more common in this structure:

vin (vtr.) ‘ask for, request’

This has wider applications than just asking a question—it can be used in place of ätxäle si:

Ätxäle si tsnì livu oheru Uniltaron.
Or:
Vuyin ohel Uniltaronit.
‘I respectfully request the Dreamhunt.’

Pol volin mipa tskalepit.
‘He asked for a new crossbow.’

To use vin with indirect questions, what’s the appropriate object? Well, what you’re asking for is a certain answer—a certain tì’eyng. So:

Volin pol tì’eyngit a Neytiri kä pesengne.
‘He asked where Neytiri was going.’ (Literally: He requested the where-is-Neytiri-going answer.)

Some conversational contractions of tì’eyng are:

tì’eyng + a > teynga

tì’eyngìl + a > teyngla

tì’eyngit + a > teyngta

So:

Volin oel teyngta Neytiri kä pesengne.
‘I asked where Neytiri was going.’

Ke omum oel teyngta fo kä pesengne.
‘I don’t know where they’re going.’

Teynga lumpe fo holum ke lu law.
‘It’s not clear why they left.’

Ulte sìlpey oe, faysìoeyktìng livu law nìwotx!

Edit: Corrected two errors pointed out in the comments: Nga –> Ngal, bow –> crossbow. Irayo!

Wou… so many more contracted subordinates. I couldn’t help but notice how fmawnta is also fmawn-ta, thus requiring context and a close look/listen.

Tìpawm: Does vin contrast with ätxäle si or are they synonyms, and if they do contrast, how?

Nìfrakrr, irayo seiyi ngengaru, ma Karyu Pawl 😊

Yes, fmawnta comes from two different sources, with different uses. Our list of homonyms is expanding!

Vin vs. ätxäle si? Although there’s overlap, when you request a noun, you generally use vin; when you request that something take place, it’s more usual to use ätxäle si tsnì + subjunctive, although vin + futa is possible too. For example, if you asked for silence at a meeting:

1. Oel volin tìfnut.
2. Oe ätxäle soli tsnì livu tìfnu.
3. Oe ätxäle soli tsnì frapo fnivu.
4. Oel volin futa frapo fnivu.

All of those seem OK to me.

“By the way, what are you reading?”

After this post, you’ll be able to ask and answer that question. :-)

By the way

Na’vi has two adverbs that function like English “by the way” but are used in different situations.

mìftxele (adv., mì.FTXE.le) ‘by the way, in this regard, related to this matter’

The derivation of this adverb—mì + fì- + txele ‘in this matter’—makes the meaning clear: the speaker comes in with a statement or question related to something that has just been discussed. Example:

—Lam oer fwa tsazìma’uyul ke fnan tìtusaronit.
‘It seems to me that that newcomer isn’t any good at hunting.’

—Oeru nìteng. Mìftxele pori lu oer letsrantena fmawn a new piveng ngar.
‘(It seems that way) to me as well. By the way, I have some important news I want to
….tell you about him.’

zìma’uyu (n., zì.MA.’u.yu) ‘newcomer, someone who has just arrived on the scene’

Sometimes, however, we use “by the way” to change the subject and introduce something new into the conversation, something we’ve just remembered that’s just popped into our minds. That’s a different word:

nìvingkap (adv., nì.VING.kap) ‘by the way, incidentally’

Pronunciation: Note that it’s ving, not vìng.

Example:

—Slä tsalsungay, txo tìtslam for, lu txayo na’rìngto sìltsan.
‘But even so, if they’re smart they’ll take open terrain over bush.’

—Mllte oe. Nìvingkap ngeyä tsmukanur alu Ralu lu fpom srak?
Txankrr ngal ke lawk pot kaw’it.
‘I agree. Oh by the way, how’s your brother Ralu? You haven’t mentioned a thing
….about him in a long time.’

txankrr (adv., txan.KRR) ‘for a long time’

Nìvingkap comes from the transitive verb vingkap:

vingkap (vtr., VING.kap – inf. 1,2) ‘occur to one, strike one, pop into one’s mind’

Vìmingkap oeti fula poe ke li ke poltxe san oe zasya’u.
‘It just occurred to me that she hasn’t yet said she’s coming.’


Reading

As you know, Na’vi was not a written language until the Sky People arrived on Pandora. So there’s no native Na’vi word that exclusively means “read written material.” Instead, the word for “gain knowledge from sensory input” was adopted to fill this need.

inan (vtr.: i.NAN – inf. 1,2) ‘read (e.g. the forest), gain knowledge from sensory input’

Note: Like omum, inan has an irregular stress pattern. When used without affixes, the stress is final: inan . But when prefixes or infixes are added, the stress shifts: erinan , ivinan , olinan , tinan.

Tìomummì oeyä, pol na’rìngit inan nìltsan.
‘As far as I know, he reads the forest well.’

tìomum (n., tì.O.mum) ‘knowledge’

tìomummì oeyä ‘to my knowledge, as far as I know’

Derivatives:

tinan (n., TI.nan) ‘reading’

ninan (adv., NI.nan) ‘by reading’

Examples:

Tsmìmìri wätx fol tinanit nìngay.
‘They’re really bad at reading animal tracks.’

tsmìm (n.) ‘animal track’

Nari si! Äo fìutral lu tsmìm ’angtsìkä!
‘Watch out! There’s a hammerhead track under this tree!’

Tìtusaronìri fte flivä, zene fko sivutx smarit ninan nìno.
‘To succeed at hunting, you have to track your prey by reading (the forest) with attention to detail.’

(Ninan nìno—NInan nìNO—is fun to say! Thanks to the LEP Committee for the example.)

The following bit of dialog shows you how to use inan for the sense of reading written material:

—Kempe si sempul?
‘What is father doing?’

— (Pol) pamrelit erinan.
‘He’s reading,’ [Literally: He’s reading writing.]

—Pefnepamrelit?
‘What is he reading?’ [Literally: What kind of writing?]

—Inan pukot a teri aysam a ’Rrtamì.
‘He’s reading a book about the wars on Earth.’

As you see, when you use inan in this sense, you need to supply an object–something that can be read. If it’s a general statement or question about reading with no particular written material in mind, the object is simply pamrel ‘writing.’

Ulte sìlpey oe, fì’upxaret inan a fì’u silvunu ayngaru nìwotx!

Edits: Spelling of letsrantena corrected; ke added before li; pukito –> pukot. Explanations in the comments.

Ma Pawl, ngaru irayo si fpi aylì’u amip.

Just small correction – for bush we have utraltsyìp (probably ayutraltsyìp in this context), na’rìng is forest

Kaltxì, ma B.E.

Sorry–I forgot to reply to your comment before. Actually, I was using “bush” here more in the Australian sense–according to my dictionary, “a wild, uncultivated tract of country: the Australian bush.” So na’rìng would be appropriate. Mìftxele, the line is from the dialog in one of the video games. (At least it’s what I submitted to the company; I don’t know whether it made it to the game itself.) Of course if by “bush” we mean a shrub, then you’re absolutely correct: it’s utraltsyìp.

Irayo nìtxan, ma Karyu! Ayfì’u lesar lu nìngay.

Lu oer mesìpawmo. Pamrel soli nga san Vìmingkap oeti fula poe ke li poltxe san oe zasya’u. Rutxe ftxey fì’u lu eyawr fu sweylu fwa poltxe fko san ke li ke poltxe ? Ulte srake tsunslu fwa plltxe fko san mi ke poltxe sìk? Ralìri tìketengpe lu mìkam fìmelì’fuyavi?

Kop plltxe fkol lì’fyavit alu tìomummì a fì’uri newomum oe. Srake tsaw lu [tı.O.mu.mı] (luke mefam alu MeM ‘awsiteng)? Nìawnomum, lì’fyari leNa’vi mefamit ateng sar fkol ‘awsìteng a fì’u lu kxanì, kefyak?

Ma Kemaweyan, ngeyä mesìpawmìri seiyi irayo.

Ngaru tìyawr: Zene fko pivlltxe san ke li ke plltxe sìk. Oeri tsakorenit pxìm tswänga’. Krro lu ‘Ìnglìsì txur nìhawng mì re’o. :-)

Tìpawmìri amuve, tsalì’fyavi alu tìomummì lu eyawr. Slä lì’upamìri plltxe fko san tìomumì sìk. Fko plltxe nìwin nìtxan a krr, tsun tsalìupam slivu tìomì. Slä tsafya pamrel rä’ä si!

Nìvingkap tswola’ oe.. Tsun tsive’a frapo set futa tsun fko ngivop aylì’ut fa -yu ta hemlì’u a hu hemlì’uvit. Natkenong zìma’uyu. Rutxe ftxey tsunslu tsaw fralì’uhu fu nì’aw pumhu a’a’aw?

Txantsana tìpawm, ma Kemaweyan. Tsun fko ngivop aylì’ut fa –yu ta frahemlì’u a luke hemlì’uvi, slä hemlì’uri a hu hemlì’uvi ke tsun tsakem sivi. Na zìma’uyu a tsaylì’u lu hol nì’aw.

Since this important, let me repeat the message nì’Ìnglìsì:

Kemaweyan is asking whether the agentive suffix –yu can be feely used with infixed verbs like zìma’u ‘has just come’ to yield agents who have just done something, are about to do something, etc., like zìma’uyu ‘one who has just come’ = ‘newcomer.’ The answer is no: The agentive suffix is productive—that is, can be used freely—to form agents from verb roots, but not from infixed verbs. Those forms are special and are listed in the dictionary; you just have to learn them.

Miscellaneous Vocabulary

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo—

Here are some new words I hope you’ll find useful. Thanks as always to the Vocabulary Committee for their excellent ideas. Much of the following material is due to their efforts.

This word originated from stxeli ‘gift’ + lonu ‘release, let go.’ It refers to anything that’s given freely, whether tangible or intangible.

Po poltxe san tìtstewnga’a stxenuri irayo seiyi oe ngaru nìtxan.
‘She said, “I thank you very much for your courageous offer.”’

Note: *nfp = not for persons. Contrast ofp = only for persons. In English, the word “brave” can be used for both people and things/actions: a brave person, a brave deed. That’s not the case in Na’vi. Certain adjectives have one form for persons and another for things. An example of this is the contrast between the two adjectives tstew and tìtstewnga’:

Kem atìtstewnga’ si tute atstew.
‘A brave person does brave deeds.’

The related verb is:

Oeri tìreyti oel stxenutolìng fpi olo’ awngeyä.
I offered my life for the sake of our clan.

Related vocabulary:

Ngal lumpe oeyä stxenut tsyolängär?
‘Why did you reject my offer?’

Stxenutolìng oel futa lì’fyat leNa’vi poeru kivar. Mol’an nìprrte’.
‘I offered to teach her Na’vi. She accepted gladly.’

These adpositions refer to time backward or forward from the time of speaking:

Tskot sngolä’i po sivar ’a’awa trrkam (or: kam trr a’a’aw) .
‘He started to use the bow several days ago.’

Zaya’u Sawtute fte awngati skiva’a kay zìsìt apxey (or: pxeya zìsìtkay) !
The Sky People will come to destroy us three years from now!

Note: If the measure of time is relative to another event rather than to the time of speaking, use the adverbs srekrr ‘beforehand’ and mawkrr ‘afterwards’:

Polähem Sawtute kam zìsìt amrr, hum mezìsìt mawkrr.
‘The Sky People arrived five years ago and left two years later.’

This word stems from ’ì’awn ‘remain’ + alìm ‘at a distance.’

Ngal ’erawnìm oeti srak?
‘Are you avoiding me?’

Poltxe po san oe ke tsängun ’ivawnìm futa kutuhu oeyä ultxa si.
‘He said that sadly, he can’t avoid meeting with his enemies.’

(I mentioned this one in a comment in the previous post—I just didn’t want it to get lost.)

’Ä’! Oel tsngalit tìmungzup. Ngaytxoa!
‘Whoops! I just dropped the cup. Sorry about that!’

Meuniltìrantokx Toktor Kìreysä sì Tsyeykä ke lu teng ki steng.
‘The avatars of Grace and Jake aren’t the same, but they are similar.’

Ngaru tìyawr. Lolu oer stenga säfpìl.
‘You’re right. I had a similar idea.’

And here’s a very nice proverb the Committee came up with:

Säfpìl asteng, tìkan ateng.
‘Great minds think alike.’

Derivation:

Tseyk tswamayon fa ikran srekrr; tafral fmoli fìkem sivi fa toruk nìsteng.
‘Jake flew with an ikran before; therefore he tried to do it with a toruk in a similar fashion.’

(Note: The verb tswayon ‘fly’ is intransitive—you fly by means of an ikran.)

Yerik lu swirä anim nìtxan.
‘The hexapede is a very timid creature.’

Nim rä’ä lu! Pohu pivängkxo!
‘Don’t be shy! Talk to her!’

(Note that it’s pohu, not poru. You can’t use the dative with pängkxo.)

Oeti rä’ä srätx.
‘Don’t bother me.’

Derivation:

This is a nice example of what linguists call iconicity, where the symbol itself (in this case, a word) mirrors what it represents.

Oeri payìl tìng rì’ìrit keyä.
‘My face is reflected in the water.’

Derivation:

Rì’ìr rä’ä sivi tsmuktur!
‘Don’t imitate your sibling!’

I think there’s some iconicity in the next couple of words as well:

Rutxe pivlltxe nìwok nì’it, oel ngati stum ke stängawm krra nga fìfya tserìsyì!
‘Please speak up a bit, I can barely hear you when you’re whispering like this!’

Note: Na’vi doesn’t have a separate word for ‘hardly, barely, scarcely.’ Instead, stum ke ‘almost not’ is used.

Derivations:

Po pamlltxe a krr, frapo tarmìng mikyun nìpxi, taluna mokri lu sätsìsyìtsyìp.
‘When he spoke, everyone listened intently, because his voice was a tiny whisper.’

That last word makes a good tongue-twister. Fmi pivlltxe alo avol nìwin! 😊

Since tsìsyì is intransitive, to talk about “whispering something” we use this adverb:

Pol tstxoti oeyä poltxeie nìtsìsyì.
‘He whispered my name, I’m happy to say.’

Nga fwefwi nìlkeftang a fì’u lu säsrätx atxan oeru.
‘It’s a major annoyance to me that you whistle continuously.’

Derivation:

Like tsìsyì, fwefwi is intransitive. To express the idea of whistling a tune, we use the following vocabulary and structure:

’Evanìl alo a’awve nì’awtu na’rìngit tarmok, ha tolìng lawr nìfwefwi fteke txopu sivi.
‘The boy was alone in the forest for the first time, so he whistled a tune to calm his fears.’

As in many languages (but emphatically not as in English), the word for ‘information’ is countable and can be used in the plural. If it’s a single piece of information—one fact—use the singular; if several pieces of information are being conveyed, use the plural.

Aysäomumìri lesar seiyi oe ngaru irayo nìtxan.
‘Thanks very much for (all) this useful information.’

Ulte nìsyen:

Fol lì’fyati awngeyä sar a fya’o lu kosman.
‘It’s wonderful the way they use our language.’

Alternatively, we can use the adverbial form of this word:

Fol lì’fyati awngeyä sar nìksman.
‘They use our language wonderfully.’

Nìvingkap, what did you all think of the news about Avatar + Disney? Lu fmawn a eltur tìtxen si nìtxan, kefyak?

As always, please let me know about any typos and slips you discover.

Hayalovay, ma eylan.

Edits, 24 Sept.: Spellings of nìtsìsyi etc. and ’a’awa corrected.

More Vocabulary + a Bit of Grammar

Ma eylan,

Here are a few new words, mostly suggestions from our hardworking Vocabulary Committee, along with a bit of new grammar.

Na’vi has two different words corresponding to the English word source; it’s important not to confuse them. One is:

letsim (adj., le.TSIM) ‘original, unique, not derived from another source’

This adjective is derived from the noun tsim ‘source, origin.’

Sweylu txo ngal ke txivìng säfpìlit letsim.
‘You shouldn’t abandon your original idea.’

The meaning here is that you came up with a new and unique idea that you shouldn’t abandon.

But we also have:

lesngä’i (adj., le.SNGÄ.’i) ‘original, existing at or from the start, first in a series’

Sweylu txo ngal ke txivìng säfpìlit lesngä’i.
‘You shouldn’t abandon your original idea.’

Here the meaning is that your very first idea is better than the current one.

The related adverbs are:

nìtsim (adv., nì.TSIM) ‘originally, in an original way, with originality’

sngä’i (adv., nì.SNGÄ.’i) ‘originally, at first’

Frakrr po fpìl nìtsim nìwotx.
‘Her thinking is always completely original.’

Nìsngä’i fmawnit fo narmew wivan, slä nì’i’a frapor lolonu.
‘They originally wanted to hide the news, but in the end they revealed it everyone.’


ngong
(adj.) ‘lethargic, lacking sufficient energy, lazy’

Ftue lu fwa taron ngonga ioangit to fwa taron pumit a lu walak sì win.
‘It’s easier to hunt lethargic animals than to hunt perky, speedy ones.

walak (adj., WA.lak) ‘energetic, active’

Tìtusaronìri txo new fko slivu tsulfätu, zene smarto livu walak.
‘If you want to become a master hunter, you have to be more active than your prey.’

Fìtrr oe ’efu ngong nìwotx.
I’m just not motivated to do anything today.’

Derivations:

tìngong (n., tì.NGONG) ‘lethargy, laziness’

nìngong (adv., nì.NGONG) ‘lethargically, lazily’

Note: When applied to people, ngong and its derivatives have a pejorative force: it’s not good to be lazy and lethargic.

Fwa Ìstawhu ’awsiteng tìkangkem si ke sunu oer; tìngongìri ke lu kawtu
na po.
‘I don’t like to work with Ìstaw; he’s famous for his laziness.’

To talk about doing something in a leisurely or unhurried way, without the negative connotation, we use a different set of words:

txi (n.) ‘hurry, hurriedness, frenzy’

letxi (adj., le.TXI) ‘hurried, frenzied’

nìtxi (adv., nì.TXI) ‘hurriedly, in a frenzied way’

letxiluke (adj., le.TXI.lu.ke) ‘unhurried’

nìtxiluke (adv., nì.TXI.lu.ke) ‘unhurriedly, leisurely’

Tsun oe ngahu tsatsengene kivä, slä nulnew futa sivop oeng nìtxiluke.
‘I can go there with you, but I prefer to travel leisurely.’


kulat
(vtr., KU.lat — inf. 1,2 ) ‘reveal, bring forth, uncover (literally and metaphorically)’

Maw txantompa, pxaya rìkäo lamu tskalep peyä, ha tsat kulat ayoel.
‘After the rainstorm, his crossbow was under a lot of leaves, so we uncovered it (removed the leaves from it).’

txantompa (n., txan.TOM.pa) ‘rainstorm, heavy rain’

Lolu kavuk, slä Tsenul tìngayit kolulat.
‘There was treachery, but Tsenu revealed the truth.’


meyam
(vtr., me.YAM — inf. 1,2) ‘hug, embrace, hold in one’s arms’

Ma sa’nu, oe txopu si. Meyam oeti!
‘Mommy, I’m scared. Hold me!’

Derivation:

sämyam (n., säm.YAM) – hug, embrace

Sämyamìl poru wayìntxu futa ngata lolu li txoa.
‘A hug will show him that you’ve already forgiven him.’
Now here’s the first bit of new grammar. How would you say, “They hugged each other?”

For this “reciprocal structure,” Na’vi uses the reflexive infix äp along with the adverbfìtsap:

fìtsap (adv., fì.TSAP) ‘each other’

This word evolved from fìpo+tsapor, literally ‘this person/thing to that person/thing.’

Example:

Mefo fìtsap mäpoleyam tengkrr tsngawvìk.
‘The two of them hugged each other and wept.’

Note two things here. First, it’s mefo, not mefol, since a reflexive verb takes the subjective, not the agentive, case. Second, if you omitted fìtsap, the sentence would mean that the two of them hugged themselves—that is, A hugged A and B hugged B rather than A hugged B and B hugged A.

Note also that the verb pom ‘kiss’ and the derived noun säpom ‘a kiss’ are parallel in all respects to meyam and sämyam.


nuä
(adp.+, NU.ä) ‘beyond’

Awnga kelku si nuä ayram alusìng.
‘We live beyond the flying mountains.’

Note the difference between nuä ‘beyond’ and few ‘across, aiming for the opposite side of.’

Fo kelku si few ’ora.
‘They live across the lake.’ (That is, on the opposite side of the lake, on the other shore.)

Fo kelku si nuä ora.
‘They live beyond the lake.’ (That is, a great distance beyond and out of sight of the lake.)

(I’m sure everyone knows why it’s ’ora in one but ora in the other. 😊 )


kanfpìl
(vin., KAN.fpìl — inf. 1, 2) ‘concentrate, focus one’s attention’

Furia sneyä tskoti ngop po kanfpìl.
‘He’s concentrating on making his bow.’

Txo new nga tslivam, zene kivanfpìl.
‘If you want to understand, you have to concentrate.’


fmokx
(n.) ‘jealousy, envy’

The syntax is: Lu oeru fmokx. ‘I’m jealous.’

Note that fmokx carries a neutral connotation unless otherwise specified with äng or ei.

Furia fìtxan fnängan Ulreyìl tsko swizawit, lu oeru fmokx.
‘I’m jealous of the fact that Ulrey is such an excellent archer.’

Fko plltxeie san menga muntxa slolu sìk! Seykxel sì nitram! Slä lu oeru
fmokx nì’it.
‘I’m so happy to hear you got married! Congratulations! I am a little envious, though.’

Derivation:

nìfmokx (adv., nì.FMOKX) ‘jealously, enviously’

Txewìl tukrut Loakä narmìn nìfmokx.
‘Txewì was eyeing Loak’s spear enviously.’


kìmar
(adj., kì.MAR) ‘in season (of foods, vegetable or animal)’

Teylu kìmar lìyu a fì’u oeru teya si.
It fills me with joy that teylu is about to be in season.

Derivation:

nìkmar (adv., nìk.MAR) ‘in the right season, opportunely’

Nìkmar can be used to describe events and situations that occur at a convenient or appropriate time.

Po tsap’alute soli nìkmar.
‘He apologized at the right time.’

Awngal tok kelkut. Nìkmar zup tompa set.
‘We’re home. Now is a good time for it to be raining.’

When occurring in a negated phrase, the meaning is not merely ‘not in season’ but ‘genuinely out of season, occurring at an inappropriate or inconvenient time.’

Fo ke perängkxo oehu nìkmar.
‘They were chatting with me at a bad time.’

Contrast the previous sentence with:

Kìmar lu fwa fo ke pängkxo oehu.
‘It was opportune that they didn’t chat with me.’ (That is, ‘They chose a good time not to chat with me.’)


Finally, here’s a use of the second-position infix ats that I don’t think you’ve seen before. (Thanks to one of our sulfätu lì’fyayä for this suggestion.)

ats is used in what we might call “conjectural questions.” In a normal question, I don’t know something but I expect you do—that’s why I’m asking. In a conjectural question, however, I don’t know and I don’t think you do either.

Tsa’u latsu peu?
‘What on earth is that?

Pol pesenget tatsok?
‘Where in the world could she be?’

Srake pxefo li polähatsem?
‘I wonder if the three of them have already arrived.’

’O’a Ftxozä Hälowinä, ma frapo!

ta Pawl

P.S.—I owe some of you responses to your comments on the previous post, and I’m sure there will comments on this one as well. I’ll get to them as soon as I can, but it probably won’t be until Wednesday night at the earliest.

’A’awa aylì’u amip nì’aw — A few new words only

Kaltxì nìmun, ma smuk—

This will be a brief post, with only a handful of new words, mostly from the vocabulary committee. More to come soon.

kxukx (vtr.) ‘swallow’

Fìnaer ftxìvä’ lu nìhawng, ha sweylu txo ngal tsat kxivukx nìwin.
‘This drink tastes horrible, so you’d better swallow it quickly.’


txewm
(adj.) ‘scary, frightening’

Slä ma sa’nu, ikran txewm lu! Oe txopu si!
‘But Mommy, the banshee is scary! I’m afraid!’


hìmpxì
(n., hìm.PXÌ) ‘minority, least, small part’

Hìmpxì Sawtuteyä lu tstunwi, slä feyä txampxì längu kawnglan.
‘A minority of the Sky People are kind, but the majority are malicious.’

kawnglan (adj., KAWNG.lan) ‘malicious, bad-hearted’


nutx
(adj.) ‘thick’

Tsun Txilte pamrelit ivinan; tafral pukot anutx munge fratseng.
‘Txilte knows how to read; therefore she brings a thick book wherever she goes.’

flì (adj.) ‘thin’ (Note: Not for people)

Krro krro, flìa vul arusey to nutxa pum akerusey lu txur.
‘A thin living branch is sometimes stronger than a thick dead one.’

flìnutx (n., flì.NUTX) ‘thickness’

Sre fwa sìn tskxepay tìran, zene fko flìnutxit stiveftxaw.
‘It’s necessary to check the thickness of the ice before walking on it.’


Nì’ul ye’rìn . . .

Ulte yora’tu leiu . . . - And the winner is . . .

Ma smuk,

As most of you know, to celebrate LN’s second anniversary the Community organized a second Na’vi Writing Contest. The theme this time was “Teri fwa fmal fìlì’fyati ayawne: On keeping this beloved language alive” and the categories were once again poetry and prose. (If you missed the original announcement that included the judging criteria, you can find it here.)

The judges have now sent me the winning entries, and as I did last year, I’m delighted to announce the names of the winners and share their wonderful work with you.

I’m continually impressed with the quality of the Na’vi coming out of the Community. Perhaps you can imagine how gratifying it is for someone like me to see the language he developed used for communication in such elegant, creative, and moving ways. Awngeyä li’fyari ayngeyä tìyawn oeru teya seiyi nìngay.

Txana irayo to the judges who worked so diligently to adjudicate the entries fairly—and to everyone who submitted poems and prose. Even if you didn’t win this time, I hope you found the process valuable and enjoyable. Ulte kxawm zìyeva’u ngane tìyora’ zìsìtay!

And now to the winners. This time the two top entries in each category were so close, the judges didn’t feel there was enough difference to distinguish them. So we have two winners in each category. Seykxel sì nitram to Alyara Arati, Blue Elf, Ikran Ahiyìk, and Lance R. Casey. Your work is reproduced below, in alphabetical order of your names.

Note: The question came up about how to say “poem” in Na’vi.

The answer is simple: It’s way, the word that usually means “song.” Since among the Na’vi, poetry is generally sung or recited in a melodic way, poetry and song are considered the same thing. This is true in a number of earth languages as well.

If to avoid confusion you need to distinguish a spoken poem from a song, the expressions are:

way a plltxe ‘spoken poem’
way a rol ‘song’

If you need to refer specifically to the words of a poem or the lyrics of a song, it’s what you expect: wayä aylì’u.

Poetry by Alyara Arati

A moving expression of what Na’vi has meant to this poet.

keftxo ’armefu,
tsngarmawvängìk nì’awtu
ayfayìvaru,
krr a lì’fyati
oel rolun, alu Na’vi
a tìtxen soli
elturu oeyä
sì’efursì txe’lanä,
a lalmu syä’ä.

ha fmoli oe
fìlì’fyati nivume
hufwa nì’awve
säsulìn nì’aw
lolu talun ke spolaw
oel mi futa tsaw
tsolun zeykivo
ke’uti oeru keng txo
nivew tsat frato.

slä ’uo lolen
a teri oer ke lolu ’en,
ngian tsrolanten
oeru nìtxan nang:
ke tsolun oe ftivang
’ivong na syulang.
tengkrr ftolia
tsawl slolu mì oey vitra
Na’viyä fpìlfya.

fìlì’fyar, tafral,
lu txanwawea ayral
ulte oeti fmal
fì’ul Eywapxel.
set ’efu oe seykxel
nì’ul fa pamrel
a oer stum swok lam
taluna sleyku nitram
oet, sì txantslusam.

za’u ta txe’lan
aylì’u atxanatan;
nìngay lu txantsan.
fìlì’fya frakrr
layu pum tìyawnä oer;
sar fì’ut tengkrr
hu Yawntu aNawm
oe plltxe mì sìvawm
ulte oet Pol stawm.

oel spaw tsat talun
leNa’via srungit tsun
oe mi rivun,
alu fwa mì oey
vitra mipa tìtstew rey,
a fya’o aswey
lu fte pivllngay
oer fwa lu oe nìngay
pxan tì’i’avay.

mi leykeratem
fìlì’fyal oet nìme’em
mìfa oey ronsem;
pxiset fì’ut kin
oel na unil akalin.
new piveng nìtxin
san Na’vi ’ivong
fa fìpamrel natkenong;
oet nìngay zerong.


Prose by Blue Elf:

Why this author likes Na’vi . . . and what will keep it alive.

Lì’fya leNa’vi—peu lu tsaw? Pum a sar sutel a ta Eywa’eveng a mì ayrel arusikx alu Uniltìrantokx. Mawkrra tsole’a oel tsayrelit alo a’awve, fpìl oel futa oel tsivun nivume fìlì’fyati. Rolun oel pängkxotsengit alu LN.org a tok pxaya tutel alahe a foru lu säfpìl asteng. Set oe leiu ’awpo ayfokip.

Pelun sunu oeru fìlì’fya? Tse . . . pam lì’fyayä lu lor, ke steng pamur pumä alahe. Tìsusar fìlì’fyayä lu ’o’, hufwa pxaya tutel fpìl futa sute a tsakem seri lekye’ung lu. Krro krro ngerop oel vurit ulte yem tsat ne pängkxotseng awngeyä fte ayhapxìtu alahe tsivun ivinan tìtxulat oeyä. Nìteng fmoli oe pamrel sivi aylì’ur alor (alu “poems” nì’ìnglìsì). Fìkem ke seri oe keng fa oeyä lì’fya letrrtrr! Ha – srake ayngal spaw futa yawne lu oeru lì’fya leNa’vi?

Ke lu oe nì’awtu. Mipa sute new nivume lì’fyat awngeyä eylanä a ta Eywa’eveng – tse’a oel tsat mì numtseng leNa’vi alu Ngaynume a skxakep sngìyä’eiyi nìmun ye’rìn. Fì’u tsranten, lì’fya rey krr a sute new nivume pumit ulte terkup krr a fkol ke sar tsat.

Slä txopu ke si oe fwa lì’fya leNa’vi tayerkup. Vaykrr fko payängkxo fa pum, vaykrr awngal nìwotx paryey nìprrte’ fralì’uti amip a ngop awngeyä nawma karyu Pawlìl, vay tsakrr frawzo.

’Ivong Na’vi!


Prose by Ikran Ahiyìk:

How this author has been changed by a language and a community.

Txonmì awew, ’amefu wew, ulte oe spxin slu.
Txonmì awew, ’amefu sang, talun ramun ayngat aftxavang.

Pxìm päpeng oe san fwa sutehu pängkxo lu tsranten. Lu tsranten, oer anìm nìpxi, slä kem ke sami nìyawr. Txankrr wolan, oeri kxa tstu soli, parmey furia tuteo kivä pivlltxe oer. Krro krro fpìl futa sweylu txo fìfyat leykivatem, slä ke tsamun oe.

Frakrr oel fpìl futa oer lu syayvi, talun lì’fyat leNa’vi oel rolun. Lu oer skxom asìltsan, ulte tsun oe nivume nìtxan. Natkenong, ayfya’ori a lì’fyat txula, tsun oe nivume fìtseng nì’aw fa fìlì’fyat nivume. Faysänume lesar lu ulte furia ayfya’ot a lì’fyat alahe txula oe nume, faysänume srung si nìtxan. Slä lu ’awa lun a lu tsranten pumto aham: lu kosman fte ’uot amip sivar, ulte lu ’o’ fte tsive’a futa frapo wou . . .

Frakrr oel fpìl futa oer lu syayvi, talun fìolo’it kop oel rolun. Krr a fìlì’fyat oe nerume, lu oer srung ayngeyä. Tsun oe ’ivefu sang, alu vewng tutel alahe. Txo fìtìsangluke, nì’aw ’efu wew alu oet txìng. Fì’ut oel ve’kängì nìtxan, nìteng oet ’eykefu keftxo. Tsatxonmì ayngal aylì’ufa oeti vamewng, oe ayngaru seiyi irayo.

Tam tam, nìawnomum ke’u swey ke slu kawkrr. Nìkeftxo, krro krro kawtu oehu pivängkxo krr a oel lì’fyaviot poltxe . . . Tsole’a futa zìma’uyuo hum fìlunfa. Tì’efumì oeyä, sweylu txo fkol ke txivìng kawtut. Lu oe tìkenong ulte spaw futa lu tuteo asteng. Kawtut ke txivìng kawkrr a fìkem tsun frapoti stivarsìm ulte fpeykìl futa awnga lu ayhapxì olo’ä a’aw.


Poetry by Lance R. Casey:

Why study a language like Na’vi? This poet has an answer.

Pelun

Aynga pawm san Pelun, pelun
fìlì’fya sunu ngar?
Peul ’eykefu ngat nitram
krr a plltxe aylar?

Ayhemlì’uvi porpamsì
ke lu lekye’ung srak?
Fìlì’fya unil lu nì’aw –
ke tok kifkeyit pak!

Ha sweylu txo ayteleri
letsranten fko fpivìl;
ayut lesar nì’aw ngivop
frapey tìronsrelìl!

Lu skxawng frapo a ke tse’a:
fì’u a kan’ìn ngal
fìlì’fyati lu yaymak sìk.
Oe ’eyng fìfya tafral:

Ke tsun aynga kivame txo,
tsakrr lu kop kakrel –
fkol nume lì’fyaot a krr
’erefu fko seykxel.

Hifkeyur lì’fya si piak
nì’eylan nìlkeftang;
ftxey ta’leng ean lu, ftxey neyn,
kaw’it ke tsranten nang!

A note on the word “yora’tu”

In his comment in the previous post, Plumps noted that yora’tu ‘winner’ surprised him; he expected yora’yu.

He’s right—it is surprising. As you know, the general rule for forming an agent (the one who does the action) from a verb is to add the suffix –yu:

karyu ‘teacher’; ngopyu ‘creator’; täftxuyu ‘weaver’; taronyu ‘hunter’; etc.

In contrast, -tu is generally added to non-verbs:

fnawe’tu ‘coward’; fyeyntu ‘adult person’; lomtu ‘missed person’; ultxatu ‘meeting participant’; wätu ‘opponent’; etc.

Those are the general rules, and they apply perhaps 95 percent of the time. But –tu can be unpredictable. You’ve already seen examples of that:

In spe’etu ‘captive,’ –tu has been added to the verb spe’e ‘capture’ to indicate the recipient of the action, rather like the –ee suffix in English (honoree, interviewee).

In frrtu ‘guest,’ it’s not clear what –tu has been added to, since there’s no word *frr in modern Na’vi (although it may be an archaic form); the verb for visit is frrfen, so frrtu replaces the expected *frrfenyu.

And there are places where you expect –tu but find –yu instead: ‘warrior’ is tsamsiyu, not *tsamtu. (Compare: tsulfä ‘mastery’; tsulfä si ‘to master’; tsulfätu ‘master of an art, craft, or skill—not *tsulfäsiyu.)

The words for ‘winner’ and ‘loser’ are further additions to the list of oddly behaved –tu words:

yora’tu (n., yo.RA’.tu) ‘winner’

snaytu (n., SNAY.tu) ‘loser’

Note that snaytu is doubly exceptional, since snaytx ‘lose’ ends in a pxorpam. So *snaytxtu > snaytu.

Frauvanìri lu yora’tu, lu snaytu.
‘For every game, there’s a winner and a loser.’

The bottom line is that –tu words are sometimes unpredictable. The –tu suffix is not productive, so don’t try to coin these words yourself—you need to find them in the dictionary.

One more for 2011

Here’s the last post for 2011, with a bit of new grammar. I have a large backlog of vocabulary I want to get to you, but that will have to wait until next year.


CONTRASTIVE DEMONSTRATIVES

This sounds intimidating, but it’s actually a simple concept.

Suppose you’re an experienced mycologist gathering mushrooms in the forest with a friend. You see two different mushrooms under a tree—one edible, one deadly. So you say to your friend as you point them out, “This mushroom is delicious; that mushroom will kill you.”

How would you pronounce that last sentence?

If you’re a native speaker of English, you’d put heavy stress on the two demonstratives, this and that:

“THIS mushroom is delicious; THAT mushroom will kill you.”

I mention “native speaker” because although that kind of stress pattern—what we call “contrastive stress”—is so natural to native English speakers they don’t even think about it, it’s not natural in many other languages. When I was teaching ESL, I kept encountering student learners with very good English skills who nevertheless would pronounce the mushroom sentence like this:

“This MUSHroom is delicious; that MUSHroom will kill you.”

Languages that don’t use stress to show contrast have other ways of doing it. (For those of you who speak French, think of ce jardin vs. ce jardin-ci, ce jardin-là.)

Ha . . . Lì’fyari leNa’vi pefya?

As you know, the Na’vi demonstratives fì- and tsa- are prefixed to their nouns and not stressed, so a simple English-like pattern isn’t possible. Instead, Na’vi uses apposition with alu and a redundant pronoun. Here’s the mushroom sentence in Na’vi. (I’ve used fkxen, ‘food of vegetable origin’ as a generic vegetable here.)

Fìfkxen alu FÌ’u lu ftxìlor; tsafkxen (or: pum) alu TSA’u ngati tspang.
‘THIS vegetable is delicious; THAT one will kill you.’

Note that there is (IS!) contrastive stress here, but it’s on the fi-/tsa- of the pronoun, not of the noun. (These prefixes, of course, are not capitalized in normal writing.)

Another example:

Fìkaryu alu fìpo lu tsulfätu; tsakaryu alu tsapo lu skxawng.
‘This teacher is a master; that teacher is a fool.’


MORE ON FÌTSAP

We saw a few posts back that the adverb fìtsap ‘each other’—another useful translation is ‘reciprocally’—is used with the reflexive infix –äp- in transitive verbs to indicate reciprocal action:

Zìsìto avol ke tsäpole’a fo fìtsap.
‘They haven’t seen each other in eight years.’

But what happens if the verb is intransitive? Reflexive –äp- is only used with transitive verbs (and some si– constructions).

If you think about it, it’s odd to use ‘each other’ with intransitives: you can see each other, love each other, and slap each other, but you can’t sleep each other, talk each other, or swim each other. However, a number of important transitive verbs in English have intransitive counterparts in Na’vi: “I love you” = Nga yawne lu oer, “I know you” = Nga smon oer.

So how do you say “We know each other” in Na’vi? Fìfya:

Moe smon moeru fìtsap.
‘We know each other.’

Literally, this says: ‘We are familiar with us (i.e., with ourselves) reciprocally.’ With moe, of course, you’re talking to a third party about yourself and another person.

Note that moeru is optional: Moe smon fìtsap is fine and means the same thing.

Another example:

Ma muntxatu, oeng yawne lu (oengaru) fìtsap, kefyak?
‘We love each other, don’t we, my spouse?’

With the third person, things get a bit more complicated.

First off, how do you say “He sees himself?” Easy: Po tsäpe’a. But what about “He loves himself?” You can’t use –äp- here. If you say, Po yawne lu por, you’re saying that he loves him/her—that is, someone not himself.

Recall that we encountered a similar situation with possessive pronouns, in which case sneyä came to the rescue:

Pol ’olem peyä wutsot.
‘He made his (i.e., someone else’s) dinner.’

Pol ’olem sneyä wutsot.
He made his (own) dinner.

Sneyä has a relative snor(u) ‘to himself, to herself, to itself, to themselves’ which comes to the rescue here:

Po yawne lu snor.
‘He loves himself.’

Returning to the original question, with snor(u) and fìtsap we can translate “know each other” and “love each other”-type sentences in the third person:

Mefo yawne lu (snor) fìtsap.
‘They (=those two) love each other.’

(Like sneyä, snor(u) isn’t changed for number.)

Fo smon (snoru) fìtsap nìwotx.
‘They all know each other.’

There’s more to say about the sno family, but that will have to wait until another time.


MIPA ZÌSÌT LEFPOM, MA EYLAN!

Let’s hope 2012 is a healthy, happy, productive, and fulfilling year for all of us.

Hayalovay!

Ta Pawl

Edit 1/01: *Nga smon lu oer corrected to Nga smon oer. Irayo, ma Plumps!

Mipa Zìsìt, Aylì’u Amip — New Words for the New Year

Kaltxì, ma frapo. Sìlpey oe, ayngari zìsìt amip sngilvä’i nì’o’ nì’aw.

Here’s some new vocabulary for the start of 2012, in no particular order. Thanks as always to the Vocabulary Committee and others for some excellent suggestions.

wo (vtr.) ‘reach for’

Ngal new a tsa’ut rä’ä wivo, ma ’evi. Vivin.
‘Don’t reach for what you want, child. Ask for it.’

yawo (vin., ya.WO—inf. 2, 2) ‘take off, launch’

Fwa yawo ftu kllte to fwa tswayon ftu ’awkx lu ngäzìk.
‘Taking off from the ground is harder than flying off a cliff.’

’Uol ikranit txopu sleykolatsu, taluna po tsìk yawo.
‘Something must have frightened the banshee, because it suddenly took to the air.’

tsìk (adv.) ‘suddenly, without warning’

kllwo (vin., kll.WO—inf. 2, 2) ‘alight, land (process)’

Tompa ’eko nìhawng, ha zene awnga kllwivo.
‘The rain is too strong, so we must land.’

Note: Kllwo expresses the process of landing (“reaching for the ground”) before actual touch-down is achieved. To talk about the completed act, a different verb is used:

kllpä (vin., kll.PÄ—inf. 2, 2) ‘land, reach the ground’

Maw sätswayon ayol ayoe kllpolä mì tayo a lu rofa kilvan.
‘After a short flight we landed in a field beside the river.’

sätswayon (n., sä.TSWA.yon) ‘flight (= an instance of flying)’


rawn (vtr.) ‘replace, substitute’

The syntax for “replace A with B” or “substitute B for A” is: rawn A-ti fa B.

Rolawn oel pa’lit fa ikran, ulte makto set ikranit frakrr.
‘I replaced my direhorse with a banshee, and now I ride a banshee all the time.’

tìrawn (n., tì.RAWN) ‘replacement, act of replacing’

Po ’efu ngeyn ulte kin tìrawnit nìtxan.
‘He is tired and very much needs to be replaced.’

Note: An alternative way to express this thought is: . . . ulte kin nìtxan futa fkol pot rivawn.

särawn (n., sä.RAWN) ‘replacement, substitute, something that replaces something else’

Fìpamtseoturi ke layu ftue fwa run fkol särawnit a tam.
‘It won’t be easy to find a satisfactory replacement for this musician.’


kxeltek (vtr., KXEL.tek—inf. 1,2) ‘pick up, lift’

Pxiset ngeyä tskalepit kxeltek!
‘Pick up your crossbow right now!’

Ke tsun tute a’aw tsatskxeti aku’up kxiveltek nì’awtu.
‘One person alone can’t lift that heavy rock.’


fngo’ (vtr.) ‘require, demand’

Fol fte ayspe’etut livonu fngo’ ’upet?
‘What are they demanding in order for them to release the captives?’

Fìfnetìfkeytokìl fngo’ futa kem sivi fko pxiye’rìn.
‘This kind of situation requires immediate action.’

Karyul fngolo’ futa aynumeyu pivate ye’krr.
‘The teacher required the students to arrive early.’

Note: To express the idea in the previous sentence, English gives you two choices: ‘required the students to arrive early’ or ‘required that the students arrive early.’ In Na’vi only the equivalent of the latter is possible. (Question: How would you say, “The students were required to arrive early” if you wanted to begin the sentence with “students”?)

säfngo’ (n., sä.FNGO’) ‘requirement, demand’

Ngeyä faysäfngo’ìl nìwotx steykerängi oeti nìhawng.
‘All these demands of yours are making me exceedingly angry.’


ngam (n.) ‘echo’

Fìslärmì tsun fko stivawm ngamit apxay.
‘You can hear a lot of echoes in this cave.’

slär (n.) ‘cave’

ngampam (n., NGAM.pam) ‘rhyme’

ngampam si (vin.) ‘rhyme’

Melì’u alu mungwrr sì nìfkrr ngampam si.
‘The words mungwrr and nìfkrr rhyme.’

Note: Ngampam si can also be used metaphorically, in the sense of fitting together well:

New Rini sì Ralu muntxa slivu, slä tì’efumì oeyä, ngampam ke si.
‘Rini and Ralu want to marry, but I feel they’re not compatible.’

renu ngampamä (n., RE.nu NGAM.pa.mä ) ‘rhyme scheme’

Fìwayri hìnoa renut ngampamä ke tsängun oe tslivam.
‘I’m afraid I can’t understand the intricate rhyme scheme of this poem.’


faoi (adj., FA.o.i) ‘smooth’

ekxtxu (adj., ekx.TXU) ‘rough’

Ta’leng prrnenä lu faoi, pum koaktuä ekxtxu.
‘A baby’s skin is smooth, an old person’s is rough.’

Note: These words refer to physical characteristics and are not generally used metaphorically, as the corresponding words can be in English: “Hope everything goes smoothly” or “That was a rough meeting, wasn’t it.” Also, make sure you pronounce faoi in three distinct syllables that glide together—don’t let it become fawi except in very fast speech.


yo’ (vin.) ‘be perfect, flawless’

Tìhawl lesngä’i lu tìkangkemvi skxawngä, slä pum alu fì’u yo’ nì’aw.
‘The original plan was the work of an idiot, but this one is just perfect.’

A: Ultxa sivi oeng sìn ramtsyìp txon’ongay.
‘Let’s meet on the hill tomorrow at nightfall.’
B: Yeio’! Tsakrrvay ko!
‘Perfect! See you then.’

Riniri nikre yängo’ nìtut.
‘Rini’s hair is always perfect. (I “hate” her. OR: I wish mine were perfect too!)’

Fìstxelit fol txerula fpi olo’eyktan. Zene yivo’ luke kxeyeyo kaw’it.
‘They’re constructing this gift for the chief. It must be perfect without a single flaw.’

nìyo’ (adv., nì.YO’) ‘perfectly, flawlessly’

Txo ke nìyo’ tsakrr nìyol. [Proverb]
‘If you can’t be flawless, at least be brief.’

tìyo’ (n., tì.YO’) ‘perfection’

Fìtseori ke tsun kawtu pivähem tìyo’ne; tsranten tìpähemä tìfmi nì’aw.
‘In this art it’s impossible to arrive at perfection; the only thing that matters is the attempt to arrive there.’

tìfmi (n., tì.FMI) ‘attempt’


Finally: HUMOR

The root word for humor is the adjective ’ipu:

’ipu (adj., ’I.pu) ‘humorous, funny, amusing’

Kawkrr ke lu peyä ayvur ’ipu kaw’it.
‘His stories are never a bit amusing.’

tì’ipu (n., tì.I.pu) ‘humor’

Srake tsun nga rivun fìtìfkeytokmì a tì’iput?
‘Can you find the humor in this situation?’

In general, anything humorous is a sä’ipu:

sä’ipu (n., sä.I.pu) ‘something humorous’

Oeru txoa livu, ma ’eylan. Rä’ä stivi. Lu hì’ia sä’ipu nì’aw.
‘I’m sorry, friend. Don’t be angry. It was just a small bit of humor.’

More specifically, there are different kinds of sä’ipu. One is a joke—that is, a story meant to be evoke laughter (for example, “A man walks into a bar . . .” in American culture)—is a hangvur:

hangvur (n., HANG.vur) ‘joke, funny story’

Poleng Neytiril hangvurit a frapot heykangham.
‘Neytiri told a joke that made everyone laugh.’

Another kind of sä’ipu is lì’uvan, humor based on language or word-play. Puns fall into this category.

lì’uvan (n., LÌ.’u.van) ‘pun, word-play’

Aylì’uvan aswey lu ’ipu, lu sìlronsem.
‘The best puns are both funny and clever.’

That’s it for now. Hayalovay!

More Additions to the Lexicon

Ma smuk,

Before anything else, irayo nìtxan for all your encouraging comments. I truly appreciate them. And needless to say, I’m very pleased the Community is finding these posts helpful. I don’t always reply, but I do read all the comments, which are often really helpful in pointing out things that need clarification ( sì oeyä keyey kop :-) ). Apropos of that, some grammatical issues have come up that I want to address; I’ll get to those as soon as I can. In the meantime, here are some new words that some of you have been waiting for. Thanks as always to the LEP contributors for their excellent suggestions and examples.


kanom (vtr., KA.nom—inf. 1,2) ‘acquire, get’

Oeyä tsmukanìl mipa tskoti kìmaneiom.
‘My brother just got a new bow, I’m happy to say.’

säkanom (n., sä.KA.nom) ‘something acquired, an acquisition, a possession’

Tì’efumì oeyä, ngeyä fìsäkanom lu lehrrap ulte tsun ngati tìsraw seykivi.
‘In my opinion, this acquisition of yours is dangerous and can hurt you.’


käsrìn (vtr., kä.SRÌN—inf. 2, 2) ‘lend’

zasrìn (vtr., za.SRÌN—inf. 2, 2) ‘borrow’

These two verbs are derived from a root verb srìn ‘temporarily transfer from one to another’ that’s rarely used without prefixes. The thing being transferred “goes out” () from the giver or lender and “comes to” (za’u) the receiver or borrower.

Sneyä masatit pol käsrolìn oer.
‘He lent me his breastplate.’

Srake tsun oe zasrivìn ngeyä tsngalit?
‘Can I borrow your cup?’

säsrìn (n., sä.SRÌN) ‘lent or borrowed thing’

Oeta a tsasäsrìnìl tok pesengit?
‘Where’s the thing (you) borrowed from me?’

Note: To express sharing rather than borrowing or lending, use the adverb nì’eng ‘equally’ with the verb that’s appropriate for the situation:

Fol tsnganit pxìmolun’i nì’eng.
‘They shared the meat.’ OR ‘They divided up the meat equally.’

pxìmun’i (vtr., pxì.mun.’I—inf. 2,3) ‘divide, cut into parts’

(Derived from hapxì ‘part’ + mun’i ‘cut.’)

Note: The range of pxìmun’i extends to situations where no actual cutting is involved:

Nìtrrtrr pxìmun’i samsiyul ayswizawit kutuä alawnätxayn snokip nì’eng.
‘Warriors typically share the arrows of their defeated enemies among themselves.’

lätxayn (vtr., lä.TXAYN—inf. 1,2) ‘defeat in battle, conquer’

sälätxayn (n., sä.lä.TXAYN) ‘defeat: an instance of defeat’

Tsasälätxayn Na’viru srung soli nì’aw fte slivu txur nì’ul.
‘That defeat only helped the People become stronger.’

Tsun awnga kelku sivi nì’eng Sawtutehu mì atxkxe awngeyä.
‘We can share our land with the Skypeople.’

If the sharing is with the entire olo’, however, a different adverb is used:

yll (adj.) ‘communal’

nìyll (adv., nì.YLL) ‘communally, in a communal manner’

Fol tsnganit pxìmolun’i nìyll.
‘They shared the meat with the entire clan.’

Fìteyluri ke narmew Va’ru yivom nìyll.
‘Va’ru didn’t want to share this teylu with the Omatikaya.’


hona (adj., HO.na) ‘endearing, adorable, cute’

Ayhemìri ’ewana tsanantangur ahì’i tìng nari. Lu hona, kefyak?
‘Look at what that little young viperwolf is doing. Isn’t that adorable?’

Note: In normal conversation don’t use kalin ‘sweet’ in the sense of cute or adorable; it only refers to the sensation of taste. Use hona instead. A ‘sweet little cat’ is hona palukantsyìp ahì’i. (Palukantsyìp is the normal shortening of palulukantsyìp in conversation.)

nìhona (adv., nì.HO.na) ‘endearingly, sweetly’

Po ätxäle soli nìhona fìtxan, ke tsun oe stivo.
‘She asked so sweetly that I couldn’t refuse.’

tìhona (n., tì.HO.na) ‘cuteness, adorableness’

Peyä ’itanìri lu hona nìtxan a fì’u law lu frapor. Slä tìhona nì’aw ke tam.
‘It’s clear to everyone that his son is very cute. But cuteness alone isn’t enough.’


fäkä (vin., fä.KÄ—inf. 2,2) ‘go up, ascend’

kllkä (vin., kll.KÄ—inf. 2,2) ‘go down, descend’ [already in the lexicon]

fäza’u (vin., fä.ZA.’u—inf. 2,3) ‘come up, ascend’

kllza’u (vin., kll.ZA.’u—inf. 2,3) ‘come down, descend’

The use of these four directional verbs is straightforward. For example:

Fäziva’u ne tsenge a oel tok!
‘Come up to where I am!’

One of the uses of fäza’u and kllkä you may not be aware of, however, is for astronomical bodies rising and setting. For example:

Fäza’u tsawke krrpe?
‘When will the sun come up?’

Another—and very common—way to express rising and setting is to use two intransitive verbs you’re already familiar with, fpxäkìm ‘enter’ and hum ‘exit, leave, depart.’ The full forms of these expressions explicitly mention entering into the sky and exiting from the sky:

Tsawke fpxeräkìm nemfa taw.
‘The sun is rising.’

Tsaysanhì hayum ye’rìn tawftu.
‘Those stars will soon set.’

But most of the time the adpositional phrases (nemfa taw, tawftu) may be omitted:

Tsawke fpxeräkìm.

Tsaysanhì hayum ye’rìn.


sämok (n., sä.MOK) ‘suggestion’

Ngeyä sämokìri akosman seiyi oe irayo.
‘Thanks for that excellent suggestion (of yours).’


mal (adj.) ‘trustworthy, trust-inspiring’

Fìtìkangkemviri letsranten ke new oe hu Ralu tìkangkem sivi. Po ke längu mal.
‘I don’t want to work with Ralu on this important project. He’s not trustworthy, unfortunately.’

To say “I trust you,” you simply say, “You are trustworthy/trust-inspiring to me”—that is, Nga mal lu oer. The usage is parallel to Nga yawne lu oer.

Nga MAL larmu oer!!!
‘I TRUSTED you!!!’

(It’s also possible Neytiri said larmängu, but I suspect she went with the shorter form. Under the circumstances it was obvious enough that she wasn’t happy.)

Lu tsatsamsiyu le’awa hapxìtu tsamponguä a mal lu moer.
‘That warrior is the only member of the war party that we both trust.’

nìmal (adv., nì.MAL) ‘trustingly, without hesitation’

Rini tsapohu holum nìmal nìwotx.
‘Rini left with that guy without thinking twice about it.’

tìmal (n., tì.MAL) ‘trustworthiness’

Lekin lu tìtxur, lu tìtstew. Slä letsranten frato lu tìmal.
‘Strength and courage are necessary. But most important of all is trustworthiness.’


kllyem (vtr., kll.YEM—inf. 2,2) ‘bury’

Trram tolerkängup sa’nok ayawne. Poti kllyolem ayoel äo utralo alor a rofa kilvan.
‘My dear mother died yesterday. We buried her under a beautiful tree beside the river.’


tsyìl (vtr.) ‘climb, scale’

This verb is used for climbing that involves pulling your whole body up, not climbing stairs.

Tsyìl Iknimayat ulte tsaheyl si ikranhu a fì’u lu tìfmetok a zene frataronyu a’ewan emziva’u.
‘Scaling Iknimaya and bonding with a banshee is a test that every young hunter must pass.’

nìtsyìl (adv., nì.TSYÌL) ‘by climbing’

sätsyìl (n., sä.TSYÌL) ‘climbing event, a climb’

Kintrramä sätsyìl lu lehrrap slä ’o’ nìtxan.
‘Last week’s climb was dangerous but very exciting.’


Finally, some concrete nouns that don’t need example sentences:

rìn (n.) ‘wood’

flawkx (n.) ‘leather’

’ana (n., ’A.na) ‘hanging vine’

tsngawpay (n., TSNGAW.pay) ‘tears’

tsngawpayvi (n., TSNGAW.pay.vi) ‘teardrop’

Hayalovay!

Edit 23 Jan.: ayoe –> ayoel in “We buried her” example. Irayo, ma Lance.

Trr Asawnung Lefpom! - Happy Leap Day!

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo—

Tse, February wasn’t a very productive month for me Na’vi-wise, I’m afraid, but I wanted to get at least one post in before month’s end. So here’s a bit of grammar and a few new vocabulary items for Leap Day (hope it was a good one), just under the wire.

NOUN FORMATION: tì- vs. sä-

You’re already very familiar with both these prefixes, which create nouns, usually out of other parts of speech. Looking at some tì- words, for example:

tìhawnu ‘protection’ comes from hawnu ‘protect’ (V –> N)

tìkanu ‘intelligence’ comes from kanu ‘intelligent’ (ADJ –> N)

tì’eylan ‘friendship’ comes from ’eylan ‘friend’ (N –> N; this is less common)

Sä- creates nouns in much the same way:

sätsìsyì ‘a whisper’ comes from tsìsyì ‘whisper’ (V –> N)

säspxin ‘sickness, disease’ comes from spxin ‘sick’ (ADJ –> N)

So what’s the difference between these two noun formers?

First of all, it’s important to keep in mind that neither one is productive. That is, you’re not free to coin new tì- and sä- words at will; you need to find them in the dictionary and learn their meanings. However, there are some rough guidelines that will help you distinguish tì- and sä- words. I say “rough” because Na’vi is not completely consistent in this area: as in natural Earth languages that have evolved over time, exceptions to the general rules are not uncommon.

The meaning of a tì- noun is generally the abstract idea or concept embodied in the verb, adjective, or noun it’s based on. So tìhawnu is the idea of protecting, that is, protection; tìkanu is the concept of being intelligent, that is, intelligence; tìlor is beauty, from lor ‘beautiful.’

You can immediately think of some common exceptions to this rule: tìrol, from rol ‘sing,’ means song, not the idea of singing. (To talk about singing in general, use tì- along with the first-position infix –us-; this process is productive—i.e., you can do it with virtually any verb. Tìrusol lu oeru mowan. ‘Singing is enjoyable to me.’) Tìpähem means arrival in the sense of a particular arrival, not arrival in the abstract sense. That’s just how it is: these items need to be learned like all other vocabulary.

Although there are exceptions for sä- nouns as well, the usage here is more consistent. There are two basic uses of sä- (with some overlap):

A. To indicate an instrument:

A – noun can be the instrument or tool, or the means by which something is achieved.

Examples:

You nume ‘learn’ by means of sänume ‘teaching, instruction.’

You syep ‘trap’ by means of a säsyep ‘a trap.’

You wìntxu ‘show’ by means of a säwìntxu ‘a showing, an exhibition.’

B. To indicate a particular, concrete instance of a general action:

Examples:

A sätsyìl ‘a climb’ is a particular instance of the action of climbing, tsyìl, as in, Tsasästyìl lolu ngäzìk nìngay! ‘That was a really hard climb!’

A sämyam ‘hug, embrace’ is a particular instance of hugging or embracing, meyam. (The unstressed e has been lost here.)

When both tì- and sä- nouns exist for the same root, the difference can be especially clear. For example, we saw in an earlier post that from the adjective ’ipu ‘humorous, funny, amusing’ we derive the two nouns tì’ipu and sä’ipu. Tì’ipu is the abstract concept of being humorous, that is, humor in general; sä’ipu is a particular instance of being humorous—for example, a joke.

Finally, let me correct an error on my part. The verb mok ‘suggest’ yields two nouns, tìmok and sämok, both meaning ‘suggestion.’ The distinction, as you can predict, is that tìmok is the abstract idea of suggesting, while sämok is a concrete instance of suggesting, i.e. a suggestion.

Fìtxeleri tìmok ke tam; zene fko fngivo’.
‘In this matter, suggesting won’t cut it; you need to demand.’

Feyä aysämok lu fe’ nìwotx.
‘All of their suggestions are bad.’

At least once I used tìmok when it should be have been sämok. Thanks to everyone who pointed that out. Ngaytxoa, krro tìkxey si keng karyu.

MORE AND LESS

You’re already familiar with nì’ul, the adverb meaning ‘more.’ It comes from the verb ’ul ‘increase.’ Its opposite is nän, ‘decrease,’ and there’s a parallel adverb as well.

’ul (vin.) ‘increase’

nän (vin.) ‘decrease’

nìnän (adv., nì.NÄN) ‘less’

Examples:

Rutxe wivem nìnän.
‘Please fight less.’

Ayhapxìtu ponguä txopu si nìnän takrra Va’rul pxekutut lätxayn.
‘The members of the group are less afraid since Va’ru defeated three of the enemy.’

We also have the following adverbs:

nì’ul’ul (adv., nì.’UL.’ul) ‘increasingly, more and more’

nìnänän (adv., nì.NÄ.nän.) ‘decreasingly, less and less’

Fralo a taron, oeyä ’itan txopu si nìnänän.
‘Each time he hunts, my son becomes less and less afraid.’

Frazìsìkrr pay kilvanä nän nì’ul’ul.
‘Every season the river dries up more and more.’

And we now have the way to say “the more . . . the more” and “the less . . . the less” (known to grammarians as “correlative comparisons”). It’s just ’ul . . . ’ul and nän . . . nän respectively. (In these cases, ’ul and nän have lost their status as verbs, just as the verb ftxey ‘choose’ is “deverbed” when it’s used to mean ‘whether.’)

Examples:

’Ul tskxekeng si, ’ul fnan.
‘The more you practice, the better you’ll get.’

’Ul tute, ’ul tìngäzìk.
‘The more people, the more problems.’

Nän ftia, nän lu skxom a emza’u.
‘The less you study, the less chance you have of passing.’

Nän yom kxamtrr, ’ul ’efu ohakx kaym.
‘The less you eat at noon, the hungrier you’ll feel in the evening.’

(A note on pronunciation: In a combination like ohakx kaym, it’s very difficult to maintain the pronunciation of the ejective because of the following k. So except in careful, slow speech, the ejective is pronounced as an ordinary k. In fact, the two k’s are not pronounced separately but rather as one “long” k, which you hold longer than a regular one.)

AND A COUPLE MORE VOCABULARY ITEMS

mek (adj.) ‘empty’

Ngeyä tsngal lumpe lu mek? Näk nì’ul ko!
‘Why is your cup empty? Drink up!’

Mek can also be used metaphorically for something “empty” in the sense of having no valuable content, in the same way we say “an empty idea” in English.

meka säfpìl ‘an empty/dumb idea’

meka säplltxevi ‘an insipid/thoughtless comment’

sämok amek ‘a useless suggestion’


leioae (n., le.i.o.A.e) ‘respect’

Luke leioae olo’ä ke tsun kea eyktan flivä.
‘Without the respect of the clan, no leader can succeed.’

leioae si (vin.) ‘to respect’ (with the dative)

Ngaru leioae si oe frato, ma ’eylan.
‘I respect you the most of all, friend.’

Note also:

leioae amek ‘feigned respect’

Hayalovay!

Spring Vocabulary, Part 1

Kaltxì nìmun, ma smuk—

Here are some new words for the new season, along with a bit of grammar. Most of the new items come from the Vocabulary Committee, whom I continue to thank for their hard work and excellent suggestions. Irayo ayngaru nìfrakrr, ma eylan.
srer (vin.) ‘appear, materialize, come into view’

Note: Don’t confuse srer with lam, which means “appear” in the sense of “seem” only. Srer refers to something coming into view.

Txonam tengkrr tarmìran oe kxamlä na’rìng, sroler eo utral atsawl txewma vrrtep.
‘Last night as I was walking through the forest, a frightening demon appeared in front of a big tree.’

’ìp (vin.) ‘disappear, vanish, recede from view’

Kxamtrr lam fwa sanhì a mì saw ’olìp nìwotx slä tsakrr ke tsun fko sat tsive’a nì’aw.
At mid-day it seems that the stars in the sky have all vanished but they just can’t be seen then.

tsong (n.) ‘valley’

Awnga tsongne kivä fte stivarsìm teylut.
‘Let’s go to the valley to gather beetle larvae.’

Derivation:

tsongtsyìp (n., TSONG.tsyìp) ‘dimple’

Prrnen lrrtok si a krr, srer mesongtsyìp ahona.
‘When the baby smiles, two adorable dimples appear.’

ro’a (vin., RO.’a — inf. 1,2) ‘be impressive, inspire awe or respect’

Toruk Makto polähem a fì’u rolo’a nìtxan Omatikayaru.
‘The arrival of Toruk Makto made a great impression on the Omatikaya.’

Derivations:

säro’a (n., sä.RO.’a) ‘feat, accomplishment, great deed’

säro’a si (vin.) ‘do great deeds’

Txantstew säro’a si, fnawe’tu ke si.
‘A hero does great deeds, a coward does not.’

txanro’a (vin., txan.RO.’a — inf. 2,3) ‘be famous’

Vay fwa zola’u TsyeykSuli, Toruk Makto alu pizayu Neytiriyä txanrarmo’a frato kip ayhapxìtu Omatikayaä.
‘Until Jake Sully arrived, Neytiri’s ancestor was the most famous Toruk Makto among the Omatikaya.’ [lit.: ‘the Toruk Makto that was Neytiri’s ancestor was the most famous . . .’]

velek (vin., VE.lek — inf. 1,2) ‘give up, surrender, concede defeat’

Tì’i’ari tsamä zene Sawtute vivelek talun* tìtxur Eywayä.
‘At the end of the war, the Sky People had to give up due to the power of Eywa.’

*Note: Here, talun is functioning as an adposition (ADP-) with the meaning of ‘because of, due to.’

spono (n., SPO.no) ‘island’

Ayoel rolun mipa sponot mì hilvan.
‘We found a new island in the river.’

txew (n.) ‘edge, brink, limit, border, end’

Ikran yawolo ftu txew ’awkxä.
‘The banshee took to the air from the edge of a cliff.’

Srake pol layok txewti na’rìngä?
‘Will he approach the edge of the forest?’

(Note the syntax here: lok ‘approach’ is transitive, so pol is agentive and txewti is patientive.)

Ke tsun awnga pivey nulkrr—txew lok.
‘We can’t wait any longer—time is almost up.’

(Note: Lok is used intransitively here, so it’s txew, not txewìl. You’ll find some further explanation below.)

Derivation:

txewnga’ (adj., TXEW.nga’) ‘having a limit, not without bounds, finite’

Tuteri tìtxur lu txewnga’.
‘There are limits to a person’s strength.’

litx (adj.) ‘sharp (as a blade)’

fwem (adj.) ‘dull, blunt (as a point)’

These words require some explanation. You’ve already seen the words pxi ‘sharp’ and tete ‘dull.’ What’s the difference between the old words and the new ones?

Unlike English, Na’vi distinguishes between “point sharp/point dull” (needles, thorns, stingers, knife points) and “blade sharp/blade dull” (knife edge, leaf edge, etc.) This little chart will make it clear:

___________ Sharp ______ Dull

Point _______ pxi _______ fwem

Blade
_______ litx _______ tete

Eltu si! Tsatstal afwem lu litx nìtxan.
‘Pay attention! That blunt knife is very sharp.’

Fìtsgnanit ke tsun oe yivom. Koaktanä aysre’ längu fwem.
‘I can’t eat this meat. An old man’s teeth are dull.’

syura (n., syu.RA) ‘energy’

This word can mean both physical and spiritual energy. It’s the “life force of Eywa,” which pervades all of Pandora and its creatures.

Frasyurati fkol zasrolìn nì’aw ulte trro zene teykivätxaw.
‘All energy is only borrowed, and one day it will have to be given back.’

(That example sentence, like many of the others, is from the Vocabulary Committee; I think it’s wonderful.)

Derivation:

syuratan (n., syu.RA.tan) ‘bioluminescence’

Txonkrr lu syuratan na’rìngä Eywevengä lor nìtxan.
‘At night, the bioluminescence of the Pandoran forest is very beautiful.’

txonkrr (adv., TXON.krr) ‘at night’

yuey (adj., YU.ey) ‘beautiful (inner beauty)’

Both lor and yuey mean ‘beautiful.’ Lor refers to physical beauty that’s apparent to the eye; yuey refers to the “inner” beauty that stems from someone’s character, personality, spirituality, etc. Lor has wide applicability, but yuey is ofp (only for people).

Lu poe lor, lu yuey nìteng.
‘She’s beautiful on the outside and the inside.’

kxem (vin.) ‘be vertical’

txay (vin.) ‘be horizontal, lie flat’

These intransitive verbs can be used by themselves, for example:

Fìrumut lumpe ke kxem?
‘Why isn’t this puffball tree vertical?’

but they’re most important in their derived forms—for example:

nìkxem (adv.) ‘vertically’

nìtxay (adv.) ‘horizontally’

Some words you’re already familiar with come from these roots. For example, kllkxem ‘stand,’ which is fairly obvious. In the same way, we have:

klltxay (vin., kll.TXAY—inf. 2,2) ‘lie on the ground’ (and its transitive form klltxeykay ‘lay (something) on the ground’).

These verbs also combine with the word for ‘surface’:

yo (n.) ‘surface’

So we have the word txayo (from txay + yo) ‘flat surface,’ which as you know is also the word for ‘field’ or ‘plain.’ Also:

kxemyo (n., KXEM.yo) ‘wall, vertical surface’

fyep (vtr.) ‘hold in the hand, grasp, grip’

Ngäzìk lu fwa var tskoti fyivep tengkrr utralit tsyerìl.
‘It’s hard to keep holding a bow while climbing a tree.’

Fyep can be extended to general holding, not just in the hands:

Oel tstalit fyolep fa aysre’.
‘I held the knife in my teeth.’

And note these adverbs that can specify the type of holding being done:

nìk’ärìp (adv., nìk.’Ä.rìp) ‘steadily’ (lit.: ‘without letting it move’)

nìklonu (adv., nìk.lo.NU) ‘firmly, steadfastly, faithfully’ (lit.: ‘without releasing it’)

nìktungzup (adv., nìk.tung.ZUP) ‘carefully, firmly’ (lit.: ‘without letting it fall’)

nìsyep (adv., nì.SYEP) ‘tightly, in an iron grip’ (lit.: ‘like a trap’)

nìmeyp (adv., nì.MEYP) ‘weakly, loosely’

Derivation:

säfyep (n., sä.FYEP) ‘handle’


slan (vtr.) ‘support’

Slan is used for emotional, social, or personal support, but not physical support (as in “these pillars support the roof”).

Tìwäteri ngal oeti pelun ke slan kawkrr?
‘Why don’t you ever support me in an argument?’

Derivation:

tìslan (n., tì.SLAN) ‘support’

Ngeyä tìeyktanìri, tìslanìri sì tsranten frato a tì’eylanìri a ka ayzìsìt nìwotx, seiyi oe irayo nìtxan.
‘Thank you so much for your leadership, your support, and most importantly your friendship throughout the years.’

tìeyktan (n., tì.EYK.tan) ‘leadership’

Note: The above example sentence contains two (tìeyktan and tì’eylan) of the relatively rare cases where – has been added to a concrete noun to form the related abstract noun.

And a few more body parts:

’llngo (n., ’LL.ngo) ‘hip’

Note: In words that begin with ’ll or ’rr, there’s no lenition: the glottal stop never drops. So we have me’llngo ‘two hips,’ ay’llngo ‘hips,’ mì ’llngo ‘in the hip.’

zare’ (n., za.RE’) ‘forehead, brow’ (from za pxì + re’ o)

flawm (n.) ‘cheek’

prrku (n., PRR.ku) ‘womb’ (from prr nen + kelku )

ngep (n.) ‘navel’


Finally:

A note on “ambitransitive verbs”

Don’t let the term scare you. You already know more about this than you think.

As we saw with the lok examples above, the same Na’vi verb can be transitive in one context and intransitive in another. The same thing happens in many other languages—for example, English. Take the verb eat. Sometimes it’s transitive, with an overt object: “I’m eating a cupcake.” Sometimes, it’s intransitive, where the object isn’t specified, and the focus is on the act of eating rather than on what’s being eaten: “Don’t bother me now—I’m eating.” Such verbs are sometimes referred to as “ambitransitive.” There are many other such verbs—understand, read, write, win, lose, hunt, etc.

But in English, many transitive verbs cannot be used intransitively. We can say He always rejects such offers but not *He always rejects.

Na’vi, however, is much freer than English in this regard. Most if not all transitive verbs can be used intransitively. So, for example, we have:

Oel yerom set teylut.
‘I’m eating beetle larvae now.’

Oe yerom set.
‘I’m eating now.’

and also:

Ngal pelun faystxenut frakrr tsyär?
‘Why do you always reject these offers?’

Nga pelun frakrr tsyär?
‘Why do you always reject everything (or: such things)?’

So when you see a Na’vi verb marked VTR, you can feel pretty confident that it can be used intransitively as well. Note that this does not work the other way around: intransitive verbs can’t be used transitively unless you add something to make them transitive. For example, tätxaw is the intransitive verb ‘return,’ as in “I’ll return at 3:00.” For the transitive sense of ‘return,’ as “Please return the book you borrowed,” you need to add the causative infix <eyk>: teykätxaw ‘cause to return’—that is, return in the transitive sense!

One little complication: Just because a transitive verb doesn’t have an object in its clause, you can’t always conclude that it’s being used intransitively. For example, to say ‘The teylu I’m eating is delicious,’ which is correct, A or B?

  1. Teylu a oe yerom lu ftxìlor.
  2. Teylu a oel yerom lu ftxìlor.

The answer is B. If you’re having trouble seeing this, think of it this way: The sentence “started out” as *Teylu a [oel yerom tsat] lu ftxìlor, that is, ‘The teylu that [I’m eating it] is delicious.’ In both Na’vi and English, you must delete the “it” in the bracketed clause (a “relative clause” for the grammarians in the audience). But even though the object has been deleted from that clause, the agentive marking remains.


On a personal note:

It’s been a while since I’ve given a public talk about Na’vi, but I have two such events coming up in April, both in California. The first is at California Polytechnic State University (aka Cal Poly) in San Luis Obispo, about halfway between Los Angeles and San Francisco, the evening of April 5th:

https://theforumatpoly.com/upcoming-forums

The second talk is two weeks later at my alma mater USC, here in Los Angeles, on April 19th. That will be to USIL, the Undergraduate Students in Linguistics club. They haven’t told me the exact time or location yet, other than that it will be in the early evening. I’ll post the details when I have them.

If anyone is in the area and can make it to one of these events, please drop by. I can’t promise you’ll learn very much that you don’t know already (although I may say a few words about Barsoomian), but these talks are always fun, and of course I’d be delighted to say hello to you.

Hayalovay!

Edits 31 March: ka–>kxamlä; nìk.Ä.rìp–>nìk.’Ä.rìp; zapxi–>zapxì

Ma nawma Karyu,

most useful and wonderful new vocabulary. Thank you so much for this new post!

First example sentence:
tengkrr tarmìran oe ka na’rìng
You said at one point that ka means ‘across, covering thoroughly’. Wouldn’t kxamlä ‘through, via the middle of’ be better here?

Thinking of people who translate into other languages, I take it that säfyep is ‘handle’ as in ‘the handle of a cup’ or ‘of a bow’?

NB: I noticed two tiny mistakes…
nìk.Ä.rìp > nìk.Ä.rìp
zare’ … (from zapxi + re’o) > zapxì
Sorry for being nitpicky

Nìmun, mipa aylì’uri irayo ngaru nìtxan!

Addendum: Is tsongtsyìp only meant for people or can it also mean something like pit, pothole?

Tsongtsyìp indicates a small indentation in a person’s body, so it’s basically for people. You can extend its meaning to other small indentations. For example, not that the Na’vi wear neckties, but if they did, the indentation below the knot of a well-tied necktie would also be a tsongtsyìp. I wouldn’t use the word for ‘pit’ or ‘pothole,’ though.

Ma Plumps,

Thanks as always for the sharp eyes and excellent questions.

I think ka could be justified in that example sentence, but I like your suggestion about kxamlä, so I’ve changed it.

Yes, säfyep indicates the part of an object where you hold it, e.g. the handle of a cup. This includes the place where you hold a bow, which I don’t believe is “handle” in English but rather “grip” (as a noun). (My dictionary gives this example: “The golf clubs had black leather grips.”) But I don’t know for sure–I’m not an archer! In any event, säfyep has a wider use than English “handle.”

It’s not possible to be too nitpicky! :-)

Irayo, ma eylan! Faylì’u sunu ayngar a fì’ul oeti nitram sleykeiu nìtxan.

A couple of people have asked about using lor for a woman as opposed to sevin. For a long time now I’ve been using lor for PARTS of a person. In my standard presentation about Na’vi to general audiences, I often include a little language lesson called “Sweet Nothings in Na’vi,” where they learn to say things like, “Ngeyä X lor lu nìtxan,” with X being menari, meseyri, key, kxetse, lrrtok, etc. So I don’t see why lor shouldn’t be used for the whole person as well. I’ve been thinking of lor as somewhat “deeper” than sevin. Catherine Deneuve in her prime would be lor ‘beautiful,’ not just sevin ‘pretty.’ :-)

Ma Pawl,

I’ve been trying to find the word(s) to express something common on Pandora we also have where I live; and I think, hope, you may have just provided the necessary parts to say it as correctly as possible – unless there is a specific word (/created) for it.

What might I be (trying to be) referring to if I said: Tawsyuratan ?

Irayo,

– Mikko

Ìì . . . I would guess that tawsyuratan (lì’u alor!) refers to the aurora. Oeru tìyawr srak? :-)

Srane! Txantsan! 😊

I’ll use that until/unless a more specific word is created.

Irayo ma Karyu Pawl!

– Mikko

We don’t need a more specific word. The one you created is now officially the word for aurora! :-)

Spring Vocabulary, Part 2

Here’s a bit more progress towards dealing with my backlog of great suggestions from the Vocabulary Committee. (Fpìl oel futa pìylltxe pxaya tute san Nì’i’a! sìk. Tse . . . za’u fra’u ne tute lemweypey, kefyak?)

syeha (n., SYE.ha) ‘breath’

Derivation:

syeha si (vin.) ‘breathe’

Ma Ralu, srung si por! Nìwin! Syeha ke si!
‘Ralu, help her! Quick! She’s not breathing!’

(A note on pronunciation: Since si never carries stress, the stress pattern with negative si-constructions is KE si, not ke SI.)

sko (ADP+) ‘as, in the capacity of, in the role of’

A. Sko Sahìk ke tsun oe mìftxele tsngivawvìk.
‘As Tsahik, I cannot weep over this matter.’

Note: There’s another way to say the same thing, which is in fact more idiomatic than using sko:

B. Oe alu Tsahìk ke tsun mìftxele tsngivawvìk.

But sko has its advantages. Look what happens when you have a coordinate structure:

A´. Sko Sahìk ke tsun oe mìftxele tsngivawvìk; sko sa’nok tsun.
B´. Oe alu Tsahìk ke tsun mìftxele tsngivawvìk; oe alu sa’nok tsun.
‘As Tsahik, I cannot weep over this matter; as a mother, I can.’

As you see, the A-structure allows you to be somewhat more concise.

sna’o (n., SNA.’o) ‘set, group, pile, clump, stand’

Ayskxe a mì sasna’o ku’up lu nìtxan.
‘The rocks in that pile are very heavy.’

Note: Sna’o is nfp—not for people. For a group of people, use pongu.

What’s interesting about sna’o is that it has an abbreviated form, sna-, which functions as a noun prefix to indicate a group or collection. With living things other than people, sna- is productive—you can use it to indicate a group of any plant or animal: snanantang ‘a pack of viperwolves,’ snatalioang ‘a herd of sturmbeest,’ snautral ‘a stand of trees,’ etc. These words are not listed in the dictionary.

However, in all other cases sna– is not productive, and you’re not free to form your own words with this prefix. The meanings of such sna– words can be unpredictable, and so they have to be listed in the dictionary. For example:

snatxärem (n., sna.TXÄ.rem) ‘skeleton’ (lit.: ‘a set of bones’)

snafpìlfya (n., sna.FPÌL.fya) ‘philosophy’ (lit.: ‘a group of mindsets’)

snatanhì (n., sna.tan.HÌ) ‘constellation’ (lit.: ‘a clump of stars’)

One more thing to note about sna– words: they indicate naturally occurring groups or sets. For example, a snasyulang is a patch of flowers growing naturally on the ground or on a tree branch. Contrast that with a sästarsìm syulangä, a collection of flowers selected and put together intentionally by a person—that is, a bouquet.

sästarsìm (n., sä.STAR.sìm) ‘collection (put together intentionally by a person)’

tsu’o (n., TSU.’o) ‘ability’

Tìrusolìri ke lu poru kea tsu’o kaw’it.
‘As for singing, he has no ability whatsoever.’

Like sna’o, the most useful thing about tsu’o is its abbreviated form. In this case it’s –tswo, which is a suffix for verbs that changes the verb to a noun indicating the ability to perform the action of the verb. The great thing about –tswo is that it’s productive: you can add it to practically any verb. For example: tarontswo ‘ability to hunt,’ wemtswo ‘ability to fight,’ roltswo ‘ability to sing,’ etc.

Pori wemtswo fratsamsiyur rolo’a nìtxan.
‘His ability to fight greatly impressed all the warriors.’

It’s tempting to try to equate –tswo with English –able/-ible—after all, they’re both suffixes having to do with ability. But there’s a big difference. For example, inantswo means the ability to read; it is not equivalent to English ‘readable,’ which is the ability to be read. For that, recall that Na’vi prefixes tsuk– to form adjectives: tsukinana pamrel ‘readable writing.’

One little wrinkle: We indicated that –tswo is attached only to verbs. That’s true except in the case of si-constructions. With si-verbs, drop the si and attach –tswo to the non-verbal element: srungtswo ‘ability to help,’ pamreltswo ‘ability to write,’ tstutswo ‘ability to close.’

Kxari tstutswo tsranten krra* ke lu kea säfpìl lesar.
‘When one has no useful thoughts, the ability to close one’s mouth is important.’

*I’ve just become aware that krra is not in our official dictionary. It’s in my own database, but I guess I forgot to publicize it. Krra is the conjunction ‘when’:

krra (conj., KRR.a) ‘when, at the time that’

For example:

Oel tskoti ngaru tasyìng krra oeng ultxa si.
‘I’ll give you the bow when we meet.’

Don’t use tsakrr for this purpose. Tsakrr is an adverb, not a conjunction, meaning ‘then’ or ‘at that time.’ It’s often used with txo: txo . . . tsakrr, ‘if . . . then.’

The spelling convention krr a, as two words, is not incorrect, but krra is preferred. With the reverse clause order, however, a krr is the correct spelling. This mirrors the convention with a fì’u.

A note on stress: In keeping with the general rule, sna– and –tswo do not affect the stress of the word they’re attached to: tanHÌ, snatanHÌ; TAron, TArontswo.

Kìyevame vay vospxìay!

Ma nawma Karyu,

again, wonderful additions to the lexicon! Thank you so much for posting these.

säfpìl is both ‘idea’ and ‘thought’? I’ve been wondering what ‘thought’ would be 😊

Speaking of si-verbs and their behaviour: You haven’t told us yet how they behave with tsuk-

I was wondering, in Oel tskoti ngaru tasyìng krra oeng ultxa si. is there a fìtsap implied? Because it basically says ‘… when we meet (each other)’, right?

Ma Plumps,

Srane, I have säfpìl glossed as ‘idea, thought’ in my database.

Tsuk– with si-verbs . . . tìoeyktìng zìya’u. :-)

About oeng ultxa si: You’re the second person who has asked about that. Good question. With ultxa si, i.e. the “intentional” meet (as opposed to the transitive ultxarun ‘meet by chance, encounter’), we generally use hu: Oe pohu ultxa soli ‘I met with him.’ Without hu, the understanding is that the subjects met with each other or as a group. So depending on the context, there’s an implied fìtsap or ’awsiteng. Vola taronyu mì na’rìng ultxa soli. ‘Eight hunters met (together) in the forest.’

`Eylan Ayfalulukanä March 31, 2012 at 7:06 pm

Tewti! And I thought part 1 was good!

A question about säsanhì: You have it listed here for ‘constellation’. In the Pandoran night sky, there should be a number of naked-eye open star clusters visible, such as the Pleiades. Would säsanhì apply to these as well? What would you use for nebulae or nebula-like objects?

Hmm. Good questions, ma ’E.A. (I think you mean snatanhì, kefyak? :-)) Although I’ve glossed the word as ‘constellation,’ we don’t yet know enough about Na’vi astronomy–or, rather, the way the night sky is perceived in their culture–to know if they have anything equivalent to our constellations: fanciful perceptions of people and animals and other objects in the unchanging patterns of the stars. So a more precise translation would be, “a culturally recognized and significant pattern of stars.” As for a cluster like the Pleiades, I suspect it would be referred to as a snatanhìtsyìp. Nebulae, though, are probably different. It’s not clear the Na’vi would connect them with stars. I bet something like M42 would be called a pìwopxtsyìp.

Spring Vocabulary, Part 3

Kaltxì, ma eylan. ’Ok oeyä lu ayngar srak? :-) Furia txankrr fìtsengit ke tarmok, oeru txoa livu.

Since it’s still a couple of days until the Summer Solstice, we’ll can call this Spring Vocabulary, Part 3. Irayo, as always, to the hardworking and extremely patient LEP folks and all the rest of you who have contributed ideas.


ftxulì’u
(vin., ftxu.LÌ.’u—inf. 1,1) ‘orate, give a speech’

The etymology of this word goes back to täftxu ‘weave’ + lì’u ‘word,’ the original thought being that to give a speech is to weave words together.

Mawkrra Tsyeyk ftxolulì’u, tslam frapol futa slu po Olo’eyktan amip.
‘After Jake spoke, everyone understood that he had become the new Clan Leader.’

Derivations:

ftxulì’uyu (n., ftxu.LÌ.’u.yu) ‘orator, (public) speaker’

säftxulì’u (n., sä.ftxu.LÌ.’u) ‘speech, oration’

Fnivu! Säftxulì’uri ke tsun oe stivawm.
‘Hush! I can’t hear the speech.’

tìftxulì’u (n., tì.ftxu.LÌ.’u) ‘speech-making, public speaking)

Oeri lu tìftxulì’u ngäzìk nìtxan. Wätx nì’aw.
‘Public speaking is very difficult for me. I’m hopelessly bad at it.’

slantire (n., slan.ti.RE) ‘inspiration’

Etymology: slan ‘support’ + tirea ‘spirit’

Derivation:

slantire si (vin.) ‘inspire’

Säftxulì’u Tsyeykä Na’viru slantire soli nìwotx.
‘Jake’s speech inspired all the People.’

kum (n.) ‘result’

Kem amuiä, kum afe’. (Proverb)
‘Proper action, bad result.’ (Said when something that should have turned out well didn’t. Can include the idea, “Well, my/our/your/his/her/their heart was in the right place.”)

The importance of kum lies in the derived conjunctions kuma/akum, which are used in result clauses:

kuma / akum (conj., KUM.a / a.KUM) ‘that (as a result)’

Lu poe sevin nìftxan (OR: fìtxan) kuma yawne slolu oer.
‘She was so beautiful that I fell in love with her.’

Note a couple of things there. First, nìftxan and fìtxan are used interchangeably as the equivalent of English ‘so’ in these sentences. Second, the difference between kuma and akum is that kuma precedes the result while akum follows it. So another form of the previous example sentence is:

Poe yawne slolu oer akum, nìftxan lu sevin.
‘She was so beautiful that I fell in love with her.’

Such a structure is rather marginal in English, although you sometimes hear it in poetry: “I fell in love with her, so beautiful was she.”

And notice one more thing: the word order in result clauses is somewhat constrained. The rule is that kuma/akum must be contiguous with niftxan/fìtxan.

Tsatsenge lehrrap lu fìtxan kuma tsane ke kä awnga kawkrr.
‘That place is so dangerous we never go there.’

Keep in mind that the short form tsane ‘there’ is used with verbs of motion: it’s the place to which one goes. The full form is tsatsengne.

A final note on kuma/akum: These words may be used independently of fìtxan/nìftxan:

Pxeforu oe srung soli, kuma oeru set pxefo srung seri.
‘I helped the three of them, so they’re now helping me.’

Used in this way, kuma/akum overlap somewhat with ha ‘so’.

fyel (vtr.) ‘seal, cement, make impervious’

This word signifies making something tight and secure, so that it is unlikely (or at least not intended) to be broken, whether it refers to a hole in a boat’s bottom, a food container to be stored, or a wound from a viperwolf tooth.

Txo fkol ke fyivel uranit paywä, zene fko slivele.
If one does not seal a boat against water, one must swim.

Fyel, however, is not used in the sense of bringing something to completion. For that, use hasey si ‘complete’:

Sätswayon a’awve tsaheylur hasey si; ke tsun nga pivey.
‘First flight seals the bond; you cannot wait.’

zey (adj.) ‘special, distinct’

Zey, keteng, and le’aw all indicate that one thing is different from another. Of the three, keteng ‘not the same’ is the most neutral; le’aw ‘only, sole’ is the strongest.

Kelutral lu fneutral azey.
Hometree is a special kind of tree.’

vll (vin., vtr.) ‘indicate, point at’

Vll eykyu nefä fte pongu fäkivä.
‘The leader signals the party to ascend by pointing upwards.’

eykyu (n., EYK.yu) ‘leader (typically of a small group)’

Both eykyu and eyktan mean leader; the difference is one of scope and responsibility. An eykyu is the often temporary leader of a small group, for example the person in charge of a hunting party; an eyktan is a higher and more permanent position, the representative leader of a sub-community within the clan. The Olo’eyktan, of course, leads the entire clan.

Getting back to vll, note that some of the inflected forms have special spellings. The <ol> form is vol (compare poltxe from plltxe), and the “positively oriented” <ei> form is veiyll. That’s because a syllable cannot begin with ll or rr.

Utralti a tsauo Loak wäparman pol vol fa kxetse.
‘She used her tail to point out the tree Loak was hiding behind.’

Vll can also be used metaphorically in the case of one thing, not necessarily animate, pointing to or indicating another:

Txopul peyä vll futa kawkrr ke slayu tsamsiyu.
‘His fear indicates he’ll never become a warrior.’

am’ake (adj., am.’A.ke) ‘sure, confident’

This word is related to am’a ‘doubt’ in roughly the same way that kxuke ‘safe’ is related to kxu ‘harm.’ It’s used with ’efu:

Tsaria pol awngati ke txayìng oe ’efu am’ake nìwotx.
‘I’m entirely confident that he won’t abandon us.’

Derivation:

nam’ake (adv., nam.’A.ke) ‘confidently’

Tukeru poltxe Akwey nam’ake, omum futa ke tsun poe stivo.
‘Akwey spoke to Tuke confidently, knowing that she couldn’t refuse.’

Don’t confuse nam’ake with am’aluke (am.’A.lu.ke), ‘without a doubt’—although both are adverbial expressions, they’re used in different ways. Nam’ake is a manner adverbial—that is, it qualifies how something is done. In the above example, it indicates the manner in which Akwey spoke to Tuke. Am’aluke, on the other hand, is a sentence adverbial—it represents the speaker’s feeling about what he or she is saying:

Am’aluke snayaytx Sawtute, yayora’ Na’vi.
‘Without a doubt the Sky People will lose and the People will win.’

And speaking of sentence adverbials, here’s a word I think you’ll find useful:

kezemplltxe (adv., ke.zem.pll.TXE) ‘of course, needless to say’

As you’ve probably guessed, it’s a contraction of ke zene pivlltxe ‘not necessary to say.’

New Va’ru tskot Eytukanä zasrivìn. Kezemplltxe paylltxe san kehe.
‘Va’ru wants to borrow Eytukan’s bow. Of course he’ll say no.’

tare (vtr., TA.re—inf. 1,2) ‘connect, relate to, have a relationship with’

Säplltxel karyuä ke tolaränge tìpawmit kaw’it.
‘The teacher’s statement in no way pertained to the question. Drat!’

(Question: Which syllable in tolaränge should be stressed? :-) )

Txilte Rinisì täpare fìtsap nìsoaia, slä tsalsungay ke nìolo’ takrra Rini muntxa slolu.
‘Txilte and Rini are related by blood, but nevertheless not by clan since the time Rini got married.’

nìsoaia (adv., nì.so.A.i.a) ‘(together) as members of a family’

nìolo’ (adv., nì.o.LO’) ‘(together) as members of a clan’

Derivation:

sätare (n., sä.TA.re) ‘connection, relationship’

Nìngay leiu oer sì sempulur sätare asìltsan.
‘Father and I really have a good relationship; it’s nice.’

Also note the following useful conversational expression:

Ke tare.
‘It’s irrelevant.’ OR ‘It doesn’t matter.’

sloa (adj., SLO.a) ‘wide’

snep (adj.) ‘narrow’

Tsautralìri tangek lu sloa nìtxan; ’evi ke tsun tsyivìl.
The trunk of that tree is very wide; the kid cannot climb it.

Derivation:

slosnep (n., slo.SNEP) ‘width’

peslosnep (q., pe.slo.SNEP) or slosneppe (slo.SNE.pe) ‘what width? how wide?’

Kilvanìri tsatseng slosneppe?
‘How wide is the river there?’

hoet (adj., HO.et) ‘vast, broad, expansive’

’Rrtamì a tampay lu hoet.
‘The oceans on Earth are vast.’

Derivation:

nìhoet (adv., nì.HO.et) ‘widely, pervasively’

Run fkol teylut nìhoet.
‘You find teylu everywhere.’

so’ha (vtr., SO’.ha—inf. 1,2) ‘be enthusiastic about, show enthusiasm for, be excited about’

Note that in Na’vi, being enthusiastic is transitive.

Oel so’ha futa trray ngahu kä
‘I’m excited about going with you tomorrow.’

Tsenul so’ha teylut nìhawng nì’it, kefyak?
Don’t you think Tsenu is a bit too into teylu?’

Sawno’ha ioit kolaneiom oel uvanfa!
I got (won) the prized piece of jewelry in the game!’

This word can also be used on its own as an interjection:

A: Leiam fwa Txewì Rinisì muntxa slìyu.
B: So’ha!

A: ‘It looks like Txewì and Rini are about to get married.’
B: ‘That’s great!’

Derivations:

tìso’ha (n.) ‘enthusiasm; having a good attitude’

nìso’ha (adv.) ‘enthusiastically’

leso’ha (adj.) ‘enthusiastic, keen’ (only for persons)

* * *

On a personal note, John and I are leaving on Friday for SETIcon II, the annual SETI (Search for Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence) conference being held in Santa Clara, California. I’ve been honored to be asked to take part as a panelist and interviewee. Marc Okrand, who as you know is the creator of Klingon, will be there too, as well as several members of the Lì’fyaolo’. I’m really looking forward to meeting some of the most creative minds in SETI—for example, Frank Drake of the famous Drake Equation. Am’aluke fìultxa ’o’ layu nìtxan.

And finally, I got a kick out of this cartoon in a recent issue of The New Yorker magazine and thought you’d like it too:

*

(If it makes no sense to you at all, take a look at this.)

Hayalovay!

Meetings, Waterfalls, and More

Today’s vocabulary includes additional terms for the natural environment along with a few new words for social interaction. Some are recent, others are from my backlog of submitted ideas. Thanks as always to the LEP contributors for the stimulating and creative suggestions. Ayngal fpe’ oer a aysäfpìl eltur tìtxen si frakrr ulte srung si nìtxan!

First, some compounds with ultxa ‘meeting’:

tsawlultxa (n., tsawl.ul.TXA) ‘large gathering, conference’

(Note that the stress on the final element of compounds with ultxa is a minority pattern.)

Tsatsawlultxari alu SETIkon a2ve, nolume oe nìtxan teri tìtsunslu tìreyä a hifkeymì alahe.
‘At the SETIcon II conference I learned a lot about the possibility of life on other worlds.’

tìtsunslu (n., tì.TSUN.slu) ‘possibility’

numultxa (n., nu.mul.TXA) ‘class (for instruction)’

This word derives from nume ‘learn’ + ultxa, i.e., a ‘learn-meeting.’

Mì Siätll a numultxari lì’fyayä leNa’vi, sìlpey oe slìyevu nga numultxatu!
‘I hope you’ll participate in the upcoming Na’vi class in Seattle!’

numultxatu (n., nu.mul.TXA.tu) ‘classmate, member of a class’

snanumultxa (n., sna.nu.mul.TXA) ‘course’

A course, of course, is a collection of classes. 😊

‘depend on’

English ‘depend on’ has two different senses that are kept separate in Na’vi.

To express the idea that “X depends on Y” in the sense that you need to know Y to determine what X is, Na’vi uses the expression latem ìlä, literally ‘changes according to.’ These are words you already know.

Tìflä latem ìlä seynga ftxey fkol sänumet livek fuke.
‘Success depends on whether or not one follows instructions.’

tìflä (n., tì.FLÄ) ‘success (in general)’

säflä (n., sä.FLÄ) ‘success (an instance of succeeding)’

Recall that ìlä is ADP+, so it causes teynga to become seynga. By the way, ìlä can be used by itself to mean ‘according to’:

Ìlä Feyral, muntxa soli Ralu sì Newey nìwan mesrram.
‘According to Peyral, Ralu and Newey were secretly married the day before yesterday.’

mesrram (n., adv., me.srr.AM) ‘the day before yesterday, two days ago’
mesrray (n., adv., me.srr.AY) ‘the day after tomorrow, two days from now’
pxesrram (n., adv., pxe.srr.AM) ‘three days ago’
pxesrray (n., adv., pxe.srr.AY) ‘three days from now’

The other sense of ‘depend on’ is ‘rely on for one’s safety, sustenance, etc.’ That’s mong:

mong (vtr.) ‘depend on, rely on, trust for protection’

Mong prrnenìl futa sa’nul verewng nìtut.
‘The infant depends on her Mommy to look after her constantly.’

Tsun nga oet mivong.
‘You can rely on me.’

sru’ (vtr.) ‘crush, trample’

Weynflitit ’angtsìkìl srolu’ tspang.
‘Wainfleet was crushed and killed by a hammerhead.’

‘tight’ and ‘loose’

’ekxin (adj., ’e.KXIN) ‘tight’

um (adj.) ‘loose’

Fìraspu’ ’ekxin lu nìhawng. Ke tsun oe yivemstokx.
‘These leggings are too tight. I can’t wear them.’

’ekxinum (n., ’e.KXI.num) ‘tightness/looseness’

pekxinum / ’ekxinumpe (Q., pe.KXI.num / ’e.KXI.num.pe) ‘how tight/loose?’

Pekxinum comes, of course, from pe + ’ekxinum. Since pe causes lenition, the glottal stop drops, and the resulting ee simplies to e, since doubled vowels always simplify to single ones in Na’vi. No further lenition takes place—the kx ejective does not become k.

Ngal molay’ pxawpxunit Loakä a krr pekxinum?
When you tried on Loak’s armband, how tight was it?’

And now for the promised nature words:

zeswa (n., ZE.swa) ‘grass’

zeswavi (n., ZE.swa.vi) ‘blade of grass’

lezeswa (adj., le.ZE.swa) ‘grassy’

Palukanit tsole’a, yerik lopx hifwo kxamlä zeswa.
‘Spotting a thanator, the hexapede panicked and escaped through the grass.’

lopx (vin.) ‘panic’

hifwo (vin., HI.fwo – inf. 1,2) ‘flee, escape’

Some more weather terms:

yrrap (n., YRR.ap) ‘storm’

This word is derived from ya ‘air’ + hrrap ‘danger.’

Frapo ne mìfa! Lerok yrrap apxa!
‘Everybody inside! A big storm is approaching!’

’rrpxom (n., ’RR.pxom) ‘thunder’

rawm (n.) ‘lightning (general term)’

atanzaw (n., a.TAN.zaw) ‘forked lightning’ (derived from atan ‘light’ and swizaw ‘arrow’)

rawmpxom (n., RAWM.pxom) ‘thunder and lightning’

And finally, some words for pay azusup, ‘falling water.’

Na’vi doesn’t have a single word for ‘waterfall’; rather, it distinguishes five different kinds of falling and running water:

se’ayl (n., se.’AYL) ‘an individual tall, thin waterfall that pours down a sheer high cliff or off of a floating mountain’ (countable)

*


kxor
(n.) ‘a wall or bank of powerful falls noted for its deafening roar and deadly force’ (countable, but only rarely)

*


syanan
(n., SYA.nan) ‘a single drop or series of smaller falls occurring sequentially along a stream or series of pools’ (countable)

*


rurur
(n., ru.RUR) ‘water that is aerated while flowing among the rocks of a very gradually sloping stream’ (non-countable)

*


tseltsul
(n., TSEL.tsul) ‘whitewater rapids’ (countable, but only rarely)

*


I hope all the Americans in the lì’fyaolo’ had a Fourth of July that was ’o’ nì’aw!

And with that, I’ll leave you until the next time.

Edit 19 July: ’e.KXIN.um –> ’e.KXI.num

Fìvospxìyä Aylì’fyavi Amip — This Month’s New Expressions, Pt. 2

Here’s a grab bag of new expressions, many of which reflect the creativity of the Community. Txantsana aysämokìri seiyi irayo, nìfrakrr. Some of these will be useful for Sunday’s “Introduction to Na’vi” class in Seattle.

PRIDE

How do you say “I’m proud of you” in Na’vi? The structure revolves around the noun nrra. You say, essentially, “Concerning you, I have pride.”

nrra (n., NRR.a) ‘pride, feeling of pride’

Ngari l(ei)u oeru nrra nìtxan, ma ’ite.
‘I’m very proud of you, daughter.’

Tsu’teyri lu foru nrra a fìrewon yolora’.
‘They’re proud of Tsu’tey for having won this morning.’

Derivations:

lenrra (adj., le.NRR.a) ‘proud’

Sa’nok lenrra lrrtok soli krra prrnen alo a’awve poltxe.
‘The proud mother smiled when the baby spoke for the first time.’

Note that lenrra refers to the feeling of pride you have in others—it’s not used for one’s own sense of personal worth or dignity (as in, for example, ‘a proud warrior.’)

nìnrra (adv., nì.NRR.a) ‘proudly, with pride’

Sa’nok nìnrra lrrtok soli krra prrnen alo a’awve poltxe.
‘The mother smiled with pride when the baby spoke for the first time.’

snonrra (n., sno.NRR.a) ‘self-pride (negative connotation)’

lesnonrra (adj., le.sno.NRR.a) ‘full of self-pride’

Kea tsamsiyu lesnonrra ke tsun Na’vit iveyk.
‘No warrior full of self-pride can lead the People.’

Nrra has an interesting and somewhat unclear derivation. It’s related to the verb nrr ‘glow,’ perhaps as a shortening of nrr a tirea, ‘glowing spirit.’

nrr (vin.) ‘glow, be luminous’

Na’rìng sngä’i nivrr txonkrr syuratanfa.
‘The forest begins to glow at night with bioluminescence.’

Note that the “good feeling” –ei- form of this verb is neiyrr, not *neirr; since the pseudo-vowels ll and rr only occur in syllables that begin with consonants, a y has to be inserted.

Ngari key nereiyrr, ma ’eylan. Nìlaw po yawne lu ngar.
‘Your face is glowing, my friend (and I’m pleased to see it). It’s clear you love her.’

Derivation:

sänrr (n., sä.NRR) ‘glow, an instance of glowing’

Txepìl tìng lefpoma sänrrti.
‘The fire gives a pleasant glow.’

And speaking of fires:

ylltxep (n., YLL.txep) ‘communal fire or fire pit’

Nìtrrtrr yom Na’vil wutsot ’awsiteng pxaw ylltxep.
‘The Na’vi regularly eat dinner together around a communal fire.’

Contrast ylltxep with txeptseng:

txeptseng (n., TXEP.tseng) ‘place where a fire is burning or has burned’

Txeptseng is a general term lacking the cultural significance of ylltxep.

Tsatxeptsengmì längu ayutral akerusey nì’aw.
‘Sadly, there are only dead trees where the fire has been,’

ralnga’ (adj., RAL.nga’) ‘meaningful, instructive, something from which a lesson can be learned.’

Don’t confuse ralnga’ with txanwawe (stress on the third syllable: txan.wa.WE), which means ‘meaningful’ in a personal sense—something that’s personally or emotionally significant to you.

Kìreysìri lu tsapukä ayvur a teri ’Rrta txanwawe nìngay, slä oeri, hufwa eltur tìtxen si, lu ralnga’ nì’aw.
‘For Grace, the stories in that book relating to Earth are personally meaningful, but for me, although interesting, they’re simply instructive.’

PAIRS

The stand-alone word for ‘pair’ is munsna:

munsna (n., MUN.sna) ‘pair’

The derivation is transparent: mune + sna’o, a ‘two-set.’

Hawnvenìri lu oeru munsna amrr.
‘I have five pairs of shoes.’ (Literally: As for shoes, I have five pairs.)

But to indicate one pair of something, a special structure is usually used: munsna acts as a prefix before the noun in question:

munsnahawnven ‘a pair of shoes’
munsnatute ‘a pair of people; a duo’

Rutxe fìtskxekeng sivi munsnatutefa, ma frapo.
‘Please do this exercise in pairs, everyone.’

Pronunciation: Munsna- words can be long, but in all cases the primary stress remains in the original place on the noun. For example, since hawnven is stressed on the final syllable, that’s where it stays in munsnahawnven: mun.sna.hawn.VEN. And munsnatute is mun.sna.TU.te

fyin (adj.) ‘simple’

ep’ang (adj., ep.’ANG) ‘complex’

Pronunciation: Make sure you don’t pronounce ep’ang as if it were epxang (e.PXANG). Both words are possible in Na’vi, but they do not sound the same. In ep’ang, the p is at the end of a syllable, so it’s unreleased; the second syllable begins with a tìftang, a glottal stop. By the way:

epxang (n., e.PXANG) ‘stone jar used to hold small toxic arachnid’

fyinep’ang (n., fyin.ep.’ANG) ‘degree of complexity’

pefyinep’ang/fyinep’angpe (Q., pe.fyin.ep.’ANG / fyin.ep.’ANG.pe) ‘how complex’

Ngal ke tslängam teyngta fìtìngäzìkìri pefyinep’ang.
‘Unfortunately you don’t understand how complex this problem is.’

sngä’itseng (n., SNGÄ.’i.tseng) ‘beginning, starting position, initial location’

Don’t confuse this with sngä’ikrr, which means a beginning in time.

Ro sngä’itseng tsalì’uä alu ’eylan lu tìftang.
‘At the beginning of the word ’eylan there’s a glottal stop.’

Two helpful :-) words derived from srung:

srungsiyu (n., SRUNG.si.yu) ‘assistant, helper’

srungtsyìp (n., SRUNG.tsyìp) ‘helpful hint, tip’

And a couple of words relating to Sawtute technology that I believe are already in use in the Community:

spulmokri (n., spul.MOK.ri) ‘telephone’

syeprel (n., syep.REL) ‘camera’

These words obviously developed after the Na’vi came into contact with the Sawtute. The derivations are clear: spule + mokri ‘propel voice,’ syep + rel ‘trap image.’

Syaw oer rutxe trray fa spulmokri.
‘Please phone me tomorrow.’

Finally, a trio of idiomatic expressions:

ka wotx ‘generally, for the most part’ (literally: across the totality)

Hufwa rolun oel ’a’awa kxeyeyti, fìtìkangkemvi lu txantsan ka wotx.
‘Although I found a few errors, this piece of work is generally excellent.’

Pefya nga fpìl? ‘What do you think?’

(Notice that in Na’vi you actually say, “How do you think?” This is the case in many earth languages, although not in English.)

Pefya nga fpìl? Oeng sweylu txo kivä fuke?
‘What do you think? Should we go or not?’

(Note that fuke can be used for general “or not” questions, as it is here. In such cases there’s no need for srake/srak.)

sre fwa sngap zize’ ‘as quickly as possible’ (literally: before the hellfire wasp stings)

So the Na’vi equivalent of ASAP is SFSZ. :-)

That’s all for now. Hope I’ll see some of you in Seattle soon!

Hayalovay.

Nìmun, for all of us who m‹äng›ust stay at home and can’t attend the Seattle Meeting, this is amazing stuff to pass the time 😊

Aylì’uri amip irayo seiyi ngaru nìtxan!

Minor typo in the syllabification in nìnrra: it should be nì.NRR.a, kefyak?

Could we translate snonrra as ‘arrogance’? – ‘self-pride’ is a bit difficult to put into German

I take it that nrr is an intransitive verb or even stative…?

munsna is intriguing… So, there’s a difference between mehawnven and munsnahawnven?

I absolutely love the SFSZ idiom

I’m sorry you can’t make it, ma Plumps. Slä am’aluke ngeyä tireal tsatsenget tayeiok.

I loved m‹äng›ust!

Thanks for catching the typo. I’ve fixed it.

Yes, snonrra can be translated as ‘arrogance.’ (What would be the best equivalent auf Deutsch?)

Your question made me realize I forget to indicate what kind of verb nrr is. It’s vin.

The difference between mehawnven and munsnahawnven is similar to that between ‘two shoes’ and ‘a pair of shoes.’ Munsna- can be used for things that naturally come in sets of two or that have been divided into sets of two. (An exception is body parts: it would be unusual to say munsnanari or munsnaseyri.)

I liked SFSZ too! And I should mention it’s the product of someone else’s creativity, not my own.

Is there a way to express pride in one’s own self without having a negative connotation? Or do the Na’vi have a generally very humble society where expressing one’s pride in self is frowned upon? For example, if I’ve just successfully completed an enormous project and had to do it on my own, and I feel a certain feeling of pride and accomplishment in the excellent work I’ve just done. Is it Oeri lu oeru nrra, or something similar?

Ma Tirea,

Self-pride does have a negative connotation in Na’vi society, hence the terms snonrra, lesnonrra, etc. So it wouldn’t be considered proper to say, “I’m proud of myself.” However, you can be proud of something you’ve done (as distinct from being proud of yourself)! In other words, it’s fine to say, “Oeyä tìkangkemìri lu oeru nrra.”

Tskxekengtsyìp a Mikyunfpi – A Little Listening Exercise

Teri lì’fya leNa’vi a tsanumultxa loleiu säflä! Last week’s Na’vi for Beginners class at the Avatar Meet-up in Seattle was, I think, a great success. I believe we had more than 40 students from the Avatar community in the class, which lasted about an hour and 45 minutes. Three members of the lì’fyaolo’–pxesmuk alu Prrton sì Txonä Rolyu sì ’Oma Tirea–co-taught with me. The Museum provided excellent facilities, we made good use of the beautiful supporting slides Prrton had created, and everyone seemed to have a good time. I know I did! It was great to reunite with old friends from the Community and meet new ones. And hopefully some learning went on as well.

I was also impressed by the Meet-Up itself. From what I saw, the organization was top-notch and the supporting materials were totally professional. Plus the Clan Dinner was ftxìlor nìngay! Seykxel sì nitram to everyone who helped make the Meet-Up happen!

As a little listening exercise, I’ve recorded the introductory remarks in Na’vi with which I began the class. The idea was not for most people in the class to understand it–this was, after all a class for beginners–but just for everyone to get an idea of what Na’vi sounds like when spoken at more or less normal conversational speed. Prrton kindly served as consecutive interpreter after every few sentences.

Here’s the sound file:
Class Introduction

And here’s the Na’vi text (as a Word file): Class Intro–Na’vi and free English translation: Class Intro–English.

My suggestion is to listen first to the Na’vi without any help to see how much you can get on your own. (I made use of some recently introduced vocabulary, so you might want to review the last blog post beforehand.) Then take a look at the text and translation to check how you did.

Nìvingkap, we now have a Na’vi toast:

Nitram nì’aw! ‘Happy only!’

Hayalovay!

ETA July 30–Here are the text files in RTF format for those who can read these more easily:

Class Intro–Na’vi RTF

Class Intro–English RTF

Mipa Vospxì, Mipa Aylì’u — New Words for the New Month

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo—and Happy October. Here are some new words and expressions from my backlog of submissions that I hope you’ll find useful.

zet (vtr.) ‘treat (emotionally), display an attitude towards’

Zet is always paired with pxel (not na) to express the idea of “treat A like or as B.”


Va’rul zänget ikranit sneyä pxel hapxìtu soaiä.
‘Va’ru treats his ikran like a member of the family (and I don’t approve).’


Peyralìl zet wura wutsot a’awnem pxel sngel.
‘Peyral won’t eat a cooked meal that isn’t still warm.’
(Literally: ‘Peyral treats a cool cooked meal like garbage.’)


Pol zeret oeti pxel tute a ke inan pot.
‘He’s treating me like I don’t know him.’
(Literally: ‘He’s treating me like a person who doesn’t read him.’)

Here inan ‘read, gain knowledge from sensory input’ is being used colloquially in the sense of ‘know what someone is about, know someone’s “deal.”’

To express the idea of “treat as though,” you still need to “compare apples to apples.” For example:


Pol zolet oeyä säfpìlit pxel pum a tìngäzìkit ngop.
‘He treated my idea as though it created a problem.’
(Literally: ‘He treated my idea as one—i.e., an idea—that creates a problem.’)

ha’ (vin.) ‘fit, suit, complement, inherently enhance’

This verb doesn’t have a simple English equivalent. The idea is that two entities (things, people, situations, . . . ) fit or suit each other—they “go together” well. Note that unlike in English, the syntax is not that of a transitive verb. Instead, ha’ can take either a plural (or dual or trial) subject with fìtsap ‘each other’ or the dative.


Tsenu sì Loak fìtsap ke ha’ kaw’it.
‘Tsenu and Loak are a terrible match for each other.’
(Their personalities don’t mesh, but neither one is “to blame.” The source of the mismatch is equally divided between Tsenu and Loak.)


Tsenu Loakur ke ha’.
‘Tsenu is a bad match for Loak.’
(Here the speaker is identifying Tsenu as the source of the mismatch. Loak is in the dative.)


Tsenur Loak ke hänga’.
‘Loak isn’t good for Tsenu.’
(Here the source of the problem is Loak. The speaker is more concerned for Tsenu and is unhappy that she and Loak remain in a relationship.)


Hufwa ngeyä tìhawlìri ke lu kea kxeyey, tsalsungay oeru ke ha’ nìtam.
‘Although there’s nothing wrong with your plan, it just doesn’t suit me.’


Ngay. Tsa’opin hek nì’it, slä sunu oer, ha ha’.
‘True. That color is bit odd, but I like it, so it’s a good fit for me.’ (I intend to wear that article of clothing anyway.)

syon (n.) ‘feature, trait, attribute, characteristic, point, aspect, facet, property’


Tsranten frato a syon tsamsiyuä lu tìtstew.
‘The most important characteristic of a warrior is bravery.’


Palulukanìri lu pxesyon a zene fko ziverok nìtut:
• Tsun kxamlä na’rìng rivikx nìfnu nìwotx.
• Lu tsawl sì txur.
• New fkot yivom.
‘Three things about the thanator must always be kept in mind:
• It can move silently through the forest.
• It’s big and strong.
• It wants to eat you.’

ran (n.) ‘intrinsic character or nature, essence, constitution’

This word has no exact English equivalent. Basically, it refers to the basic nature of something resulting from the totality of its properties, a result of all the syon of that thing. For people, ran is often best translated as ‘personality.’


Muntxaturi Sorewnti ke tsun oe mivll’an. Ran peyä oeru ke ha’.
‘I can’t accept Sorewn as my spouse. Her personality doesn’t suit me.’


Fra’uä ran ngäpop fa frasyon tseyä.
‘The ran of each thing arises from the totality of its attributes.’

Note: Here the reflexive form of ngop ‘create’—ngäpop, literally ‘creates itself’—is used for this sense of ‘arise.’ A closer translation would be ‘is created.’ For the grammar experts, this is an example of an “agentless passive” in English that becomes a reflexive in Na’vi. :-)


Ran tìrusolä peyä lu fyole.
The ran of her singing is sublime.

fyole (adj., FYO.le) ‘sublime, beyond perfection’

Derivations:

loran (n., LO.ran) ‘elegance, grace’

This word is derived from lor + ran.


Yamì tsun fko tsive’a loranit renuä kilvanä slä klltesìn wäpan.
‘From the air you can see the grace of the river’s form but from the ground it’s hidden.’

fe’ran (n., FE’.ran) ‘flawed nature; something ill-conceived or inherently defective’

From fe’ + ran. This word can refer either to the property of being inherently flawed, or to something that has the property.


Fìtìhawlìri fe’ran law längu frapor.
‘Unfortunately the flawed nature of this plan is obvious to everyone.’


’Rrtamì a reyfya Sawtuteyä latsu fe’ran nìngay.
‘The Skypeople’s culture on earth must truly be flawed.’
(Literally, it must truly be a flawed thing.)

reyfya (n., REY.fya) ‘way of living, culture’

fe’ranvi (n., FE’.ran.vi) ‘blemish, deformity, stain, flawed feature’


Hufwa lu filur Va’ruä fnefe’ranvi, tsalsungay fpìl futa sayrìp lu nìtxan.
‘Although Va’ru’s facial stripes are rather uneven, I still think he’s very handsome.’

nìran (adv., nì.RAN) ‘basically, fundamentally, in essence’


Nìran lu Loak mi ’eveng slä tsun tivaron nìtengfya na fyeyntu.
Loak is still really just a boy but he can hunt the same as an adult.’

mo (n.) ‘space, hollow, enclosed open area’

Mo is more specific than tseng: it’s tseng plus the idea of enclosure. Like tseng, a mo can be tok-ed.


Tok oel lora tsamoti a mì na’rìng a krr, ’efu mawey sì nitram.
‘When I’m in that beautiful hollow in the forest, I feel calm and happy.’

Derivation:

snomo (n., SNO.mo) ‘private space that one can retreat to’

Mo can be used for ‘room’ in a house mì ’Rrta. One’s own room would be one’s snomo. More specifically:

mo letrrtrr ‘living room’

mo a yom ‘dining room’

(sno)mo a hahaw ‘bedroom’

Note: The last two expressions do not mean ‘room that eats’ and ‘room that sleeps,’ although theoretically they could! You can think of mo a yom as shorthand for mo a fko yom tsatseng and so on.

wum (adv.) ‘approximately, roughly’


Oeri solalew wum zìsìt °a14 a krr, folrrfen sponot alo a’awve.
‘When I was about 12 years old I visited an island for the first time.’

kesran (adj, ke.SRAN) ‘so-so, mediocre’

The derivation of this word is not entirely clear. It may have originally been kesrankekehe, literally, ‘not yes, not no,’ in reference to whether a certain action was performed well or not, and over time it became shortened to just kesran, its use expanding to include anything only mediocre in quality.


Peyä säftxulì’u lolängu kesran ulte kawtur slantire ke si.
‘Unfortunately his speech was only so-so and inspired no one.’

Derivation:

nìksran (adv., nìk.SRAN) ‘in a mediocre manner’

yewla (n., YEW.la) ‘disappointment, emotional let-down, failed expectation’

The syntax is: lu oeru yewla ‘I’m disappointed’ (literally: ‘I have disappointment’).


Oer lu txana yewla a ke tsun nga oehu kiväteng mesrray.
I’m very disappointed you can’t hang out with me the day after tomorrow.’

Derivations:

leyewla (adj., le.YEW.la) ‘disappointing’


Kea kem leyewla rä’ä si, rutxe.
Please don’t let me down.’

nìyewla (adv., nì.YEW.la) ‘in a disappointing fashion; in a way failing to meet expectations’


Trramä ayuvanìri makto Akwey nìyewla ha snaytx.
Akwey rode disappointingly in yesterday’s games so he lost.’

yawnyewla (n., yawn.YEW.la) ‘broken heart; broken-heartedness’


Lu Tsenur yawnyewla a lam fwa Va’rul pot txìyìng.
‘Tsenu is broken hearted that Va’ru appears to be about to dump her.’

Yewla! (conv.) ‘Bummer! That’s a shame! What a shame!’

ve’o (n., VE.’o) ‘order (as opposed to disorder or chaos), organization’


Mawkrra Sawtuteyä txampxì holum, tätxaw Na’vine nì’i’a ve’o.
‘After most of the Sky People left, order finally returned to the People.’

Derivations:

vezo (vin., ve.ZO—inf. 2, 2) ‘be in order, be organized’

vezeyko (vtr., ve.zey.KO) ‘put in order, organize’


Ngari snomot krrpe vezeyko, ma ’itan?
‘When are you going to organize your room, son?’

vefya (n., VE.fya) ‘system, process, procedure, approach’


Neytiril Tsyeykur wamìntxu Omatikayaä vefyat tìtusaronä.
‘Neytiri showed Jake the Omatikaya’s approach to hunting.’

(Note the irregular genitive of Omatikaya: Omatikayaä.)

velke (adj., VEL.ke) ‘chaotic, messy, disorganized, in shambles’

This word derives from ve’o + luke, ‘without order.’ (Compare kxuke ‘safe,’ which comes from kxu + luke ‘without harm.’ The evolution was kxuluke > kxulke > kxuke. With velke, the l of luke didn’t drop.)


Eyk Kamun a fralo längu tsasätaron velke nìwotx. Taronyut yom smarìl!
‘Every time Kamun is in charge, the hunt is a mess. Everything goes wrong that can.’

venga’ (adj., VE.nga’) ‘organized, “on top of things”’


Txo nivew fko säro’a sivi, zene nì’awve venga’ livu.
‘If you want to accomplish great things, you first have to be organized.’

Hayalovay, ma smuk!

Edit Oct. 3: Fixed säfpìl –> säfpìlit in zet example; corrected typos and spurious underlining.
Edit May 7, 2021: Removed erroneous “ofp” designation from venga’.

Kosman fwa inan pamrelit amip a ngata, ma Karyu!
Truly wonderful wordshapes and useful words. I also like concepts like ran and ha’ that go beyond what can be explained with one word 😊 Txantsan!

I don’t like to be the nit-picker … but in the sentence

Pol zolet oeyä säfpìl pxel pum a tìngäzìkit ngop. I’d expect the patientive on säfpìl since the structure is not different from ‘treat A like B’, kefyak? 😊

Little typo in Tsenu Loakur ke ha.’ => … ke ha’. and Fra’uä ran ngäpop fa frrasyon tseyä. => frasyon

Finally, can we use kesran as a conversational answer to ngaru lu fpom srak? 😊

Irayo nìli!

Irayo, ma Plumps! Säfpìl was just a goof; I’ve corrected it. And I fixed the typo. Don’t ever worry about being a nit-picker! :-)

I wouldn’t use kesran as an answer to ngaru lu fpom srak. The structure of the question is literally “Do you have fpom?” to which it’s strange to answer “Mediocre.” Instead, say Tam ke tam. This is short for, “The amount of fpom I have suffices and doesn’t suffice.” :-)

Sound Files Added to Previous Post

Ma smuk,

I’ve now added sound files for all the examples in the previous post. After each example, you’ll see a little light gray arrow. Click on it and you’ll hear me pronounce the example at normal conversational speed.

A language should be heard and not just seen, so I hope these sound files will be useful to you. Although I may not be able to do this every time, I’ll try to add sound to the written examples whenever I can.

Ayngeyä tìftusia ’o’ livu nì’aw!

ta Pawl

Audio and Video Learning Materials for Na’vi 101!

Kaltxì, ma eylan–

As you know, July’s 90-minute Na’vi 101 class in Seattle was an effort to help absolute beginners take their first steps in the language, and the response to it was gratifying. Now I’m delighted to announce that due to the hard work and dedication of several members of the lì’fyaolo’, all the materials from that class–including videos of the class itself!–are available online for anyone who wants to see and hear them.

This post gives you all the relevant links, files, and documents. I’ve divided it into two parts: the videos of the class, and alternate audio recordings of the dialogs so you can hear different voices.

Before anything else, here’s the two-page handout that was distributed during the class.

Na’vi 101 handout

And for the record there were a couple of new vocabulary items, both related to drinking:

swoa (n., SWO.a) ‘intoxicating beverage’

rou (vin., RO.u–inf. 1,2) ‘be drunk, get drunk’


Srane, fìtxon tsun nga niväk swoat nì’it, slä rä’ä rou!

Yes, you can have a little alcohol tonight, but don’t get drunk!

VIDEOS OF THE NA’VI 101 CLASS

Three members of our Community–Aaron Holmes, Yasu Tano, and Alan Taylor–saw to the videotaping of the class and the conversion to video. Irayo nìtxan pxengaru! In particular, I want to thank Alan so much for his brilliant work in creating professional-quality videos that I’m so proud to show off to people. Ngeyä tìkangkem afyole meuia leiu lì’fyaolo’ru, ma tsmukan. The enthusiastic descriptions below are Alan’s.

For all the videos, the slides can be found at:

https://www.learnnavi.org/docs/AM2012-Navi-Class

And thanks again to Prrton, Txonä Rolyu, and ‘Oma Tirea, who co-taught the class with me.


Learn Na’vi with Karyu Pawl – Introduction

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O81Pl7TNYVw

Video duration: 6mins 13sec

Description:
Do you wish to learn Na’vi, the language created by Dr. Paul Frommer for the film “Avatar”? If so, then this is your opportunity to learn the basics. Filmed at AvatarMeet 2012 on July 22, Karyu Pawl takes us on a journey of learning Na’vi. In this short introduction you get to hear what fluent Na’vi sounds like, as well as see some of the many Avatar fans who have taken the opportunity to learn from the creator of the language. Eight follow-on parts to this introduction take you through the basics of the language and how to speak it. So take a ride with the Avatar Community to Pandora and take on a bit of Na’vi culture. Eywa ngahu.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Part 1: Learn Na’vi with Karyu Pawl – Part 1

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=goxi2Vejrks

Video duration: 14mins 23sec

Description:
Part 1 – Snapamrelvi sì Lì’upam / Alphabet & Pronunciation.

In this first of eight ‘Na’vi for Beginners’ lessons filmed at AvatarMeet 2012, Karyu Pawl (Teacher Paul) gives an introduction to Na’vi starting with an example of the language followed by a walk through the Na’vi alphabet and how to pronounce a number of letter combinations. You will find yourself taking part without knowing it!

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Part 2: Learn Na’vi with Karyu Pawl – Part 2

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-knEp2aPjHs

Video duration: 12mins 54sec

Description:
Part 2: Kaltxì/Hello.

In the second part we go through the first of a number of Na’vi conversations covered in this series: how to greet someone in Na’vi. Also covered is the placement of stress in words and the fact that Na’vi word order is not the same as in English. Audience participation is compulsory!

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Part 3: Learn Na’vi with Karyu Pawl – Part 3

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_XvAaW7k0GE

Video duration: 8mins 1sec

Description:
Part 3: Srungtsyìp / Hints & Tips.

This third part of the Learn Na’vi lessons starts to build up sentences. Learn some simple but useful sentence patterns and where the emphasis is placed in words. Word order, or rather the flexibility of word order in Na’vi, is also explored.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Part 4: Learn Na’vi with Karyu Pawl – Part 4

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wJ_wWkttvg4

Video duration: 8mins 35sec

Description:
Part 4: Smon Nìprrte’ / Nice to meet you.

A second dialogue sequence, exchanging names in Na’vi, is demonstrated before some audience participation and an opportunity for you to join in and practice.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Part 5: Learn Na’vi with Karyu Pawl – Part 5

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zdXlKKtFEew

Video duration: 10mins 19sec

Description:
Part 5: Nga ftu peseng? / Where are you from?

Dialogue number three centers on where are you from and where you are going. Also explained is the addition of pe to form information questions and the flexibility in where it is placed.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Part 6: Learn Na’vi with Karyu Pawl – Part 6

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q3M-0bLXinU

Video duration: 12mins 52sec

Description:
Part 6: Yafkeykteri / About the weather.

A dialogue sequence to ask what the weather is like and describe the different types of weather. Also covered is how to describe the temperature right from being cold enough to turn you blue(!) through to very hot.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Part 7: Learn Na’vi with Karyu Pawl – Part 7

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eyuNCYaR3xU

Video duration: 14mins 44sec

Description:
Part 7: Syuve / Food.

This dialogue sequence centers on eating and food. Also explained is how the question word srak(e) can appear at the beginning or end of a sentence. Na’vi verb use in phrases with ‘I have’ or ‘I can’ is explored along with the incorporation of the infix -iv- and where it appears in the verb. Audience participation is your opportunity to join in.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Part 8: Learn Na’vi with Karyu Pawl – Part 8

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6DWlAVjhnGU

Video duration: 15mins 21sec

Description:
Part 8: Naer / Drink.

This last sequence is a dialogue inviting someone for a drink and discussing what to have. Also covered is how nouns and adjectives, i.e ‘a heavy book’, are brought together in Na’vi and the flexible word order. The lesson is rounded off with where to go to find out more.

ALTERNATE RECORDINGS OF THE DIALOGS

Since it’s important to hear a variety of voices speaking Na’vi–especially female voices, which we don’t hear enough of!–I asked several members of the lì’fyaolo’ to record the dialogs from the class. Irayo nìtxan to tsmukan Britton Watkins, tsmuke Jane MacMillan, and tsmuke Lauren Maurer, whose voices you’ll hear in these mp3’s.

We have others in the Community whose spoken Na’vi is excellent. For future posts I’m going to ask several of these sulfätu to record some of their own Na’vi compositions for us, which I’ll be delighted to post to the blog.


Dialog 1: Jane, Britton


Dialog 2: Lauren, Britton


Dialog 3: Britton, Lauren


Dialog 4: Lauren, Jane


Dialog 5: Paul, Britton


Dialog 6: Britton, Paul

I hope all these materials will be useful not only to aysngä’iyu (beginners) but to our ayharyu (teachers) as well!

Hayalovay, ma frapo.

Wina Säwäsultsyìp Ahì’i - A Quick Little Contest

Kaltxì, ma frapo–

Here’s a quick little contest I hope some of you will enjoy:

Next week I’m going to be interviewed on camera for a web-based series called “The Secret Life of Scientists & Engineers.” (I’m not sure I count as a scientist, and I’m certainly not an engineer, but the producers thought that their viewers would be interested in the story of Na’vi.) As part of my preparation, I’ve been asked to compose a haiku, which I will read on camera. I suggested that it might be interesting if the haiku were in Na’vi instead of English, and the producers thought that was a great idea. Later, it occurred to me that this could be a fun little contest for members of the lì’fyaolo’: come up with a Na’vi haiku, which I will use for my interview, kezemplltxe with proper acknowledgment of the author!

For those of you who might not be familiar with haiku, it’s a form of brief poetry of Japanese origin. There are several varieties, but the most familiar one has three lines of 5, 7, and 5 syllables respectively–17 syllables in all. The subject is often related to the natural world.

Here’s a (not very good) English example I just made up. It’s based on recently seeing a young hawk enjoying our birdbath:

Hawk in my birdbath,
Looking in all directions.
Why so wary, friend?

If nothing else, at least it follows the 5, 7, 5 pattern. :-)

So let’s see what you can do with a Na’vi haiku!

Tsmukan Markì has kindly created a thread on learnnavi.org where you can post your haikus anonymously:

https://forum.learnnavi.org/word-submissions/dr-frommer-needs-haikus!/

I’ll check the thread periodically to see what’s there, and choose the one I like the best. Then I’ll find out who the author is so I can acknowledge her or him when I read the poem on camera.

Since my interview is Tuesday afternoon, please submit your haikus no later than Monday at noon, Pacific Time. I’ll make my choice later that day. Feel free to submit up to three haikus of your own.

Sìlpey oe, fìsäwäsultsyìp ’o’ lìyevu ayngaru!

Oh, and some related vocabulary:

wäsul (vin., WÄ.sul–inf. 2, 2) ‘compete’

This compound is derived from ‘against’ + tul ‘run.’ , as you know, triggers lenition. (The noun wätu ‘opponent’ is an exceptional form.)


Oe new ngahu ’awsiteng tìkangkem sivi–ke new futa wäsivul oeng.
‘I want to work together with you–I don’t want us to compete.’

tìwäsul (n., tì.WÄ.sul) ‘competition’ (i.e., the abstract idea of competition)

säwäsul (n., sä.WÄ.sul) ‘a competition’ (i.e., a particular instance of competing)

säwäsultsyìp (n., sä.WÄ.sul.tsyìp) ‘contest’

A foot race, for example, is a particular kind of competition–a säwäsul a tul.

Ulte säwäsultsyìpä yora’tu leiu . . . - And the winner is . . .

Ma smuk,

Haykuri sna’o ayngeyä lor nìtxan lu nang! What a beautiful collection of haiku! I was genuinely impressed—and touched—by the effort and creativity that went into the submissions. Deciding on the winner wasn’t easy.

Here’s how I proceeded. First, I copied all 30+ poems into a separate document, completely anonymously, and printed it out. Then I went through each one carefully. I found myself writing Nice! in the margins many times, and Lovely! more than once. A few had minor grammatical problems, so I eliminated those from consideration. But I was still left with a large and wonderful collection. Most touched on nature, especially the images of falling leaves and approaching cold. Some seemed spiritual. Others were mysterious and thought-provoking. At least one related to the plot of Avatar. And many made me smile.

Although, as I say, the choice was difficult, in the end I chose this haiku for the purpose of today’s interview:


Srew, ma frapo, srew.
Au a’eoio.
Ftxozä sivi ko!

The author’s translation is:

Dance, everyone, dance.
Ceremonial drumming.
Let us celebrate!

(Mìftxele, notice that the English is a bona fide haiku itself!)

I especially liked this one for several reasons. It sounds great; the second line is the shortest of all but contains the most syllables (sìlronsem nìngay, kefyak?); it’s upbeat; and I won’t have too much trouble memorizing it. :-)

Seykxel sì nitram to the author, Prrton!

And congratulations to everyone who participated. If you haven’t already, please take a good look at the impressive collection of submissions (link in the previous post). Once again, the Community has made me feel proud.

UPDATE Oct. 25: Ulte set . . . mokri ngopyuä! I’ve added Prrton’s recording of his haiku to the text. Enjoy!

Tìng mikyun! - Listen!

Here’s some Na’vi for your listening pleasure. This is a poetic paragraph written and recorded by one of our sulfätu lì’fyayä, Tsm. Tirea Aean. It’s an evocative description of the Pandoran night called, appropriately, Txon Eywa’evengä. I think you’ll like it.

I’m going to hold off publishing the text for a bit. Try to get as much as you can from T.A.’s beautiful, clear reading. I’ll reveal the text in a subsequent post.

By the way, the unfamiliar word you’ll hear towards the end is a proper name. :-)

Tìng mikyun nì’o’!


Txon Eywa’evengä

Txon Eywa’evengä: Text and Translation

Here’s the text and Tirea Aean’s own English translation of Txon Eywa’evengä:

Txon Eywa’evengä. Na’rìng fa tìrey teya leiu. Pxaya swirä sì ioang tìran, taron, sì wem fte emrivey. Ayewll nrr fte syuratanit akosman tivìng na’rìngur. Kenten mìn, pay rikx äo eana syuratan. Lena’via ’evengan tìran tìkanluke kxamlä na’rìng fte ’ivefu fpomit ulte tsive’a txonä tìreyit alor. Pol aysmìmit a nrr ngop sìn txura ayvul tsawla ayutralä. Lora ’opin aean-na-ta’leng teya si tawur. Kifkey apxa kllkxem nìtxur hu sneyä smuk sì sanhì a fìtxan hì’i lam. ’Evenganìl lok ’orat ulte fpìl teri tìlor kifkeyä. Fìpori a syaw fko Zuvo lrrtok si Eywa.

Night of Pandora. The forest is full of life. Many creatures and beasts walk, hunt, and fight to survive. Plants glow to give wonderful bioluminescence to the forest. Fan lizards turn, water flows under the blue bioluminescent light. A Na’vi boy walks aimlessly through the forest to feel peace and to see the night’s beautiful life. He makes glowing foot tracks on the strong branches of a tall tree. A beautiful skin-blue color fills the sky, the large world stands strong with his siblings and the stars which seem so small. The boy approaches a lake and thinks about the beauty of the world. Eywa smiles upon this one, who is called Zuvo.

Srake tsolun fra’ut tslivam kxeyeyluke? :-)

Snewsyea Ftxozä Hälowinä — A Spooky Halloween

With a few more hours of Halloween left here in California, let me wish those of you who celebrate the holiday a fun and spooky experience:


Ayngari ftxozä Hälowinä livu ’o’ sì snewsye txantxewvay.
‘May your Halloween be as fun and spooky as possible.’

This requires some explanation. :-)

First:

snewsye (adj., SNEW.sye) ‘weird, spooky’

This compound derives from:

snew (vtr.) ‘constrict, tighten’ + syeha ‘breath’


Ke tsun fko tspivang torukit fa fwa pewnti snew.
‘You can’t kill a great leonopteryx by constricting its throat.’
(Proverbial expression for a method that will not work.)


Oeri lu fìtseng snewsye nìhawng. Hivum ko.
‘This place is too spooky for me. Let’s get out of here.’

And two useful pairs of nouns and adverbs:

txantxew (n., txan.TXEW) ‘maximum’

hìmtxew (n., hìm.TXEW) ‘minimum’

txantxewvay (adv., txan.TXEW.vay) ‘maximally’

hìmtxewvay (adv., hìm.TXEW.vay) ‘minimally’

If you recall the word txew meaning ‘edge, brink, limit, border, end,’ you’ll get a sense of how these words were derived.

Importantly, txantxewvay is used in expressions equivalent to English ‘as (adj., adv.) as possible’:


Tìran nìfnu txantxewvay fteke ayyerikìl awngati stivawm.
‘Walk as quietly as possible so the hexapedes won’t hear us.’

Hayalovay, ma frapo.

Edit Nov. 1: ayyerik –> ayyerikìl

I also changed the word order in the proverb from torukit tspivang to tspivang torukit. The original was perfectly correct grammatically, but for stylistic reasons I found I preferred having the two ts-words closer together, and also torukit closer to pewnti. Na’vi lets you make those kinds of adjustments without worrying about changing the meaning.

Ma Pawl,

Newomum oe teri teynga ftxey lu yola lì’fyavi a tsawfa tsun fko pivlltxe san ke tsun fko tspivang torukit fa fwa pewnti snew sìk fuke?

Srane, ma Prrton, lu yola lì’fyavi. Txo pivlltxe fko san pewn torukä sìk nì’aw, Na’viru ral li lu law. Natkenong:

Srake fpìl ayngal futa awnga tsun hu Sawtute a tsamit ’ivawnìm fa fwa pängkxo fohu nì’aw, ma smuk? Pewn torukä!
‘Do you think we can avoid a war with the Sky People solely by talking with them, my brothers? That won’t work!’

Renu Ayinanfyayä — The Senses Paradigm

Here at last is the revised and finalized Renu Ayinanfyayä—the “Senses Paradigm,” the original version of which was submitted by the LEP Committee a long time ago. It’s an excellent framework for clarifying and summarizing the Na’vi expressions relating to perception.

inanfya (n., i.NAN.fya) ‘sense (means of perception)’

Inanfya (from inan ‘read, gain knowledge from sensory input’ + fya’o ‘path, way’) covers the five senses the Na’vi share with us: sight, hearing, smell, taste, and touch. Whether there are other inanfya unique to the Na’vi (for example, perception of magnetism) is a matter for further investigation. In what follows we’ll just deal with the five familiar senses.

The following table sums up the necessary vocabulary, some of which is already familiar and some of which will be new to you:

VTR
−control
VTR
+control
VIN
+control
N
sensation
N
ability
sight tse’a
‘see’
nìn
‘look at’
tìng nari
‘look’
’ur
‘sight, look, appearance’
tse’atswo
‘sight, vision’
hearing stawm
‘hear’
yune
‘listen to’
tìng mikyun
‘listen’
pam
‘sound’
stawmtswo
‘hearing’
smell hefi
‘smell’
syam
‘smell’
tìng ontu
‘smell’
fahew
‘smell’
hefitswo
‘sense of smell’
taste ewku
‘taste’
may’
‘taste’
tìng ftxì
‘taste’
sur
‘taste, flavor’
ewktswo
‘sense of taste’
touch zìm
‘feel’
’ampi
‘touch’
tìng zekwä
‘feel’
zir
‘feel, texture’
zìmtswo
‘sense of touch’

First some details of the new vocabulary:

hefi (vtr., HE.fi—inf. 1,2) ‘smell (-control)’

ewku (vtr., EW.ku—inf. 1,2) ‘taste (-control)’

zìm (vtr.) ‘feel (-control)’

yune (vtr., YU.ne—inf. 1,2) ‘listen to (+control)’

syam (vtr.) ‘smell (+control)’

’ur (n.) ‘sight, look, appearance’

sur (n.) ‘taste, flavor’

zir (n.) ‘touch, feel, texture’

The “ability” nouns consist of the –control verbs with the addition of –tswo; an exception is ewktswo, where the unstressed u has dropped.

tse’atswo (n., tse.’A.tswo) ‘(sense of) sight, vision’

stawmtswo (n., STAWM.tswo) ‘(sense of) hearing’

hefitswo (n., HE.fi.tswo) ‘sense of smell’

ewktswo (n., EWK.tswo) ‘sense of taste’

zìmtswo (n., ZÌM.tswo) ‘sense of touch’

Now for some explanation of the table entries.

As you see, the expressions in the first three columns are verbs, and in the fourth and fifth nouns. Let’s look first at the verbs.

–control vs. +control

Many languages distinguish between perceptions that occur without your control (for example, “see” and “hear” in English) which we’re calling “—control” vs. perceptions that you initiate yourself (like “look” and “listen”) which we call +control. If you heard a bird singing, you had no choice in the matter: the external stimulus, in this case sound, came to your ears without your control and created an internal sensory experience. But if you listened to the bird, you made a deliberate choice to focus your attention on the stimulus. Unlike English, Na’vi makes this distinction in all the sensory modalities.

Examples of the VTRs—the transitive verbs:

sight

-control:
Peut tse’a ngal?
‘What do you see’
+control:
Poti nìn!
‘Look at him!’

hearing

-control:
Fol oeyä tìpawmit ke stolängawm.
‘Unfortunately they didn’t hear my question.’
+control:
Nga zene aylì’ut karyuä yivune, ma ’evi.
‘You must listen to your teacher, my son.’

smell

-control:
Fnu, ma smuk, fnu! Oel hefi yerikit!
‘Quiet, everyone! I smell a hexapede!’
+control:
Fìsyulangit syam. Fahew lor lu nìtxan, kefyak?
‘Smell this flower. Its fragrance is beautiful, isn’t it?

taste

-control:
Fìnaerìri ngal ewku ’uot astxong srak?
‘Do you taste something strange in this drink?’
+control:
Ke new oe mivay’ tsnganti a ’olem Rinil.
‘I don’t want to taste the meat that Rini cooked.’

touch

-control:
Tengkrr hu palukantsyìp uvan seri zolìm oel mì sa’leng a ’uot a lu txa’ sì ekxtxu.
‘While playing with my cat I felt something hard and rough on his skin.’
+control:
Oeti ’ampi rä’ä, ma skxawng!
‘Don’t touch me, you moron!’

(In the last example, note that rä’ä ‘don’t’ can come after the verb for special emphasis.)

A note on may’: Its original meaning, as you see in the table, is the control-form of ‘taste’—that is, ‘check out something by tasting.’ Its use expanded to include “checking out” almost anything, and not just by taste—as the dictionary says, ‘try, sample, evaluate, test-drive.’ So you can may’ a fruit, an article of clothing, a new way of holding your bow, etc.

As for the two +control forms in the second and third columns, the simple verbs in column 2 are used mostly with an explicit object, while the tìng forms are used mostly without an object. So the most common way to say ‘Look at that!’ is Nìn tsat! But if you just want to say ‘Look!’ it’s usually Tìng nari! But other possibilities exist. So, for example, to say ‘Look at him!’ the most common way is simply Poti nìn! But Poru tìng nari! is also possible.

The last two columns in the table are self-explanatory. The “nouns of sensation” are the sensations related to the verbs in the first two columns. So, for example, you stawm or yune a pam—that is, you hear or listen to a sound. And the words ending in -tswo are the abilities related to the senses. For example:


Tsakoakteri stawmtswo lu fe’. Pohu a tìpängkxo ngäzìk lu nìtxan.
‘That old woman’s hearing is poor. A conversation with her is very difficult.’

Middle Voice

When we say things in English like “This tastes good,” “That feels smooth,” “This fish smells awful,” “He looks like a warrior,” we’re using what’s been called “middle voice.” How do we say such things in Na’vi?

“Middle voice” constructions in Na’vi use the intransitive verb fkan, which has no simple equivalent in English and is difficult to translate by itself:

fkan (vin.) ‘resemble in a sensory modality, come to the senses as’

But some examples will make it clear how to use fkan:


Fìnaerìri sur fkan oeru kalin.
‘This drink tastes sweet to me.’
Literally: ‘As for this drink, the taste comes to me as sweet.’

Note that fkan behaves syntactically like lu and lam—that is, it’s intransitive. Also, both sur and oeru in the above example are optional. If you omit oeru, you’re making a general statement: not that the drink tastes sweet to you, but that it tastes sweet, period—that is, to everyone. If you omit sur, the sentence is grammatical but ambiguous, since you’re not specifying the sensory modality: the drink could taste sweet, but it could also smell sweet. It’s safe to omit the noun of sensation if the context makes it clear. Or in some cases you might want to be deliberately ambiguous.


Nikreri Riniyä ’ur fkan lor.
‘Rini’s hair looks beautiful.’


Nikreri Riniyä fkan lor.
‘Rini’s hair is pleasant to the senses.’

In the second example, we don’t know if Rini’s hair looks beautiful, feels beautiful, or smells beautiful.

For expressions like “looks like,” “feels like,” etc., we use fkan along with na or pxel. Example:


Raluri fahew fkan oeru na yerik.
‘Ralu smells like a hexapede to me.’


Raluri fkan na yerik.
‘Ralu smells (looks? sounds?) like a hexapede.’

Finally, here are a few sense adjectives, some of which are new, that you can use along with fkan:

As you know, we have the adjectives lor and vä’, which mean “pleasant/unpleasant to the senses,” respectively. (Note that we use lor for sensory impression rather than sìltsan.) These words can be used for any of the senses—that is, something can be pleasing in touch, taste, smell, what have you. In addition, for the sense of taste we have the specific words ftxìlor ‘good-tasting’ and ftxìvä’ ‘bad-tasting’. So for “This drink tastes good,” we can say either Fìnaerìri sur fkan lor or Fìnaerìri fkan ftxìlor.

Also:

onlor (adj., on.LOR) ‘good-smelling’

onvä’ (adj., on.VÄ’) ‘bad-smelling’

Here are the primary “taste” adjectives:

kalin (adj., ka.LIN) ‘sweet’

syä’ä (adj., SYÄ.’ä) bitter

we’ay (adj., WE.’ay) ‘sour’

wip (adj.) ‘salty’

fwang (adj.) ‘savory, umami, rich’

Note that these words can be used to describe smells as well as tastes. But Na’vi also has primary “smell-words” along with “taste-words”:

nget (adj.) ‘smell of decaying wood and leaves; dank (non-animal decay)’

kxänäng (adj., KXÄ.näng) ‘smell of decaying animal/flesh; rotting, putrid’

sosul (adj., so.SUL) ‘pleasant smell of nearby running water, rain, moist vegetation’

unyor (adj., un.YOR) ‘sweetly aromatic (a flowery or aromatic woody sort of smell; may also refer to some spices used in Na’vi cooking)

atxar (a.TXAR) ‘smell of living animals, as found around a watering hole or animal nest’

As we enter the festive season, these new words and expressions should help you describe the tastes and smells of holiday meals. Syuveri ayftxozäyä ayngaru fkivan onlor ftxìlorsì nìwotx!

Great! How many new words to learn! (pak! 🙁 :D)
But I must ask one nitpicking question: how negation can go behind the verb ??
Oeti ’ampi rä’ä
It is first occurrence of such construction, AFAIK

You’re right. We haven’t seen a post-verbal negative before. This is something you can do only with rä’ä, not with ke. It generally implies strong emphasis, but it’s also found in poetry.

’Awvea Postì Zìsìtä Amip — First Post of the New Year

Kaltxì nìmun, ma smuk. Sìlpey oe, ayngari nìwotx sngilvä’i zìsìt amip nìltsan nìtxan nì’aw.

I hope 2013 has gotten off to a fine start for all of you.

Here are a few new vocabulary items and some grammatical discussion as well. Thanks as always to the LEP for the competent and creative suggestions.

rengop (vtr., RE.ngop—inf. 2, 2) ‘design’

This verb is derived from renu ‘pattern’ + ngop ‘create.’


Ngeyä tsafkxilet tupel rengolop? Tì’efumì oeyä lor lu nìtxan.
Who designed that necklace of yours? I think it’s very beautiful.

Derivations:

tìrengop (n., tì.RE.ngop) ‘design (the act or art of designing)


Tìrengopìri ioiyä lu sempul peyä tsulfätu.
Her father is a master designer of ceremonial adornments.

särengop (n, sä.RE.ngop) ‘design (a particular instance of designing)’


Faysärengopit avä’ oeru rä’ä wìntxu nìmun, rutxe. Ke sunu oer keng nì’it.
‘Please don’t show me these ugly designs again. I don’t like them one bit.’

ingyen (n., ING.yen) ‘feeling of mystery or noncomprehension’


Lu oer ingyen a Ìstaw nim lu fìtxan kuma pxìm wäpan.
‘It’s a mystery to me why (or: I’m puzzled that) Ìstaw is so shy that he frequently hides.’

Note: The syntax here—that is, lu oer(u) ingyen a . . . —is comparable to lu oer sngum a ‘I’m worried that . . .’ and lu oer yayayr a ‘I’m confused that . . .’ All three nouns—sngum, yayayr, and ingyen—represent internal subjective states, that is, things you feel.

If, however, you want to talk about the things in the world that bring about these states, you use different forms of the words:

sngumtsim (n., SNGUM.tsim) ‘worrisome matter, source of worry’

yayayrtsim (n., ya.YAYR.tsim) ‘something confusing, source of confusion’

ingyentsim (n., ING.yen.tsim) ‘mystery, riddle, enigma, conundrum’

These N + tsim compounds, where the general meaning is ‘source of N,’ cannot be created freely—they have to be learned separately and entered in the dictionary. But if you encounter a tsim-compound you haven’t seen before, you should be able to guess its meaning pretty accurately.

With these forms, we have a second syntactic structure to express ideas like worry, confusion, and mystery:

___
A. Lu oer sngum a po ke zola’u.

___
B. Lu oer sngumtsim fwa po ke zola’u.

___
___ (OR: Fwa po ke zola’u lu oer sngumtsim.)

These mean essentially the same thing. A literal translation of A into clumsy English would be, “I have a feeling of worry that he didn’t come.” B would be: “It’s a source of worry to me that he didn’t come.”

One advantage of the –tsim forms is that they allow you to make general statements without specifying the experiencer:


Fwa po ke zola’u lu ingyentsim.
‘It’s a mystery that he didn’t come.’

Derivations:

ingyentsyìp (n., ING.yen.tsyìp) ‘trick, sleight of hand, clever/special methodology’

This word should properly be ingyentsimtsyìp, but it evolved naturally to the shorter form and is always used that way.


Loakìl pänutolìng futa kar oeru fya’ot a ’ìp fko nemfa ewll.


Poltxe po san lu ingyentsyìp azey.
‘Loak promised he’d teach me how to vanish into the bushes.
He said there’s a special trick to it.’

ningyen (adv., NING.yen) ‘mysteriously, in a puzzling fashion’

This adverb is obviously a contraction of + ingyen.


Oeyä tskalep ’olìp ningyen. Ke omum teyngta pesengit terok.
My crossbow has mysteriously disappeared. I don’t know where it is.’

ingyenga’ (adj., ING.ye.nga’) ‘mysterious, puzzling, enigmatic’

This word evolved from ingyentsim + nga’ , i.e. ‘containing a source of mystery.’ As in ingyentsyìp, however, the tsim part dropped over time, and then ingyen + nga’ became simply ingyenga’.


Peyä aylì’u aingyenga’ lolu sngumtsim ayoeru nìwotx.
‘His mysterious words worried us all.’

Parallel to ingyenga’ we also have:

sngunga’ (adj., SNGU.nga’) ‘worrisome, troubling’

yayayrnga’ (adj., ya.YAYR.nga’) ‘confusing’

Note: This word is often pronounced colloquially as yayaynga’, although in writing the r is retained.


Tsatìoeyktìng ayayayrnga’ srung ke soli oer fte tslivam teyngta kempe zene sivi.
‘That confusing explanation didn’t help me understand what I have to do.’

yrr (adj.) ‘wild, natural’

Yrr refers to something in its original, unmodified, untampered-with natural state. As such, it has various translations, depending on the context.


Ikranìri krra hu tute tsaheyl si, ftang livu yrr.
‘When an ikran bonds with a person, it ceases to be wild.’


Lu tsafnepayoang ftxìlor frato krra lu yrr.
‘That kind of fish is most tasty when eaten as sashimi.’


Txepìri, yrra rìnti rä’ä sar, ma skxawng.
‘Don’t use that green wood for a fire, you fool.’

Derivation:

nìyrr (adv., nì.YRR) ‘naturally, without tampering with or changing the nature’


Fkxenti pxìm yom fkol nìyrr.
‘Vegetables are often eaten raw.’

The opposite of yrr is:

zäfi (adj., ZÄ.fi) ‘modified, interfered with, no longer in a natural state’

Zäfi does not specify how the natural state of something has been interfered with, only that it’s no longer in its original state. The nature of the modification depends on context.


Oel yom tsnganit azäfi nì’aw.
‘I only eat cooked meat.’

Here, talking about food, the usual interpretation of “no longer in its natural state” is “cooked.” If you wanted to be more specific, you could of course say tsnganit a’awnem.


Tsaikranìri taluna new ngati tspivang, law lu fwa mi ke lu zäfi.
‘Since that ikran wants to kill you, it’s clear it’s still not tame.’

syor (vin.) ‘relax, chill out’


Syor, ma ’eylan, syor. Ke lu kea sngumtsim.
‘Relax, friend, relax. There’s nothing to worry about.’


New oe rivun asim tìfnunga’a tsengit a tsaro tsun syivor tsivurokx fte späpiveng.
‘I want to find a quiet place nearby where I can chill out and rest to get my head back on straight.’

Note:

tìfnunga’ (adj., tì.FNU.nga’) ‘quiet (nfp)’

Also, notice in the above example how speng ‘restore’ has been used metaphorically: späpeng = ‘restore oneself,’ that is, ‘get one’s head back on straight.’


Fìuvanìl oeti syeykor nìtxan.
‘I find this game very relaxing.’

tìsyor (n., tì.SYOR) ‘relaxation’


Krra fko taron ke lu kea skxom tìsyorä.
‘When one hunts there’s no opportunity for relaxation.’

’anla (vtr., ’AN.la—inf. 1,2) ‘yearn for’


Tìng nari! Tsayeriktsyìpìl li ’anla sa’nokit a fkol tspìmang. Keftxo!
‘Look! That little hexapede is already yearning for its mother that’s just been killed. How sad!’

sä’anla (n., sä.’AN.la) ‘yearning’


Oeru tìng mikyun, ma Ralu. Fìsä’anlal Neweyä ngati sleykayu lekye’ung! Poti tswiva’!
‘Listen to me, Ralu. This yearning for Newey is going to drive you crazy. Forget her!’

lie (n., LI.e) ‘experience’


Kop oeru lolängu lie a hapxìtu soaiä terkup.
‘Sadly, I too have had the experience of a family member dying.’

You’ve already seen lie as part of the important adverb ’awlie, which we’ve glossed as ‘once (experiential).’ When used in yes-no questions, ’awlie is best translated as ‘ever.’


Srake kolä nga ’awlie ne Nu Yorkì?
‘Have you ever been to New York?’


Kehe, slä kolä ’awlie ne Wasyìngton.
‘No, but I have been to Washington.’

We now have two ways of talking about having the experience of doing something:

___
A. Oel yolom ’awlie teylut.

___
B. Lu oeru lie a yom teylut.

These both mean, ‘I once ate teylu.’ B, however, is somewhat more formal than A.

By the way, don’t confuse ’awlie and ’awlo. Although they both mean ‘once,’ ’awlie refers simply to having an experience, while ’awlo emphasizes that the experience occurred once and once only, not twice (melo) or thrice (pxelo).


Oel yolom teylut ’awlo nì’aw.
‘I’ve only eaten teylu once.’

And now for some expressions involving ‘hope’:

tsìlpey (n., tsìl.PEY) ‘hope (abstract idea)’

This derived from original *tìsìlpey.


Tsìlpeyìl tok txe’lanit.
‘Hope lives within the heart.’


Tsìlpeyluke ke tsun kawtu rivey.
‘No one can live without hope.’

säsìlpey (n., sä.sìl.PEY) ‘hope (particular instance)’


Krra wätut tse’a, peyä säsìlpey a yora’ ’olìp.
‘When he saw his opponent, his hope of winning vanished.’

One derivative of sìlpey that you already know is nìsìlpey, ‘hopefully.’ This word requires some explanation, since we also have the word nìrangal, glossed as ‘I wish; oh that.’ What’s the difference between nìrangal and nìsìlpey?

Both words are used with the subjunctive, but there’s a semantic distinction. Nìsìlpey simply expresses a hope that something is true. The speaker doesn’t know what the truth is, but hopes that something is, was, or will be the case.


Poel nìsìlpey tivok fìtsengit.
‘I hope she’s here.’


Poe nìsìlpey zìyeva’u trray.
‘I hope she’ll come tomorrow.’


Poe nìsìlpey zimva’u (or: zilva’u) trram.
‘I hope she came yesterday.’

With nìrangal, though, the speaker knows that something is not the case but wishes it were. (For those who like fancy grammatical terminology, nìrangal is used for counterfactuals.)


Poel nìrangal tirvok fìtsengit.
‘I wish she were here.’ (But I know she’s not.)


Poe nìrangal zìyeva’u trray.
‘I wish she were coming tomorrow.’ (But I know she isn’t.)


Poe nìrangal zimva’u (or: zilva’u) trram.
‘I wish she had come yesterday.’ (But she didn’t.)

(If you find any of this confusing, I have to admit I once confused the two words myself. In my post of July 24, 2011, I wrote nìrangal zìsìtay when I meant nìsìlpey zìsìtay, ‘hopefully next year.’ I’ve since corrected the error.)

One more thing: nìsìlpey (but not nìrangal) can function as a manner adverbial as well as a sentence adverbial—that is, it can mean ‘in a hopeful way.’ (Roughly speaking, manner adverbials tell you how things are done; sentence adverbials allow the speaker to comment about what she or he is saying. If I say, “Obviously Carlson stole the money,” I’m saying that it’s obvious—to me or anyone else—that Carlson was the thief. That’s using “obviously” as a sentence adverbial. But if I say, “Carlson stole the money obviously,” I’m saying that he did it in an obvious way—he didn’t hide the theft. For some reason he wanted people to see him doing it. That’s using “obviously” as a manner adverbial.)


Tsyeyk ätxäle soli nìsìlpey tsnì livu por Uniltaron.
‘Jake hopefully requested the Dream Hunt.’

A NOTE ON CASE ENDINGS WITH DIPHTHONGS

As you know, Na’vi has four diphthongs: aw, ay, ew, ey. If a noun ends in a diphthong, there are a few things to keep in mind with some of the case endings.

The t-case for objects (also known as the patientive case):

With nouns ending in ey, the -it ending becomes simply t. Example: keyeyt ‘errors’ (not *keyeyit). With nouns ending in ay, the –it ending may become t: wayt or wayit ‘song’—both forms are possible. For the other two diphthongs, the –it ending does not change: fahewit ‘smell,’ ’etnawit ‘shoulder.’

For all four diphthongs, the ti- form is also possible: keyeyti, wayti, fahewti, ’etnawti.

The r-case for indirect objects (also known as the dative case):

With nouns ending in ew, the -ur ending becomes simply r. Example: fahewr ‘to/for a smell’ (not *fahewur). With nouns ending in aw, the –ur ending may become r: ’etnawr or ’etnawur ‘to/for a shoulder’—both forms are possible. For the other two diphthongs, the –ur ending does not change: keyeyur ‘to/for errors,’ wayur ‘to/for a song.’

For all four diphthongs, the ru- form is also possible: keyeyru, wayru, fahewru, ’etnawru.

* * *

In closing, I want to say that I’m really looking forward to attending the Euroavatar meet-up in Berlin! For the last two years I was there via Skype, but this year John and I will be there in person. It should be wonderful! The dates are May 11 through May 17. Nìsìlpey tsìyevun oe ultxa sivi hu pxaya hapxìtu lì’fyaolo’ä awngeyä tsatsengmì!

Hayalovay, ma eylan.

Edit: ke srung soli –> srung ke soli. Irayo, ma Kemaweyan!
Edit: Fìsä’anla –> Fìsä’anlal. Irayo, ma Neytiri!
Edit: zìlva’u –> zilva’u (2X), zìmva’u –> zimva’u (2X). Irayo, ma Plumps!
Edit: tivok –> tirvok (with nìrangal). Irayo nìmun, ma Kemaweyan!

Lolu oer lahea tìpawm a teri lì’u alu nìrangal. Nì’awnomum lamu awngaru koren a pefya sar fkol tsat. Zene fko sivar kemlì’uvit alu -ilv- txo tsakem liven mì ftawnemkrr, sì pumit alu -irv- txo tsaw liven fìkrr. Tsun fko rivun tsat fìtsenge: https://forum.learnnavi.org/language-updates/a-collection/

Ngian mì sìkenong alu Poel nìrangal tivok fìtsengit tsun fko tsive’a futa sar ngal kemlì’uvit alu -iv-. Nìngay yayayr lu oer nìmun. Fì’u eyawr lu ulte tsakorenit zene fko leykivatem srak? Tì’eyngìri irayo nìli.

Fìyayayrìri oeru txoa livu, ma Kemaweyan. Ngaru tìyawr; koren a tolìng oel stum pxezìsìtkam lu eyawr. Ìlä aylì’u ngeyä, lì’uri alu nìrangal zene fko sivar kemlì’uvit alu -ilv- txo tsakem liven mì ftawnemkrr, sì pumit alu -irv- txo tsaw liven fìkrr. Nìsung, txo tsakem liven mì zusawkrr, zene fko sivar kemlì’uvit alu -ìyev- (fu –iyev-). Ulte ftawnemkrrìri, -imv- tam nìteng. Mì fostì a kxeyeyti oel li zosleykolu. Irayo!

If I may continue in English, since I want to draw an English parallel: :-)

You’re perfectly right to point out that nìrangal correctly takes -irv-, not -iv-. But I bet that’s an error that occurs fairly often on Pandora! The reason is that the word nìrangal itself already contains the idea of a counterfactual, so the special, less-common form of the subjunctive is somewhat redundant. It’s a little bit like saying, in English, “I wish she was here.” You hear that a lot, although it’s considered substandard, the preferred form being, “I wish she were here.”

Thank you, for the explanation of the case endings, ma Pawl. This leads me into asking what I hope is an original question: We’re the case ending originally *iti and *uru?

The screwed up part is, I like those better…I wish we could use ‘me, is all I saying.

…use them…

That’s good speculation, ma Temsko. I suspect you’re right. At an earlier stage in the language, the case endings may well have been *iti and *uru, which evolved into the t, ti, it / r, ru, ur forms we have today. For better or worse, though, we’re stuck with the endings as they appear in the current language.

BTW, reading through the words, I noticed something…

There’s SNGUNGA’ (without an M), then there’s TXUMNGA’ (with an M). The question is, will the latter become like the former?

Good observation and question. As you’ve noticed, some of these kinds of sound changes, which we call nasal assimilations, are indicated in the Na’vi spelling system and some aren’t, and it’s not always easy to predict which one it will be. In this case, *sngumnga’ has evolved to sngunga'; the change is so well established that nobody says sngumnga’, even in careful speech. (The force of the two ng’s seems to have overpowered the original m.) So since the word is always pronounced that way, it’s spelled that way too. With txumnga’, the m assimilates to the ng in casual, colloquial speech, and the word is often pronounced txunga’. The difference is that in careful speech, most people still retain the m. So the spelling hasn’t changed. I’m not saying that’s always going to be the explanation for these spelling differences, but it’s one reason you’ll see them.

A somewhat comparable example in English is the word “input.” Lots of people pronounce it “imput.” But in careful speech people tend to retain the n, which could be a reason the spelling hasn’t been modified. (Of course this may be putting the cart before the horse: some might argue that the reason we haven’t all gone to the “imput” pronunciation is that the word is spelled with an n!)

Tìsrusewä Karyu January 31, 2013 at 4:04 pm

I’m still bothered by the fact the Na’vi don’t have the written word, but they have to look in the dictionary to see what words they can use. Here’s another case where the complexity of the language is outstripping the very people who are supposed to have created it. Has Dr. Frommer or anyone on the language committee ever thought about this?

The Na’vi don’t have to look in the dictionary to know how to use their language. They’re native speakers, with native speaker intuition. The vast majority of them to do not read and write. And even if they did, a Na’vi-English dictionary wouldn’t be of much interest. The dictionary is for us, the Sawtute who are trying to learn their language.

The idea of a dictionary is that it reflects what native speakers intuitively know–that it, is describes the existing language. When there’s disagreement over meaning or usage, dictionaries sometimes express opinions about what’s better and what’s worse. But those decisions reflect how speakers feel about their language.

So it’s not a question of native speakers finding out how to speak by consulting a dictionary, but the other way round: the dictionary is a record of what native speakers already know about the words in their language.

Tìsrusewä Karyu February 1, 2013 at 3:51 pm

I feel like I should apologize. My problem is not with the dictionary. I tried to condense my point down to a single sentence, and my meaning got lost in the process.
Above is this text “These N + tsim compounds, where the general meaning is ‘source of N,’ cannot be created freely—they have to be learned separately and entered in the dictionary.” Here is a case where a construct has only limited usage, and the allowed usages must be found in the dictionary. There are a number of similar constructs like this one in the Na’vi language already. I am not convinced that native speakers would know all such allowed words and not make up new ones that are not allowed. My experience is that humans twist words into new usages all the time – just recently, I encountered a new customer organization where everyone uses “status” as a verb. So how do the Na’vi keep these constructs straight? Eywa erases incorrect words from their minds during tsaheylu with sacred trees? Each clan has a language teacher that corrects anyone misusing the language?
What I meant to say is: 1) The Na’vi speak this language. 2) The Na’vi do not have the written word. 3) Without the written word, they do not have a dictionary. 4) Without a dictionary, how do they keep these constructions limited to only the approved words? Sounds like the answer is “They just know!” That does not seem reasonable. A more reasonable approach is to not have such constructs. This is why I said the complexity of the language is outstripping the very people (the Na’vi) who created it. The conceptual integrity of the language is being lost as more of these constructs are invented. Yes, natural languages are messy and inconsistent. They reflect the development of the societies that created them. The Na’vi are a pre-agriculture and pre-commerce society, and maybe their language should not be so messy and inconsistent.
I find reading this web site very interesting and informative, but sometimes I ask myself “Does this concept (word, construct) make sense given the Na’vi way of life?” These limited compounds do not fit, in my very humble opinion.
I ask that some thought be given to the complexity of the language, and make the complexity match the Na’vi, as opposed to making the complexity match our natural human languages.

Thanks for the clarification, TK. And no need to apologize. :-)

Let me give you an English parallel to the N + tsim compounds in Na’vi that may make the situation clearer.

In English, we can add -able to the end of a wide variety of verbs to create adjectives that mean things like “able to be Verb-ed” or “appropriate for being Verb-ed.” So we have words like workable, doable, explainable, laughable, walkable, understandable, knowable, reachable, movable, and so on.

But adding this suffix to a verb is not completely productive. By that I mean that speakers of English can’t simply create adjectives like this from whatever verb they like. For example, we don’t have *cryable, *wantable, *endangerable, *widenable, etc. (Spell checker is putting red squiggles under all of those.)

How do we as native speakers of English know which -able words are legitimate and which aren’t? That’s not an easy question. There may be subtle rules we’ve incorporated in our heads to tell us that “laughable” is fine but “cryable” is not. And of course we’ve often heard the real words spoken but have never heard the non-words. In any event, as native speakers we have this knowledge as part of our linguistic competence; we don’t need to consult a dictionary. (Admittedly, there is a gray area where a particular word might be accepted by some speakers and not by others, in which case a dictionary can be useful to see what’s considered correct for the standard language by people who make pronouncements about such things.)

But non-native speakers who are learning English as a second language don’t have the internalized knowledge to know which -able words are legit. So for them, consulting a dictionary is imperative.

As Sawtute, we’re all learners of Na’vi as a second language. So for us, dictionaries are important to help us distinguish real words from potential words that aren’t in fact part of the language. What we need to keep in mind is that saying “X is in the dictionary” is simply a shorthand way of saying, “Native speakers of Na’vi–i.e. the inhabitants of Pandora–consider X a real Na’vi word.” How do they know what’s a Na’vi word and what isn’t? The same way we know what’s an English word and what isn’t, whatever way that is. :-)

One more thing: It’s easy to get the idea that there’s a correlation between the complexity of culture and technology and the complexity of the language spoken in that culture. In fact, nothing could be further from the truth. If you want to see mind-bogglingly complex languages, take a look at some of the languages spoken by the aboriginal peoples of Australia or some Native Americans here in the U.S. As some members of our lì’fyaolo’ can attest, the Navajo language makes Na’vi look like the proverbial piece of cake. In fact, it was used by the Americans as a code in WWII, and the Nazis weren’t able to break it. (There was a movie about that–“Windtalkers.”) So even though the Na’vi are pre-agriculture and pre-commerce, it’s not at all inappropriate for their language to have considerable complexity.

Hope that helps, TK. And thanks again for your thoughtful questions.

Lì’fyari po peyì? - How good is her Na’vi?

This post introduces the important noun and its use in talking about different levels of things, including attainment in language.

(n.) ‘shelf, ledge, level, step, rung’

The basic meaning of is that of a small, flat area on which one can stand or place an object, such as a foot.


Tsayerik kllkxem sìn yì akxayl.
‘That yerik is standing on a high ledge.’


Ngey tskoti yem tsayìsìn tsakrr za’u fìtseng!
‘Put your bow on that ledge and come here!’

(Ngey rather than ngeyä, as you know, is very familiar and colloquial, and sometimes a bit rude.)

When Mo’at first appears in Uniltìrantokx to examine Jake, she descends a series of levels rather like a staircase.

snayì (n., sna.YÌ) ‘staircase, series of step-like levels’


Kllzola’u Mo’at fa snayì tengkrr perlltxe san Aynga neto rivikx!
Mo’at came down the (natural) stairway saying, “Get back, all of you!”

A can also be a cutout, shelf, or hole—any cavity with a flat bottom surface—in a tree, cliff, or mountain, on which you can place your foot as you climb.


Ke tsun oe fì’awkxit tsyivìl. Ke lu tsaru kea yì.
‘I can’t scale this cliff. It doesn’t have any footholds.’

The importance of lies in the fact that it can be used metaphorically to refer to the level of anything scalable—anything that can have levels or degrees, highs and lows: water level, temperature, talent, anger, etc. For example:


Taluna vospxìo amrr ke zolup tompa, längu yì kilvanä tìm nìtxan.
Because it hasn’t rained for five months, the river level is very low.


Nari si, ma Tsyeyk! Neytiriri lu yì tìstiyä kxayl nìngay.
Be careful, Jake! Neytiri is really angry.

There are two different grammatical structures that go with questions, and you’re generally free to choose whichever one you like.

The first uses tok: you occupy a certain level. That structure, of course, is transitive:


Lì’fyari pol tok peyìt?
‘How good is her Na’vi?’

Literally, the sentence above is saying, “As for language, what level does she occupy?”

That, by the way, is how it’s said on Pandora, since there, “language” means “the Na’vi language.” Mì ’Rrta, however, that could be confusing, since there are many languages we could be asking about. So it’s often best to say, “Lì’fyari leNa’vi pol tok peyìt?”

The second structure is intransitive: you stand on a certain level:


Lì’fyari po kllkxem sìn peyì?
‘How good is her Na’vi?’

Kllkxem sìn is the general expression for standing on anything—a ledge, rock, hill, etc. Note that the common phrase sìn peyì is pronounced as if it were spelled sìm peyì, although the n doesn’t change in writing.

The previous example is somewhat formal; in speech, there are two informal variants. First, kllkxem may be dropped:


Lì’fyari po sìn peyì?
‘How good is her Na’vi?’

And in even less formal situations, sìn may be dropped as well:


Lì’fyari po peyì?
‘How good is her Na’vi?’

In all of these, however, kllkxem sìn is understood.

I’ll leave you with some examples of questions and answers using .

First note the following compounds:

kxaylyì (n., KXAYL.yì) ‘high level’

kxamyì (n., KXAM.yì) ‘intermediate level’

tìmyì (n., TÌM.yì) ‘low level’


Lì’fyari tsatawtute peyì?
‘How is that Sky Person’s Na’vi?’


Kxaylyì. Ke tsun oe spivaw. Slolu po tsulfätu lì’fyayä awngeyä.
‘It’s excellent. I can’t believe it. He’s become a master of our language.’


Kxamyì. Plltxe nìksran, slä tsun fko peyä aylì’ut tslivam.
‘It’s intermediate. His speech is mediocre, but you can understand him.’


Tìmyì. Pol ke tslam stum ke’ut, omum lì’ut avol nì’aw.
‘Pretty bad. He understands almost nothing and only knows eight words.’


Furia täftxu ngal tok yìpet?
‘How’s your weaving?’


Tok yìt akesran.
‘I’m so-so.’


Fol fnan futa ’em teylut a fì’u sìn peyì?
‘How good are they at cooking teylu?’

The above example is important to understand. The question is, what’s the a fì’u doing there? (With the other way of saying it, Fwa fol fnan futa ’em teylut sìn peyì? the question is similar: Why do we need the fwa (= fì’u a)?) The answer is that with peyì, the metaphorical idea of standing on a particular level is still very strong. If kllkxem or both kllkxem and sìn are omitted, which they may be, they nevertheless remain as “understood,” and it must be possible to put them back into the sentence. Something has to be standing on the level, and that something is fì’u, modified appropriately with a and a clause. A literal translation into horrible English that makes this explicit would be: ‘The they’re-good-at-cooking-teylu thing stands on what level?’ The moral of the story is, don’t be tempted to omit fwa/a fì’u in peyì questions. You can’t say *Po plltxe peyì? ‘How well does he speak?’ It’s either Fwa po plltxe peyì? or Po plltxe a fì’u peyì?


Sìn yì sngä’iyuä, slä tsyerìl (haya yìne) nì’ul’ul.
‘They’re at a beginner’s level, but they’re getting better and better.’
(Literally: climbing more and more (to the next level).)


Fwa ngeyä tsmukan tul nìwin sìn peyì?
‘How fast does your brother run?’


Sìn yì a ke tsun kawtu spivaw, nìwin frato.
‘He runs at an incredible level, faster than anyone else.’

Edit: vospxì amrr –> vospxìo amrr Irayo, ma Blue Elf! Irayo, ma Plumps!

Vospxì Ayol, Postì Apup — Short Post for a Short Month

Ma eylan,

Just a relatively short post before the month ends . . . slä nìsìlpey pum a nga’ aylì’fyavit lesar. :-)

flrr (adj.) ‘gentle, mild, tender’

This word can be used for both people and things.


Keng tsamsiyu zene flrr livu ayevenghu.
‘Even a warrior must be gentle with children.’


Flrra tompa zerup.
‘A gentle rain is falling.’

Derivations:

nìflrr (adv., nì.FLRR) ‘gently, tenderly’


Zene fko ’ivampi prrnenit nìflrr frakrr.
‘One must always touch a baby gently.’

tìflrr (n., tì.FLRR) ‘gentleness, tenderness’


Hufwa mefo leru muntxatu txankrr, mi lu munsnar hona tìflrr a na pum meyawnetuä amip nìwotx.
‘Although the two of them have been mates a long time, they still have all the adorable tenderness of new sweethearts.’

ngä’än (vin., ngä.’ÄN—inf. 1, 2) ‘suffer mentally or emotionally, be miserable’

Note that ngä’än refers to an emotional state of being; it may or may not be accompanied by physical pain.


Srane, skxir tìsraw si nìtxan, slä ke ngerä’än oe kaw’it.
‘Yes, the wound is very painful, but I’m not in the least suffering emotionally (i.e., my mental state is fine).’


Tìsraw letokx sì tìngusä’än pxìm täpare fìtsap.
‘Physical pain and mental suffering are often interrelated.’


Snafpìlfyari leNa’vi krra smarit fkol tspang, tsranten nìtxan fwa po ke ngä’än nìkelkin.
‘It’s important in Na’vi philosophy that the prey not suffer unnecessarily when it’s killed.’

kelkin (adj., kel.KIN) ‘unnecessary’

nìkelkin (adv., nì.kel.KIN) ‘unnecessarily’

Derivation:

sängä’än (n., sä.ngä.’ÄN) ‘bout of suffering; episode of depression’


Ngeyä tsasängä’äntsyìpìri set frawzo srak?
‘Have you recovered from being down for a while?’

THE SUFFIX –NAY

When –nay is added to a noun, it creates a new noun that is related to the original by being a step down in some relevant hierarchy—size, rank, accomplishment, etc. This isn’t as complicated as it sounds. Take a look at these examples (and note that when –nay is added to a noun ending in n, one of the n’s drops, as expected):

ikran ‘mountain banshee’
ikranay ‘forest banshee, lesser banshee’ (smaller cousin to the mountain banshee)

’eylan ‘friend’
’eylanay ‘acquaintance (with the potential of becoming a friend)’

eyktan ‘leader’
eyktanay ‘deputy, general, one step down in rank from leader’

tsulfätu ‘master’
tsulfätunay ‘near-master’

karyu ‘teacher’
karyunay ‘apprentice teacher’

This suffix is not productive, and the exact meaning of –nay nouns is not always predictable. So such words and their meanings must be learned individually.

Note also that unlike most other suffixes, -nay receives the main stress: ikraNAY, ’eylaNAY, eyktaNAY, tsulfätuNAY, karyuNAY.

THE “ADJi-a N a-ADJi” STRUCTURE

In English we sometimes hear things like, “She’s a beautiful, beautiful woman” as a way of saying “She’s an extremely beautiful woman.” Something similar occurs in Na’vi, where the structure is more common than in English:


Lu po lora tuté alor.
‘She’s an extremely beautiful woman.’

In speech, the second occurrence of the adjective is stressed more than the first: lora tuté ALOR.

In the above example, we’re using this double-adjective structure in a noun phrase: lora tuté alor, ‘an extremely beautiful woman.’ Can we also use it for sentences like, “That woman is extremely beautiful”? Yes, but it’s awkward:


Tsatuté lu lora pum alor.
‘That woman is an extremely beautiful one.’

That’s not a problem, however, since we already have a number of ways to intensify a predicate adjective: lor nìtxan, lor nìtxan nang, lor nì’aw, etc. So using the double-adjective structure for sentences like this last example isn’t necessary.

Finally, some nice proverbial expressions from the LEP:


Fwa kan ke tam; zene swizawit livonu.
Literally: ‘To aim is not enough; one must release the arrow.’
Meaning: ‘Intent is not enough; it’s action that counts.’


Txìm a’aw ke tsun hiveyn mì tal mefa’liyä.
Literally: ‘One butt can’t sit on the backs of two direhorses.’
Meaning: ‘You can’t take both positions or sit on the fence; you need to decide.’

That’s it for now. Vospxìayvay!

Ayoel kanom lì’fyateri a lì’ut a eltur tìtxen si. Irayo!
I noticed there’s no definition of tìngusä’än – we can guess it is “mental suffering” in general or abstract sense, kefyak?
Also I’d like to know, whether is there any relation between eyktanay and eykyu or not? Eyktanay still looks to be more than eykyu, something like ‘backup’ leader or maybe future leader?

Nìprrte’, ma tsmuk.

The reason there’s no definition of tìngusä’än is that the tì…us… form is productive: you’re free to create such forms from any verb, so they don’t need to receive special attention or be listed in the dictionary. You’re right–the definition would be “mental or emotional suffering” in the abstract sense.

And I agree with you about eyktanay. It would be something like “backup leader” or “future leader”–one step down from eyktan.

Tsamsiyu a mì Saw ’Rrtayä! - Warrior in Our Sky!

Fì’uti nivìn, ma smuk: Tsamsiyu

Not just an ikran in the skies of Earth, but one that’s called Tsamsiyu!

Am’aluke ’erong Na’vi mì seng a eltur tìtxen si! :-)

Tsan’erul, Fe’erul — Getting Better, Getting Worse

Here are some useful expressions for improvement and its opposite.

tsan’ul (vin., TSAN.’ul—inf. 2, 2) ‘improve, get better’

fe’ul (vin., FE.’ul—inf. 2, 2) ‘worsen, get worse’

These are compounds built on ’ul, ‘increase,’ along with the adjectives for good and bad. (Sìltsan here has shortened to tsan.) So “improve” increases the good, “worsen” increases the bad.

Notice that these verbs are intransitive—that is, something is improving or worsening. We’ll get to the transitive versions (to improve something or make something worse) in just a moment.

Examples:


Lì’fyari leNa’vi nga tsan’ereiul fratrr.
‘I’m delighted that your Na’vi is improving every day.’


Sawtuteri tìfkeytok ke tsan’olul kaw’it.
‘The situation with the Skypeople hasn’t improved one bit.’


Ke tsun oe tslivam teyngta tìrusol peyä lumpe fe’ul krra oe tìng mikyun.
‘I can’t understand why her singing gets worse when I listen.’

Derivations:

tìtsan’ul (n., tì.TSAN.’ul) ‘improvement (in the general or abstract sense)’

tìfe’ul (n., tì.FE.’ul) ‘worsening (in the general or abstract sense)’


Tskxekengluke ke lu kea tìtsan’ul.
‘Without practice there is no improvement.’


Tìtsan’ulìri lu ngaru aysämok srak?
‘Do you have any suggestions for improvement?’

sätsan’ul (n., sä.TSAN.’ul) ‘improvement (specific instance)’

säfe’ul (n., sä.FE.’ul) ‘worsening (specific instance)’


Set plltxe nga nìltsan nìngay. Fìsätsan’ulìri ngeyä lu oeru sko haryu nrra.
‘You speak really well now. As your teacher, I’m proud of your improvement.’


Peyä sängä’änìri lu säfe’ul leyewla nìtxan.
‘The worsening of his depression is very disappointing.’

The transitive versions of improve and worsen simply use the causative infix : tsan’eykul, fe’eykul. (Stress, of course, remains on the first syllable in each case.) To improve something is to cause it to get better, etc.


Rutxe fìtìoeyktìngit tsan’eykivul. Ke lu law kaw’it.
‘Please improve this explanation. It’s not at all clear.’


Ngeyä tsaylì’ul tìfkeytokit fe’eykolul nì’aw.
‘Those words of yours have only made the situation worse.’

Sìlpey oe, ayngari fra’u a mì sìrey vivar tsan’ivul frafya, ma eylan. 😊

frafya (adv., FRA.fya) ‘in every way’

Whoever, Whatever, Whenever . . .

Kaltxì ayngaru, ma eylan—

We’re all familiar with the verb tsranten, which means ‘matter, be important,’ as in:


[Mo’at:]
Yola krr, txana krr, ke tsranten.
‘It doesn’t matter how long it takes.’

The negative phrase ke tsranten yields the important word ketsran—not a verb but an adjective and conjunction—that’s used where English uses “compound relative pronouns” like whoever, whatever, whenever, etc. to show that the particular identity of someone or something doesn’t matter.

ketsran (adj./conj., ke.TSRAN) ‘no matter, no matter what, whatever’

Here’s an example:


Ketsrana tute a nivew hivum tsun tsakem sivi.
‘Whoever wants (or: may want) to leave can do so.’

Here ketsran is an adjective. The subject of the sentence is ketsrana tute, which is translated as ‘whoever,’ although it could just as well be ‘whatever person.’ Note that Na’vi doesn’t use pe- in such cases: you can’t say *ketsrana peu. (But see below.)

Sometimes, though, ketsran acts as a conjunction, linking a subordinate clause to the main clause. In such cases, of course, it doesn’t take the adjective -a-.


Ketsran tute nivew hivum, poru plltxe san rutxe ’ivì’awn.
‘No matter who wants (or: may want) to leave, tell them to please stay.’

In sentences like this one, it may be helpful to think of ketsran as occupying the same slot as other conjunctions, for example txo. (Txo tuteo nivew hivum, poru plltxe . . . )

Let’s have a few more examples:


Ketsran tsengne nga kivä, kä oe tsatseng nìteng.
‘Wherever you go, I’ll go there too.’


’U aketsran tsun tivam.
‘Anything at all will be fine.’


Ketsran fya’o sivunu ngar, kem si.
‘Do it however you’d like.’


Ketsran tutel ’ivem, tsafnetsngan lu ftxìvä’.
‘That kind of meat is gross no matter who cooks it.’


Pukit aketsran ivinan.
‘Read any book at all.’

This last example prompts a caution: be careful not to confuse the two similar-sounding adjectives ketsran and kesran. The distinction is easier in reading/writing than in speaking/listening, so in conversation you’ll have to pay close attention to the difference.


Pukit aketsran ivinan.
‘Read any book at all.’


Pukit akesran ivinan.
‘Read a mediocre book.’

(I wonder if there’s a pithy Na’vi proverb that plays on the similarity between ketsran and kesran. :-) )

Note also that in colloquial speech, ketsran by itself can be a response to a question:


Nga new yivom ’upet fìtxon?
‘What do you want to eat tonight?’


Ketsran. Oeru ke’u.
‘Whatever. (Or: Anything at all.) I don’t care.’

And note that in the colloquial expression Oeru (ngaru, poru, etc.) ke’u, the stress in ke’u shifts to the second syllable: ke.U.


Oe tìkangkem si trrtxon nìwotx, ngaru ke’u!
‘I work all day and all night, and you don’t give a damn!’

Finally, there’s an alternate way to express some of these ideas that doesn’t use ketsran but instead the full form ke tsranten and, in fact, interrogative pe-:


Teynga pesu nivew hivum ke tsranten, poru plltxe san rutxe ’ivì’awn.
‘No matter who wants (or: may want) to leave, tell them to please stay.’
[Literally: The answer (to the question) who wants to leave doesn’t matter, tell them to please stay.]

This is wordier than the ketsran version, however.

Lì’u alu ketsran tsranten nìtxan nìlaw!

Hayalovay.

Edit 02 April: *ketsrana pe’u –> *ketsrana peu. Irayo, ma Kemaweyan!

“Where’s the bathroom?” and other useful things

Kaltxì, ma frapo.

We haven’t had much new vocabulary in a while, so here are some aylì’u amip to fill a mektseng or two (see below) that I hope you’ll find useful. Some of these were requests from the Euro-Avatar folks relating to the upcoming May Meet-up in Berlin; some were suggestions from the LEP; one was a request from a journalist who wanted to know how to say “Where’s the bathroom?” in Na’vi. :-)

txurtel (n., TXUR.tel) ‘rope’

The etymology does not involve the verb tel ‘receive’ but rather the noun telem ‘cord,’ which has been shortened in the compound: txur + telem > txurtelem > txurtel, ‘strong cord = rope.’

ropx (n.) ‘hole (going clear through an object)’

tsongropx (n., TSONG.ropx) ‘hole, cavity, excavation with a bottom (visible or presumed)’

Here the derivation is tsong ‘valley’ + ropx.

If a tree trunk has a hole in it that goes clear through from one side to another, so that you can look into the hole and see daylight out the other end, it’s a ropx. But if the hole only goes partially through the tree trunk, it’s a tsongropx.


Fìfneyayol tsrulit txula mì songropx utralä fte aylinit hivawnu wä sarnioang. Fìtìkanìri ropx ke ha’.
‘This kind of bird builds its nest in a tree cavity so as to protect its young from predators. For this purpose, a hole going right through the tree trunk isn’t suitable.’

tsrul (n.) ‘nest; protected area serving as the home of Pandoran fauna’

(If you need to make clear that it’s a bird’s nest, the word, as you might suspect, is yayotsrul (n., YA.yo.tsrul).

lini (n., LI.ni) ‘young of an animal, bird, fish, insect’

tarnioang (n., TAR.ni.o.ang) ‘predator animal’ (from taron + ioang)

rong (n.) ‘tunnel’

swek (n.) ‘bar, rod, pole’

mektseng (n., MEK.tseng) ‘gap, breach’


Tsenga ’awstengyäpem fìmekemyo lu mektseng a tsun fpxiväkìm hì’ang tsawìlä.
‘Where these two walls come together there’s a gap through which insects can get in.’

tsenga (conj., TSE.nga) ‘where, place where’

fta (n.) ‘knot’

fta si (vin.) ‘knot, make or tie a knot’

fwi (vin.) ‘slip, slide’


Nari si! Klltesìn lu pay atxan. Fwi rä’ä!
‘Be careful! There’s a lot of water on the ground. Don’t slip!’


Txurtelmì fo fta soli fteke ka tsyokx fwivi.
‘They tied a knot in the rope so it wouldn’t slip through their hands.’


Poti fweykoli ayoel ìlä rong.
‘We let him slide through the tunnel.’

A note on pronunciation: When an ejective at the end of a syllable is followed by another consonant, as in ka tsyokx fwivi above, pìwopxlok , kxitxmaw , etc., the ejective can be quite difficult to pronounce. In these cases, it’s natural for the ejective to be pronounced as if it were a regular stop. For example, pìwopxlok is pronounced as if it were spelled pìwoplok, even though the actual spelling doesn’t change. (Interestingly, this doesn’t happen with words like atxkxe ‘land’ and ekxtxu ‘rough.’

There the two ejectives coming together are quite pronounceable!)

oìsss si (vin., o.ÌSSS) ‘hiss’

To hiss as someone is oìsss si fkoru:


Nga lumpe oìsss soli por?
‘Why did you hiss at him?’

il (vin.) ‘bend’

This verb is used for something straight that bends or hinges at a joint. In fact, the word for joint, til, which you already know, developed from *tìil.


Txo vul ivil nìhawng kxìyevakx.
‘If a branch bends too much, it might break.’

kxakx (vin.) ‘break, snap in two’

The causative form of il, eykil, which means ‘bend’ in the transitive sense—i.e., ‘bend something’—can sometimes be used to express the idea of pulling two things together:


Metewit fìswekä eykivil.
‘Pull the two ends of this bar together.’

ftumfa (adp-, FTUM.fa) ‘out of, from inside’

This word comes from ftu + mìfa, just as nemfa comes from ne + mìfa.


Riti tswolayon ftumfa slär.
The stingbat flew out of the cave.


Reypay skxirftumfa herum.
‘Blood is coming out of (literally: exiting from the inside of) the wound.’

sä’eoio (n., sä.’E.o.i.o) ‘ceremony, ritual, rite’

sä’eoio si (vin.) ‘take part in a ceremony, perform a ritual’


Fwa tsyìl Ayramit Alusìng lu sä’eoio a zene frapo sivi fte slivu taronyu.
Climbing Iknimaya is a ritual that everyone has to perform to become a hunter.’

kur (vin.) ‘hang’


Fkxile pewnta tutéyä kur.
‘The bib necklace hangs from the woman’s neck.’

The transitive ‘hang,’ i.e. to hang something on something, is simply keykur:


’Ali’ät vulsìn keykur za’u fìtseng.
‘Hang the choker on the branch and come here.’

Note: If you compare kur ‘hang’ with zup ‘fall,’ you’ll notice we have the word tungzup for ‘drop’—i.e., ‘let fall.’ Do we also have the causative form of zup, that is, zeykup? Yes we do. So what’s the difference?

Although there’s some overlap, tungzup is generally used for an accidental or inadvertent action, while zeykup generally implies a deliberate act.


Hìtxoa. Oel tsngalit tìmungzup.
‘Sorry. I just dropped the cup (accidentally).’

(We’ll have more about the syntax of tung and tung compounds another time. For now, just observe that tungzup is transitive.)


Ngeyä tskoti zeykup! Set!
‘Drop your bow! Now!’

Since it’s unusual to hang something on an object accidentally, a word parallel to tungzup, *tungkur, never developed. In general, however, if you need to specify that an action was either deliberate or accidental and you don’t have pairs like zeykup and tungzup to fall back on, you can use the following adverbs:

nìtkan (adv., nìt.KAN) ‘purposefully, deliberately’

nìtkanluke (adv., nìt.KAN.lu.ke) ‘accidentally, unintentionally’

nui (vin., NU.i) ‘fail, falter, go astray, not obtain expected or desired result’

This word is the opposite of flä ‘succeed.’


Oe fmoli nuängi.
‘I tried, but unfortunately I failed.’


Rumit a nolui rä’ä fewi.
‘Don’t chase after a foul ball.’

Nui is also used in the sense of ‘mess up’ or ‘do wrong,’ similarly to tìkxey si but stronger. With special emphasis, it’s the usual expression for placing blame:


Nolui NGA!
‘YOU failed! It’s YOUR fault! YOU’RE the one who messed up!’

Additionally, nui gives us the important adverb nìnu, which is difficult to translate into English. It indicates an action that didn’t achieve its expected or desired result, that “misfired” in some way.

nìnu (adv., nì.NU) ‘failingly, falteringly, in vain, fruitlessly, not achieving the desired or expected end’


Oeru txoa livu. Poltxänge nìnu.
‘Forgive me. I misspoke.’


Kllte lu ekxtxu. Nari si txokefyaw tìran nìnu.
‘The ground is rough. Be careful or you’ll trip.’

Note that plltxe nìnu can mean either ‘misspeak’ (i.e., make an error in speaking) or ‘speak in vain’ (i.e., speak correctly but not get the result you were hoping for). Context will usually decide which meaning applies.

Derived forms:

tìnui (n., tì.NU.i) ‘failure (abstract concept)’


Fìtxeleri tìnui ke lu tìftxey.
‘In this matter, failure is not an option.’

sänui (n., sä.NU.i) ‘failure (particular instance of failure)’


Oeyk tsatìsnaytxä lu apxa sänui tìeyktanä.
‘That loss was caused by a great failure of leadership.’


Fìsänuit zene nga tswiva’, ma ’itan. Ke tsranten kaw’it. Am’aluke nì’i’a nga flayä.
‘You must forget about this failure, my son. It means nothing. There’s no question that you’ll succeed in the end.’

And finally:

fngä’ (vin.) ‘relieve oneself; (on Earth:) use the restroom, go to the bathroom’


Fko tsun fngivä’ peseng?
‘Where is the bathroom?’ (Literally: ‘Where can one relieve oneself?’)

Hayalovay!

Edit: In sänui example, zene ngal –> zene nga. Irayo, ma Tirea Aean!

Thanks for these useful and beautiful words!

As my eyes are gobbling new informations, two things arises in my mind:
– In the “… it’s natural for the ejective to be pronounced as if it were a regular stop.”, shouldn’t “consonant” be here instead of “stop”? Otherwise the rest of the paragraph doesn’t makes sense.
– Could I safely assume that “tsenga” follows the same pattern as krra, so the reversed variant is “a tseng”?

Kaltxì, ma Tanri.

I can see how “stop” was confusing. I was using that term in the technical linguistic sense–a “stop” is a kind of consonant where the airflow is completely cut off for a moment. For example, p, t, k, b, d, g are all stops, and so is the glottal stop (specifically known as tìftang in Na’vi). Sounds like s, z, f, and v, however, are not stops, since in those cases the air has to flow through a narrowed passageway so that friction is created (in fact, they’re called “fricatives”) but it’s never cut off completely. So when I said the ejective is pronounced like a regular stop, I simply meant that in these positions px is pronounced like p, tx like t, etc. Hope that clarifies things a bit! :-)

And yes, you’re quite right about tsenga following the same pattern as krra.

Sìn Asok, Sìn Zusawkrrä — Recent and Upcoming Activities

Ma smuk,

I thought you might like to hear about some of the Na’vi-related things I’ve been doing and am planning to do soon.

First, there’s this very nice segment in the PBS web series “The Secret Life of Scientists & Engineers” which has been online for a while now. The taping was done here in Burbank, California last fall. If you scroll down, there’s a little Na’vi word puzzle I constructed that the aysulfätu lì’fyayä will find very easy (but try to fill in all the blanks without using the dictionary!) but that others might find challenging.

And keep checking the site for the appearance of Prrton’s contest-winning Na’vi haiku! It’s coming.

A week ago I was down in San Diego for this event at UCSD—the University of California San Diego—put on by the linguistics department.

It was quite a success. The audience was the biggest I’ve ever had—700 people! I guess that’s what happens when you put Star Trek, Avatar, and Game of Thrones together. :-) You can read about it here.

In the video on that page, my self-introduction in Na’vi could have been better—the “f” in fko (Oeru syaw fko . . . ) didn’t come out clearly. But it was there in my mind!

Oh, and here’s a picture of the three of us. The fellow in the middle is David Peterson, creator of the Dothraki language for “Game of Thrones” and the languages for the new TV series “Defiance.” And of course the guy on the right is Marc Okrand, the father of Klingon.

*

Photo by Grant Goodall

As for the future, I’m very excited about our upcoming trip to Europe, the highlight of which will be the EuroAvatar meet-up in Berlin. John and I will arrive on May 12. I hope we’ll get to meet some of you there!

And in July I’m very much looking forward to attending the U.S. AvatarMeet in Washington, DC, where I hope to connect with old friends and meet new ones.

Hayalovay . . . Eywa ayngahu nìwotx.

AH! of course! I was confused at the title because I kept thinking of adp.- sìn, and not the short plural of tìn.

Cool stuff.

I REALLY HOPE to attend US AvatarMeet 2013, but at the moment I am entirely unsure whether I am able to go or not.

Yup. Sìn the adposition and sìn the short plural are homonyms. Since they’re different parts of speech, they don’t fit into the same slots in a sentence, so for the Na’vi there shouldn’t be any confusion. (For us learners, however, it’s a different story.) The real problem with homonyms comes when they’re the same part of speech, like the adjectives right (not left) and right (not wrong) in English. With those, there’s real potential for misunderstanding.

Sìlpey oe, nga tsìyevun ne Wasyìngton kivä. Slä fìfya tsafya [one way or another], ngari tireal tsatenget tayok.

Zun . . . Zel: Counterfactual Conditionals

Kaltxì, ma eylan—

Fìpostì mektsengur teya si. This post fills a gap in our understanding of Na’vi syntax: counterfactual conditionals. The counterfactual structure is a bit complicated, so we’ll go slow, and if necessary, we’ll have further clarifications in subsequent posts.

First, some terminology. What is a conditional sentence? Simply one in “if … then” form. For example, “If you build it, they will come.” In such sentences, the “if” part specifying the condition is called the hypothesis (or if you want to be very fancy, the protasis); the “then” part is the consequence (or apodosis). But there’s no reason for us not to stick to the simple terms “if-part” and “then-part.”

You’re very familiar with the most frequent words for ‘if-then,’ txo and tsakrr. Txo ngal tsat txivula, (tsakrr) fo zaya’u. (Tsakrr is often omitted.) But there’s another pair of words for if-then: zun and zel respectively. They’re used for counterfactual conditionals—that is, for if-then sentences where you’re talking about something that didn’t happen or isn’t the case.

For example, compare these two sentences:

(1)
Txo zivup tompa, (tsakrr) ke tsun oe kivä.
‘If it’s raining, (then) I can’t go.’

(2)
Zun zivup tompa, zel ke tsivun oe kivä.
‘If it were raining, (then) I couldn’t go.’

In (1), I don’t know whether it’s raining or not—maybe it is, maybe it isn’t. (I haven’t looked out the window.) If it is raining, then I can’t go. (Usual implication: If it’s not raining, I can go.) In (2), however, it is not currently raining. If it were raining, then I couldn’t go. But it’s not. (Usual implication: Therefore, I can go.) So (2) is talking about a hypothetical situation that we know to be untrue—that is, a counterfactual situation.

To understand the counterfactual system, note two things: first, you always use zun and zel for ‘if-then’ (unlike tsakrr, zel cannot be omitted); second, the verb forms are in the subjunctive—that is, they take the various infixes that contain v. There are 5 such infixes, each built on the pattern -i_v-:

-i_v- + ∅   –>   –iv

-i_v- + r   –>   –irv

-i_v- + m   –>   –imv

-i_v- + l   –>   –ilv

-i_v- + y   –>   *-iyv–   –>   –iyev– OR –ìyev

So those are the tools we have to work with. Now let’s look at both sentence parts in turn:

The ‘if’ part

A. Something that is not presently the case:

Zun livu oe Olo’eyktan . . .
‘If I were Clan Leader . . .’ (but I’m not)

Zun nga yawne livu oer . . .
‘If I loved you . . .’ (but I don’t)

Zun oe pxiset tirvaron . . .
‘If I were hunting right now . . .’ (but I’m not)

For these situations, we use either the simplest form of the subjunctive infix, –iv-, or the –irv– form to indicate ongoing action.

B. Something that was not the case in the past:

Zun limvu oe Olo’eyktan . . .
‘If I had been Clan Leader . . .’ (but I wasn’t)

Zun nga yawne limvu oer . . .
‘If I had loved you . . .’ (but I didn’t)

Zun nga fìtìkangkemvir hasey silvi . . .
‘If you had completed this project . . .’ (but you didn’t)

For these situations, we use either –imv– (if the past nature of the action is the most important thing) or –ilv– (if the emphasis is on the completion of the action). Often the choice between the two is arbitrary. Note that in counterfactuals there’s no special form for ongoing action in the past; you just have to tell it from the context. So Zun oe timvaron means either ‘If I had hunted’ or ‘If I had been hunting.’

C. Something that will not be the case in the future:

This one is relatively rare, but still possible:

Zun tompa ziyevup trray . . .
‘If it rained tomorrow . . .’ (although we know that of course it won’t)

Here too there’s no special form for ongoing action.

The ‘then’ part

A’. Something that is not presently the case:

. . . zel oe ngaru srung sivi set.
‘. . . then I would help you now.’ (but in fact I’m not helping you)

. . . zel oe ’ivefu nitram.
‘. . . then I would be happy.’ (but I’m not)

. . . zel oe rirvol pxiset.
‘. . . then I would be singing right now.’ (but I’m not)

B’. Something that was not the case in the past:

. . . zel oe ngaru srung silvi.
‘. . . then I would have helped you.’ (but I didn’t)

. . . zel oe ’imvefu nitram.
‘. . . then I would have been happy.’ (but I wasn’t)

. . . zel oe rimvol pxiset.
‘. . . then I would have sung/would have been singing.’ (but I didn’t/wasn’t)

C’. Something that will not be the case in the future

. . . zel fo sriyevew.
‘. . . then they would do a dance.’ (but they won’t)

The if- and then-parts can combine in different ways. Some examples:

A with A’:


Zun oe yawne livu ngar, zel ’ivefu oe nitram nì’aw.
‘If you loved me, I would be so happy.’
(but you don’t, and I’m not)

B with B’:


Zun oe yawne limvu ngar, zel ’imvefu oe nitram nì’aw.
‘If you had loved me, I would have been so happy.’
(but you didn’t, and I wasn’t)

C with C’:


Zun tompa zìyevup trray, zel fo srìyevew.
‘If it rained tomorrow, they’d do a dance.’
(but it won’t, and they won’t)

B with A’:


Zun ngal tsafnesyuvet timvìng oer, zel livu oe txur fìtrr.
‘If you had given me that kind of food, I would be strong today.’
(but you didn’t, and I’m not)

A with B’:


Zun ayoe livu tsamsiyu, zel tsakem ke simvi.
‘If we were warriors, we wouldn’t have done that.’
(but we’re not, and we did)

B with C’:


Zun nga srung silvi oer, zel ke kìyevä oe ne Wasyìngton kintrray.
‘If you had helped me, I wouldn’t be going to Washington next week.’
(but you didn’t, and I am)

One more wrinkle:

In the first three examples above—A with A’, B with B’, C with C’—the forms of the verb in both parts of the sentence are the same: livu/’ivefu, limvu/’imvefu, zìyevup/srìyevew . In such cases—and only in such cases—the verb in the zel-part of the sentence may optionally go into the root form, losing the subjunctive infixes. This simplification occurs very often in colloquial speech and frequently in more formal speech as well. Repeating the three sentences above in this simplified form:


Zun oe yawne livu ngar, zel ’efu oe nitram nì’aw.
‘If you loved me, I would be so happy.’


Zun oe yawne limvu ngar, zel ’efu oe nitram nì’aw.
‘If you had loved me, I would have been so happy.’


Zun tompa zìyevup trray, zel fo srew.
‘If it rained tomorrow, they’d do a dance.’

I think that’s plenty for one post. :-)

Don’t worry if you don’t assimilate these structures immediately—it may take some time to get used to them. But you will.

Hayalovay, ma smuk.

SGM (Plumps) May 1, 2013 at 2:44 am

… and we’ve come full circle from the nìrangal examples 😊 Kosman nì’aw.

Fìpostì lu txantsan lesarsì nìngay! Tsari irayo ngaru nìtxan!

Am I right in assuming that all the verbs, either in the zen- or in the zel-part can take other infixes (where logical), e.g. mood as well?

Irayo, ma Plumps. Sìlpey oe, faylì’fyavi lesar lìyevu.

And sure, you can use other infixes. I didn’t include them in the examples for simplicity.

Looking back, looking forward

Kaltxì nìmun, ma eylan,

Tse, EuroAvatar 2013 is well behind us. And what a great meet-up it was! John and I were so happy to be able to get to know and spend time with members of the European Avatar community and lì’fyaolo’. The language classes, the radio play, the singing, the food, the wonderful birthday party for John, the great organization (irayo nìtxan, ma Passi!)—everything was fantastic.

And as icing on the cake, the Berlin meet-up was followed just over a week later by an unexpected but delightful mini-meet-up with French fans in Paris!

I’ve posted some pictures below, but first, here are a few vocabulary items plus a point of grammatical clarification that were prompted by the Berlin meet-up:

okup (n., O.kup) ‘milk’


Sa’nok prrnenur yomtìng fa okup sneyä.
‘A mother feeds an infant with her milk.’

loi (n., LO.i) ‘egg’


Rolun ayoel tsrulmì hì’ia pxeloit ateyr.
‘We found three little white eggs in the nest.’

tsyeym (n.) ‘treasure; something rare and of great value’


Käteng oe hu eylan Perlinmì a mrrtrr lu tsyeym a ke tsun tswiva’ kawkrr.
‘The (5-day) week I spent with my friends in Berlin is a treasure that I’ll never forget.’

The “double-dative” construction

As you know, to say ‘I sent my brother a message,’ you put the direct object of ‘send,’ i.e. the thing you sent (in this case, a message) in the objective or accusative case (the “t-case”), and the indirect object, i.e. the person to whom the message was sent, in the dative case (the “ru-case”). And of course you use the agentive case for ‘I’:


Oel ’upxaret tsmukanur oeyä fpole’.
‘I sent my brother a message.’

But what if it’s ‘I wrote my brother a message’?

‘Write,’ as you know, is a si-construction, which has a different syntax: ‘I’ is in the subjective case, which is used with intransitive subjects, and the direct object in English becomes a dative in Na’vi. (I like to think of it as: ‘I do writing to a message.’ That’s terrible English but good Na’vi.) But what about ‘my brother’? Is that in the dative case too? Yes, it is:


Oe ’upxareru tsmukanur oeyä pamrel soli.
‘I wrote my brother a message.’

We call this a “double-dative” construction for the obvious reason.

The question that immediately comes up is this: given the two datives, one representing the direct object of ‘write’ and one the indirect object, will there ever be confusion as to which is which? Fortunately, this doesn’t happen. One of the datives is in the class of things that can be written (messages, notes, blog posts, books, etc.) and the other in the class of things that can be written to—basically, people. The two classes don’t overlap, so there’s no ambiguity.

Of course, writing was only introduced on Pandora with the advent of the Sawtute, so you might think that this construction was introduced at that time as well. But in fact it was already in place in the language. Consider law si, for example, which means ‘to make clear’:


Ralur law soli fo oeru.
‘They made the meaning clear to me.’

As with pamrel si, there’s no danger of ambiguity here. The other possible interpretation, ‘They made me clear to the meaning,’ makes no sense.

You may also recall Jake’s line from Avatar, which also has two datives:


Ma Eytukan, lu oeru aylì’u frapor.
‘Eytukan, I have something to say (to everyone).’

In this case, the word order allows you to interpret the sentence correctly. (‘Everyone has something to say to me’ would be Lu frapor aylì’u oeru.)

And now for the promised pictures.

Berlin welcoming committee at the train station:

Welcome party 1

Welcome party 3

Welcome party 2

At camp, we were welcomed by a genuine brass band!

Brass band

The birthday boy at his party:

Birthday

What a beautiful cake!

Cake

We had some wonderful singers and musicians in our group:

Singing

Formal group portrait:

groupshot_sig

The Paris contingent!

Paris


Looking ahead:

Excitement is building for the U.S. Avatar Meet-up in the Washington, DC area (more precisely, at Shenandoah National Park in Virginia).

www.AvatarMeet.com

I’ll be teaching a Na’vi 102 class and an informal 101 refresher as well. John will be there too. We’re really looking forward to reconnecting with old friends and meeting new ones. Txo tsivun, rutxe ziva’u!

By the way, as I’m putting together the 102 class, if you have any ideas about content—anything in particular you’d like to hear about or practice that would suitable for a 102-level class, please let me know, either here or privately.

Vospìayvay, ma smuk.

Pximaw Tsawlultxa — Just After the Meet-up

Kaltxì, ma smuk.

I considered beginning this post with:

Tswìlmayon oe ftu Wasyìngton ne kelku. Tewti! Mepunìri oe ’efu ngeyn nìngay!

But I’m not sure old-time American vaudeville humor translates culturally into Na’vi.

John and I did indeed just get back from the east coast, however, after attending AvatarMeet 2013 in Na’rìng Syenentoayä (the Forest of Shenandoah, i.e. Shenandoah National Park in Virginia) followed by a couple of days playing tourists in Washington. (The Air and Space Museum is enthralling!)

And an excellent meet-up it was. We had about two dozen attendees, including five from across the Atlantic. Jon Landau made a virtual appearance just before the showing of the extended version of Avatar, which received a very enthusiastic response, and LEI (Lightstorm Entertainment Inc.) contributed refreshments and funded the use of the room. I taught two Na’vi classes—an informal 101 refresher held at the campsite, with all of us sitting in a semi-circle on the grass (and with the occasional interruptions of close-by yerik ’Rrtayä that stole the show), followed the next day by a “hi-tech” 102 class indoors, complete with PowerPoint and a virtual whiteboard. Mikko and Peter set up the technology perfectly, and Alan recorded it all for posterity. Both kinds of classes had merit, I think, so I’ll keep that in mind for the future.

A highlight of the meet-up was the hike on Sunday to Dark Hollow Falls, a beautiful spot deep in the forest. We had five tute aean along, who scampered across streams and struck poses on rocks. As you might suspect, there were many encounters between the Na’vi and the startled Sawtute who had never before met them up close and personal. I can’t wait to see the pictures.

All in all, it was a wonderful meet-up. Irayo to Mikko, Alan, Peter, DJ Makto, and everyone else who had a hand in making it a success. Irayo for the thoughtful and generous gifts presented to John and me. And of course, irayo to everyone who came. For those who couldn’t make it this time, nìsìlpey alo ahay.

And now a bit of vocabulary, some of which was inspired by the tsawlultxa:

srä (n.) ‘cloth: a piece of cloth woven on a loom’

A srä is created by warp and weft weaving.


Furia txula tsalewti lu srä sìltsan to fngap.
‘For constructing that cover, woven cloth is better than metal.’

srok (n.) ‘bead (decorative)’


’En si oe, lora tsafkxileri apxayopin solar Tsenul srokit avozam.

‘I would guess that Tsenu used a thousand (lit. 512) beads for that beautiful multi-colored bib necklace.’

pxayopin (adj., PXAY.o.pin) ‘colorful, multi-colored, variegated’

Finally, ‘chocolate’ and ‘pineapple’ both came up for discussion. Since the Na’vi only encountered these food items through contact with the Sawtute, it’s natural that in talking about them they would borrow the English terms, filtered through the Na’vi sound system. So:

tsyoklìt (n., TSYOK.lìt) ‘chocolate’

paynäpll (n., PAY.nä.pll) ‘pineapple’

It’s interesting to speculate whether these terms would evoke associations among the Na’vi, consciously or unconsciously, with common words in their language. For example, tsyoklìt sounds a bit like tsyokx ‘hand’ + litx ‘sharp (as a blade).’ And paynäpll might bring to mind pay ‘water, liquid’ + nän ‘decrease’ + plltxe ‘speech.’ Chocolate as a sharp hand? Pineapple as liquid that decreases speech? If nothing else, these might be the source of Na’vi puns and wordplay.

Hayalovay, ma eylan.

Edit 3 Aug.: Syenendoayä –> Syenentoayä. Irayo, ma Tìtstewan!

Fmawn a Fkol Kìlmulat! — This Just In!

Fmawn akosman, ma smuk! (Tìng nari nekll.)

Fìsäomum txankrr lolu oer; set tsun oe tsawteri pivängkxo ayngahu. Kintrram fayfamrelsiyuhu oe ultxa soleiyi. Roleiun futa lu fo kanu sì leso’ha nìwotx ulte Uniltìrantoxkìri lì’fyayä leNa’vi wawet fol tslam. Am’aluke haya pxerel arusikx wayou! Tìkangkem sngivä’i ko! (Nìsìlpey ye’rìn.)


[From Variety]

AUGUST 1, 2013 | 11:04AM PT

‘Avatar’ to Get Three Sequels, Fox/Cameron Hire Screenwriters

First sequel to arrive December 2016

by Justin Kroll, Film Reporter
@krolljvar

Cameron has hired screenwriters Josh Friedman (War of the Worlds), Rick Jaffa & Amanda Silver (“Rise of the Planets of the Apes”), and Shane Salerno (“Savages,” Salinger) to collaborate with him on the screenplays for “Avatar 2,” “Avatar 3,” and “Avatar 4.”20th Century Fox and director James Cameron announced today that the “Avatar” sequels have grown in number from two to three.

The three tentpoles will be filmed simultaneously with production beginning next year. The release of the first sequel will be in December 2016, with the second to follow in December 2017, and the third a year later.

Though Friedman is best known for writing on the TV show “The Sarah Connor Chronicles,” Friedman’s attachment is just a coincidence since Cameron had nothing to do with the show even though he helped create the “Terminator” characters with Gale Anne Hurd.

Cameron is producing with his Lighthouse Entertainment partner Jon Landau. No release date has been set.

The first “Avatar” is the highest grossing film at the domestic and worldwide box office having earned more than $760 million domestically and $2.7 billion worldwide.

Furia fmawn akosman lu ma Karyu! Sìlpey oe tsnì tìkangkem sngivä’i ye’rìn nìteng. Kop, mipa melì’uri ngaru oe si irayo. Rel arusikx lu sìltsana lì’u nìtxan.

Kivä ko, ma karyu.

Irayo ngar, ma Ftiafpi. Slä fparmìl oel futa tsalì’fyavi alu rel arusikx li hapxì lì’upukä slolu! Fko zene sivung tsat tsatseng. (Say that fast three times. 😊 )

rel arusikx (n., REL a.ru.SIKX) ‘film, movie, video’

lì’upuk (n., LÌ.u.puk) ‘dictionary’

Taronway — The Hunt Song

Kaltxì, ma frapo—

Ke längu fìpostìmì ke’u a lu mip. I’m afraid there’s nothing new in this post, just an old favorite, The Hunt Song, which as most of you know was published in the Activist Survival Guide. It’s one of the four songs I translated during the filming of “Avatar” from English lyrics written by James Cameron. But I thought it would be useful for both listening and pronunciation practice. Besides, it’s always nice to have something ready at hand to trot out when people say to you, “Give me an example of what Na’vi sounds like.” For that purpose I often quote part of the Hunt Song, which has a nice “swing” to it.

It was interesting to decide what Na’vi poetry would sound like. Different languages base the structure of poetry on different elements. For example, poetry in Ancient Greek, Classical Latin, Classical Arabic, and Classic Persian is based on syllable length: in those languages, rhythmic poetical structures, called meters, consist of complicated arrangements of short and long (and sometimes extra-long) syllables. In some other languages, it’s not the length of syllables but the number of syllables per line that’s important. French poetry works that way. In still other languagesEnglish and German, for example (excluding so-called “free verse”)it’s stress that’s important: poetry depends on the arrangement of stressed and unstressed syllables in a line. Since stress is important in Na’viit’s the difference between ‘person’ and ‘woman,’ for example!that’s what I based Na’vi poetry on.

Here’s the text of the Hunt Song along with a word-for-word gloss. As you’ll see, the syntax is sometimes a bit convoluted, with word orders that wouldn’t be common in ordinary conversation, and there are some unusual stresses. You’ll also notice that certain unstressed syllables are elidedthat is to say, “swallowed up”in a way that would be unlikely in speech. But that’s what’s called “poetic license.” :-)

Taronway—The Hunt Song
English lyrics: James Cameron
Na’vi translation: Paul Frommer

1

We are walking your way Terìran ayoe ayngane
are-walking we towards-you
We are coming Zera’u
(we) are-coming
We are singing your way Rerol ayoe ayngane
are-singing we towards-you
So choose Ha ftxey
so choose
Choose one among you ’Awpot set ftxey ayngal a l(u) ayngakip
one now choose you that is among-you
Who will feed the People. ’Awpot a Na’viru yomtìyìng.
one that the-People will-feed

Chorus

Let my arrow strike true Oeyä swizaw nìngay tivakuk
my arrow truly let-strike
Let my spear strike the heart Oeyä tukrul txe’lanit tivakuk
my spear heart let-strike
Let the truth strike my heart Oeri tìngayìl txe’lanit tivakuk
as-for-me truth heart let strike
Let my heart be true. Oeyä txe’lan livu ngay.
my heart let-be true

2

You are fast and strong Lu nga win sì txur
are you fast and strong
You are wise Lu nga txantslusam
are you wise
I must be fast and strong Livu win sì txur oe zene
be fast and strong I must
So only Ha n(ì)’aw
so only
Only if I am worthy of you Pxan livu txo nì’aw oe ngari
worthy be if only I of-you
Will you feed the People. Tsakrr nga Na’viru yomtìyìng.
then you the-People will-feed

[Repeat chorus]

As you listen to and practice reciting this poem, it’s important to get a good feel for the rhythm. Basically, the poem divides into lines of four beats each. (Exception: the last line of the chorus has only three beats.) The above division into lines, which follows the English, is misleading in this respect. So here’s a recap of the poem with the four-beat lines arranged in a clear way. The stressed syllables in each line have been capitalized and bolded. In the recordings, I’ve tried to emphasize the stressed syllables to help you get the swing of the rhythm.

TerìRAN ayOe ayNGAne, zeRA’u
ReROL ayOe ayNGAne, ha FTXEY
AW
pot set FTXEY ayNGAL a l(u) ayNGAkip
AW
pot a NA’viru YOMYÌNG.

OEYä swiZAW NGAY tiVAkuk
OEY
ä tukRUL txe’LAnit tiVAkuk
OE
ri NGAYìl txe’LAnit tiVAkuk
OEY
ä txe’LAN livu NGAY.

Lu nga WIN TXUR, lu nga TXANtslu SAM
Livu WIN TXUR oe ZEne han(ì) ’AW
PXAN
livu TXO nì’AW oe NGAri,
TSA
krr nga NA’viru YOMYÌNG.

Tivaron nìzawnong, ma eylan!

P.S. I wonder if there are any ayfamtseotu out there who might like to try setting the Hunt Song to music.

Edit Sept. 1: Awpot –> ’Awpot (4 times) Irayo, ma Plumps!

’On sì Salewfya — Shapes and Directions

Kaltxì, ma eylan! Ayngari tengkrr ya wur sleru nì’ul, sìlpey oe, livu helku sang ulte te’lan lefpom.

Here’s some new vocabulary—mostly excellent contributions of the LEP, some recent and some not-so-recent—involving shapes, directions, and the physical properties of objects.

’on (n.) ‘shape, form’


Tsun fko ayonti fìwopxä nivìn fte yafkeykit sresive’a.
‘The shapes of clouds can be used to predict the weather.’
(Literally, ‘One can look at the shapes of clouds in order to predict the weather.’)

(Note: As you see here, srese’a, which has previously been glossed as ‘prophesize,’ can also mean ‘predict.’)

salewfya (n., sa.LEW.fya) ‘direction, course’


Sweylu set txo awnga kivä pesalewfya?
‘What direction should we go in now?’

The previous example is often shortened to a familiar two-word expression with wide use:


Set pesalewfya?
‘What do we do now?’

koum (adj., KO.um) ‘rounded, curved’


Fìtskxeri fa’o lu yey; ke lu koum.
‘This rock has straight sides; it’s not rounded.’

ko’on (n., KO.’on) ‘ring, oval, closed shape roughly circular’


Na’vi ìlä ho’on kllkxolem tengkrr rerol.
‘The People were standing in a circle, singing.’

(Note: kllkxolem, not kllkxerem! :-) ) A ko’on is not necessarily a mathematical circle. For that, use yo’ko, which derives from *yo’ko’on ‘a perfectly circular ring.’

yo’ko (n., YO’.ko) ‘circle’

renulke (adj, RE.nul.ke) ‘irregular, random’


Eo ayfo a fya’o lamu ayskxeta teya sì renulke.
‘The path ahead of them was full of rocks and irregular.’

vawt (adj.) ‘solid, not hollow’


Fìutralìri tangekä zir fkan vawt, hufwa ke rey.
‘The trunk of the tree feels solid, although it’s dead.’

momek (adj., MO.mek) ‘hollow, not solid’


Tsatangekìri pam fkan momek.
‘That (tree)trunk sounds hollow.’

yeyfya (n., YEY.fya) ‘straight line’


Woleyn Ìstawl yeyfyat mì hllte fte oeyktivìng fraporu tìhawlteri sneyä.
‘Ìstaw drew a line on the ground to explain his plan to everyone.’

yak (n.) ‘fork, branch, point of divergence)


Haya yakro ftivang. Salew rä’ä.
‘Stop at the next fork. Do not proceed further.’

yak si (vin.) ‘diverge, change direction, go astray’


Awnga zene vivar ìlä fìsalewfya. Zenke yak sivi.
‘We must continue in this direction. We must not go astray.’

And some important directional adverbs:

nìyeyfya (adv., nì.YEY.fya) ‘straight ahead, in a straight line’

nìftär (adv., nì.FTÄR) ‘to the left’

nìskien (adv., nì.SKI.en) ‘to the right’


Salew nìyeyfya. Ne ’oratsyìp polähem, yak si nìftär.
‘Proceed straight ahead. When you arrive at the pond, turn to the left.’

’oratsyìp (n., ’O.ra.tsyìp) ‘pond, pool’

Hayalovay, ma smuk!

Edit Oct. 1: Fiutralìri –> Fìutralìri Irayo nìfrakrr, ma Plumps!

Kaltxì, ma Pawl. Sorry for this very late comment, but I’ve just noticed this:

salewfya (n., sa.LEW.fya) ‘direction, course’

Sweylu set txo awnga kivä pesalewfya?
‘What direction should we go in now?’

Why isn’t it “Sweylu set txo awnga kivä pesalewfyaìlä”? I would expect one would go via a direction. Pesalewfya is being used as an adverb. Is this correct?

Irayo ngaru. 😊

Kaltxì, ma Neytiri.

Ngaru tìyawr. In the example sentence you quoted, pesalewfya is being used as an adverb. There’s nothing wrong with pesalewfyaìlä here, but without the adposition the sentence is more colloquial. More familiar examples are Za’u fìtseng vs. Za’u fìtsengne. Here too, both sentences are correct, although the first is more colloquial.

Na’vi 102 Videos!

Ma Eylan,

Lu hasey! Videos of the Na’vi 102 class that it was my pleasure to teach at AvatarMeet 2013 in Shenandoah National Park are now available on YouTube. Descriptions and links to the six videos are below.

Irayo nìtxan to everyone who helped in this endeavor: to Leonopteryx who provided the video projector, speakers and amp; to Mikko who contributed the spiffy digital white board; to DJ Makto who recorded the lessons; to Lightstorm Entertainment who supported the cost of the room rental; and to all the aynumeyu whose enthusiastic participation made the class lively and fun. Most of all, a huge thank-you to Alan, our brilliant videographer, for his time and talent in putting these videos together so beautifully.

Although the material is elementary, I hope that even for our sulfätu these lessons will have some interest, and that you’ll find them useful for teaching others.

Sìlpey oe, faysänumvitsyìp lesar lìyevu ayngaru nìwotx.

Na’vi Class 102 – Part 1
Running Time: 14:35
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=puuuDGYgSss
Description:
Introduction and classroom phrases to help learners ask and respond to questions in Na’vi during the class.

Na’vi Class 102 – Part 2:
Running Time: 16:27
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZCNWYDMT-pk
Description:
A dialogue piece: questions and answers about identity and age.

Na’vi Class 102 – Part 3:
Running Time: 18:36
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eIY5PCOzBLA
Description:
The topical for nouns along with the Na’vi octal numbering system.

Na’vi Class 102 – Part 4:
Running Time: 16:01
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6ps1LYPAVcM
Description:
A dialogue for describing families large and small.

Na’vi Class 102 – Part 5:
Running Time: 18:28
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9SEsL0nbMYM
Description:
Exploring lenition and plurals.

Na’vi Class 102 – Part 6:
Running Time: 21:29
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iaK7rBnxW9k
Description:
The question of ‘What are you doing?’ and its answers reveal the changes that occur to agent and patient words.

Mipa Zìsìt Lefpom! - Happy New Year!

A very Happy New Year, my friends! May 2014 bring health, peace, and joy to you all.

NìNa’vi . . .

Barter and Exchange

Kaltxì, ma eylan.

Well, 2014 has gotten off to a slow start for me. But here’s a brief post, just under the wire for February, with more to follow soon.

This post introduces an important new word: yoa.

yoa (adp-, YO.a) ‘in exchange for’

Yoa is an adp-, i.e. an adposition that does not trigger lenition, used to describe an exchange of items. In particular, it’s used in talking about trade—trading X for Y. The verbs we typically find in yoa sentences are those relevant for giving (tìng), receiving (tel), getting or acquiring (kanom), offering (stxenutìng), accepting (mll’an), etc.

A few examples contributed by the LEP will make the use of yoa clear:


Oel tolìng ngaru tsnganit yoa fkxen.
‘I gave you meat in exchange for vegetables.’ OR ‘I traded you meat for vegetables.’


Fol kolanom pota aysrokit fayoangyoa.
‘They acquired beads from him in exchange for fish.’ OR ‘They bartered fish with him for beads.’


Tayel Tsenul pxeswizawti yoa munsnahawnven.
‘Tsenu will receive three arrows in exchange for a pair of shoes.’

The next two examples are a bit more complicated.

Here, one of the “items” participating in the exchange is in fact an action performed by someone—that is, a clause:


Käsrolìn oel nikroit Peyralur yoa fwa po rol oer.
‘I loaned Peyral a hair ornament in exchange for her singing to me.’

And this example merits careful examination:


Futa ngata tel pxenyoa srät, mll’eian oel.
‘I’m happy to take cloth from you for finished garments.’

(Question: If A = agent, P = patient or object, and V = verb, what’s the basic word order of this sentence—APV, AVP, PAV, PVA, VAP, or VPA?)

Here ’Rrtamì we can adapt kanom + yoa in a natural way to talk about buying things. After all, when you purchase something, what are you doing but acquiring it in exchange for money? All we need are some loan words for earthly currency:

txolar (n., TXO.lar) ‘dollar’

ewro (n., EW.ro) ‘euro’


Poel hawre’tsyìpit kolanom yoa txolar amevol.
‘She bought a little cap for $16.’


Kìmanom oel mipa eltut lefngap yoa ewro.
‘I just bought a new computer.’

In the previous example, note that even when you don’t specify how much you paid, you still need to mention that you acquired the item in exchange for some kind of currency.

Finally, here’s a little listening exercise. I recently composed a short paragraph in Na’vi for a special occasion. Listen and see if you can figure out what the occasion was.

You’ll need to know one new word:

lawnol (n., LAW.nol) ‘great joy’



Hayalovay!

Value and Worth

Kaltxì, ma frapo,

Last time we looked at expressions for barter and exchange using the adposition yoa. This time we move to a related semantic domain and consider how to talk about value and worth. Like the last post, this one introduces a single important root, ley.

ley (vin.) ‘be of value, have some positive value, be worth something’

To say Fì’u ley is to say that the thing in question has some amount of positive value; this could be by virtue of its usefulness, beauty, history, association, etc. Fì’u ke ley means that the thing has no value—i.e., is worthless.

To specify the extent of the value, you need to add qualifiers like nìtxan, ke . . . kaw’it, and so on.

Here are some examples, most of which were contributed by the LEP:


Fì’u ley nìtxan nang!
‘This is super valuable!’


Tsaw ke ley kaw’it pak!
‘That’s not worth a thing!’ OR: ‘That’s just worthless junk!’


Tsasrä anawnekx ley nì’it nì’aw.
‘That burnt cloth is of little value.’


Fìfnerìn ke ley krra slu paynga’.
This kind of wood is worthless when it gets damp.


Flä ke flä, ley säfmi.
‘Whether you succeed or not, the attempt has value.’ (proverb)

säfmi (n., sä.FMI) ‘attempt’

Note that in the following example, the comparison does not require nì’ul, just as we say Po oeto lu tsawl ‘He’s taller than I am’ rather than *Po oeto lu tsawl nì’ul.


Oeri tsaw ke ley fì’uto.
‘I don’t value that over this.’

To inquire about something’s value, use pìmtxan or hìmtxampe ‘how much, to what extent’ along with ley:


Fìnikroi ley pìmtxan?
‘How valuable is this hair ornament?’

To say that A is as valuable as B, use ley with nìftxan/nì’eng and na:


Masat oeyä ley nìftxan na pum ngeyä.
‘My breastplate is as valuable as (OR: worth as much as) yours.’

Use this same structure to express monetary value ’Rrtamì:


Oeyä eltu lefngap ley nì’eng na ewro azafu.
‘My computer is worth 70 euros.’

In casual or informal contexts, nìftxan/nì’eng may be omitted:


Oeyä eltu lefngap ley na ewro azafu.
‘My computer is worth 70 euros.’

Sìlpey oe, fìpostì lilvey ayngaru nìwotx!

Hayalovay.

Edit 01 April: nì’eyng –> nì’eng (3X) Irayo, ma Plumps!

Txantsana fmawn, ma Karyu ulte irayo nìtxan!

Oel tsive’a kxeyeytsyìpit:
azafu to azamfu
Oeyä eltu lefngap ley na ewro azamfu.
kefyak?

Irayo ngar, ma Tìtstewan.

Nìfkeytongay* lu tsalì’u alu azafu eyawr. :-)

100 (64) = zam
101 = zamaw (za.MAW)
102 = zamun (za.MUN)
103 = zapey (za.PEY)
104 = zasìng (za.SÌNG)
105 = zamrr (za.MRR)
106 = zafu (za.FU)
107 = zahin (za.HIN)
110 = zavol (ZA.vol)
111 = zavolaw (za.vo.LAW) . . .

*Teri fìlì’u a tìoeyktìng zaya’u mì fostì ahay. Slä set . . . srake tsun nga ralur ’en sivi? Ulte ftu peseng zola’u? :-)

Oh my god, I am speechless… I see, I have to rewrite my number system guide, I did…
So, I guess that °211 is mezavolaw, kefyak?

Yes, that’s it. Also:

°1000 = vozam (VO.zam)
°10000 = zazam (ZA.zam)

Mipa Aylì’u, Mipa Aysäfpìl — New Words, New Ideas

Kaltxì ayngaru, ma eylan! As May comes to a close, here’s some new vocabulary I hope you’ll find useful. Aysämokìri atxantsan, oeyä aymowarsiyuru [see below!] irayo nìtxan!

mowar (n., mo.WAR) ‘advice, bit or piece of advice’


Ma Neytiri, ayoel kin mowarit ngeyä. Nga tsun ayoer srung sivi srak?
‘Neytiri, we need your advice. Can you help us?’

Derivations:

mowar si (vin.) ‘advise’


Tsun oe mowar sivi ngar, slä ke tsun fyawivìntxu.
‘I can advise you, but I can’t guide you.’

As with ätxäle si, ‘request’, we use tsnì with mowar si to introduce a subordinate clause—that is, ‘advise X to do Y.’


Poe mowar soli poanur tsnì hivum.
‘She advised him to leave.’

mowarsiyu (n., mo.WAR.si.yu) ‘advisor’


Lu fraeyktanur asìltsan txantslusama aymowarsiyu.
‘Every good leader has wise advisors.’

kakpam (adj., kak.PAM) ‘deaf’

Kakpam is built on the same pattern as kakrel, ‘blind.’


Hìkrro mefo kakpam larmu mawkrra pxolor kunsìp.
‘The two of them were deaf for a short time after the gunship exploded.’

tìkakrel (n., tì.kak.REL) ‘blindness’

tìkakpam (n., tì.kak.PAM) ‘deafness’


Pori tìkakrel tìkakpamsì kum tsamä lu.
‘His blindness and deafness are a result of the war.’

pxek (vtr.) ‘kick, shove’


Yerikìl nantangit pxolek fte hivifwo.
‘The hexapede kicked the viperwolf in order to flee.’

Note that pxek by itself covers both ‘kick’ and ‘shove.’ If you need to distinguish between these, add pxunfa ‘with the arm’ or kinamfa ‘with the leg.’


Po pxunfa pxek tsakrr mefo zup nekll!
‘He shoved the two of them and they fell down.’

(More literally: ‘He shoved, and the two of them fell down.’ Remember that if tense and aspect will be clear from the context—which is the assumption here, since it’s presumably part of a narrative—the verbs can simply be in their root forms, without infixes.)

kolan (conv., ko.LAN) ‘I mean, rather (self-correction)’

As with tolel, rolun, and tslolam, the -ol- form of kan ‘aim, intend’ takes on a special conversational meaning. Kolan is used when you need to correct yourself. It tells the listener, ‘My intention was not to say X but rather Y.’


Oeri tsyokx tìsraw si . . . kolan zekwä.
My hand hurts—I mean, my finger.


Fo kolä tsatseng fte tivaron yeri . . . ìì . . . kolan talioangit.
‘They went there to hunt hexa. . . um . . . I mean sturmbeast.’


hena (vtr., HE.na—inf. 1, 2) ‘carry’


Rutxe hivena fìepxangit fpi oe. Oeri skiena tsyokx lu leskxir.
‘Please carry this stone jar for me. My right hand is wounded.’

Derivations:

sähena (n., sä.HE.na) ‘container, vessel, carrier’

This is a general term for any object that can be used as a container or tool to carry something.


Ayfol zamolunge awngar ayrina’it fa sähena apxa.
‘They brought us the seeds in a large container.’

Sähena can also be used as a suffix, in which case it contracts to –sena. X-sena is an object that specifically carries or contains X. This suffix is not productive—that is, in general you’re not free to coin your own –sena words; you have to find them in the lexicon.

Examples:

paysena (n., PAY.se.na) ‘water container’


Tsngal lu fnepaysena.
‘A cup is a type of water container.’

tutsena (n., TUT.se.na) ‘stretcher’

Tutsena is obviously derived from tute+sena, a ‘people-carrier.’ This is the device with which the unconscious Grace is carried to the Tree of Souls in the movie.

tstalsena (n., TSTAL.se.na) ‘knife sheath’

swizawsena (n., swi.ZAW.se.na) ‘quiver (attached to the ikran’s saddle)

In casual conversation, swizawsena is usually contracted to zawsena.

=============================================================

A word about AvatarMeet 2014

As I’m sure you know, this year’s AvatarMeet is taking place right here in my hometown of Los Angeles. Needless to say, I’ll be there! I hope those of you who are able to attend are as excited as I am. And for those who can’t make it, your aysirea will doubtless be with us.

As in past years, I’ll be teaching a Na’vi class—we’re up to Na’vi 103 now—that will be videotaped through the skill and generosity of our videotech team, Alan Taylor and Mikko Wilson. I’m very pleased that several of our aysulfätu lì’fyayä will be joining me as co-instructors.

We’re working on the content of the class right now. Naturally I have some thoughts about what grammatical points and conversational situations to concentrate on this time, but if you have any feelings along those lines—or if you have any other suggestions about the class—I’d love to hear your ideas! Let me know either in a blog comment or a personal email.

Happy June, everyone. Hayalovay!

Teri tsalì’u alu nìfkeytongay — About “nìfkeytongay”

I’ve been reminded that I haven’t yet officially introduced this useful word, although I had promised to in a comment in a previous post. So here it is:

nìfkeytongay (adv., nì.fkey.to.NGAY) ‘actually, as a matter of fact’

The word is most often used to contradict something already said or implied—to “set the record straight,” so to speak. For example:

(NUMEYU: Tok pesenget pamrelìl? Tsat ngal tswolänga’ nìlam.

PAWL: Nìfkeytongay ke tswola’ kaw’it. :-) )

Our Neytiri nailed the derivation of this word:

nì-[tìfkeytok+angay]—that is, “true situation-ly.” The historical stages along the way might have been:

*nìtìfkeytokangay > nìtfkeytokngay (unstressed vowels dropped) > nìfkeytongay (consonants at the end of syllables dropped, making the pronunciation easier and more flowing)

Tsawlultxamaw a Aylì’u — Post-meetup Words

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo!

Another great North American meet-up of the lì’fyaolo’ and the wider Uniltìrantokxolo’ is now behind us. As you know, AvatarMeet 2014 was held in Los Angeles, and so it was a pleasure for my muntxatu alu John (alu Tawtutan aTstunwi) and me to be able to have old and new friends alike over to our house for an afternoon and evening of food, festivities, and fun.

Back at the hotel the next morning, I taught a Na’vi 103 class that picked up where last year’s class left off. Our very talented videographers Alan and Mikko taped the whole thing, and as soon as I let Alan know which misstatements I made that I’d rather not have preserved for posterity, he’ll be once again editing the raw footage into videos that will be posted online. Ngeyä tìkangkemìri atxantsan irayo nìli nìtxan, ma tsmuk!

And now for some new vocabulary. Irayo, as always, to the members of the LEP, whose suggestions are incorporated in some of these words.

First some concrete nouns:

ngoa (n., NGO.a) ‘mud’


Mawfwa zup tompa, lu ngoa atxan fìhapxìmì na’rìngä.
‘After rain, there’s a lot of mud in this part of the forest.’


mawfwa
(conj., MAW.fwa) ‘after’

Note: mawfwa and mawkrra are synonymous: they’re both conjunctions meaning ‘after’ and can be used interchangeably.

neni (n., NE.ni) ‘sand’


Neni lew si fìtxayor vay txampay nìwotx.
‘Sand covers this expanse all the way to the ocean.’


fwep
(n.) ‘dust (on a surface)’

fwopx (n.) ‘dust (in the air)’

Although English uses the same word for airborne dust and dust on the ground or on a surface, Na’vi makes a distinction. As you may have guessed, fwopx was originally derived from fwep + pìwopx ‘cloud.’


Slärìl ngaʼ fwepit atxan.
‘The cave is very dusty.’


Txewìl ʼolaku fwepit ftumfa kelku sneyä.
‘Txewì removed the dust from inside his house.’


Tsawke slolu vawm talun fwopx.
‘The sun became dark due to dust in the air.’

Next, a useful adverb:

nìyey (adv., nì.YEY) ‘directly, straight to the point; just’

You already know the word nìyeyfya, which indicates actual movement straight ahead or in a straight line. Nìyey, on the other hand, is metaphorical: it describes an action performed in a direct manner, without hesitation or distraction. So the Na’vi version of the famous Nike slogan is:


Kem si nìyey!
‘Just do it!’

You may be thinking, why not say Kem si nì’aw? That’s possible, but there’s a subtle difference in meaning between the two forms.

Ni’aw is ‘just’ in the sense of ‘only.’ It’s used, for example, in a situation where there’s a choice of A, B, or C, and you’re telling people to ignore A and B and only go with C. Pxirit fu swoat näk rä’ä; niväk payit nì’aw. ‘Don’t drink beer or spirits; just drink water.’ So Kem si nì’aw means something along the lines of, ‘If you have several options, one of which is acting, disregard the other options and just act.’

Nìyey is ‘just’ in the sense of ‘directly.’ So Kem si nìyey implies, ‘Don’t hesitate, don’t overthink it, don’t get distracted, just forge ahead and act.’

’al (vtr.) ‘waste’


Rä’ä ’ival syuvet!
‘Don’t waste food!’

Derivation:

tì’al (n., tì.’AL) ‘wastefulness’


Tì’al lu zoplo a tsari ke tsun txoa livu nìftue.
‘Wastlefulness is an offense that cannot easily be forgiven.’

le’al (adj., le.’AL) ‘wasteful (not for people)’


Fwa sar payit fìtxan lu le’al.
‘Using this much water is wasteful.’

nì’al (adv., nì.’AL) ‘wastefully’

srey (n.) ‘version’


Fìsrey pukä alu Horen Lì’fyayä leNa’vi lu swey nìlaw .
This version of the book A Reference Grammar of Na’vi is clearly the best.


lupra
(n., LUP.ra) ‘style’


Plltxe frapo san fìfkxile lor lu nìngay sìk, slä oeri ke sunu oer lupra kaw’it.
‘Everybody says this necklace is really beautiful, but me, I don’t like the style one bit.’

(In the above example, note the double use of oeri/oer for emphasis and change of focus: Everybody is X, but as for me, I’m Y.)

The lup part of lupra shows up in compounds:

fyolup (adj., FYO.lup) ‘exquisite, sublime in style’

fe’lup (adj., FE’.lup) ‘tacky, in poor taste’

snolup (n., SNO.lup) ‘personal style or aesthetic, presence’


Por lu snolup a new frapo rì’ìr sivi.
‘He/She has a personal style that everyone wants to emulate.’

’ongop (vtr., ’O.ngop—infixes 2,2) ‘design’

Although on first glance it might look as if this verb is related to ’ong ‘unfold, blossom,’ it’s not. It actually comes from the noun ’on ‘shape, form’ + the verb ngop ‘create.’


Fìtskoti afyolup ’ongolop oeyä sempulìl.
‘This exquisite bow was designed by my father.’

Derivation:

’ongopyu (n., ’O.ngop.yu) ‘designer’

One more thing for now: Earlier this year I was invited to be part of the California Cognitive Science Conference at the University of California, Berkeley. This year’s theme was creativity. The talks are now online. Here’s mine:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JzaZlRav2DY

This talk was a little different from the others I’ve given; you might find parts of the beginning and end interesting.

Hayalovay, ma smuk.

Kaltxì ma Pawl!

Tsatsawlultxari ‘ok layeiu oeru krrä tì’i’avay. Ngahu Tsyanhusì aylahehusì käteng a skxomìri ke tsun nìtam oe irayo sivi. Lu am’aluke swaw azey.

mawfwa (conj., MAW.fwa) ‘before’

Note: mawfwa and mawkrra are synonymous: they’re both conjunctions meaning ‘before’ and can be used interchangeably.

after*

txantsana aylì’u nìfrakrr! Very useful and interesting stuff in here as always.

You know, what a coincidence.. Just earlier, before I saw this post, I was thinking about how to say “Just Do It”. I didn’t think of saying it that way, but did consider and reject nì’aw on the same grounds.

So I see also here that you used word order to translate into the passive:

Fìtskoti afyolup ’ongolop oeyä sempulìl.
‘This exquisite bow was designed by my father.’

So it’s decided that this sentence structure alone (object first, subject specified and last) is enough cause to translate into English as passive?

I also loved your Talk on creating Na’vi as well. It’s always a pleasure to hear you speak.

Pawl August 4, 2014 at 2:36 pm

>>>Tsatsawlultxari ‘ok layeiu oeru krrä tì’i’avay. Ngahu Tsyanhusì aylahehusì käteng a skxomìri ke tsun nìtam oe irayo sivi. Lu am’aluke swaw azey.

Fwa tsolun nga ziva’u moeyä kelkune fte tsivun pxoe ’awsiteng kiväteng nìmun oeru teya soleiyi nìngay.

>>>mawfwa (conj., MAW.fwa) ‘before’

>>>after*

’Ä’! Irayo! Zeykoleio.

>>>So I see also here that you used word order to translate into the passive:

>>>Fìtskoti afyolup ’ongolop oeyä sempulìl.
>>>‘This exquisite bow was designed by my father.’

>>>So it’s decided that this sentence structure alone (object first, subject specified and last) is enough cause to translate into English as passive?

Well, the given sentence in Na’vi could be translated as either active or passive. With the object first, the most natural English equivalent is a passive structure, because object-initial sentences are rare in English. We sometimes say things like “Spaghetti I can cook really well,” or “Her I love; him I can’t stand,” but usually if we want to begin with the underlying object in English, we convert to a passive structure. Na’vi of course doesn’t have a passive, but sentences like the one in the example can often fulfill the same function in discourse as the passive does in English and other languages.

>>>I also loved your Talk on creating Na’vi as well. It’s always a pleasure to hear you speak.

😊

Maybe ‘ongop is more general sense, design the big picture or design the main outline or form or shape of something. And maybe rengop is more fine tuned and specific, designing the patterns on something?

Ma Tirea Aean, ngaru tìyawr nìwotx! ’Ongop is for the larger, “macro” aspects of design–the shape of a bow, the structure of a bridge. Rengop is for finer details, as the intricate design of an ornament. And when we use Na’vi mì ’Rrta, if you were designing a computer program I’d say it would be rengop as well, since it’s the detail and the pattern that’s important.

Stxeli Alor – A Beautiful Gift

Kaltxì, ma smuk.

As a little listening exercise, I’d like to tell you about a beautiful gift John and I received.

First, a couple of new words you’ll need:

krrka (adp-, KRR.ka) ‘during’

tìreyn (n., tì.REYN) ‘train’ (borrowed from English)


go here for the text

PF pic 1

JB pic

PF pic 2

Regarding my little “puzzle” above:

Some good responses!

Basically, it’s a question of what things hold together in the two sentences–a question of what linguists like to call phrase structure or constituent structure. Let’s analyze each sentence in turn.

1. Ayoel kayanom pamrelit a mì haya postì.

The a here shows that mì haya postì is closely linked to the preceding word, pamrelit. That is, pamrelit a mì haya postì is a phrase or constituent (in this case, a noun phrase). It might help to think of it in your mind as hyphenated: pamrelit-a-mì-haya-postì, the-text-in-the-next-post or the-text-that’s-in-the-next-post. So this phrase answers the question, “What will we receive?” Answer: “The text in the next post.” Notice that this leaves open the question of when or where we’re going to get it! It might be, for example, that I’m planning to send you the text that’s going to be in the next post ahead of time so you can take a look at it first. But I haven’t told you when or where you’ll receive it.

Contrast that with the second sentence:

2. Ayoel kayanom pamrelit mì haya postì.

The important thing to recognize is that in this one, pamrelit mì haya postì is NOT a phrase! It’s two phrases sitting side-by-side–pamrelit and mì haya postì. So the interpretation here is that (a) we’ll receive the text, and (b) we’ll receive it in the next post.

We have comparable examples in English–and probably in most if not all languages. Consider this sentence:

3. I’ll send you the report she wrote on Friday.

Can you see two different interpretations of that?

We can bring out the differences using brackets to show constituent (phrase) structure:

3a: I’ll send you [the report she wrote on Friday].
That is, she wrote a report on Friday, and I’ll send it to you. (Maybe I’ll send it on Monday.)

3b: I’ll send you [the report she wrote] [on Friday].
That is, she wrote a report (I’m not specifying when she wrote it), and I’ll send it to you on Friday.

Sìlpey oe, fìtìoeyktìng livu law . . . ulte ke lu law na ngoa.

Stxeli Alor: The text

Here’s the text to the listening exercise in the previous post. If you haven’t already, I think it would be a great idea to listen to the narrative several times and try to write out what you hear. Then compare it to the text below.

Tengfya omum aynga, krrka tsawlultxa Uniltìrantokxolo’ä a mì LosÄntsyelesì vospxìam, kaymo zola’u frayultxatu ne kelku moeyä fte yivom wutsot, ftivia nì’it lì’fyati leNa’vi, ulte kiväteng nì’o’. Tsyanìri sì oeri loleiu tsakaym tsyeym angay.

Kaymkrrka tolel moel ta ayultxatu stxelit akosman—nìfkeytongay, mestxelit alu lora merel Tsyanä sì oeyä. Tsun aynga mesat tsive’a fìtseng:

Lu txantsan nìngay, kefyak? Fìmerelit ’ongolop awngeyä tsulfätul reltseoä alu Älìn. Tengfya tsun tsive’a, lupra eltur tìtxen si nìtxan. Relit oeyä ngolop Älìnìl fa hì’ia aylì’u leNa’vi, relit Tsyanä fa hì’ia aysìreyn. (Sunu Tsyanur tìreyn nìtxan.)

Fìmestxeli alor kur set ta kxemyo a mì helku moeyä.

Fìmeuiari seiyi moe irayo nìtxan, ma smuk. Moeru teya si nìngay.

And here’s the English translation:

As you know, during the Avatar Community Meet-up in Los Angeles last month, all the participants came to our house one evening to have dinner, study a little Na’vi, hang out together, and have fun. For John and me, that evening was a real treasure.

During the evening we received a wonderful gift from the participants—actually, two gifts: two beautiful pictures of John and me. You can see both of them here:

They’re excellent, aren’t they? The two portraits were created by our Master of Visual Arts, Alan. As you can see, the style is very interesting. Alan created my portrait out of little Na’vi words; John’s he created out of trains. (John likes trains a lot.)

These two beautiful gifts are now hanging on a wall in our home.

We thank you so much for this honor, brothers and sisters. We’re greatly touched.

One thing to note here is the adverb kaymo ‘one evening.’ As you can see, it’s simply kaym ‘evening’ with the indefinite –o suffix. You can use this same structure to form other such adverbs from many of the other words you know relating to time of day or the calendar:

trro ‘one day’
rewono ‘one morning’
ha’ngiro ‘one afternoon’
txono ‘one night’
kintrro ‘one week’
muntrro ‘one weekend’
vospxìo ‘one month’
zìsìto ‘one year’

Don’t confuse, for example, trr a’aw with trro. Both can be translated ‘one day,’ but their use is very different. Trro is an adverb, answering the question, When did it happen?

Po fnarmu frakrr, slä trro poltxe.
‘She was always silent, but one day she spoke.’

Trr a’aw or ’awa trr, on the other hand, is a noun phrase that can be the subject or object of a verb:

Fìtìkangkemviri oel kin ’awa trrti nì’aw.
‘For this project I only need one day.’

Stay tuned for some new vocabulary . . .

Ayngeyä sìpawmìri atxantsan irayo, ma smuk. Slä txe’lan mawey. Sngum rä’ä si.* Fìlì’fyaviri tìfkeytok ke leiu lehrrap. 😊

sngum si (vin.) ‘worry’

With these time and calendar expressions, the –o suffix indicates that the expression is being used adverbially and not substantively—that is, as an adverb rather than as a noun or noun phrase. You’re right that there are different ways the adverbial can be interpreted—as a point in time (e.g., something happened on one particular day) or as a duration (something happened for the length of one day). But this situation is not uncommon. It occurs, for example, in English. Notice how “one day” is interpreted in these two sentences:

Point in time: “I didn’t think I’d hear from her, but she called me one day.”

Duration: “You study Chinese one day and you’re disappointed you can’t speak it fluently?”

Most of the time the correct interpretation will be clear from the context. So in the example with syura that Blue Elf gave (thanks for reminding me of that wonderful sentence from the LEP!), I think it’s pretty clear that trro there is point-in-time, not duration.

Real languages can live with a certain amount of ambiguity provided there are mechanisms in the language for disambiguating when necessary. In this particular situation, Na’vi can indicate the durative interpretation by using the adposition ka ‘across’, which you’ve already seen relating to time in the word krrka ‘during’—that is, across a length of time. Ka here corresponds to English “for.” So for example:

Pol lì’fyati leNa’vi ftolia ka trro.
‘He studied Na’vi for a day.’

To be even clearer, you could add a’aw at the end.

To specifically indicate the point-in-time interpretation, you can use ro (ADP+) ‘at’:

Ro srro Ralu zola’u fte oehu ultxa sivi.
‘One day Ralu came to meet with me.’

Keep in mind you don’t have to use ka and ro with adverbial time expressions, but if you anticipate a possible misinterpretation of your intended meaning, it’s a good idea to use them.

Sìlpey oe tsnì tìfkeytok law slilvu!

Txantsan! Tìoeyktìngìri oe irayo seiyi.
Tsalsungay vingkap oeti tìpawmìl a’aw: Srake tsun awngal sivar lì’uti alu ka nìtengfya pum alu krrka, kolan luke -o?
Natkenong: “Tompa li zerängup ka mesrr”.
Fu tsalì’u alu ka nì’aw srung si fte zeykivo ralit li’uä lekrr a nga’ -o?

Great! Thanks for the explanation.
However one question came to my mind: Can we use ka in the same way as krrka, without -o?
For example: “It’s already raining two days”.
Or the adposition ka only helps to correct the meaning of a time word containing -o?

Eltur tìtxen si a tìpawm, ma Tanri.

Use ka, as you’ve suggested, to make clear the meaning of a time word containing -o. So we have:

Tompa li zerängup ka mesrro.
and
Tompa li zerängup krrka mesrr.

Nìvingkap – sngum si is interesting construction, so far we could write:
Lu oeru sngum a X – I’m afraid/worried that X.
What about topical + sngum si?
X-ri oe sngum si.
Is the meaning the same or it differs somehow?

Good observation, ma B. E.

You’re right–there are two ways to express worry, and I don’t see any difference in meaning between them. For example:

1. Lu oeru sngum a po ke zaya’u.

2. Furia po ke zaya’u oe sngum si.

Both mean “I’m worried that he won’t come.” It’s possible, though, that in terms of focus and emphasis, one will fit better into a conversation than the other.

Tson sì Fpomron — Obligation and Mental Health

Kaltxì, ma frapo.

I have some new vocabulary for you today that I think you’ll find useful. Most of these will be in the categories of obligation and mental health, but there will be some miscellaneous words as well. Thanks as always to our intrepid LEP members and others for some of the ideas I’ve used here, several of which go back quite a while.

Tson: Obligation

tson (n.) ‘obligation, duty, imposed requirement’

A tson is a duty, task, obligation, etc. that’s imposed on you by someone in a position to do so—that is, someone with some kind of authority over you or who is higher than you in some relevant hierarchy. It could be a parent, an older sibling, a boss, a clan leader, Eywa, and so on. The imposer of the obligation is indicated with ta.


Za’u tsatson ta Eywa.
‘That obligation comes from Eywa.’



Längu oeru tson a fìfmawnit piveng ngar.
‘I’m sorry that I’m obliged to tell you this news.’



Lu Neytirir ta Mo’at a tson a kar Tsyeykur ayfya’ot Na’viyä.
‘Neytiri is under obligation by/from Mo’at to teach Jake the ways of the Na’vi.’

Derived form:

nìtson (adv., nì.TSON) ‘dutifully, as an obligation’


Pol vewng fratrr ayevengit nìtson.
‘He observes his duty to care for the kids every day.’

A verb that often accompanies tson is kxìm:

kxìm (vtr.) ‘command, order, assign a task’

As a transitive verb, kxìm always takes tson or a synonym as its direct object; the person being assigned the task is in the dative.


Ayevengur kxolìm sa’nokìl fìtsonit.
‘Mother imposed this task on the children’ OR ‘The children were assigned this task by their mother.’

To specify what the task is, you would expect tsonit a. That is in fact what you use, except that over time tsonit a has contracted to tsonta. Note that tsonta is NOT derived from tson + ta!

tsonta (conj., TSON.ta) ‘to (with kxìm)’


Ayevengur kxolìm sa’nokìl tsonta payit zamunge.
‘The children were told by their mother to fetch water.’

(Note in the previous sentence that as long as “their” can be understood from the context, it doesn’t need to be expressed in Na’vi.)

Derived forms:

tìkxìm (n., tì.KXÌM) ‘commanding, ordering, assigning tasks’


Sìltsana eyktan zene fnivan tìkxìmti.
‘A good leader must be skilled at assigning tasks.’


tìkxìm si
(vin., tì.KXÌM si) ‘be above someone in a hierarchy, be someone’s superior’


Po tìkxìm si oer.
1. ‘He is above me (in some relevant hierarchy).’
2. ‘I am under him.’
3. ‘He has authority over me.’
4. ‘He is my boss.’


kxìmyu
(n., KXÌM.yu) ‘commander, one with authority over another’


Ngeyä kxìmyu pesu?
‘Who’s your boss?’

(Note that in the above sentence, lu has been omitted, which is very frequent in conversation with interrogative words like pesu/tupe, peu/’upe, etc.)

Another way to say the above sentence, of course, is Pesu tìkxìm si ngar?

Finally, note this useful conversational expression:


Kxìmyu nga. ‘Please! Go ahead. You first.’

Literally, this says, “My commander (is) you.” It’s used as politeness formula to tell someone (who doesn’t necessarily have to be above you) to go through a door first, take the last piece of teylu, etc.

And speaking of et cetera:

saylahe (adv., say.LA.he) ‘et cetera’

Saylahe is a contraction of sì aylahe ‘and others.’ In writing, the abbreviation sl. may be used where we would use etc.

Fpomron: Mental health

You’re already familiar with the words having to do with bodily health or well-being: fpomtokx, lefpomtokx, kelfpomtokx. If we substitute ron for tokx in these words (ron is shortened from ronsem, ‘mind’), we get the corresponding words for mental health:

fpomron (n., fpom.RON) ‘health or well-being (mental)’

lefpomron (adj., le.fpom.RON) ‘healthy (mentally)’

kelfpomron (adj., kel.fpom.RON) ‘unhealthy (mentally)’


Pori fpomtokx sì fpomron yo’.
‘His physical and mental health are perfect.’



Ke tsun nga tìkxìm sivi oer. Lu nga kelfpomron!
‘You can’t order me around. You’re mentally unsound!’

Note that the four adjectives lefpomtokx, kelfpomtokx, lefpomron, and kelfpomron are ofp—only for people. If you want to say that something is unhealthful, you need to use the nfp—not for people—forms, which end in –nga’.

fpomtokxnga’ (adj. nfp, fpom.TOKX.nga’) ‘healthful (physically)’

kefpomtokxnga’ (adj. nfp, ke.fpom.TOKX.nga’) ‘unhealthful (physically)’

fpomronga’ (adj. nfp, fpom.RO.nga’) ‘healthful (mentally)’

kefpomronga’ (adj. nfp, ke.fpom.RO.nga’) ‘unhealthful (mentally)’

(Note that in these words, -ronnga’ à -ronga’. Cf. ingyenga’.)


Tsat rä’ä yivom! Ke lu fpomtokxnga’.
‘Don’t eat that. It’s not healthful.’ (I.e., It will make you unhealthy.)



Ma Entu, fìkem rä’ä sivi; lu kefpomronga’.
‘Entu, don’t do this; it’s not healthy (mentally).’



Fwa lawk aysì’efuti ayeylankip lu fpomronga’.
‘It’s healthy among friends to discuss feelings.’

By the way, we used to have this distinction in English: there was “healthy” for a person and “healthful” for things that promoted health. So Alice would be healthy, but the salad she was eating would be healthful. Almost no one seems to observe that distinction anymore; the word ‘healthful’ has declined precipitously.

A note on pronunciation: When an ejective is immediately followed by a consonant, it can be hard to pronounce. In many such cases it’s simply pronounced as a “regular” stop, although there’s no change in the writing. So in particular,

__pxm__ –> __pm__

__txn__ –> __tn__

__kxng__ –> __kng__

in pronunciation only. For example, fpomtokxnga’ is pronounced as if it were simply fpomtoknga’.

Also notice what happens to the pronunciation of kx in fpomtokx sì fpomron in one of the above examples.

And some miscellaneous vocabulary:

srefpìl (vtr., sre.FPÌL—inf. 2, 2) ‘assume’

Srefpìl is stronger than ’en si ‘guess,’ in that it reflects the speaker’s current understanding of a situation from the available data.


Srefpìl oel futa nga lu toktor Lìvìngsìton.
‘Doctor Livingstone, I presume.’

(That’s one of the example sentences that came directly from the LEP. I love it!)

Srefpìl may also be used intransitively with tsnì:


Srefpìl Omatikaya tsnì Tsyeyk kawkrr ke tayätxaw maw kavuk sneyä.
‘The Omaticaya assumed that Jake would never return after his treachery.’

srefwa (conj., SRE.fwa) ‘before’

This word corresponds to mawfwa ‘after.’ I was surprised to discover it wasn’t in the dictionary, so here it is.


Srefwa oe hum, new pivlltxe.
‘Before I leave, I want to speak.’

And finally, a pair of “correlatives”—words that go together in pairs.

ken’aw (adv., ken.’AW) ‘not only’

släkop (adv., SLÄ.kop) ‘but also’

Ken’aw is derived from ke + nì’aw; släkop is obviously slä + kop. They’re usually used together, although släkop can appear by itself as well.


Ngeyä tsmuke lu ken’aw lor släkop kanu.
‘Your sister is not only beautiful but also intelligent.’



Frakrr lu ngeyä sìpawm ngäzìk släkop letsranten.
‘Your questions are always difficult but also important.’

If you think these words are very like the corresponding words in English in their structure and use, you’re right. Needless to say there’s no connection between Na’vi and English (other than a few borrowed terms), but sometimes things in unrelated languages develop in parallel ways. This is an example of that phenomenon.

That’s it for now. Ayngari sìlpey oe tsnì ken’aw fpomtokx släkop fpomron yivo’. 😊 Hayalovay!

Txe’lan mawey 😊 Frawzo!

Thinking about what you said about unrelated languages developing in parallel ways. Of course, you are right. We can see that in many Earth languages. Nevertheless, I’d have expected kikop instead of släkop, especially with the already existing pair ke … ki.

Well, ke . . . ki is used for pointing out a correct alternative. When you say ke A ki B, you’re saying that A is not correct; it should be substituted with B. Here, though, it’s not a question of alternation but of addition: ken’aw A släkop B means that A is indeed correct but needs to be augmented with B. Kikop would have too much of an alternative sense, I feel.

What’s the parallel situation in German? If I’m not mistaken, ke . . . ki is nicht . . . sondern (not nicht . . . aber, right?). But what is the equivalent of “not only . . . but also”? Do you use sondern in that structure?

Twenty before the Holidays

Kaltxì ayngaru, ma eylan.

I hope you’re all doing well and looking forward to healthy and happy holidays.

Here are some new vocabulary items I hope you’ll find useful. Thanks, as always, to the stalwart LEP contributors for some of these ideas.

First, some words for good and bad sights and sounds.

Na’vi distinguishes two kinds of ‘noise’:

väpam (n., VÄ.pam) ‘noise: ugly or unpleasant sound, screech’

hawmpam (n., HAWM.pam) ‘noise: sound that is excessive, unnecessary, inappropriate, unexpected, or startling’

As you see, väpam, from vä’ ‘unpleasant to the senses’ + pam ‘sound,’ is always an unpleasant sound; hawmpam, from hawng ‘overabundance’ + pam, is not necessarily an ugly sound but rather one that’s somehow wrong—a sound that in some sense shouldn’t be there.

Examples:


Ninatìri tìrusol Txewìyä lu väpam.
‘To Ninat, Txewì’s singing is noise.’


A: Sunu oeru nìtxan aysäftxulì’u peyä.
‘I like his speeches a lot.’
B. Srake nìngay plltxe nga? Oeri ke tsun oe yivune tsaväpamit.
‘Really? I myself can’t listen to that noise.’



Fìhawmpam pelun, ma ’itan? Fnivu set!
‘Why all this noise, son? Be quiet now!’

Derivations:

lehawmpam (adj., le.HAWM.pam) ‘noisy’

nìhawmpam (adv., nì.HAWM.pam) ‘noisily’


Taronyul lehawmpam ska’a sätaronit.
‘A noisy hunter destroys the hunt.’



Txo fko tivul mì na’rìng nìhawmpam, stawm ayioang.
‘If you run noisily in the forest, the animals will hear.’

And here are some other adjectives relating to good and bad sounds—and sights—built on the ftxìlor/ftxìvä’ (‘good tasting/bad tasting’—literally, ‘pleasant or unpleasant to the tongue’) pattern we’ve already seen. These words are more specific than the general adjectives lor and vä’, which can be applied to any sensory experience.

miklor (adj., mik.LOR) ‘pleasant sounding, beautiful sounding’

mikvä’ (adj., mik.VÄ’) ‘bad-sounding’

narlor (adj., nar.LOR) ‘beautiful visually’

narvä’ (adj., nar. VÄ’) ‘ugly, unsightly’

And since we’ve been talking about sounds:

zawr (n.) ‘animal call’

Let me quote the LEP committee here, since they’ve provided a nice explanation of this word:

Zawr is used for the sound an animal makes for vocal communication. It can be used alone to mean “an animal cry” or “the call of an animal,” but it’s very general . . . When translating into English, it can then be changed to mean whatever sound is normally associated [with a particular animal]: the roar of a palulukan, the screech of an ikran, the bellow of a talioang.”

Zawr thus takes the place of a more specific word for a particular animal’s vocalization, like nguway for the howl of a nantang. It’s always correct, although the specific words are more colorful.


Zawr yerikä lu ’ango.
‘The call of the hexapede is quiet.’


tìnew
(n., tì.NEW) ‘desire’

Tìnew is parallel to tìkin ‘need,’ in that it can refer either to the general state or concept or to a specific instance.


Tsamsiyuri lu tìyora’ä tìnew lekin.
‘A warrior must have the desire for victory.’



Lu oer tìnew a tse’a txampayit.
‘I have a desire to see the ocean.’



Pxìm lu tìnew lehawng kxutu fpomä.
‘Excessive desire is often the enemy of peace.’


nopx
(vtr.) ‘put away, store’


Tsko swizawti nivopx, ma ’ite. Ke taron oeng fìtrr.
‘Put away your bow and arrow, daughter. You and I are not hunting today.’


tiam
(vtr., TI.am—inf. 1, 2) ‘count’


Rutxe tiviam aysrokit tsakrr holpxayti piveng oer.
‘Please count the beads and tell me the number.’

Derived from tiam we have a word for infinite or uncountable:

ketsuktiam (adj., ke.tsuk.TI.am) ‘uncountable, infinite’

Note that this word doesn’t necessarily mean something is literally uncountable or infinite, but only that the number is exceedingly large.


Holpxay sanhìyä a mì saw lu ketsuktiam; keng ke tsun fko tsive’a sat nìwotx.
‘The number of stars in the sky is infinite; it’s not even possible to see them all.’

A related word is:

txewluke (adj., TXEW.lu.ke) ‘endless, boundless, without limit’

The basic difference between ketsuktiam and txewluke is that the former is for countables while the latter is for noncountables:


Spaw Na’vil futa tìyawn Eywayä lu txewluke.
‘The Na’vi believe that Eywa’s love is boundless.’

’umtsa (n., ’UM.tsa) ‘medicine’


Ralul ngolop ’umtsat fa aysyulang fwäkìwllä.
Ralu made medicine from flowers of the Mantis orchid.



Fìsäspxinìri ngeyä ke längu kea ’umtsa.
‘Unfortunately there is no medicine for this disease of yours.’


lang
(vtr.) ‘investigate, explore’

There is overlap in meaning between lang and steftxaw ‘examine, check.’ Lang has a sense of exploring something previously unknown, without preconceived notions of what you’re going to find; steftxaw can imply a detailed examination of the components of something, perhaps against a checklist. But the two are often interchangeable.


Lumpe lerang Kelutralit Sawtutel?
‘Why are the humans exploring Hometree?’

Derivations:

tìlang (n., tì.LANG) ‘exploration (general sense)’

sälang (n., sä.LANG) ‘an exploration or investigation’


Srane, sunu Sawtuteru tìlang, slä ke omum fol teyngta kempe zene sivi mawkrra ’uoti rolun.
‘Yes, the Skypeople love exploration, but they don’t know what to do once they find something.’



Kum sälangä leyewla längu. Ke rolun awngal ke’ut.
‘The result of the investigation was, I’m sorry to say, disappointing. We found nothing.’

Finally, here are a couple of idiomatic expressions you may find useful.

First, a couple of new words:

kxum (adj.) ‘viscous, gelatinous, thick’

kxumpay (n., KXUM.pay) ‘viscous liquid, gel’

Kxumpay is the word used for the aloe-like gel derived from the leaves of the paywll ‘dapophet’ plant that’s used as an ’umtsa.

Idiom: (Na) kenten mì kumpay

Literally, this is ‘(like) a fan lizard in gel.’ (Note that we would expect a linking a in this phrase: na kenten a mì kumpay. In proverbial expressions, however, the a is often omitted.)

The sense is one of being in an environment where you’re prevented from acting naturally or doing what you want to do. The kenten wants to spread his beautiful fan and fly away, but being encased in gel, he is unable to.

Example:


Narmew oe foru na’rìngä tìlorit wivìntxu, slä ke tsängun fo tslivam. ’Efu oe na kenten mì kumpay.
‘I wanted to show them the beauty of the forest, but sadly, they weren’t able to understand. I felt completely stymied.’

Idiom: (Na) loreyu ’awnampi

Literally, ‘(like) a touched helicoradian’ (Again, the expected a has been omitted in a proverbial expression.)

As you recall from the film, loreyu are the beautiful spiral-shaped plants that immediately curl up and vanish when touched. The analogy is used to indicate extreme shyness.


Lu por mokri amiklor, slä loreyu ’awnampi lu. Ke tsun rivol eo sute.
‘She has a beautiful voice, but she’s extremely shy. She can’t sing in front of people.’

Until next time. Hayalovay, ma smuk!

Edit 01 Dec.: tìyawnìl Eywayä –> tìyawn Eywayä

Sìltsana aylì’u amip! Hufwa tsolun fko srefivey ‘a’awa pumit a tsatakip (alu miklor saylahe), lu aylì’u amawnll’an set.

But I’d want to make one nitpicking question: in this example
Txo fko tivul mì na’rìng nìhawmpam, stawm ayioang. (If you walk noisily in the forest, the animals will hear)
I’d expect ….stawm ayioangìl as I hear unspoken “you” in this part (stawm ayiongìl ngat). IMHO they hear even if you do not move or move silently 😊
Am I too wrong? And maybe tivìran instead of tivul would be nearer to translation (well, no need to be exact and literal, but I still think it is better).

One more question: is it possible use ta in Ralul ngolop ’umtsat fa aysyulang fwäkìwllä example?

I’d say there’s a difference in meaning here. ta meaning that the ingrediants for the medicine came from the plant, fa that the medicine was made with the help of the plant… Or am I wrong? 😊

Sìltsana tìoeyktìng! Ta and fa are both possible, but the meaning is, as you say, a bit different. Fa might best be translated into English as “using” the plant, implying that there could be ingredients from other sources as well. Ta implies that the medicine was made entirely from the plant.

Txantsana tìpawm, ma B.E. :-)

When a verb that typically takes an object appears without one, it’s sometimes a judgment call whether or not to include the –(ì)l suffix on the agent. Some cases are clear. For example, in the sentence Tsatute a ngal tse’a lu tsmukan oeyä, the –l appears on the agent even though the object isn’t explicitly mentioned in the clause containing tse’a, since it is explicitly mentioned in the main clause, and we know exactly what it is. On the other hand, in an exchange like this:

A. Kempe seri ngeyä eylan?
B. Fo yerom.

we don’t know explicitly what the friends are eating (presumably it’s something edible!), and it doesn’t matter: they’re simply engaged in an act of eating. So the agentive marker isn’t necessary: It’s fo, not fol.

In the running-noisily sentence, you could certainly argue that the object of stawm is implicitly fkoti, which would justify the agentive suffix. But it’s not entirely clear. The object might also be hawmpamit fkeyä, or something similar. Since the object hasn’t been mentioned clearly and explicitly, leaving off the agentive suffix is also justifiable. I suspect that that’s what a native speaker would do in this situation, in colloquial conversation. But this is one of those ”gray area” cases where you could argue either way.

You’re right about run vs. walk. I’ve changed the English to “run.” Irayo!

Ayngaru tsìnga yora’tut! - May I present the four winners!

Ma eylan,

To close out the year I have a real treat:

It is my pleasure to announce the winners of the 2014 Na’vi Writing Contest and present their work to you.

This year’s theme was:

Mrra zìsìt hu Uniltìrantokx sì LearnNa’vi.org teya ta vur lu. Pivlltxe pum ngeyä!

Five years with Avatar and LN are full of stories. Tell yours!

The participants were asked to write about these themes:

As in past years, the categories were Poetry and Prose, with a winner and runner-up in each one. I’ve been informed that this year, the four judges—Kemaweyan, Plumps, Prrton, and Tìtstewan—working independently, found the decisions difficult but eventually reached exactly the same conclusions. Without further ado, the winners are:

POETRY:

First place: Vawmataw
Second place: Alyara Arati

PROSE:

First place: Wllìm
Second place: Blue Elf

Seykxel sì nitram, ma smuk! Fyolupa aysängop ayngeyä oeru teya si nìngay.

Congratulations to the winners for your beautiful and moving work; thank you to everyone who submitted entries; irayo to the judges who adjudicated fairly and conscientiously.

And a heartfelt irayo to all of you, my friends, in the Lì’fyaolo’. It continues to be a huge source of pride for me to see the language I created embraced with such dedication and love by a worldwide community of Na’vi-ists at all levels of mastery. As the language continues to develop, I know that my connection to all of you will remain one of the great joys of my life.

Oh, and . . .

MIPA ZÌSÌT LEFPOM! 2015 promises to be an exciting year for the Avatar community as the three sequels begin filming. Furia tìkangkem oeyä ye’rìn nìmun sngìyä’i, ’efu oe nitram nìtxan!

All the best, my friends, for a wonderful new year. Mì zìsìt amip lìyevu ayngaru nìwotx txana fpomtokx, fpomron, tìyawn, sì tì’o’.

Hayalovay.

And now, the winning entries:

POETRY

1st place: Vawmataw

Oet yune

Ayi’enit zamunge
Fte reykivol fa tirea
Eo sanhì sì Eywa
Ulte rivol vaykrr srer tsawke.

Vitrautraleo heyn oe.
Krra srer atan txonä,
Pam hum ftu kxa oeyä.

Aysanhìl oet yune
Tsengio nìfya’o a fnu.
Eywal oet yune,
Tìng mikyun lefpoma ‘upxareru
Sì sngumluke a vitraru
Tìme’em syamaw
Ayatokirina’ru
A srew oehu.

Krra zayene hivum kifkeyftu,
Oe neiew sivalew Eywahu.

2nd place: Alyara Arati

ma oeyä smukan
fu stum aysmukan
aylì’uta oeyä
smivon ayngar oeti
hufwa ayngakip oe
tìran ‘ukluke mi

pam mevenuä oeyä
lu sätsyìsyì hufweyä
ulte rururìri wokto
ke lam oey txe’lanä kato
slä tsranten oe
tsalsungay…

teri lì’fya leNa’vi
sì lì’fyaolo’ leNa’vi
fìsyon oer sunu frato:
tute aketsawne’a
tsun leykivatem
wotxit, keng pum oena

’erong Na’vi, tsawl sleru
ulte ‘ewan rìkeansì lu
kxawm oe ke ro’a nìtxan,
fahewti ngop oel ngian
syulangä afyole
tì’i’avay

PROSE

1st place: Wllìm

Lì’fyari leNa’vi nume oe ‘awa zìsìto set. Tafral oe lu numeyu nìyol nì’aw to pxaya numeyu alahe. Kop ke tamängok oel tìsngä’iti lì’fyayä, krra fkol ke omum ke’uti a lì’fyateri, mungwrr aysäomum a fkol rolun srungluke.

Tse, pelun sunu oeru fìlì’fya? Lun atxin lu fwa suru oeru ayfam lì’fyayä. Fwa oeyktìng ke lu ftue; ngian fpìl oel futa pam lu kewong, slä kop smon. Kop fpìl oel futa pam pxaya lì’uä rì’ìr si ralur. Oeri, pamìl fìlì’uä alu pìwopx vll kouma ‘onit pìwopxä. (Ulte sunu oer fwa rì’ìr säpi fìlì’u alu rì’ìr!) Nìsyen oe new livawk soaiat aynumeyuä lì’fyayä. Tìnusume lu ‘o’ nìlkeftang, taweyka franumeyu lu tstunwi nìtxan, ulte ‘eyng fratìpawm a lì’fyateri.

Fìvur lìmu oeyä lun a ftia lì’fyati leNa’vi, ulte sìlpey oe tsnì ‘ìyevong Na’vi tì’i’avay krrä!

2nd place: Blue Elf

Tsìnga zìsìtkam tsole’a oel relit arusikx a ro’a oer nìtxan. Tsal nìngay takuk oeti ne txe’lan. Vurìl sla’tsu kosmana kifkeyt a mì tukxa tseng a sanhìmìkam sì syay tutanä alu tawtute a slu hapxì tsakifkeyä.

Tsarel arusikx lamu Uniltìrantokx, kezemplltxe. Solunu oer lì’fya a fko plltxe tsafa mì rel arusikx, ha lolu oer säpfìl a ftia fìlì’fyati ulte new ivomum nì’ul. Krra tätxaw oe ne kelku, fwew aysäomumit a teri fìrel. Tsafya rolun oel tìpängkxotsengit alu Learn Na’vi ulte slu hapxìtu tseyä.

Pxaya tutel anawm tok tsatsenget ulte tìnusumeri srung soli oer nìtxan krra lolu oe zìma’uyu. Set oe nìteng tsun srung sivi aysngä’iyur alahe. Keng lolu oer skxom a frrfen ultxati eylanä Uniltìrantokxä mì Perlin ulte ultxa si hu awngeyä nawma karyu Pawl. Furia tìleno asteng tsunslu, ke srefoley oe kaw’it.

Plltxe Pawl san fìtìpängkxotsengìri mipa sì’eylanit fkol ngop fìtsenge sìk. Tsun oe mivllte, rolun oel eylanot nìteng.

Srake tsun aynga pivlltxe nìteng fayluta relìl arusikx leykatem tìreyt oeyä?

Edit Jan. 3, 2015: In title, Yora’tu –> Yora’tut

Ayyora’tur seykxel sì nitram!
Lora famrel nìngay!

Furia tsolun livu oe pe’unyu fìsäwäsultsyìpä fìsìsìtä, oeru meuia.

Ayngaru mipa zìsìt lefpom nìwotx!

Nìvingkap: srake oel tsole’atsa mipa lì’ut alu sängop? Srekrr ke solar tsat fkol kawkrr…

Nice catch! sängop = creation (non abstract like tìngop)? :-)

Wiya… wrong word. I mean this (non abstract contrast to tìngop)

Kap sì ayunil saylahe. - Threats, dreams, and other things.

Kaltxì nìmun, ma eylan! Sìlpey oe tsnì fpom livu ayngaru nìwotx.

I hope you’ll find the following new words useful, the majority of which stem from ideas provided by the LEP.

kxap (n.) ‘threat’


Tìpähem Sawtuteyä kxap atxan larmu Na’viru.
‘The arrival of the Sky People was a great threat to the Na’vi.’

Derivations:

kxap si (vin.) ‘threaten’


Srake nga kxap si oer, ma skxawng?
‘Are you threatening me, you moron?

kxapnga’ (adj., KXAP.nga’) ‘threatening’ (nfp)


Ngeyä aylì’ul akxapnga’ txopu ke sleyku oet kaw’it.
‘Your threatening words don’t scare me one bit.’

For threatening animals or people, we use kxap si with a rather than *lekxap:


’Angtsìk a kxap si lu lehrrap, ma ’itan.
‘A threatening hammerhead is dangerous, son.’

nìkxap (adv., nì.KXAP) ‘threateningly’


Txopu rä’ä si. Ngati ke nìn pol nìkxap. Lu lenomum nì’aw.
‘Don’t be scared. He’s not looking at you threateningly. He’s just curious.’

tìftiatu kifkeyä (n., tì.fti.A.tu ki.FKEY.ä) ‘scientist’

This is obviously related to a term we’ve already had, tìftia kifkeyä ‘science,’ and means ‘one who studies the natural world.’ It’s a concept the Na’vi got from the Sawtute. If it’s clear from the context, tìftiatu kifkeyä may be shortened to simply tìftiatu; by itself, the word has the force of ‘researcher.’


Sawtuteri sìftiatu kifkeyä var fmivi Eywevengit tslivam, slä kawkrr ke flayä.
‘The scientists among the Sky People keep trying to understand Pandora, but they will never succeed.’

Note two things here. First, the stress in tìftiatu is on the a, since that’s where it is in the root verb ftia ‘study.’ Second, to name the person doing the studying in this case, Na’vi uses –tu rather than the agentive suffix –yu. For a discussion of –tu vs. –yu, see the post “A note on the word yora’tu,” December 31, 2011.

heyr (n.) ‘chest’

This term, indicating the area between the stomach and throat, applies to both people and animals.


Oeri heyr tìsraw sängi taluna zize’ìl oet sngolap tsatseng.
‘My chest hurts because a hellfire wasp stung me there.’

tseri (vtr., TSE.ri—inf. 1,2) ‘note, notice’


Peyralä miktsangit amip ngal tsoleri srak?
‘Did you notice Peyral’s new earring?’

For the negative, we need to distinguish intentional from unintentional non-notice. When you overlook or fail to notice something unintentionally or carelessly, that’s simply the negative of tseri:


Oeru txoa livu. Ke tsolerängi oel futa ngari kxetse eo oe lu.
‘Forgive me. I didn’t notice that your tail was in front of me.’

Derivation:

tìtseri (n., tì.TSE.ri) ‘awareness, notice’

tìktseri (n., tìk.TSE.ri) ‘unawareness, lack of notice’

As you might suspect, tìktseri is derived from + ke + tseri.


Tìktseri lu tìmeyp.
‘Lack of awareness is (a form of) weakness.’ (Proverb)

For intentional overlooking, we have a separate verb:

yäkx (vtr.) ‘not notice; ignore, snub’


Srake fo hangham taluna nga snaytx? Foti yäkx.
‘They’re laughing because you lost? Ignore them.’


Tsamsiyu zene tsivun yiväkx sneyä tìsrawit.
‘Warriors must be able to ignore their own pain.’

Derivation:

tìyäkx (n., tì.YÄKX) ‘lack of notice; snubbing’


Tìyäkx ke lu srunga’, ma tsmuk. Nga txo sti, oeyktìng teyngta pelun.
‘Snubbing isn’t helpful, brother. If you’re angry, explain why.’

srunga’ (adj., SRU.nga’) ‘helpful’ (nfp)

Tseri: Srunga’ comes from srung + nga’. Here the two ng’s have coalesced into one. Compare sngum + nga’ which becomes sngunga’ ‘worrisome, troubling.’

In fact, there’s a proverb that capitalizes on the similarity in sound of srunga’ and sngunga’:


Hem asrunga’ nì’ul, hum asngunga’ nìnän.
‘More helpful actions lead to less troubling outcomes.’

Parallel to kxapnga’, srunga’ is not for people. A helpful person is tute a srung si or srung si a tute.

säyäkx (n., sä.YÄKX) ‘snub’


Fìsäyäkxit ayoel ke tswaya’.
‘We will not forget this snub.’

ngip (n.) ‘space, open or borderless area’


Ngeyä ikranìl ngipit letam kin fte tsivun kllpivä.
‘Your ikran needs enough open space to be able to land.’


Plltxe Sawtute san kifkeyìl ayoeyä tok txana ngipit a sanhìkip.
‘The Sky People say that their world is in the great space among the stars.’

Note the difference between mo and ngip, both of which have to do with spaces. Mo refers to an enclosed open area or hollow, while ngip refers to an unenclosed, borderless area.

txepram (n., txep.RAM) ‘volcano’

txekxumpay (n., txe.KXUM.pay) ‘magma, lava’

Txep ‘fire’ is a component of both these words. In txekxumpay, the p of txep has dropped.


Txepram pxor a krr, txana txekxumpay wrrza’u.
‘When a volcano erupts, a lot of lava comes out.’

wrrza’u (vin., wrr.ZA.’u) ‘come out, emerge)

tskxevi (n., TSKXE.vi) ‘pebble’

nìkx (n.) ‘gravel’

Tskxevi refers to small stones polished smooth by natural forces. Nìkx is rock that has been crushed either naturally or artificially.

tìralpeng (n., tì.ral.PENG) ‘translation, interpretation’


Spängaw oel futa fì’upxareyä tìralpeng ke lu eyawr.
‘Unfortunately, I don’t believe the translation of this message is correct.’

unil si (vin., U.nil si) ‘dream’

uniltsa (vtr., U.nil.tsa—inf. 3, 3) ‘dream of, dream about, dream (that)’

Both unil si and uniltsa (a contraction of unil + tse’a, “dream-see”) mean ‘dream,’ but they’re used differently. Unil si just indicates the action of dreaming:


Tìtxen si, ma ’ite! Unil sarmi nga tengkrr zerawng. Lu fpom srak?
‘Wake up, daughter! You were dreaming and screaming. Are you okay?’

To say you were dreaming of or about something, use uniltsa:


Nìtrrtrr oel uniltsa sa’nuä teylut.
‘I regularly dream of my mom’s teylu.’


Uniltsola oel txonam futa tswayon Neytirihu.
‘Last night I dreamed I was flying with Neytiri.’

mauti (n., MA.u.ti) ‘fruit’


Pefnemauti sunu ngar frato?
‘What kind of fruit to you like best?’ OR ‘What’s your favorite fruit?’

utu (n., U.tu) ‘forest canopy’

utumauti (n., U.tu.ma.u.ti) ‘banana fruit’

The delicacy known in English as ‘banana fruit’ is actually ‘canopy fruit’ in Na’vi, since it grows high in the forest canopy and is relatively inaccessible.

slayk (vtr.) ‘brush, comb’


New sa’nok slivayk nikret ’evengä.
‘The mother wants to brush the child’s hair.’

Finally, here are links to videos of the Na’vi 103 class I taught at the Avatar Meet-up last year in Los Angeles. As always, our intrepid videographer, Alan Taylor, has done a fantastic job in putting it all together in a totally professional and very appealing format. Irayo nìtxan ngar, ma Älìn! Ayrelìri arusikx leiu nga tsulfätu nìngay!

Part 1: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WY35uTrkapo

Part 2: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZKtF4JnKCko

Part 3: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aqUDwdiL6jc

Part 4: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=79q79UMXxrE

I’ll post the handout as well.

Hayalovay, ma frapo.

Edit 01 April 2015: Hyperlinks added for videos.
Some New Words for May Day

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

Sìlpey oe tsnì fpom livu ayngaru nìwotx ulte sngerä’i a zìsìkrr asang zivawprrte’ [see below] ayngane.

The well-known saying “April showers bring May flowers” has for several years now been far from true in California. I only wish we had had some April showers here! But we’re in the midst of a drought of historic proportions, and it’s been dry as a bone. So I don’t know about the May flowers. Rutxe, ma eylan, ayoeru fpe’ payti! :-)

Here in no particular order is some new vocabulary, some of which is related to the above. As always, a big thank-you to the LEP contributors for their excellent suggestions.

tìkelu (n., tì.KE.lu) ‘lack’

The derivation, I think, is obvious.

The particular lack you’re talking about is indicated by a noun in the genitive, just as we say in English, “a lack of ____.”


Tìkelu tìeyktanä asìltsan längu mì olo’ awngeyä tìngäzìk.
‘Unfortunately, the lack of good leadership in our clan is a problem.’

Certain important lacks, however, have become lexicalized. For these, “lack” is indicated by the suffix –kel. It’s not productive, which is to say you’re not free to construct your own –kel words; you just have to learn them. Two examples are:

tompakel (n., TOM.pa.kel) ‘drought’

syuvekel (n., SYU.ve.kel) ‘famine’


Tompakeltalun zene tute Kälìforniayä payit sivar nìnän.
‘Because of the drought, Californians have to use less water.’

zawprrte’ (vin., zaw.PRR.te’—inf. 1,1) ‘be enjoyable’

This word derives from za’u + nìprrte’, that is, ‘come pleasurably.’

As with the related word sunu, the syntax here is not “I enjoy X” but rather “X is enjoyable to me.” Because of the underlying za’u, however, the experiencer is not indicated by the dative but rather by ne, which we use with verbs of motion.


Tsafnepamtseo ke zawprrte’ oene.
‘I don’t enjoy that kind of music.’

(Note that oene is pronounced in two syllables [ˈwɛ.nɛ]. The other way around, ne oe, it’s three [nɛ ˈo.ɛ]. This is exactly parallel to oeta vs. ta oe.)

You’re probably wondering if there’s any difference in meaning between sunu and zawprrte’. The two overlap quite a bit and can often be used interchangeably. Zawprrte’, however, has somewhat more of a sense of deriving physical or emotional pleasure from something, while sunu is ‘like’ more generally.

nawri (adj, NAW.ri) ‘talented’


Nga lu rolyu anawri slä Ninat lu pum aswey.
‘You’re a talented singer but Ninat is the best (one).’

Derivation:

tìnawri (n., tì.NAW.ri) ‘talent’


Tìrusolìri ke lu oeru kea tìnawri kaw’it.
‘I have absolutely no talent for singing.’

tìng zekwä (vin., tìng ZEK.wä) ‘touch (intentionally)’

(Note that this does NOT mean what the literal English translation might indicate!)


Rä’ä tìng zekwä oer!
‘Don’t touch me!’

susyang (adj., su.SYANG) ‘fragile, delicate’


Lu fìvul susyang nìtxan. Txo fko tivìng zekwä kxakx.
‘This branch is very fragile. If you touch it, it’ll break.’


Rey’eng lu susyang.
‘The balance of life is fragile.’

reym (n.) ‘dry land’

The difference between reym and atxkxe is that atxkxe is the general word for land or territory, which includes waterways and oceans; reym refers specifically to dry land as distinct from water.


Peioang tsun mì tampay kop mì reym rivey?
‘What animal can live both in the sea and on the land?’

In the above sentence, note the use of kop:

kop (conj.) ‘and also’

tuvom (adj., tu.VOM) ‘greatest of all, exceedingly great’


Entu lu tuvoma taronyu. Kawtut na po ke tsole’a oel mì sìrey.
‘Entu is an incredible hunter. I’ve never seen anyone like him before.’

yengwal (n., yeng.WAL) ‘sorrow’


Sa’semìri lu ’evengä kxitx yengwal atuvom.
‘For a parent, the greatest sorrow is the death of a child.’

nip (vin.) ‘become stuck, get caught in something’


Rini fmarmi hivifwo slä venu nolip äo tskxe.
‘Rini tried to escape but her foot got caught under a rock.’

Members of the LEP noted that as with fyep, we can use already existing adverbs to further describe the scale of nip:

nip nìklonu ‘stuck tightly’

nip nìsyep ‘stuck irremovably’

nip nìmeyp ‘weakly, loosely stuck’

hän (n.) ‘net; web’


Tsun fko sivar hänit fte payoangit stivä’nì.
‘One can use a net to catch a fish.’


Fìhì’angìl txula hänti fte smarit syivep.
‘This insect constructs a web to trap its prey.’

’rrko (vin., ’RR.ko—inf. 1,2) ‘roll’

As with frrfen, the Imperfect Aspect (<er>) form of ’rrko is simply ’rrko.

In its root form, ’rrko indicates that something, usually an inanimate object, is rolling involuntarily:


Rum ’olrrko oene klltesìn.
‘The ball rolled towards me on the ground.’

For transitive ‘roll,’ that is, when you roll something, use the causative infix <eyk>:


’Evengìl skxevit ’eykrrko sko uvan.
‘Children roll pebbles as a game.’

And if you yourself are rolling—i.e., causing yourself to roll—use <eyk> along with the reflexive infix <äp>:


Tseyk ’äpeykamrrko äo utral a zolup fte hivifwo ftu aysre’ palulukanä.
‘Jake rolled under the fallen tree to escape from the thanator’s teeth.’

tsngem (n.) ‘muscle’


Lu pa’lir sngem atxur.
‘A direhorse has strong muscles.’

Derivation:

tsawsngem (adj., tsaw.SNGEM) ‘muscular’

This is derived from tsawl ‘big’ + sngem ‘muscles.’ Tsawsngem is irregular, since it’s an adjective coming from a noun phrase without the use of le– or –nga’.


Akwey ke lu tsawsngem kaw’it slä lu sayrìp nìtxan.
‘Akwey isn’t at all muscular but he’s very handsome.’

wìngay (vtr., wì.NGAY—inf. 1,1) ‘prove’

This is derived from wìntxu ‘show’ + ngay ‘true.’ (Compare pllngay ‘admit’ from plltxe + ngay.)


Fa fwa tsyìl kxemyot akxayl frato, pol ayoer wolìngay futa tsyìltswo tsan’olul.
‘By scaling the highest wall, he proved to us that his climbing ability had improved.’

Derivations:

tìwìngay (n., tì.wì.NGAY) ‘proof, proving (abstract)’

säwìngay (n., sä.wì.NGAY) ‘proof (particular instance)’


Txo new ngal futa sutel ngeyä aylì’uti spivaw, tsranten tìwìngay.
‘If you want people to believe you, proof is important.’


Tsasäplltxeri säwìngay a tolìng ngal lu meyp.
‘The proof you gave of that statement is weak.’

That’s it for now. Hayalovay!

Ayngeyä sìpawmìri atxantsan seiyi oe irayo, ma smuk! Hufwa krro krro lu ngäzìk, frakrr zawprrte’ oene.

About hän for “web”: I believe people have already been using weptseng for “web site” [ma Markì: We should add that to the dictionary], which I think is perfectly legitimate–a common way to develop terms for things that the Na’vi are unfamiliar with is to borrow from English, the earth language they’ve been most exposed to. But since we have the distinction between web and ‘Net (i.e., the Internet), why don’t we use wep for web and Hän for ‘Net.

About sko: It’s OK here. When we use X as Y, “as” is sko. (Perhaps we should expand the dictionary definition to make that clearer.) Here the rolling of peoples is being used as, or taking the role of, a game.

Cirque du Soleil’s “Toruk: The First Flight” – Teaser video online!

I see that some of you have already discovered this video online. It’s a brief “teaser,” whetting appetites for Cirque du Soleil’s newest production, “Toruk: The First Flight,” based on an Avatar theme. And it has some spoken Na’vi in it!

As you’ve probably guessed, I was involved in this project. I translated the needed text and worked closely with the professional voiceover artist in Montreal to coach him on the pronunciation. I think he did a fine job.

I was delighted to see the discussion about this on learnnavi.org. Several of you did beautifully in figuring out exactly what the Na’vi was! Seykxel sì nitram, ma eylan!

If I can figure out how to do a spoiler here on the blog, I’ll edit this post and add the text and translation. Otherwise I’ll include it soon in a separate post.

In the meantime, if you haven’t already listened to the Na’vi and attempted to figure it out, please do! I bet you’ll get a lot of it.

A couple of hints:

There’s one word you’re not familiar with: the Anurai are a Na’vi clan.

Also, keep in mind the adposition ‘against.’

Sìlpey oe tsnì hì’ia fìrel arusikx sì mì saw a lì’fya leNa’vi zivawprrte’ ayngane! :-)

EDIT May 03: Well, I did some research and discovered I needed to add a new plugin to WordPress to allow me to do a spoiler. I did that, but for some reason it’s not working. So rather than fiddle with it further, I’ll just give you the Na’vi text below. If you don’t want to see it yet, don’t scroll down. :-)





Oe lu Anuraiyä syena hapxì a rey.

Tsaheyl si hu Eywa a krr,

Stawm oel aymokrit fizayuä a lìm

Krra kxap larmu sìreywä feyä nìwotx.

Ayngaru tsavurit.

Edit May 03: Anuray –> Anurai
SGM (Plumps) May 3, 2015 at 2:33 pm

Srake oel tseri lahea lì’ut amip a kangay soli? 😊

tseotu, n. “artist” (generic term)

Srane! Tsalì’ut tsole’a oel mì fostì awngeyä tsmukanä alu Blue Elf, ulte poltxe mì te’lan san Sìltsana lì’u! :-)

Na Ayskxe mì Te’lan . . . Sad News

Ma eylan ayawne,

Txo tìkeftxonga’a fmawnit ke stilvawm ayngal, zene oe piveng san Uniltìrantokxä pamtseongopyu ayawne alu Tsyeymzì Horner tolerkängup.

James Horner, who composed the musical score for Avatar and so many other films, has died at the age of 61. He was killed in a plane crash in California.

While working on the film, it was my privilege to meet James, get to know him a bit, learn from him. I was so looking forward to seeing him again and hopefully working with him on the Avatar sequels. That is not to be, but at least we all have his wonderful music, and it will go on . . .

Tolerkup tute; pamtseo peyä tì’i’avay krrä rayey.

ta Pawl

tìkeftxo (n., tì.ke.FTXO) ‘sadness’

tìkeftxonga’ (adj., tì.ke.FTXO.nga’) ‘sad (not for people)’

Aylì’fyavi Lereyfya 1 — Cultural Terms 1

Kaltxì nìmun ayngaru nìwotx!

North American Avatar Meet 2015 is now history. The setting was beautiful Estes Park, Colorado, where the lì’fyaolo’ and Uniltìrantokxolo’ got together again to celebrate all things Avatar. This year’s tsawlultxa included seeing the film on a big screen in a real theater; an astronomical evening at the Estes Park Memorial Observatory; a great presentation and Q&A session with Brooks Brown, VP of Digital Development at Lightstorm Entertainment; a pineapple-themed raffle; a clan meal generously hosted by LEI; and enjoyment of the breathtaking Colorado mountain environment. As for lì’fya leNa’vi, I didn’t teach a new class this time but instead held an informal session to review the material in the 101, 102, and 103 classes from previous meet-ups.

For those of you who made it to the meet-up, seeing you again was a tìprrte’ angay; for the aylomtu who couldn’t be there, nìsìlpey zìsìtay!

And now some new vocabulary.

In this and subsequent posts, I’ll present some terms that specifically relate to Na’vi life and culture and to the Pandoran environment. I hope you’ll find them useful in talking about the world of Avatar.

Note: For those of you who may have seen different versions of these terms: At the time the Activist Survival Guide was submitted for publication, understanding of the Na’vi language was still developing. As a result, the publication and Pandorapedia do not always reflect the agreed-upon definitions and usage. Please consider the following the most current approved versions.

Also, I haven’t gone into detail about how some of these objects are constructed or used, or how they fit into Na’vi culture. See the ASG or Pandorapedia for more information.

lereyfya (adj., le.REY.fya) ‘cultural’

Terms related to food and drink

huru (n., HU.ru) ‘cooking pot’

sey (n.) ‘cup or bowl minimally modified from naturally occurring resources’

’e’in (n., ’e.’IN) ‘pod, gourd’

’e’insey (n., ’e.’IN.sey) ‘drinking gourd’

sum (n.) ‘shell (from the ocean)’

sumsey (n., SUM.sey) ‘drinking vessel made of shell’

swoasey (n., SWO.a.sey) ‘kava bowl (constructed from seed pods, used for drinking intoxicating beverages), hand-sized’

swoasey ayll (n., SWO.a.sey a.YLL) ‘large social kava bowl’

tsyey (n.) ‘snack, light meal’

Ke ’efu oe ohakx nìhawng; tam tsyey.
‘I’m not too hungry; a snack will do.’


tsyeytsyìp (n., TSYEY.tsyìp) ‘tiny bite’

nik (adj.) ‘convenient, usable without much expenditure of effort’

niktsyey (n., NIK.tsyey) ‘food wrap (food items wrapped in edible leaves and vines)’

merki (n., MER.ki) ‘ground rack (for smoking meats)’

ikut (n., I.kut) ‘large pestle (grinding tool); meal-mashing pole’

sämunge (n., sä.MU.nge) ‘transportation tool or device’

This is the general term (derived from munge ‘bring’) for any object used to carry or transport something else. In compounds, the ä and e drop, yielding –smung.

syusmung (n., SYU.smung) ‘tray’

This is a compound of syuve + smung.

paysmung (n., PAY.smung) ‘water carrier’

Terms related to life and society

prrsmung (n., PRR.smung) ‘baby carrier’

nivi (n., NI.vi) ‘sleeping hammock (general term)’

swaynivi (n., SWAY.ni.vi) ‘family hammock’

This is a compound of soaia (which contracts to sway) + nivi.

snonivi (n., SNO.ni.vi) ‘single-person hammock’

sänrr (n., sä.NRR) ‘light source; lamp’

tsmi (n.) ‘nectar’

tsmisnrr (n., TSMI.snrr) ‘bladder lantern, nectar lantern’

More such terms next time. Hayalovay!

Faylì’uri amip ayoe seiyi irayo ngar nìtxan, ma Pawl!
Btw, is –smung (limited) productive?

Nìprrte’, ma Tìtstewan. As for -smung being productive, no, I’m afraid not. You need to learn the -smung words individually.

Well, ASG being corrected 😊 Really, these word allows us to speak better about Na’vi culture. However, words created using sämunge and sähena looks quite similar in meaning, like paysena – paysmung. What is difference between them?

And sänrr is already defined as ‘glow, an instance of glowing’, so new definition in this post is addendum to existing dictionary item, isn’t it?

Txantsana tìpawm, ma Blue Elf. There is a lot of overlap between, say, paysena and paysmung, and they can usually be used interchangeably. The slight difference is that the smung words, being derived from munge, have more of a sense of transport, i.e. of motion from one place to another. So a vessel used to transport water from place to place, as opposed to one used to store water in a fixed place, might more often be referred to as a paysmung. But this isn’t a strict rule, and as I say, there’s a great deal of overlap. That’s OK, though! Synonyms are a natural part of any language.

Well, that’s good expanation, tsari irayo si. However in that case IMHO would be better to replace some -sena words by -smung version.
For example tutsena / tstalsena / swizawsena are connected with transport, not with static storage (stretcher used for transport of injured one has much more sense than just laying on the ground).
Well, I’m ugly nitpicker and know it well :), according your explanation some words look not correctly defined….

Furia oe ’eyng hawngkrr FÌTXAN, oeru txoa livu, ma B.E.

There’s nothing wrong with picking nits! :-) In this case, though, I can only reiterate that languages which develop naturally, as Na’vi did in the world of Pandora, aren’t always consistent. Especially in the case of compounds, you can’t always predict the meaning of the compound from the meanings of the components. In my previous comment, I should have emphasized that smung words often, but not always, have more of a sense of transport. So yes, tutsena ‘stretcher’ is associated with transport more than with static storage. But we’ll see later that tutsmung also exists, with a less specialized, more general meaning than tutsena but still having to do with transport.

The bottom line is that with compounds, you need to list them in the dictionary along with their meanings, since the meanings are not always predictable. A favorite example of mine from English, which I used to use in my linguistics classes: We all know the words “sauce,” “tomato,” and “spaghetti.” But just from the meanings of those words, could you predict that “tomato sauce” is a sauce made from tomatoes, but “spaghetti sauce” is a sauce made for, not from, spaghetti? :-)

Aylì’fyavi Lereyfya 2 — Cultural Terms 2 — and more

Kaltxì, ma frapo—

This post adds to the cultural terminology in the previous one and hopefully fills a few important gaps in our lexicon as well. Irayo nìfrakrr to the LEP and other members of the Na’vi community for some very useful discussions, suggestions, and examples. And a special irayo to two of our sulfätu lì’fyayä, Prrton and Stefan, who very kindly and beautifully recorded the example sentences below. Seysonìltsan, ma mesmuk!

seyn (n.) ‘chair, stool, bench; any tool or device to facilitate sitting’

This word derives from sä’o ‘tool’ and heyn ‘sit’:

sä’o + heyn > säheyn > seyn

Since chairs can be comfortable or uncomfortable:

hoan (n., HO.an) ‘comfort’

lehoan (adj., le.HO.an) ‘comfortable’

nìhoan (adv., nì.HO.an) ‘comfortably’

kelhoan (adj., kel.HO.an) ‘uncomfortable’

Sko frrtu, frakrr mì helku ngeyä lu oeru hoan nìtxan, ma tsmuk.
‘I always feel very comfortable as a guest in your home, brother.’


Längu fìseyn kelhoan nìngay. Tsun oe hiveyn tsawsìn ’a’awa swawtsyìp nì’aw.
‘This chair is really uncomfortable. I can only sit on it a few seconds.’


Where there are chairs, there are tables. So:

fyan (n.) ‘constructed device for keeping something off the ground and clean’

fyanyo (n., FYAN.yo) ‘table, elevated utilitarian surface’

You’re already familiar with yo ‘surface.’ Fyanyo is a specific kind of yo. But note that colloquially, yo can be used in place of fyanyo.

A: Oeyä tstalìl tok pesenget?
B: Lu yosìn.
A: ‘Where’s my knife?’
B: ‘It’s on the table.’


Some other words compounded with fyan or yo:

yomyo (n., YOM.yo) ‘plate (for food)’

yomyo lerìk (n., YOM.yo le.RÌK) ‘leaf plate’

(Colloquially, yomyo lerìk is often reduced to rìk.)

fyanyì (n., FYAN.yì) ‘shelf’

Fyan also compounds with kur ‘hang’ to yield these cultural terms:

kurfyan (n., KUR.fyan) ‘hamper or suspended rack’

snokfyan (n., SNOK.fyan) ‘personal belongings rack’

kurfyavi (n., KUR.fya.vi) ‘hook (for hanging or suspending an item)

These last two terms developed as follows:

sno + kurfyan > snokurfyan > snokfyan

kurfyan + vi > kurfyanvi > kurfyavi

seyto (vtr., sey.TO) ‘butcher (in the sense of separating or processing the carcass of a dead animal)

Seyto is not to be confused with ‘butcher’ in the sense of killing an animal. There is some overlap with pxìmun’i ‘divide, cut into parts,’ but that word is more general and can be used for cutting up anything; seyto refers specifically to cutting up an animal. Also note the stress on the final syllable.

Awngal fìyerikit nìwin siveyto ko.
‘Let’s cut up this hexapede quickly.’


säseyto (n., sä.sey.TO) ‘butchering tool’

yaney (n., ya.NEY) ‘canoe’

spulyaney (n., spul.ya.NEY) ‘canoe paddle’

This word obviously derives from spule ‘propel’ + yaney.

lal (adj.) ‘old (opposite of mip, nfp)’

txanlal (adj., TXAN.lal) ‘ancient, very old’

Poleng ayoeru koaktel vurit atxanlal.
‘The old woman told us an ancient story.’


A word about lal vs. spuwin: Both mean ‘old’ and are generally not for people (i.e., neither one can be used for ‘elderly’—that word is koak). So there is some overlap, but there are also some differences. Spuwin has the connotation of ‘old’ in the sense of ‘former’ as opposed to ‘current,’ where an older entity has been replaced by another one. In a blog post from 2011, I gave the example, Tsatsko lu spuwin ulte ke lu mi txur, which was translated as ‘That bow is old and no longer strong.’ The implication was that the bow had been replaced by a new one: it was the owner’s former bow rather than his current one. By the same token, if we were to translate into Na’vi the last line of the Who’s “Won’t Get Fooled Again,” (does anyone younger than I still listen to the Who? J )—namely, “Meet the new boss, same as the old boss”—“old” in this case would definitely be spuwin.

On the other hand, lal indicates something that is not new and has been around for a long time, whether or not it’s been replaced. For tangible objects, it often has the implication of ‘worn out,’ ‘broken,’ ‘tattered,’ ‘no longer usable,’ etc. (Calling a person lal would be very insulting.) But for non-tangibles, it simply indicates long existence, as in lala säfpìl, ‘old idea.’

tsankum (n., TSAN(G).kum) ‘advantage, benefit, upside, gain’

In normal speech, tsankum tends to be pronounced tsangkum, but it’s not spelled that way.

Tsakemìri tsankum lu law.
‘The advantage of that action is clear.’


fekum (n., FE.kum) ‘disadvantage, drawback, downside’

Tìtaronìri längu tìkakpam fekum. Kin fkol frainanfyat.
‘I’m sorry to say that deafness is a disadvantage for hunting. You need all your senses.’


Derivations:

tsankumnga’ (adj., TSAN(G).kum.nga’) ‘advantageous’

fekumnga’ (adj., FE.kum.nga’) ‘disadvantageous’

tìmungwrr (n., tì.mung.WRR) ‘exception’

Fwa tawtute slu Na’viyä hapxì lolu tìmungwrr apxa.
‘It was a great exception for a human to become part of the People.’


tìmungwrr si (vin.) ‘make an exception’

Ninat tìmungwrr sìlmi fte Ralu tsivun kivä hu tarpongu.
‘Ninat just made an exception so that Ralu can go with the hunting party.’


tarpongu (n., TAR.po.ngu) ‘hunting party’

nawfwe (adj., naw.FWE) ‘fluent, (for speech)’

This useful word requires some explanation.

You’re familiar with the expression nìwin na hufwe ‘as fast as the wind,’ which can be used in any situation to express rapidity. The shortened version na hufwe has become specialized as an adverbial expression for the fluent (not just rapid) use of language.

Fteria oel lì’fyati leNa’vi, slä mi ke tsängun pivlltxe na hufwe.
‘I’m studying Na’vi, but I’m afraid I still can’t speak it fluently.’


Na hufwe can contract further to nawfwe, which is a full-fledged adjective:

Toitsyeri lu poe plltxeyu anawfwe nìtxan.
‘She’s a very fluent speaker of German.’


Finally, a question has arisen regarding time expressions like tsakrr. As you know, tsakrr is listed in the dictionary as an adverb meaning ‘then, at that time.’ The question is: Since krr is a noun, can tsakrr also be a noun meaning ‘that time,’ as in Muntrram oe koläteng hu Ralu ulte sunu oer tsakrr, ‘I spent last weekend with Ralu and had a good time (literally, that time was pleasant to me)’? The answer is: absolutely! Many time expressions double as adverbs and also as nouns or noun phrases. You can tell from the context which usage is relevant. (The stress does not change.)

Hayalovay, ma smuk!

Tskxekengtsyìp a Mikyunfpi – A Little Listening Exercise

Here’s another little listening exercise I hope you enjoy.

There’s one new vocabulary item you’ll need:

pxawngip (n., PXAW.ngip) ‘environment’

This derives from pxaw ‘around’ + ngip ‘space’

Recall too that Tsyan = ‘John’

Fìtskxekengtsyìp zivawprrte’ ayngane!


Edit 10-01-15: ayngaru > ayngane  Irayo, ma Plumps!
Vomuna Lì’u Amip — Ten New Words

Kaltxì nìmun, ma eylan!

It’s been quite a while, I know. Takrra postì asok frato solalängew txana krr. I’ve had a lot of distractions recently, some good, some bad. But things are settling down, and I hope to post some useful new vocabulary before the year is out. This brief post is a start.

Thanks, as always, to the LEP contributors for their creativity. Some of the words below derive from their suggestions.

zum (n.) ‘object, thing (physical or tangible)’

We already have the familiar word ’u, of course, which means ‘thing’ in a number of different senses: a physical object, a fact, or an abstraction. So ’u can refer to a rock, or to bravery, or to the fact that Jake loves Neytiri. In contrast, zum is exclusively a physical or tangible object—something you can see or feel.

A. Fayzum lu peu?
‘What are these things?’
B. Ke omum, slä rä’ä tìng zekwä! Lam lehrrap.
‘I don’t know, but don’t touch them! They look dangerous.’

hìpey (vin., HÌ.pey—inf. 2,2) ‘hesitate, hold back for a short time’

This verb derives from hì’i ‘small’ + pey ‘wait.’ It differs from fpak in that fpak refers to suspending an action that’s already in progress, while hìpey is deferring the start of an action.

Hìpey taronyu, hifwo yerik.
‘The hunter hesitates and the hexapede escapes.’
(Proverbial expression. Cf.: “He who hesitates is lost.”)

Note the syntax for ‘hesitate to do something.’ Also note that as in English, hìpey can imply a reluctance to begin or accomplish an action, for whatever reason.

Furia peng fmawnit Eytukanur po hìpoley.
He hesitated to tell Eytukan the news.

Derivations:

tìhìpey (n., tì.HÌ.pey) ‘hesitation’

Tìhìpey tsun krro krro lesar livu.
‘Hesitation can sometimes be useful.’

Sar tsalìʼut a fìʼuri lu oeru tìhìpey nìʼit.
‘I’m a bit hesitant about using that word.’

lehìpey (adj., le.HÌ.pey) ‘hesitant, in a state of hesitation’

Taronyul lehìpey kan smarit nìlkeftang slä ke takuk kawkrr.
‘A hesitant hunter will aim at a prey forever but never hit it.’

hìpey (adv., nì.HÌ.pey) ‘hesitantly’

snäm (vin.) ‘rot, decay, degrade over time’

Snäm can refer both to the physical decaying of an object—say, a piece of meat—and also to the degrading of something abstract, like a skill.

Fìtsnganur a snoläm längu fahew akxänäng.
‘This rotten meat has a putrid smell.’

Zene fko tsko swizawit sivar nìtrrtrr fteke fìtsu’o sniväm.
‘One must use a bow and arrow regularly to prevent this ability degrading over time.’

kllrikx (n., kll.RIKX) ‘earthquake’

Txewì plltxe san kllrikx txewm lamu sìk.
‘Txewì says that the earthquake was frightening.’

A couple of derivations of latem ‘change’:

sälatem (n., sä.LA.tem) ‘change (instance of), edit, modification’

’Onìri tskoä lu tìkin sälatemä ahì’i.
‘The form of the bow requires a small change.’

tìlatem (n., tì.LA.tem) ‘change (abstract concept)’

Pxaya suteri, tìlatem lu ngäzìk.
‘For many people, change is difficult.’

txatx (n.) ‘bubble’

Yosìn kilvanä lu tatx.
‘There are bubbles on the surface of the river.’

Finally, I never provided the text and translation for the little listening exercise in the last post. Here they are:


Kaltxì, ma eylan. Sìlpey oe, ayngaru livu fpom nìwotx.

Narmew oe piveng ayngar teri mehapxìtu amip soaiä Tsyanä sì oeyä. Lu hì’ia mefalukantsyìp a syaw fko mefor Palu sì Lukan. Mefo lu tsmukan sì tsmuke. Fpìl oel futa tsun aynga tslivam teyngta tsamestxo za’u ftu pesim. Lu law, kefyak?

Lukan (alu tsmukantsyìp) sì Palu (alu tsmuketsyìp) mi lu prrnen, ulte leiu lor sì hona nìtxan. Slä längu kop nim, stum loreyu ’awnampi. Polähem ne kelku moeyä txonam, ulte kezemplltxe fìtsenge amip sì mesutan amip nìteng lu meforu stxong nìtxan nì’aw. Fitrr mì tampxì krrä wäperan. Sìlpey moe tsnì slìyevu ye’rìn tstew fìtxan kuma tsun wrrziva’u uvan sivi moehu. Fwa ’efu mawey sì nitram mì pawngip amip krrnekx, ha moe zene maweypivey.

Hayalovay, ma smuk.

Hello, friends. I hope you’re all well.

I wanted to tell you about two new members of John’s and my family. They’re two little cats named Palu and Lukan. They’re brother and sister. I think you can understand what source those two names come from. It’s clear, isn’t it?

Lukan, the little brother, and Palu, the little sister, are still babies, and I’m happy to say they’re very beautiful and cute. But unfortunately they’re also shy, almost like a touched helicoradian. They arrived at our house last night, and needless to say the new place and likewise the two new men are very strange to them. For most of the time today they were hiding. We hope they’ll soon become brave enough to come out and play with us. Feeling calm and happy in a new environment takes time, so we have to be patient.

Until next time, brothers and sisters.


Mìftxele, I’m pleased to say that Palu is now much less shy than she used to be, and Lukan is bold and fearless! They’re both doing beautifully and are very happy to accept all the love we’re bestowing on them. Here they are. (Lukan, the male, is the one with white between his eyes; Palu, the female, has black in the same place.)

Thanksgiving 2015 portrait--a

IMG_1701

IMG_1733

IMG_1789

More soon! Hayalovay!

Nìvingkap, you mentioned fpak in comparison with hìpey. How does fpak work? Is it transitive? Is there maybe a cut line from the movie?
Oe smon ngar ;) Lu oe leno.

Srane, ma tsmuk, nga smon oer! Ulte furia lu nga leno oe ‘efu nitram nìtxan.

As for fpak . . . good question! It’s actually INtransitive, like hìpey. And no, there’s no cut line from the movie. Thinking about it, I realize the syntax is a bit tricky, so let me ponder this a while and I’ll get back to you.

Ma karyu Pawl, furia sästarsìmit aylì’uä amip awngal tolel ngata ‘efu oe nitram. Lì’upuk tsawl slu nì’it nì’ul nìmun :)

I’ve found this example of yours very interesting:
Taronyul lehìpey kan smarit nìlkeftang slä ke takuk kawkrr.

Kan is defined as “to aim” with no other explanation and so far it was used modally in meaning of “to intend (to do) something” + controlled verb. But your example gives it also second meaning “to ​point a ​weapon towards something you ​want to ​hit” (what is the same behaviour as in English, compare with https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/aim). So should we extend definition of kan this way in our dictionary? Personally I would write that sentence like this:

Taronyul lehìpey kan tivoltem smarit nìlkeftang slä ke takuk kawkrr.
What do you thing about this example?

Nìvingkap, mefalulukantsyìp ngeyä hona lu nìtxan! Lam fwa Lukan tsun niväk naerit nìtengfya na sute ulte sunu poru tskxepay ;) Lu sìlronsema ioang. (BTW can we use sìlronsem for living objects? According dictionary we shouldn’t… but such word would be useful).

Wasn’t it always defined as aim, intend to? My earliest dictionary by Tarnonyu (v12.381) has these defitions plus vtrm. which makes it a normal transitive verb, same as new. dict-navi.com lists as its source the dictionary as early as v9.5

We also have this example:
Fwa kan ke tam; zene swizawit livonu.
‘To aim is not enough; one must release the arrow.’

Well, this example sheds light on, really kan has both meanings, so it would be useful to improve dictionary definition (currently only aim is stated).
Oh Plumps, where we were without your detailed knowledge of all examples? :) Tìoeyktìngìri seiyi irayo.

Srane, ma Blue Elf. Lu Lukan kanu nìtxan. [Kanu is the word we have so far for living objects, parallel to sìlronsem. The dictionary gives the meaning as ‘smart, intelligent.’ I agree, however, that that’s not quite the same as clever, so perhaps we’ll have a word for that in the near future. :-) ] Krro krro fpìl oel futa lu po oeto kanu.

Irayo, everyone, for your thoughts and comments. (And glad you like our kitties!)

So . . . about kan!

The dictionary definition does indeed need to be expanded. The word in fact has three different uses.

1. As a modal verb, with the meaning ‘intend.’ This is the usage already indicated in the dictionary by the notation vtrm. Examples (found in William’s Horen and in Stefan’s dictionary):

Oe kan kivä. ‘I intend to go.’

Oel kan futa po kiva. ‘I intend him to go.’

2. As a transitive verb with the meaning ‘aim, point a weapon towards something.’ The object of kan in this sense is a weapon of some sort, like tsko. This usage is found in the video game dialog (which I’m sure is completely familiar to everyone ;) ). Here the object aimed at is indicated either by ne ‘towards’ or ‘against.’

Neytiril tskoti keran ne yerik. ‘Neytiri is aiming her bow at a hexapede.’

Pol tskoti kolan wä kutu. ‘He raised his bow against the enemy.’

3. As a transitive verb with the meaning ‘aim at.’ The object in this case is what is going to be felled by the unmentioned but understood weapon. This is the usage in the example above, beginning Taronyul lehìpey kan smarit . . .

It should be straightforward to distinguish the “aim” from the “aim at” use of kan. If the object of kan is a weapon, the translation is simply “aim.” If it’s something to be attacked, the translation is “aim at.”

Mrrvola Lì’fyavi Amip — Forty New Expressions

Kaltxì nìmun, ma eylan! And hello again. Tse . . . it’s been a while. 🙂 I hope you’ve all been healthy and happy during my temporary absence from the blog. And I hope you’ll find the approximately 40 new words and expressions below useful.

Before anything else, though, I want to congratulate the organizers of AvatarMeet 2016. John and I returned from Pittsburgh a few days ago with very happy memories. Facilitating the move to a new city in such a short time was a daunting task, but the organizers really rose to the occasion. Soleia, ma smuk! (See below.) The guidebook to Pittsburgh and the Meet-up was, as usual, beautifully put together and extremely useful. The hotel was great, literally right next door to the arena where the Cirque du Soleil performance was held. I thought my Na’vi class—this time based on the Na’vi dialog in the show we were all going to see that night, TORUK: The First Flight—went pretty well; it was a special honor to welcome nine or ten cast members from the show who opted to sit in on the class! Their enthusiasm was infectious. And after the show, we were all treated to a Q&A session with cast members followed by a backstage tour to see how some of the Cirque magic was created. All in all, a very successful meet-up.

Here’s a little interview I did for the Cirque du Soleil Facebook page, from my seat in the arena, five minutes before the show began. (The video is currently first in the “All Videos” section.)

https://www.facebook.com/torukthefirstflight/videos

Looking forward to next year, I’m very excited about our meet-up in Orlando, Florida, during which we’ll visit the new Disney theme park, Pandora: The World of AVATAR, due to open next year. I’ve been working with the Disney folks on the Na’vi language elements of the park, of which there will be quite a few! 🙂 In particular, you’ll hear Na’vi spoken while you’re on the “e-ticket” ride. It’s being developed here in Glendale, California, and a few weeks ago I had the privilege of riding the prototype! Wou! I can’t say much about it right now except that it’s VERY exciting, and I know you’re going to love it! Zìsìtayri srefereiey nìprrte’!

OK, on to the new vocabulary. Nìfrakrr, I want to thank all the members of the lì’fyaolo’ who contributed ideas and suggestions. Irayo nìtxan ayngaru nìwotx, ma smuk. Some of the words and expressions below are direct consequences of their contributions. You’ll find the new items in more-or-less random order. Voice recordings of the examples will be coming soon. [UPDATE 7/07: We now have recordings for all the examples, beautifully read by our own Neytiri. Irayo nìtxan, ma tsmuk!]

ler (adj.) ‘steady, smooth (for motion)’

nìler (adv., nì.LER) ‘steadily’

Ler refers to smooth, steady motion as opposed to motion that’s jerky or chaotic.

Nìsngä’i ke tsun Tsyeyk tswivayon nìler.
‘At first, Jake couldn’t fly steadily.’


You may remember that we already have a word meaning steadily, nìk’ärìp as in fyep nìk’ärìp ‘hold steadily,’ but that’s different. Nìk’ärìp refers to stillness—keeping something from moving. Nìler refers to smooth movement. Nìler may also be extended metaphorically beyond the realm of physical movement to a more general idea of smooth, unbroken action, as is the case in English: tìkangkem si nìler ‘to work steadily (without stopping)’.

lo’a (n., LO.’a) ‘totem’

Totems are large structures built by the Na’vi for various symbolic and ritual purposes.

Naranawm (n., nar.a.NAWM) ‘Polyphemus’

From Nari anawm, ‘Great eye.’ (And if anyone is wondering, srane, this term has been officially approved at the highest level. 🙂 )

’ewrang (n., ’EW.rang) ‘loom’

sa’ewrang (n., sa.’EW.rang) ‘mother loom, giant loom. ’From sa’nok + ’ewrang.

tiretu (n., ti.RE.tu) ‘shaman’ From tirea + tute ‘spirit person’

A tiretu can be male or female. Every tsahìk is a tiretu, but not vice versa.

pasuk (n., PA.suk) ‘berry’

A pasuk is a kind of mauti ‘fruit.’

vozampasukut (n., VO.zam.pa.suk.ut) ‘grinch tree; thousand berry tree’

From vozam ‘512, equivalent in use to 1,000’ + pasuk + ut(ral)

One of the prominent features of the grinch tree is its edible fruit, which looks rather like a raspberry—that is, made up of many little round components, almost like tiny little berries themselves. Hence the “thousand-berry tree.”

paskalin (n., pa.ska.LIN) ‘sweet berry (term of endearment)’

From pasuk akalin ‘sweet berry’: pasuk akalin > paskakalin > paskalin

Hivahaw nìmwey, ma paskalin.
‘Sleep well, honey.’ (Father to little daughter.)


fngä’tseng (n., FNGÄ’.tseng) ‘restroom (on earth)’

mo a fngä’ (n., MO a FNGÄ’) ‘restroom (on earth)’

Both of these terms mean ‘restroom’ and can be used interchangeably on Earth. Fngä’tseng is more general, not necessarily implying an enclosed area, so it’s also used among the Na’vi for any “place of elimination.” In contrast, mo a fngä’ is always an enclosed private structure or room.

sa (vin.) ‘rise to a challenge’

This simple verb yields some important related expressions:

Siva ko! (si.VA ko)
‘Rise to the challenge! Courage! You can do it!’


Siva ko indicates encouragement before or while attempting a challenge.

Soleia! (so.le.i.A, or usually simply so.ley.A—just make sure the stress is on the final syllable!)
‘Congratulations! Nice going! You met the challenge! You did it!’


Soleia is used for congratulating someone after successfully meeting a challenge.

Sasya! (sa.SYA)
‘I’ll rise to the challenge! I can do it!’


Sasya is used for self-encouragement before attempting a challenge. Recall that the <asy> version of the future infix indicates intention as opposed to a mere prediction about the future.

You can also use sasya as a friendly and somewhat humorous response to a request:

Q: Ätxäle si, oer syivaw trray ha’ngir fa Skxayp?
‘Could you [literally, may I ask you to] call me on Skype tomorrow afternoon?’


A: Sasya!
‘Yup, I’ll rise to the challenge!’ OR ‘Sure will!’ OR ‘Will do!’


An idiomatic expression:

Tsun pehem?


This is short for Tsun fko pehem sivi? ‘What can one do?’ It’s used in a somewhat fatalistic way, when you throw up your hands in an unpleasant situation or when something doesn’t turn out well, and you say, “What are you gonna do? That’s life.”

A. Rini yawne lu oer, slä oe yawne ke längu por kaw’it.
‘I’m in love with Rini, but she doesn’t love me one bit.’


B. Tsun pehem?
‘What are you gonna do? That’s life.’


tanleng (n.,TAN.leng) ‘bark (of a tree)’

From tangek ‘trunk’ + ta’leng ‘skin’:

tangekta’leng > tangta’leng > tanta’leng > tanleng

syokup (n., syo.KUP) ‘weight (physical)’

Note the the stress is on the second syllable.

syo ‘light’ + ku’up ‘heavy’ > syoku’up > syokup

kewan (n., KE.wan) ‘age’

From koak ‘old’+ ’ewan ‘young’ > ko’ewan > kewan

You can use kewan to inquire about someone’s age:

Ngeyä kewan pìmtxan? = Ngari solew polpxay?
‘How old are you?’


But the form with kewan is a bit formal and stiff; the one with solew is more common and colloquial. Recall that solew is colloquial for solalew.

Proverb:
Koakturi kewanti keyìl ke wan.
‘An old person’s face doesn’t hide their age.’
That is, Some things can’t be covered up.


tìnvi (n., TÌN.vi) ‘task, errand, step (in an instruction)’

tìnvi si ‘perform a task, run an errand’

Oer txoa livu, ke tsun oe kivä ngahu. Zene pxaya tìnvi sivi.
‘Sorry, I can’t go with you. I have a lot of errands to run.’


txanwetseng (n., txan.WE.tseng) ‘personally significant or beloved place, heimat

From txanwawea tseng. txanwawea tseng > txanwea tseng > txanwetseng

Txanwetseng is close in spirit to the German word heimat. Here’s what Wiktionary says about it. (And thank you to the LEP for pointing this out.)

Heimat refers to a place towards which one has a strong feeling of belonging, and (usually) a deep-rooted fondness. Most commonly this is one’s native region, but it may also be where one has lived for long, where one’s family is, or where one feels at home for whatever reason. Heimat may be the whole of one’s native country, but more often it is a relatively narrow region (typically with its particular traditions, landscape, dialect, and so on). Even if it refers to a country, it is always defined exclusively by a person’s emotional ties with it.” [Slightly edited.]

penghrr (vin., peng.HRR—inf. 1, 1) ‘warn’

Tsyeyk Na’viru polenghrr teri Sawtute.
‘Jake warned the Na’vi about the Skypeople.’


säpenghrr (n., sä.peng.HRR) ‘warning’

This word is often pronounced spenghrr colloquially, although the spelling remains säpenghrr.

Somwewä tì’ul a ka ’Rrta säpenghrr lu awngaru nìwotx.
‘Global warming (literally, the increase in temperature across the Earth) is a warning to us all.’


tì’ul (n., tì.’UL) ‘increase’

eyawrfya (n., e.YAWR.fya) ‘right way (of doing something), correct path’

Neytiril Tsyeykur kolar eyawrfyat a fyep tskoti.
‘Neytiri taught Jake the right way to hold a bow.’


Eyawrfyari zene tslivam fya’ot a mìn kifkey.
‘To know the right way, you have to understand how the world turns.’
(From Cirque du Soleil’s TORUK: The First Flight.)


stiwi (n., STI.wi) ‘mischief’

stiwi si (vin.) ‘be naughty, do mischief’

Stiwi rä’ä si, ma ’eveng! Uvan si mì sengo alahe.
‘Don’t be naughty, child! Play somewhere else.’


stiwinga’ (adj, STI.wi.nga’) ‘mischievous’

stiwisiyu (n., STI.wi.si.yu) ‘mischief-maker’

Note: In nouns ending in –siyu that are derived from si-verbs, the –siyu element is often pronounced –syu in colloquial speech: tsamsyu, stiwisyu. Except when we want to mimic colloquial pronunciation, however (as we do in English when we write gonna instead of going to), the spelling remains –siyu.

rawng (n.) ‘entrance, doorway’

Fpxoläkìm fo ìlä rawng ahì’i.
‘They entered through (or via) a small doorway.’


syewe (n., SYE.we) ‘fat (substance in meat)’

syewenga’ (adj., SYE.we.nga’) ‘fatty’

Poanur sunu tsngan asyewenga’; poeru ke sunu kaw’it.
‘He likes fatty meat; she doesn’t like it at all.’


laro si (vin., LA.ro si) ‘clean, make free of dirt’

This is a general term. In contrast, yur means ‘wash’—that is, with water.

Txo ke livu pay, tsun mesyokxur laro sivi fa srä.
‘If water isn’t available, you can clean your hands with a cloth.’


slukx (n.) ‘horn of an animal’

Nari si! Tsaioangur lu pxia meslukx!
‘Careful! That animal has two sharp horns!’


tsin (n.) ‘nail, claw’

ue’ (vin., vtr., u.E’—inf. 1, 2) ‘vomit, vomit up’

Oey nantangtsyìp olue’ taluna yom nìhawng.
‘My dog vomited because it ate too much.’


nantangtsyìp (n., NAN.tang.tsyìp) ‘dog (earth animal)’

This goes along with palukantsyìp ‘cat’. Recall that oey is informal/colloquial for oeyä.

Prrnenìl wutsot olue’.
‘The baby vomited up its meal.’


hiup (vin.,vtr., HI.up) ‘spit, spit out’

Tsakem rä’ä si, ma ’itan. Fwa hiup fìtseng ke lu muiä.
‘Don’t do that, son. It’s not proper to spit here.’


Well, that’s it for now. I hope to see you here again soon. Hayalovay!

Recordings added to the last post

Ma frapo,

We now have voice recordings for all the examples in the last post, beautifully read by a tsulfätu lì’fyayä, our own Neytiri. Seiyi irayo, ma Ney. Ngeyä lì’upam lor lu nìngay.

We’ll have more “guest readers” in the future.

Interviews, Questions, Comments

Kaltxì, ma frapo.

I thought you might be interested in a few things I’ve been doing.

First, I did an interview for a UK-based language blog that’s now online:

https://passportnottingham.co.uk/blog-post/dr-paul-frommer-creator-of-the-navi-language/

You probably won’t find anything here that you haven’t heard or seen before, but I think it’s a nice summary of certain considerations that were important in the creation of Na’vi.

I’ve also done an interview—along with David Peterson, creator of the Dothraki and Valyrian languages for “Game of Thrones”—for the humor/information web site Cracked.com. It’s titled “6 Things You Never Knew About Inventing Languages For Game Of Thrones And Avatar.” It should be appearing shortly. When it does, I’ll let you know.

Also, let me take this opportunity to thank everyone who commented so positively on the last post. Seiyi irayo, ma smuk. Aylì’u ayngeyä oeru teya si. And let me respond to the questions and comments.

Tanri asked about the pronunciation of soleia. The careful, “correct” pronunciation, as you know, has four syllables: so.le.i.A. But in ordinary conversation, people will almost certainly reduce it to three. Would it then be so.ley.A or so.le.YA? In terms of pronunciation, I don’t think it matters: there’s very little difference between the two, at least to my ears. 🙂 By the way, something similar happens with kameie in Oel ngati kameie. The last word is “correctly” four syllables, but almost always pronounced in three.

Plumps asked what happens to a verb like ue’ if we try to add the honorific, second-position infix <uy>. You can see the problem: we get uuye’, which is not allowable, since in Na’vi we don’t have two identical vowels in sequence. A similar problem arises, much more familiarly, when we add the positive-attitude infix <ei> to si: we should get seii. Well, you all know what happens in the latter case: seii becomes seiyi, where a y intervenes between the two i’s. If we tried to do the same thing with uuye’, we’d get uwuye’, where w is the natural sound to interpose between the two u’s. But another possibility is simply to have the two u’s coalesce into one: uuye’ > uye’. For some reason, this feels like the more natural solution; uwuye’ just looks odd to me. I’d be interested in how other people feel about this.

And now a question for Plumps: Could you please come up with a context in which you would add the honorific infix to ue’? I’d be very interested in that story!  🙂

Blue Elf and Vawmataw discussed how the word Skype should appear in Na’vi. When it comes to foreign terms adapted into Na’vi phonology, there’s often room for variation. The question we need to ask ourselves is how a native Pandoran, hearing (rather than seeing) the English (or French or German or whatever) word, would pronounce it. In the case of Skype, if Neytiri or Eytukan heard the English word “Skype,” there’s no reason they would give it two syllables, since the English word has one syllable and a Na’vi word can end with a p-sound perfectly well. So they would probably just say Skayp. Might they say Skxayp? I suppose so. To be honest, the reason I chose that form is that I saw it used that way in the lì’fyaolo’ and I said to myself, “Well, why not?” I’d be happy to have two alternate forms that can be used interchangeably: Skayp and Skxayp.

Finally, Vawmataw commented that the word paskalin ‘sweet berry, sweetheart’ sounds just like the French word Pascaline. Irayo, ma ’eylan! I was completely unaware of that. I’ve since learned from Wikipedia that a Pascaline is a mechanical calculator invented by Pascal in the 17th century. Imagine that!

This is a nice example of what has been called a “bilingualism”—a sequence of sounds that exists meaningfully in two languages, where the meanings are generally very different. Let me give you my two favorite examples.

The first comes from the great pianist Artur Schnabel, as related by Abram Chasins in his 1957 book Speaking of Pianists: “I once mentioned a pianist who was about to give an all-Mozart concert. ‘Oh,’ said Schnabel, ‘when he plays it, it isn’t Mozart. It’s Nozart.’ Particularly ingenious, I think is the bilingualism: the English ‘notes-art’ implying the pianist’s inexpressivity, and the German ‘no-zart,’ (zart meaning tender or delicate).” Sìlronsem nìngay, kefyak?

The second takes a particular phrase and tries to “hear” it in both French and Yiddish. The phrase in French would be gai avec un fils, which I suppose means “happy with a son,” although I don’t know if this is really idiomatic. In any event, if you alter the pronunciation slightly and put it into Yiddish, you get “Go away without feet.”

Hayalovay!

Tengkrr perähem zìsìt amip . . . - As the New Year arrives . . .

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo.

Before the year ends (at least here in Los Angeles!), I want to wish you all a very Happy New Year, and also express some personal thoughts and feelings that have been on my mind and in my heart the last few months. And we’ll have a bit of new vocabulary along the way as well.

räptum (adj., räp.TUM) ‘coarse, vulgar, socially unacceptable’

This word refers to behavior, whether in action or in word, that offends the Na’vi sense of politeness, propriety, and social ceremony. Not using honorific language in a ceremony where such language is called for would be considered räptum, as would not deferring to rank and authority, taking too much food during a social meal, using vulgar language, etc.

Note this idiom, an admonition to children: Rä’ä räptum! ‘Don’t be impolite!’

(Child to aged adult:) Ngal new peut?
‘What do you want?’
(Child’s parent responds:) Rä’ä räptum, ma ’eveng! Tsaylì’u ke lu muiä!
‘Don’t be impolite, child! Those words are improper!’

txanlokxe (n., txan.lo.KXE) ‘clan or tribal domain; country’

This word is derived from txan (great) + olo’ (tribe, clan) + atxkxe (land). It refers to the entire territory of Pandora that is under the control of or dominated by a particular clan. On earth, txanlokxe may be used for ‘country.’

tsamsä’o (n., TSAM.sä.’o) ‘weapon of war’

tìtxurnga’ (adj., tì.TXUR.nga’) ‘powerful’ (not for people)

Both txantur and tìtxurnga’ mean ‘powerful.’ The difference is that the first word is only for people, while the second is for things. (Compare tstew and tìtstewnga’.) So a powerful woman is tuté atxantur, while a powerful idea is säfpìl atìtxurnga’.

leym (vin.) ‘call out, cry out, exclaim’

As a verb of speaking, leym generally requires the same kind of syntax as plltxe—that is, san . . . sìk constructions.

nìzen (adv., nì.ZEN) ‘necessarily’

kenzen (adv., ken.ZEN) ‘not necessarily’

 

Ma oeyä eylan ayawne,

Tengkrr zìsìt leratem, sìlpey oe tsnì zìsìtìl amip awngaru nìwotx zamiyevunge txana fpomit sì fpomtokxit, ulte tsnì mipa fìzìsìt sìltsan lìyevu to pum a ’ìlmi’a. Slä oe zenänge pivlltxe san zusawkrrìri txopu si oe nìtxan. Oeri lu ayskxe mì te’lan.

Tìfkeytok a mì tanlokxe oeyä alu Amerika längu txewm sì lehrrap. Fkol ftxolängey na eyktan tutanti a tìeyktanìri ke lu pxan kaw’it. Kifkeyri fìtutanìl ayaymak ke tslam stum ke’ut, ulte ke new nivume nì’ul. Po yawne lu snor nì’aw; fpom txanlokxeyä ke tsranten. Plltxe po nìtengfya na ’eveng a’ewan, ke na fyeyntu. Pori lu snolup räptum, ulte mawl aylì’uä ke lu ngay. Ran peyä lu kawng. Frapor a ke sunu por zoplo si. Fratsengmì a tsane po kä, ’ul tìve’kì.

Tìeyktanìri aysäfpìl peyä lu reng, aysìhawl lu fe’ran. Ulte ftxoley pol ayeyktanayli a lu stum nìftxan kawng na po. Nìngay lu po skxawng.

Slä tsranten frato, tsatutan layängu ye’rìn eyktan a txantur frato ’Rrtamì, ulte pori aysamsä’o atìtxurnga’ frato mì hifkey layu mì syokx. Kempe po sayi? Ke omum, slä lu oer sngumtsim a pol Amerikat skiyeva’a, ulte kxawm kifkeyti nìwotx nìteng.

Zun Eywa’evengit oel tivok, zel leym san Srung si ayoeru, ma Eywa sìk! Slä ’Rrta ke lu Eyweveng. Ha kempe tsun sivi set? Nìrangal lirvu oer tì’eyng. Zerok awngal nìwotx krrit a poltxe Tseyk san Eo ayoeng lu txana tìkawng sìk. Tì’efumì oeyä, fìtìfkeytok a eo ayoeng set lu steng. Na’vi kempe soli? Wolem. Zene awnga wivem nìteng—zene fya’ot rivun. Ulte wä sìkawng a fìtìwusemìri, zene awnga nìwotx fìtsap släpivan.

(TSERI RUTXE: Faysäfpìl faysì’efusì lu pum oeyä nì’aw, kenzen pum suteyä a zamolunge awngar relit arusikx alu Uniltìrantokx.)

With hopes for, somehow, a better 2017 . . .

Mipa Zìsìt Lefpom, ma frapo.

Hayalovay.

ta Pawl

Irayo nìtxan, ma frapo. Ayngeyä lora aylìu alor oeru teya soli nìngay. Mllte oe, zene livu awngar tìsìlpey. Ulte kxawm ke lu tìfkeytok nìftxan fe’ na tìlam. Tsafya sìlpey oe.

We need a nice Na’vi idiom for “Time will tell.”

The distinction between “unnecessarily” and “not necessarily” may be a bit confusing, so let me explain. (Wllìm was on the right track—irayo, ma tsmuk!)

The meanings of kenzen ‘not necessarily’ and nìkelkin ‘unnecessarily, needlessly’ are quite different, as they are in English. Nìkelkin refers to an action that is in essence superfluous–it doesn’t need to be done. For example, “He called me unnecessarily (nìkelkin), since I already knew what he was going to tell me.” Kenzen, on the other hand, tells you not to make an assumption that might otherwise seem obvious. For example, “Rich people are not necessarily (kenzen) generous.” That is, one might assume (naively, of course) that rich people, because they have a lot of money, are uniformly generous, but in fact that’s not the case; some of them are quite the opposite.

Hope that helps!

Melì’uteri alu tung sì pllhrr — About tung and pllhrr

TUNG

I’ve been reminded that I never specified the syntax of tung ‘allow, let, permit,’ so let me do that now:

Tung is a vtr—a transitive verb. Its object is the thing that’s being allowed:

Ke tung fkol tìwusemit fìtseng.
‘Fighting isn’t allowed here.’

With sentences like “He allowed me to go,” however, two different structures are possible, depending on how you analyze the object of tung.

On the one hand, the object of tung—that is, the thing being allowed—is simply the going itself. In our example, “me” represents the receiver of the permit, so to speak, and goes into the dative case. So we have:

A1. Pol tolung oeru futa kivä.
      ‘He allowed me to go.’

Just plain would be OK in such sentences as well:

A2.   Tung oer futa kä!
        ‘Let me go!’

By the way, in colloquial speech futa can be pronounced simply fta, with the u dropping, although it’s not usually written that way. (We also have, as you know, the word fta meaning ‘knot,’ but I can’t think of a situation where there would be the possibility of confusion.) So A2 can be even shorter, just four syllables: Tung oer f(u)ta kä!

On the other hand, we can think of the object of tung as MY going, not just the going itself. In this case there is no receiver in the dative case, and we have:

B. Pol tolung futa oe kivä.
    ‘He allowed me to go.’

So A says that what he allowed is going, and he allowed it to me; B says that what he allowed is my going. It’s hard to see a difference there. The A and B structures are identical in meaning, and both are common, although sometimes one or the other will fit better into a particular context.

PLLHRR

Some of you have come across the word pllhrr:

pllhrr (vin., pll.HRR, inf 1,1) ‘warn’

It’s identical in meaning and use to the word for ‘warn’ that you already know, penghrr.

Tseyk Na’viru polhrr teri Sawtute.
‘Jake warned the Na’vi about the Skypeople.’

And parallel to säpenghrr ‘warning,’ we have:

säpllhrr (n., spll.HRR) ‘warning’

Like its counterpart, it can be pronounced colloquially without the ä: spllhrr.

How did Na’vi come to have two slightly different words for the same thing? We can speculate. Looking at the <ol> form of both verbs—polenghrr and polhrr—we see they’re quite similar. Assuming penghrr was the original word, we can imagine young Na’vi hearing polenghrr in fast speech, where the middle syllable is unstressed, and thinking they’re hearing polhrr. This would lead them to assume the original verb was pllhrr, which actually makes sense from a derivational point of view, with pll coming from plltxe ‘speak.’ (To warn, you can “tell danger” or “speak danger.”) In time pllhrr came to be accepted as standard Na’vi alongside penghrr.

The two different syntactic structures with tung and the two different words for ‘warn’ are examples of how language sometimes gives you a choice, where there are few if any consequences of choosing one possibility over the other. It’s rather like how we contract “he is not” in English: either “he isn’t” or “he’s not,” with no difference between the two (at least none I can think of!).

Hayalovay!

Lesara säomum lesar nìngay! Tsari iayo ngaru.

About this shortening of -words in colloquial speech. Is this possible with all nouns (where it is permissable phonetically), e.g. sätaron ≈> *staron, sämok ≈> *smok, etc.?

Good question! The answer is, in general, “Yes,” as long as the word created by the omission of ä won’t be confused with some other word. So this is a distinction between careful, more formal speech and colloquial, informal speech, a distinction that every language makes. But I don’t want to oversimplify the situation by implying that there are only two points on the formal/informal scale. Some things are more informal and colloquial than others–for example, shortening possessive pronouns like oeyä and ngeyä to oey and ngey is highly casual and colloquial.

Ayioang amip sì ayu alahe — New animals and other things

Kaltxì, ma frapo.

As you know, Cirque du Soleil’s production “Toruk,” created with James Cameron’s participation and full approval, has expanded our knowledge of the Na’vi universe, and that includes new additions to our Na’vi dictionary. Let me give you some of that new vocabulary here—clan names, animals, and cultural items.

First, we have names for four clans other than the Omatikaya:

Anurai [n., A.nu.ra.i]

Kekunan [n., KE.ku.nan]

Tipani [n., TI.pa.ni]

Tawkami [n., TAW.ka.mi]

You’ll be able to find some descriptive material for these clans online.

Next, a couple of animals:

[Note: The descriptions below of animals and cultural items, which I’ve put in quotes, are excerpted and slightly paraphrased from the information I’ve received from official sources.]

tspìng (n.) ‘austrapede’

Austrapede_2015-04-15_Front

Austrapede_2015-04-15_Side

“Similar to the Terran ostrich or emu, the austrapede is a flightless avian-like creature with a long extended neck and two vestigial “wings” on either side of its body.  Spindly, multi-jointed legs and neck and head protuberances resemble Terran avian plumage.  It’s decorated with mottled skin and has a long tail. Size: Up to 4 meters in height, fully grown.”

mawup (n., MA.wup) ‘turtapede’

Turtapede_2015-04-15_Side

“Large six-finned aquatic creature with a plated and armored outer carapace shell leading to a multi-colored dorsal ‘fin’.  Four ‘arm’ fins are used for propulsion, with the two ‘back’ fins used in a rudder-like fashion.  Mouth is a long snout-like protuberance with small, baleen-like teeth. Size: 5-6 meters from snout to tail, and roughly 4 meters tall.”

And some cultural items:

Txärpawk (n., TXÄR.pawk) ‘Palulukan Bone Horn’

This is derived from txärem ‘bone’ and:

pawk (n.) ‘horn, wind instrument’

[Note: The general term for musical instrument, as you know, is ’otxang. Pawk refers to a specific kind of instrument, one you play by blowing into or across.]

“The Palulukan Bone Horn is a sacred object created by the Anurai, a Na’vi clan that reside in a vast bone sanctuary.  This fine piece of craftsmanship has the ability, once blown, to summon from the skies the great Leonopteryx.”

Lo’akur (n., lo.’a.KUR) ‘Toruk Makto Amulet’

This literally means ‘hanging amulet,’ from lo’a ‘amulet’ and kur ‘hang.’

lo’a (n., LO.’a) ‘amulet’

“The first of five sacred items that fit into the prophecy and legend of the first ever Toruk Makto.  This totem is suspended above a raging fire pit, and as part of a young Na’vi’s Iknimaya rite of passage, the young Na’vi must climb the precarious rope to reach and retrieve the suspended amulet.”

Note: In writing, this word is identical to the dative case of the Na’vi name Lo’ak. But in speech they’re distinguished. Do you see how?

Nawmtoruktek (n., nawm.TO.ruk.tek) ‘Toruk Makto Totem’

Derived from nawm + toruk + :

tekre (n., TEK.re) ‘skull’

“In the center of the Omatikaya clan’s Hometree eating area is a huge skull of a Great Leonopteryx, which serves as a totem to the Toruk Makto, the great, great, great, great grandfather of the Olo’eyktan. This totem serves as a constant reminder of the legendary hero who rode the Great Leonopteryx and brought together the Na’vi clans in a time of great strife.”

ionar (n., I.o.nar) ‘banshee rider visor’

Derived from io ‘over, above’ and nari ‘eye.’

Hayalovay!

Edit March 1: txär —> txärem  Irayo, ma Plumps!

Faylì’uri amip irayo seiyi ngaru nìwotx, ma nawma karyu.

Great to see that the fauna is still being explored.

So, lo’a is both ‘totem’ and ‘amulet’?
Loak and Lo’ak are both names? ’Ipu nìtxan. Imagine a mother naming each of her sons like that.

Surely, the distinction between the dative and the Toruk Makto Amulet is in stress, one is LO’akur, the other is Lo’aKUR.

Letsunslua kxeyeytsyìp: ‘bone’ is txärem, not just *txär, kefyak?

Wonderful new words. Thank you so much.

Kaltxì, ma Stefan!

Yes, lo’a can sometimes mean ‘amulet,’ although its basic meaning is still ‘totem.’ Note that in the English description, both “totem” and “amulet” are used to describe the same object.

Loak and Lo’ak are variants of the same name. This pattern holds for most Na’vi names containing __o’a__. For example, the name of the Tsahìk, Mo’at, is often pronounced without the glottal stop and can be written that way as well. (Both variants of her name appear in the original language document I developed for “Avatar.”) The variant without the tìftang is more colloquial.

As for the distinction between the name in the dative and the amulet . . . srane, ngaru tìyawr nìwotx.

Finally, thanks for catching txärem vs. txär. Error corrected.

Tewti! Aylì’u akosman nìwotx!

‘Awa tìpawm… Pefya lu keteng ionar sì renten?

Kosmana tìpawm, ma Neytiri! Mìftxele zene oe ’iveyng san nìfkeytongay ke omum.

(Renten translates as ‘goggles’ while ionar is ‘visor,’ or more specifically, ‘banshee rider visor.’ I’ve been assuming that these are different, but perhaps they’re not. In that case, it could simply be that the two words are synonyms. It’s also possible that one of them, probably renten, is a more general term, while ionar is specifically the item used when riding a banshee. I’ll have to get back to you on that. In the meantime, if anyone has any ideas about this, I’ll be happy to hear them!)

Eltur tìtxen si. Kxawm nulnatsew lì’ut alu renten olo’ol, pumti alu ionar olo’ìl alahe. (Tenga ral, ulte tsun tsamesa’ut tslivam frapo nìwotx.)

Irayo nìtxan!

Sunu oer tsasäfpìl!

'Eylan Ayfalulukana# March 1, 2017 at 2:04 pm

Aylì’u atxantsan, ma Pawl nang, Set tsun pivlltxe oe san Fko syaw oeru ‘Eylan Ayfalulukanä, oloä alu Anuari, tsenga palulukan apxay kelku si sìk.

Concerning ionar vs renten, I would suspect that there is a place for both words. A visor principally protects one from the sun’s glare, and the goggles protect the eyes from wind and windborne debris. I would suspect some sute wear an ionar, some wear a renten, some wear both, and perhaps some prefer neither one.

Zola’u nìprrte’, ma Eylan Ayfalulukanä! Fpìl oel futa nga lu vay set le’awa hapxìtu lì’fyaolo’ä a lu kop Anuraiyä hapxì!

And I certainly agree that visors and goggles are separate things here on earth that are independent of each other. What I’m not sure about is whether that’s also true on Pandora. There’s no reason why it couldn’t be, but I’d like to see pictures to verify it.

Tìtusemteri — Concerning Shooting

Shooting—whether it’s the Na’vi with their tsko swizaw or the Sawtute with their hunsìp—plays a significant role in “Avatar.” Recently, Tsm. Plumps alu Stefan requested clarification on the Na’vi terminology for shooting, so let me share with you here what I told him:

We have two words that specifically mean ‘shoot,’ tem and toltem.

Tem (vin.) is the intransitive ‘shoot.’ It talks about the action itself, without mentioning the weapon used or the object to be shot.

Tem rä’ä!
‘Don’t shoot!’

It’s also the verb used to translate “shoot at”—that is, the act of discharging a weapon towards someone or something with the intention of killing or maiming. In this construction, “at” is translated as ne:

Oene fko terem!!!
“Someone is shooting at me!!!”

Toltem is vtr. Stress on the second syllable: tol.TEM. Infixes are 1, 2. The object is the person, animal, or thing shot and presumably injured or killed—that is, the target of the shooting.

Plltxe Ralu san oe new tivoltem yerikit.
‘Ralu says he wants to shoot a hexapede.’

Now note something interesting: In English we can say “shoot an animal” or “shoot an arrow.” These are both transitive constructions that take objects. But semantically they’re very different. “Animal” is the target; “arrow” is the weapon used. Na’vi distinguishes these. For the former we use toltem, for the latter we use tsweykayon ‘cause to fly, let fly.’  So ‘shoot an arrow’ is swizawti tsweykayon. (Since tsweykayon is a predictable infixed form, it’s not listed separately in the dictionary.)

Swizawti tsweykayon nefä ne taw, tsenga zup ke lu law.
‘I shot an arrow into the air, / It fell to earth, I know not where.’ (H.W. Longfellow)

Txo nga zene tivem, tsatìtusem livu muiä.
‘If you must shoot, let it be justified.’

Hayalovay!

Way Tiretuä — The Shaman’s Song

Ma Eylan,

Over at LearnNavi.org., some folks took a stab at transcribing the Shaman’s Song that’s heard in Mo’ara.

Understanding sung lyrics isn’t easy. If you’re like me, you’ve often had to look up the lyrics to songs you find on the Internet, even if they’re in your own language, since it can be hard to make out what the singer is saying. (Most singers, I think, concentrate more on singing beautifully than on enunciating the words clearly.) And of course there’s a whole cottage industry of “Misheard Lyrics,” which can be pretty hilarious. (My all-time favorite is this one. For me, this song will always be, “Have You Ever Seen Lorraine?”) Given all that, I think the transcribers did a great job!

For the record, here are the actual lyrics. (I have several versions on my computer; I believe this is the final one that’s used in the park.) They go all the way back to 2015; you can see how much advanced planning goes into a huge undertaking like the Disney theme park! Keep in mind that this is poetry, and somewhat mysterious poetry at that. Poetical syntax doesn’t always follow the exact same rules as ordinary spoken language.

1

Ma Na’rìng alor,

Mì Na’rìng lu tsngawpay.

Atokirina’.

Awnga leym, lereym san

Ma Eywa (3X).

O beautiful forest,

There are tears in the forest.

Woodsprite(s).

We cry out, calling,

“O Eywa!” (3X)

2

’Awstengyawnem,

Ma Sa’nok aNawm.

Atokirina’.

Awnga leym, lereym san

Ma Eywa (3X).

Connected as one,

O Great Mother.

Woodsprite(s).

We cry out, calling,

“O Eywa!” (3X)

3

Tìnewfa leNa’vi,

Na’rìng tìng lawr.

Atokirina’.

Awnga leym, lereym san

Ma Eywa (3X).

By the People’s will,

The forest is singing.

Woodsprite(s).

We cry out, calling,

“O Eywa!” (3X)
Pandora: The World of Avatar in The New York Times

Kaltxì, ma frapo–

I came across an article in today’s New York Times that I thought you’d like to see. It’s a feature on the Disney Avatar theme park, complete with wonderful photos. They even quoted a Na’vi phrase (Swotu Wayä) correctly! 

The author was very positive about the park experience, writing:

[T]he world aims to give fans of the film (and young fans in the making) the same jaw-dropping, immersive experience that they came away with after watching the movie the first time.

Did they pull it off? The answer is a resounding yes. 

And here is a “360 video” that accompanies the article.

I can’t wait until November when I’ll get to see the park first-hand during the Avatar Meet-up. Nìsìlpey ultxarìyevun oel pxaya hapxìtut lì’fyaolo’ä awngeyä tsatseng nìteng!

Zìsìkrr amip, aylì’u amip — New words for the new season

Kaltxì nìmun, ma eylan. It’s been a while! I hope you’ve all been happy and healthy—and doing interesting, satisfying, fun things. As for me, you can guess what’s been occupying my time more and more. Tìkangkem anawm sngolä’eiyi! Needless to say, I can’t divulge anything about the Avatar sequels except that they’re going to be absolutely terrific. You’ve probably seen this already, but just in case you haven’t, here’s the latest information that’s been released to the public.

Also in the category of things you’ve probably already seen but should see if you haven’t, there’s a beautiful Facebook post in which Avatar fans, including several members of our lì’fyaolo’, express to the filmmakers their thanks for the movie and their hopes for the sequels. You can hear some nice Na’vi in it.

We haven’t had any additions to the lexicon in a long time, so here are some new items—I counted 29—at least some of which I hope you’ll find useful. Several of these new words and examples come from our indefatigable LEP, for which I thank the members sincerely.

kemwiä (adj., kem.WI.ä) ‘improper, unfair, wrong, unjustified’

This is clearly the opposite of muiä. Note that there are two ways to say something is unfair: “Ke lu muiä!” as in Avatar 1 (we now need to distinguish among A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5!), and “Lu kemwiä!”

Derivation:

tìkemwiä (n., tì.kem.WI.ä) ‘unfairness, injustice’

leymkem (vin., leym.KEM, inf 1,1) ‘protest’

You might think the kem part is the familiar word for ‘act’ or ‘deed,’ but in fact it’s a truncated form of kemwiä. So the derivation is leym ‘call out, cry out’ + kem(wiä) ‘unfair, unjustified’—that is, when you protest, you cry out that something is unfair. The verb is intransitive. When you protest something, use the topical case or teri-. To protest that something is unfair, we use the tsnì construction, which as you know is used for complements of certain intransitive verbs, like sìlpey and mowar si.

Oe leymkem! Fìtsamìl Na’vit tìsraw seykayi nì’aw ulte kutut ke lätxayn.
‘I protest! This war will only harm the People and not defeat the enemy.’

Tsayhemìri (OR: Tsayhemteri) po loleymkem.
‘She protested those actions.’

Loleymkem po tsnì fwa Akwey slu olo’eyktan lu kemwiä.
‘He protested that it was unfair for Akwey to become clan leader.’

In colloquial speech, the first m in leymkem often becomes ng by assimilation to the following k—that is, it sounds like leyngkem, even though the spelling doesn’t change.

Derivations:

tìleymkem (n., tì.leym.KEM) ‘protesting, protest (abstract concept)’

säleymkem (n., sä.leym.KEM) ‘protest, instance of protesting’

Eyktanìl ngeyä säleymkemit stolawm ulte paye’un teyngta zene fko pehem sivi.
‘The leader has heard your protest and will decide what must be done.’

A related word is:

leymfe’ (vin., leym.FE’, inf 1, 1) ‘complain’

This word derives from leym + fe’ ‘bad’—that is, to complain is to cry out that something is bad. The syntax is similar to that of leymkem.

Fo lereymfe’ tsnì syuve lu wew.
‘They’re complaining that the food is cold.’

Derivations:

tìleymfe’ (n., tì.leym.FE’) ‘complaining’

säleymfe’ (n., sä.leym.FE’) ‘complaint’

tìleym (n., tì.LEYM) ‘call’

Eywal tìleymit awngeyä stoleiawm!
‘Eywa has heard our call!’

tìtstunwinga’ (adj., tì.TSTUN.wi.nga’) ‘kind (nfp)’

I realize I should have explained this earlier. A kind person is tute atstunwi. Kind words are aylì’u atìtstunwinga’.

Similarly,

tìflänga’ (adj., tì.FLÄ.nga’) ‘successful (nfp)’

A successful plan is tìhawl atìflänga’. A successful person is tute a flolä.

ekxan si (vin., e.KXAN si) ‘exclude, keep out, bar’

Srake fìkxemyo tsun tsayioangur lehrrap ekxan sivi?
‘Can this wall keep out those dangerous animals?’

nìtsleng (adv., nì.TSLENG) ‘falsely’

This word is the opposite of nìngay. And just as you can say Nìngay plltxe nga, ‘You speak truly,’ or ‘What you say is true,” you can also say Nìtsleng plltxe nga, ‘You speak falsely.’ Although the Na’vi do not have a word for “liar” per se, they can express the idea that someone is lying through this construction.

Plltxe nìtsleng! Tsafkxilet ke tolìng ngar Entul!
‘Liar! Entu didn’t give you that necklace!’

kawl (adv.) ‘hard, diligently’

Makto kawl, ma samsiyu, fte tsivun pivähem nìwin!
‘Ride hard, warriors, so you can get there fast!

yawntutsyìp (n., YAWN.tu.tsyìp) ‘darling, little loved one’

This is a tender term of endearment that a parent might call a child, for example. It exists alongside yawn(e)tu, which for some speakers, although certainly not all, carries a romantic or sexual overtone. Yawntutsyìp often reflects parental or familial love.

Semputi rä’ä srätx, ma yawntutsyìp. Tìkangkem seri.
‘Don’t bother daddy, little one. He’s working.’

And on the opposite end of the spectrum:

vonvä’ (n., von.VÄ’) ‘butthole, asshole, dickhead’

This word is highly abusive and vulgar, and is never used in polite society. It’s a strongly contracted form of vitronvä’, which is sometimes heard in that fuller form. The word derives from vitra ‘soul’ + onvä’ ‘bad-smelling, stinking.’ So a literal translation in English might be “stinksoul.” In colloquial pronunciation, the n is often lost and the preceding o nasalized: [võ.VÄ’].

weopx (n., we.OPX) ‘wave (of water)’

Krra hufwe tul nìwin, tsun fko tsive’a ayweopxit a sìn yo payä.
When there is strong wind, you can see waves on the water.’

Note: When viewed from the shore, waves can srer ‘appear, come into view’ and ’ìp ‘disappear, recede from view.’

Derivation:

leweopx (adj., le.we.OPX) ‘wave-like’

Tsayrenur leweopx a sìn neni tìng nari.
Look at those wave-like patterns in the sand.

tsìltsan (n., tsìl.TSAN) ‘good (abstract concept), goodness’

This word evolved from *tìsìltsan, much the same way as *tìsìlpey became tsìlpey.

Tìkawng a sutel ngop var rivey, tsìltsanit pxìm kllyem fkol feyä täremhu.
[See Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar.]

lerìn (adj., le.RÌN) ‘wooden, of wood’

letskxe (adj., le.TSKXE) ‘stony, of stone’

These words can be used to indicate the material an object is made from. For example, to say ‘a spear made of wood,’ all of the following are possible:

mawftxele (adv., maw.FTXE.le) ‘belatedly, in hindsight, after the fact, as an afterthought’

This word is parallel to mìftxele ‘in this regard’ and derived the same way.

Oel peyä ftxozäti tswolänga’, ha poltxe por san ftxozäri aylrrtok ngaru sìk mawftxele.
‘Unfortunately I forgot his birthday, so I said “Happy Birthday” belatedly.’

pìsaw (adj., pì.SAW) ‘clumsy, accident-prone’

This adjective describes a not-very-clever or impractical person. It can also be used as an interjection, for example when you’ve acted clumsily with unintended negative results, often accompanied by a sharp intake of breath.

Po lu pìsaw. Trram toltem venuti sneyä nìtkanluke.
‘He is accident-prone. Yesterday he unintentionally shot his own foot.’

Lu Sawtute wok sì pìsaw nìwotx, na prrnen.
‘The skypeople are all loud and clumsy, like a baby.’

Derivation:

tìpsaw (n., tìp.SAW) clumsiness

Poeyä tìpsawìl txopu sleykolu yerikit ha po hifwo.
‘Her clumsiness scared the hexapede, so he escaped.’

Finally, four expressions relating to Na’vi culture or the Pandoran environment:

Txintseng Sawtuteyä (prop. n., TXIN.tseng SAW.tu.tey.ä) ‘Hell’s Gate’

This literally means ‘The Sky People’s Base.’ It’s how the Na’vi refer to Hell’s Gate.

txintseng (n., TXIN.tseng) ‘base of operations’

lanay’ka (n., la.NAY’.ka) ‘slinger’

You can find a description here.

ilu (n., I.lu) ’ilu’

From the Disney pamphlet ”Guide to the Flora and Fauna of the Valley of Mo’ara”: “The ilu is a large plesiosaur-like sea creature that is the direhorse of the Pandoran ocean. With multiple fins/flippers and a long, streamlined shape, this aquatic pack animal serves the reef Na’vi clans like direhorses serve the Na’vi clans of the forests, jungles and planes.”

sye’otxang (n., SYE.’o.txang) ‘wind instrument’

From syeha ‘breath’ + ’otxang ‘musical instrument.’ This is the generic term for any instrument played by blowing. A pawk is a kind of sye’otxang.

As I don’t have to tell some of you, I still have a considerable backlog of suggestions and questions from the LEP and others that I need to get to. I’ll do that as soon as I can. Tsakrrvay, fpom livu ayngaru nìwotx.

I’ll leave you with a question. Someone recently asked me if srak can ever be used completely on its own. In other words, could someone ever say, simply, “Srak?” I responded that I had never considered that possibility but would think about it. What’s your feeling? Are there any situations in which this could make sense? For example, suppose you’ve asked a question and gotten no answer. If you then said “Srak?” angrily, could it mean, “Well, are you going to answer me or not? Yes or no???” And if you think you could use this question word this way, would it more likely be “Srake?”? Rutxe ayngeyä aysäfpìlit piveng oer!

Ta Pawl

More language for talking about language

Fyape pängkxo fko teri lì’fya leNa’vi . . . nìNa’vi? Tse . . . nì’awve fkol kin aylì’ut azey.

To talk about Na’vi in Na’vi, we need some specialized vocabulary. We already have a start. The following terms have long been in the dictionary:

tstxolì’u          ‘noun’
kemlì’u           ‘verb’
kemlì’uvi        ‘infix’
pamrelvi         ‘letter’
snapamrelvi   ‘alphabet’

Here are some more terms to facilitate grammatical discussion. A big irayo to our Pìlumsì alu Stefan for his creative and apt suggestions along these lines. Txampxì faylì’uä ftu eltu peyä zola’u.

lì’ukìng (n., LÌ’.u.kìng) ‘sentence’

This clearly derives from lì’u + kìng ‘thread.’ We have a similar notion in English: a string of words.

lì’ukìngvi (n., LÌ’.u.kìng.vi) ‘phrase’

“Phrase” is tricky to define precisely without talking about linguistic trees and constituent structure, but we don’t have to get into those technicalities. The basic idea is that of consecutive words that “hang together” as a unit. So, for example, take the sentence:

Oeyä ’eylanìl alu Va’ru lora fkxilet amip tolìng sneyä ’iteru.
‘My friend Va’ru gave his daughter a beautiful new necklace.’

Some of the lì’ukìngvi in this sentence are:

These, however, are not lì’ukìngvi:

lì’kong (n., LÌ’.kong) ‘syllable’

“Syllable” is another term that’s tricky to define technically, but the basic idea is clear: a sequence of consonants and vowels that make up a rhythmic “beat” in a word. For example, if you were singing the English word “absolutely” or the Na’vi word fìhawre’ti, in each case you could put the word on four different notes corresponding to the four syllables in each one. The term lì’kong comes from lì’u + ’ekong ‘rhythmic beat.’ (Why not *lìu’kong, you may ask? So that there’s a greater distinction between the words for sentence and syllable. We have precedent for dropping the u of lì’u in compounds—lì’fya, for example.)

Lu tsalì’ur alu fìhawre’ti tsìnga lì’kong.
‘The word fìhawre’ti has four syllables.’

lì’uvi (n., LÌ’.u.vi) ‘affix’

An affix is a prefix, suffix, or infix.

eolì’uvi (n., E.o.lì’.u.vi) ‘prefix’  (that is, an affix that comes in front)

uolì’uvi (n., U.o.lì’.u.vi) ‘suffix’  (that is, an affix that comes behind)

Lu tsalì’ur alu fìhawre’ti melì’uvi alu ’awa eolì’uvi sì ’awa uolì’uvi.
‘The word fìhawre’ti has two affixes—one prefix and one suffix.’

syonlì’u (n., SYON.lì.u) ‘adjective’

Syon, as you recall, means ‘feature, trait, characteristic.’

fyalì’u (n., FYA.lì.u) ‘adverb’

Adverbs tell you how something is done. (Well, at least that’s true for “manner adverbials.” Some adverbs serve to explain how speakers feel about what they’re saying, as in “Sadly, I don’t think he’s going to succeed.”) There shouldn’t be any confusion between fyalì’u and lì’fya.

starlì’u (n., STAR.lì’u) ‘adposition’

This compound is a shortening of sätare ‘connection, relationship’ + lì’u. Na’vi adpositions (hu, ta, eo, sìn, sre, tafkip . . .) are “relationship words.” (Stefan pointed out the similar term in German, „Verhältniswort“, lit. ‘relation word.’)

Consider these examples:

  1. hu Eywa
  2. Eywahu

In A, hu is a starlì’u but not a lì’uvi or an eolì’u.

In B, hu is a starlì’u, a lì’uvi, and an uolì’uvi.

Finally,

tilì’u (n., TI.lì.u) ‘conjunction’

The elements here are til ‘joint, hinge’ + lì’u. A conjunction (, fu, slä, txo, tengkrr, . . .) is a kind of hinge or joint that links two things of the same sort.

IMPORTANT NOTE: I hope these terms will be useful to those of us who enjoy grammatical discussions. But please don’t get the idea that in order to speak and write Na’vi well you need to know and understand them! Many excellent English speakers and writers—probably most!—would not be able to tell you what a subordinate conjunction is, or an infinitive, or a gerund, or any other technical grammatical term—but they nevertheless use the language beautifully. The equivalent is true for any language.

Hayalovay!

Vurway Alor — A Beautiful Narrative Poem

Our own Neytiri has written a beautiful narrative poem leNa’vi inspired by some of the words in the 30 Sept. blog post. It’s about a pa’li and an ilu named Lilu and Luli respectively. I think you’ll really like the pamuvan it contains.

Neytiri’s English translation is in the spoiler after the poem. Suggestion: Don’t look at the English until you’re sure you’ve gotten as much as you can out of the Na’vi.

For the record, here are three new compound words, all of which you’d be able to figure out on your own:

vurway (n., VUR.way) ‘story poem, narrative poem’

pamuvan (n., PAM.u.van) ‘sound play’

Note: Pamuvan and lì’uvan ‘wordplay, pun’ aren’t quite the same. Although there’s some overlap, puns are witty and humorous, whereas pamuvan refers to simply playing with and enjoying the sounds of language, as poets often do.

paytxew (n., pay.TXEW) ‘shoreline, water’s edge’

Fìvurwayt ivinan nì’o’ nì’aw!

 

Trro aetrìp pa’lil alu Lilu ilut alu Luli rolun,
Ma hiyìka pa’li a slele nì’aw sìk, Luliru Lilu leym,
San ngari kifkeyt, rutxe, livawk ko; ngeyä vurit oeru piveng!
Ha Luli ftumfa pay tsapa’liru ’oleyng,
San txampayä olo’ä lu oe ilu, nìwin sì nìmal oe slele,
Krra lini larmu oe uvan soli, kip wura ayweopx apxay,
Oeri kifkey lu fayoang sì neni, pay, aysum, sì tatx,
Nìrangal tsirvun wivìntxu ngaru, trro fya’ot riyevun.

Nìtrrtrr fäprrfen fìmeylan fìtsap,
Pa’li sì ilu,
Nì’ul’ul mefo fìtsap slu lor,
Pa’li sì ilu,

Kaymo a pa’li sì ilu ultxa si fte tìreyti livawk,
Ma hiyìka ilu a tul sìn reym sìk, Liluru Luli leym,
San ngari kifkeyt, rutxe, livawk ko; peng oeru vurit ngey!
Ha Lilul lok paytxewit, fte Luliru pivlltxe,
San txayoä olo’ä lu oe pa’li, nìler sì nìnrra tul oe,
Krra lini larmu oe uvan soli, sìn ayramtsyìp lezeswa,
Oeri kifkey lu ayutral sì ’akra, ukxo, unyor, sì sang,
Nìrangal tsirvun wivìntxu ngaru, trro fya’ot riyevun,

Nìtrrtrr fäprrfen fìmeylan fìtsap,
Pa’li sì ilu,
Nì’ul’ul mefo fìtsap slu yawne,
Pa’li sì ilu,

Txono pa’li paytxewne pähem nìfya’o akeftxo,
Ma fyolea pa’li a slele nìlor sìk, Luliru Lilu leym,
San oeru ngaru fmawn längu; aylì’u mì te’lan lu skxe;

Latem zìsìkrr, oeyä olo’ herum, zene oe nìteng.
Ma lora ilu a tìran sìn awkx sìk, Liluru Luli ’oleyng,
San oeri vitra set tsngerawvìk, nga lom li lu oer,
Oel new f(u)ta ngahu tul oe, f(u)ta nga hu oe slele,
Oel kawkrr ke tsaye’a ngeyä kifkeyt; kawkrr ngal pumti oey!

Tsakrr nìflrr, äo sanhì, Luliru Lilu poltxe,
San tam tam, ma yawntu, ngari txe’lan mawey,
Spaw oe, tsafya’ot roleiun.

 

You can hear Neytiri reading her poem here:


Edit 9 Oct.: Stress corrected for paytxew: PAY.txew –> pay.TXEW
Close quote added in the English translation, after “and I must leave too.”
Added voice recording of Neytiri reading her poem.
Voice recording added to the previous post

You can now hear Neytiri reading her poem—quite beautifully, I might add. Irayo nìtxan, ma tsmuk!

Zìsìt Amip Lefpom, ma eylan! Happy New Year, friends!

Hum zìsìt alal, pähem pum amip. Yo’kofya atì’iluke. (See below.) Let’s hope 2018 proves to be a healthy, happy, and fulfilling year for all of us.

To start things off, a few new vocabulary items:

yo’kofya (n., YO’.ko.fya) ‘cycle’

From yo’ko ‘circle’ + fya’o ‘path, way.’

tì’iluke (adj., tì.I.lu.ke) ‘endless, never-ending’

This word is derived from tì’i’a ‘ending, conclusion’ and luke ‘without.’ The original word *tì’i’aluke contracted to tì’iluke over time. As you know, we already have a word meaning endless or boundless, txewluke. Although tì’iluke and txewluke overlap to a certain extent, tì’iluke usually has more of a temporal sense, describing something that goes on and on continually without end. A long, boring speech that seems endless, for example, would be described as tì’iluke.

txanso’hayu (n., txan.SO’.ha.yu) ‘fan, enthusiast’

The derivation is straightforward: txan ‘much’ + so’ha ‘be enthusiastic about’ + -yu ‘agentive suffix.’ A shorter, more colloquial form of the word is simply so’yu.

Lu pxaya txanso’hayu tsarelä arusikx alu Uniltìrantokx kifkeyka nìwotx.
‘There are many fans of Avatar all over the world.’

’oktrr (n., ’OK.trr) ‘day of commemoration’

We already have the familiar, general word ftxozä meaning ‘celebration,’ which can be used in a wide variety of situations. But there are also words for more specific kinds of celebrations. ’Oktrr, literally ‘remembrance day,’ is used for any kind of commemorative anniversary, not necessarily a yearly one. To specifically refer to a yearly anniversary, we have:

zìsìtsaltrr (n., zì.sìt.SAL.trr) ‘(yearly) anniversary’

The derivation is zìsìt + sal(ew) + trr, i.e., ‘year-pass day.’ Colloquially, this becomes:

zìtsaltrr (n., zìt.SAL.trr or zì.TSAL.trr) ‘(yearly) anniversary’

(Note: I’ve hedged on the syllabification here, since I think it’s likely that the original t+s combination, in consecutive syllables, would coalesce into the ts phoneme. In actual speech, I doubt the two possibilities could be distinguished.)

Zìtsaltrrìri tìmuntxayä aylrrtok!
‘Happy anniversary (of your marriage)!’

The following new words and examples are based on some excellent suggestions from the LEP. Irayo nìfrakrr, ma smuk!

tsukx (vtr.) ‘stab’

The LEP members explained: “This word [is] used much the same way as it is in English. Literal usage would be reserved for knives/spears/etc. but poetic/figurative usage is allowable (‘Her words stabbed my heart like a knife).”

Neytiril nantangit tsolukx fte peyä tìsrawti ’eykivi’a.
‘Neytiri stabbed the viperwolf to end its pain.’

ripx (vtr.) ‘pierce’

Lu Neytiriru ’awa mikyun arawnipx nì’aw.
Neytiri has only one pierced ear.

sävll (n., sä.VLL) ‘sign, indication, signal’

This of course is derived from the verb vll ‘indicate, point at.’ As the LEP members pointed out, the difference between sävll and aungia is that the latter word, meaning ‘sign, omen’ and which we’re familiar with from the movie, has more of a mystical or spiritual sense to it, as in aungia a ta Eywa. Sävll, on the other hand, simply says that A indicates B:

Kxener lu sävll txepä.
Smoke is a sign/an indication that there is fire.

Mì sangek a sävllit ngolop eykyul tarponguä.
The sign on the tree trunk was made by the leader of the hunting party.

I have quite a few more excellent suggestions from the LEP. These will be coming in future posts.

Hayalovay!

Edit Jan. o1: mìkyun –> mikyun. Irayo, ma Ney.

Mipa zìsìt lefpom ngaru nìteng!

Kosman fwa omum futa ngaru lu fpom ulte mipa aylì’uri irayo nìtxan!

Lì’ukìngvi alu zìsìt amip lefpom eltur oeyä tìtxen si. Srake lu srey apup ta zìsìt amip livu lefpom? Fu srake tsunslu fwa yem mesyonlì’ut uo tstxolì’u?

Kaltxì, ma Stefan! Fìtìpawmìri akosman irayo. Kehe, ketsunslu fwa yem mesyonlì’ut uo tstxolì’u. Nìfkeytongay, tsapxelì’u alu zìsìt amip lefpom ke lu tstxolì’ukìngvi. Ngeyä ’en a’awve lu eyawr. Lu srey apup ta Ngari zìsìt amip livu lefpom.

tstxolì’ukìngvi (n., tstxo.LÌ.’u.kìng.vi) ‘noun phrase’

A noun phrase is a phrase whose pivotal or central word is a noun. Such a phrase (with the appropriate case endings) can be used as the subject or object of a verb. Examples:

• fkxile
• lora fkxile
• fkxile alor
• lora fkxile a ngolop oeyä tsmukanìl alu Txewì

Negative Questions in Na’vi

Kxì (see below) nìmun, ma eylan. I’ve been gone from the blog a long time, and many questions you’ve asked me still remain unanswered—oeru txoa livu mìftxele. But rest assured I haven’t been wasting my time. Kifkeymì Uniltìrantokxä tìkangkem si oe kawl slä nì’o’ nì’aw. 🙂

I’m currently working on a big post with a lot of new vocabulary, which I hope to complete shortly. Tsakrrvay, let me respond to a question that was posed by the LEP last year: how to ask and answer negative questions in Na’vi. The LEPers provided some very interesting examples from German, where “doch” and “nein” are used in the answers to such questions, and asked if there’s anything parallel in Na’vi. This discussion won’t cover every possibility, but it will at least make a start.

Negative questions are a lot more complicated than they might seem—at least that’s what I’m discovering! At first, it appears that a negative question simply turns a negative statement into a question: You aren’t hungry. –> Aren’t you hungry? I didn’t see you yesterday. –> Didn’t I see you yesterday? He has no shame. –> Has he no shame?

But what do those negative questions actually mean? What is the speaker trying to find out—and trying to get across? In other words, even if the syntax is straightforward, what are the semantics of these questions?

Take a simple positive question like “Are you John?” What’s being asked? Well, the speaker is considering the statement “You are John” and asking for confirmation: Is that statement true? In other words, “You are John—true or false?” If it’s true, the other person answers “Yes,” which means “The statement you’re asking about is correct.” A fuller answer would be, “Yes, I’m John.” If the statement is not correct—if the person is in fact David, not John—the answer is “No,” which means “The statement you’re asking about is not correct.” So far so good.

What happens, however, if the statement being turned into a question is negative? For example, “You are not John,” which becomes the negative question “Aren’t you John?” If we follow the analysis in the previous paragraph, the speaker is considering the statement “You are not John” and asking for confirmation: “You are not John—true or false?” A response of “Yes” should then mean, “The statement you’re asking about is correct—I am not John.” And “No” should mean, “The statement you’re asking about is incorrect—I am indeed John.”

But that is not what people usually mean when they ask such questions. When a speaker asks someone, “Aren’t you John?” there’s a pre-existing belief on her part that this person is in fact John, and she’s asking for confirmation of that belief. “I believe you’re John. That’s correct, isn’t it?” An alternative form of the question gets this across more clearly: “You’re John, aren’t you?” In this case, an answer of “Yes” means, “Your pre-existing belief is correct. I am John.” And “No” means “Your pre-existing belief is incorrect. I am not John.” Confused yet?

I’m happy to report that with srak(e) questions Na’vi, such pre-existing beliefs don’t enter the picture, and the situation is more straightforward. That is, a question of the form Srake [X] or [X] srak , where X is some statement, simply asks whether or not X is true. It doesn’t matter whether X is a positive or a negative statement. An answer of “Srane” means that X is true. Kehe means X is not true. The questions do not imply any pre-existing beliefs on the part of the questioner. For example:

How, then, would you convey the idea of the English question “Aren’t you Txewì?” with its pre-existing belief? In Na’vi it would simply be, “Nga lu Txewì, kefyak?” That’s exactly parallel to the English “You’re Txewì, aren’t you?” which is to say, “You’re Txewì–isn’t that true?” And as in English, an answer of “Srane” means “Your pre-existing belief is correct—I am Txewì,” while “Kehe” means “Your pre-existing belief is incorrect—I’m not Txewì.”

There’s more to be said about this subject, but I think that’s quite enough for now.  🙂

Oh, by the way:

kxì (intj.) ‘hi, hiya”

This was a nice suggestion from the LEP members for a more casual greeting than kaltxì, to be used among friends.

Kxì, ma ’eylan! Kempe leren?
‘Hey dude! What’s happenin’?’

Hayalovay!

Kaltxì ma Karyu! Ngeyä trrir Eywa lrrtok siyevi

Firstly, irayo seiyi nìtxan for bringing up “kempe leren?”as the Learn Na’vi Discord server has been recently afflicted with many newcomers falling to the “kaltxì ngaru lu fpom srak” plague. Until we can find the cause of this strange disease, would you aid us in vaccinations by providing a few other ways to effectively ask “How are you doing?” or “What’s new?” Many sngä’iyu do want to inquire about the well being and interests of others, but it’s getting a bit repetitive.

Kameie ngat nìprrte’, ta TunaYayo

Ma TunaYayo, let me see what I can offer in the way of vaccination against this plague. 😉 The following are all very colloquial and informal:

1. Pefmawn? ‘What’s the report?’ ‘What’s the news?’ ‘What’s new?’
2. Tìfkeytok fyape (OR: pefya)? ‘What’s the existing situation?’ ‘How are things?’
3. Ngafkeyk fyape (OR: pefya)? ‘What’s your status?’ ‘How ya doin’?’

So that’s four alternatives to the dreaded Ngaru lu fpom srak. 🙂

Kaltxì seiyi oe ngar, ma nawma Karyu, ulte postìri irayo seiyi.

I wanted to ask something in context of “kefyak”… I’ve been starting to think of it (for whatever reason) as sort of an equivalent of the English phrase “I know right?! (ikr)”, is it ok to use it in that context?

Tì’eyngìri ngeyä irayo nìli.

Kefyak is pretty much equivalent to n’est-ce pas in French, which I think of as “isn’t that so?” It also covers the territory of “tags” in English tag questions–Isn’t he? Aren’t you? Didn’t they? And so on and so on. Can it also be used the way “I know right?!” is used in current English? It’s hard for me to judge, since I have to confess I’m not a native speaker of the English dialects in which that phrase occurs. (I’m afraid it’s a question of age. 🙂 ) If ikr comes at the end of a sentence, then I think kefyak could cover its meaning (if I understand it correctly). However, if it’s a separate utterance, then I don’t think kefyak works, in the same way that AFAIK, n’est-ce pas isn’t a stand-alone utterance but only comes at the end of a sentence. Hope that helps, if only a little bit.

°100a Lì’u Amip! - 64 New Words! (Part 1)

Kxì nìmun! As promised, here’s a post that should add quite a few new entries to our dictionaries. I have more than 64 new words on my list; I’ll post 32 (°40) now and include the rest in a follow-up post shortly. Sìlpey oe, faylì’u amip sìyevunu ayngar ulte lesar lìyevu nìteng.

First, in keeping with the holiday season (mìftxele, for those who celebrate, Happy Easter and Happy Passover!), here is some new vocabulary specifically related to belief and the spiritual dimension:

aho (vin., a.HO, inf. 1,2) ‘pray’

Eywaru aho, ma ’itan, fte Nawma Sa’nokìl tìyevìng ngar tìtxurit.
‘Pray to Eywa, my son, that Great Mother will give you strength.’

Derivatives:

tìaho (n., tì.a.HO) ‘prayer (in general, abstract idea)

saho (n., sa.HO) ‘a prayer’

Saho is derived from *säaho, where the two vowels have merged.

syawn (n.) ‘blessing’

As in English, syawn can refer to the deity’s conferring favor upon something, or to someone’s sanction or support for a thing or activity.

Newey yawne lu oer ulte new oe muntxa sivi poehu. Rutxe, ma sempul, tìng moer ngeyä syawnit.
‘I love Newey and want to marry her. Please, father, give us your blessing.’

The verbal form is:

tìng syawn (vin.) ‘bless’

The syntax is similar to that of tìng mikyun, tìng nari, etc.

Eywa tivìng syawn ngar, ma ’ite.
‘May Eywa bless you, my daughter.’

 (An alternative and acceptable rendering of the previous example is Eywal tivìng ngar sneyä syawnit.)

parul (n., pa.RUL) ‘miracle’

As in English, a parul is a surprising or extraordinary event with positive consequences that can’t be explained by the laws of nature and is often attributed to divine intervention. Also as in English, its meaning can be extended to events that are highly unusual, extraordinary, or unexpected.

Fwa ayioang apxay fìtxan Na’viru srung soli fte Sawtutet livätxayn lu parul nìngay.
‘That so many animals helped the Na’vi defeat the Sky People was a genuine miracle.’

Derivations:

parulnga’ (adj., pa.RUL.nga’) ‘miraculous’ (nfp)

parultsyìp (n., pa.RUL.tsyìp) ‘term of affection for children’

Txon lefpom, ma parultsyìp. Hivahaw nìmwey.
‘Good night, my dear little one. Sleep peacefully.’

A parul is more than unusual:

keltrrtrr (adj., kel.TRR.trr) ‘unusual’

(The derivation is obviously from ke + letrrtrr.)

It is in fact extraordinary:

txankeltrrtrr (adj., TXAN.kel.TRR.trr) ‘extraordinary’

nìtxankeltrrtrr (adj., nì.TXAN.kel.TRR.trr) ‘extraordinarily’

Oey ’eylan plltxe nìNa’vi na hufwe nìtxankeltrrtrr.
‘My friend speaks Na’vi extraordinarily fluently.’

Next, some vocabulary based on new roots:

hafyon (n., ha.FYON) ‘wisdom’

Note that hafyon is more than just tìomum ‘knowledge’; it implies the mature judgment that comes from experience.

Derivations:

lafyon (adj., la.FYON) ‘wise’ (ofp)

This comes from le + hafyon, where *lehafyon has evolved over time to simply lafyon.

hafyonga’ (adj., ha.FYO.nga’) ‘wise (nfp)’

(Here the n of hafyon has been absorbed by the ng of –nga’.)

So a wise leader is eyktan lafyon, while wise words are aylì’u ahafyonga’.

fkxara (n., FKXA.ra) ‘stress (mental or emotional feeling)’

Krra oe ftxulì’u, pxìm ’efu fkxarat nìtxan.
‘When I give a speech, I often feel a lot of stress.’

fkxaranga’ (n., FKXA.ra.nga’) ‘stressful’

Ngeyä fpomtokxìri fìtìfkeytok afkxaranga’ lu lehrrap.
‘This stressful situation is dangerous to your health.’

afpawng (n., a.FPAWNG) ‘grief’

Maw kxitx sempulä larmängu Peyralä afpawng txewluke.
‘After (her) father’s death, Peyral’s grief was endless.’

afpawng si (vin.) ‘grieve’

keyn (vtr.) ‘put down’

Keyn is the opposite of kxeltek ‘pick up.’

Ngey tskoti kiveyn. Li yerik holifwo.
‘Put down your bow. The hexapede has already run away.’

Some words connected with fire:

palon (vin., PA.lon, inf. 1,2) ‘burn’

We’ve already seen the transitive verb for ‘burn,’ nekx, which typically indicates fire burning or consuming something else. Palon is the intransitive ‘burn’:

Txep ahì’i mì teptseng parmalon.
‘A little fire was burning in the fireplace.’

rem (n.) ‘fuel’

Na’viri lu fìutralä rìn rem letsranten.
‘The wood of this tree is an important fuel for the Na’vi.’

tong (vtr.) ‘put out, quench’

Mawkrra ngal txepit tolong tsun hivum.
‘After you’ve put out the fire you can leave.’

The folks at the Disney theme park asked for some words to use with kids who are engaging in a coloring activity with crayons. First, they needed specific words for red and orange. As you know, the Na’vi words ean and tun cover the blue-green and red-orange parts of the spectrum respectively. Blue specifically is ta’lengean (“skin ean”) while green is rikean (“leaf ean”). But what about red and orange?

reypaytun (adj., REY.pay.tun) ‘red’ (“blood tun”)

(As a reminder, although the Na’vi have blue skin, their blood is red like ours.)

txeptun (adj., TXEP.tun) ‘orange’ (“fire tun”)

As for crayon:

vultsyìp (n., VUL.tsyìp) ‘stick’

’opinvultsyìp (n., ’O.pin.vul.tsyìp) ‘crayon’

A crayon, then, is literally a “color stick.” ’Opinvultsyìp is quite a mouthful for kids, but fortunately there’s a colloquial shortening:

pinvul (n., PIN.vul) ‘crayon’

Here’s a conversational term I think you’ll find useful:

srankehe (part., intj., sran.KE.he) ‘more or less, somewhat, yes and no, kind of’

You’re already very familiar with a compound word from srane + kehe, namely srake/srak. Srankehe comes from the same source but has a very different use. It’s an equivocal response to a yes-no question, when you don’t want to commit yourself—that is, when you want to hedge. You’re not saying yes, you’re not saying no.

A: Srake faysäfpìl lu pum ngey nìwotx?
     ‘Are all these ideas your own?’
B: Srankehe.
    ‘More or less.’

In colloquial speech, this word is usually pronounced srangkehe, although it’s not spelled that way.

tì’ongokx (n., tì.’O.ngokx) ‘birth’

Tì’ongokxìri ngeyä ’itanä seykxel sì nitram!
‘Congratulations on the birth of your son!’

Finally, a few words from my backlog of LEP suggestions:

rìkxi (vin., rì.KXI, inf. 1,2) ‘tremble, shake, shiver’

As the LEP members described it, “The meaning of this verb is ‘tremble, shiver’ as a leaf in the wind, or ‘shake’ as a vigorous, intentional movement. When not intentional, it is best described as a quick, erratic movement caused by the cold or [an] intense emotion.”

Pori mesyokx rìkxi, ha ke tsayun yerikit tivakuk.
‘His hands tremble, so he will not be able to hit the hexapede.’

Ralu rìkxi krra srew, rì’ir si palukanur a lu alaksi fte spivä.
‘Ralu does a shake while dancing, imitating a thanator that’s ready to leap.’

The transitive sense of shake is expressed by the causative <eyk> infix:

Reykìkxi utralti, zup mauti.
‘If you shake the tree, the fruit will fall.’ (That is, actions have consequences.)

Derivation:

nìrìkxi (adv., nì.rì.KXI) ‘shakily, tremblingly’

kawkxan (adj., kaw.KXAN) ‘free, unblocked, unobstructed, clear’

This is derived from ke + ’aw + exkan ‘barricade, obstruction.’

Nga tsun kivä set. Fya’o lu kawkxan.
‘You can go now. The way is clear.’

That’s it for Part 1. Part 2 of the Zama Lì’u Amip is coming soon.

As always, please let me know if you spot any typos or other goofs. And again, Happy Easter, Happy Passover, and Happy Spring ayngaru nìwotx!

Hayalovay!

ta Pawl

P.S. My apologies to all those whose questions and comments I haven’t yet responded to. I will as soon as I can.

Edit 1 April: Repeated entry mawftxele replaced by tì’ongokx; *tìyeving –> tìyevìng. Irayo ma Plumps.
Edit 3 April: Nawma Sa’nok –> Nawma Sa’nokìl, keltxek –> kxeltek, ‘opinvulstyìp –> ‘opinvultsyìp. Irayo ma pxeylan alu Kxrekorikus, Plumps, sì EanaUnil!
 

Tewti nìtxan nang!
Tsal ayoeti vayar ’eykivìn … pxaya swawo 🙂

I’m still rubbing my eyes, hoping it is not April Fool’s 😛

Pxaya lì’uri amip irayo seiyi nìtxan, ma Pawl. They are wonderful additions to the lexicon! For me especially, the word for a writing instrument is very dear to my heart 🙂

What is the difference between the hafyon-words and txantslusam (if there is any)? We have it listed as ‘wise’.

I’ve noticed in the first example sentence: *tìyeving should be tìyevìng.
And not an error, just a repetiton: mawftxele was already mentioned in the September 2017 blog post 😉

Ngeyä vusara tìslanìri sì slantireri fìlì’fyaolo’ä seiyi oe irayo ngaru nìtxan! Eywa tivìng syawn ngar.

Nìprrte’, ma Plumps. It’s my pleasure. 🙂

Txantslusam and lafyon are quite similar and can usually be used interchangeably. The hafyon words, however, have a bit more connotation of the wisdom and maturity that come with age. In any event, the usual word for ‘wisdom’ is hafyon, although tìtxantslusam is sometimes encountered.

Wou, mipa aylì’u apxay nìtxan! So much new words, it’ll take quite a lot of work to update dictionaries – maybe it is better idea to publish them in smaller batches? 😀
But I must ask some nitpicking questions, as often. Some words are similar to those already known, so:
– what is difference between yengwal and afpawng? They seems similar or very close to each other, so when to use first, when second? Can you give more details?
tong sounds like sloan payti nemfa txep. Is such replacement possible / correct?
Tìkangkemìri a fpi lì’fyaolo’ awngeyä seiyi irayo.

Irayo, ma B.E. Yes, I know it requires a lot of work to update our dictionaries. But there’s no pressure. 🙂

Good question about yengwal and afpawng. The two words are similar and can sometimes be used interchangeably. Afpawng, though, is usually stronger. Yengwal expresses a great sadness, a feeling of loss, a feeling of regret. Afpawng is the deepest, most intense kind of yengwal which overcomes you and turns your life upside down.

Sloan payti nemfa txep is certainly a kind of tong. But tong is more general. You can tong a txep by pouring dirt on it, for example, or by smothering it with a cloth.

°100a Lì’u Amip! - 64 New Words! (Part 2)

Kaltxì, ma eylan! Here’s Part 2 of our Zama Lì’u Amip—°40 (32) more new vocabulary items, at least some of which I hope will be useful to you. Since John and I are leaving for France tomorrow, May 1, to celebrate John’s °120a ftxozä (that looks even more impressive in Na’vi!), and since I want to keep my promise about 64 new words this month, I’m going to make this a briefer post than usual, leaving out examples for items that seem straightforward and self-explanatory.

Here are the mipa aylì’u sì aylì’fyavi, in alphabetical order (except for derivations):

fnelan (n., FNE.lan) ‘male’

fnele (n., FNE.le) ‘female’

We’ve had a number of pairs of words where male and female are distinguished by the endings -an and -e respectively: tutan/tuté, ’itan/’iteevengan/evenge, etc. But up to now we haven’t seen words for ‘male’ and ‘female’ by themselves. These two words, obviously built on fnel ‘kind, type,’ serve that purpose.

The corresponding adjectives are the expected ones:

lefnelan (adj., le.FNE.lan) ‘male’

lefnele (adj., le.FNE.le) ‘female’

fwìng (n.) ‘humiliation, embarrassment, loss of face’

Raluri fwa tìfmetokit ke emzola’u längu fwìng atxan.
‘Ralu’s not passing the test was a great humiliation (to him).’

fwìng si (vin.) ‘humiliate’

fyawìntxuyu (n., fya.wìn.TXU.yu) ‘guide’

A fyawìntxuyu is a person who guides you, not an abstract principle that can serve as a guide. So you can’t use fyawìntxuyu for things like “This rule is a guide to proper behavior.”

han (vtr.) ‘lose’

This important verb fills a long-standing gap. We already have a verb for ‘lose’ as the opposite of ‘win,’ but han is ‘lose’ in the sense of not having something you once had. You can han something out of forgetfulness or through some other process—for example, losing someone who has died.

The noun is:

tìhan (n, tì.HAN) ‘loss’

Maw tìhan sa’nokä, Txewì afpawng sarmängi zìsìto apxay.
‘Sadly, after the loss of his mother, Txewì grieved for many years.’

hipx (vtr.) ‘control’

Karyu asìltsan zene tsivun aynumeyut hivipx mì numtsengvi.
‘A good teacher has to be able to control (his/her) students in the classroom.’

The derived noun is:

tìhipx (n., tì.HIPX) ‘control’

Another related noun is:

snotipx (n., sno.TIPX) ‘self-control’

This is derived from sno+ tìhipx, where the ìh part has become elided over time.

Ke fkeytok tìeyktan atìflänga’ luke snotipx.
‘Successful leadership does not exist without self-control.’

kämunge (vtr., kä.MU.nge, inf. 2, 3) ‘take’

Kämunge is the opposite of zamunge. Munge by itself is neutral as to direction, and can mean either ‘bring’ or ‘take.’ Zamunge is specifically munge towards the speaker; kämunge is munge away from the speaker.

kawnomum (adj., kaw.NO.mum) ‘unknown’

This is derived from ke+ awnomum (omum with the infix <<awn>>, changing ‘know’ to ‘known’).

le’awtu (adj., le.’AW.tu) ‘alone, on one’s own, lone, by oneself; lonely’

From a profitable discussion I had with our own Neytiri:

Le’awtu has a range of meaning. As ‘alone, lone, on one’s own,’ it’s neutral as to positive or negative connotations: it simply means ‘solitary.’ However, it also has the potential to be used negatively to mean ‘lonely.’ Context should tell you the intended meaning, perhaps with the help of <<äng>>.

Oe ‘efu le’awtu.
‘I feel alone.’ (Could be a bad thing, could be ok.)

Oe ‘efängu le’awtu.
‘I feel lonely.’

Oe lu le’awa tute a tsun srung sivi, ulte ‘efu le’awtu nìngay.
‘I’m the only one who can help, and I feel really alone.’

This could also be translated, ‘. . . I feel really lonely,’ since the context shows sadness about the aloneness. <<äng>> would be optional if you wanted to emphasize the sadness/loneliness.

Le’awtua talioangìri lu kifkey tsenge lehrrap.
‘The world is a dangerous place for a lone sturmbeest.’

lie si (vin., LI.e.si) ‘experience’

This has a wide range of objects: you can experience an event, a feeling, even a person. As with other si-verbs, the object is in the dative.

Tute a keftxo frato lu tsapo a tìyawnur lie ke soli kawkrr.
‘The saddest person of all is the one who has never experienced love.’

liswa (n., li.SWA) ‘nourishment’

liswa si (vin. li.SWA si) ‘nourish, provide nourishment’

Fì’ewll liswa si Na’viru.
‘This plant provides nourishment to the People’

meuia si (vin., me.U.i.a si) ‘honor’

Ngeyä faylì’u atìtstunwinga’ oeru meuia soli nìngay.
‘These kind words of yours have honored me greatly.’

meyptu (n., MEYP.tu) ‘weakling’

A meyptu can be either physically weak or have a weak character.

nafpawng (adv., na.FPAWNG) ‘grievingly, with grief’

This word is a contraction of *nìafpawng.

nìt’iluke (adv., nìt.’I.lu.ke) ‘never-endingly, forever’

The derivation here is + tì’iluke ‘never-ending, endless.’ Nari si! Don’t confuse this adverb with nìtxiluke ‘unhurriedly, leisurely’! The two words are not pronounced the same. They provide a good exercise in distinguishing an ejective from a glottal stop.

nongspe’ (vtr., nong.SPE’, inf. 1, 2) ‘pursue with an intent to capture’

Obviously a compound of nong ‘follow’ + spe ’‘capture.’

Taronyul yerikit narmongspe’, slä tsun yerik hivifwo.
‘The hunter was pursuing a hexapede, but the hexapede was able to escape.’

tìsyortsyìp (n., tì.SYOR.tsyìp) ‘break, small rest or relaxation’

From the verb syor ‘relax, chill out’ with the noun-creator – and the diminutive suffix, this word literally means a ‘little relaxation’—i.e., a break.

Tìkangkem soli oe kawl nìtxan, ’efu ngeyn, ulte kin oel tìsyortsyìpit.
‘I’ve worked hard, I’m tired, and I need a break.’

to tìtseri (idiom; to tì.TSE.ri) ‘than is apparent, than you are aware of’

This is a useful idiom, literally meaning ‘than awareness.’ It indicates that something is different from what a person may think or assume, or that something isn’t what it seems.

Lu poe na nga nì’ul to tìtseri.
‘She’s more like you than you think (or: than you know).’

tswal (n.) ‘power’

Although there is some overlap, tswal is different from tìtxur ‘strength, power.’ Tswal can imply not just physical prowess but also psychological, emotional, or political power. There are two related adjectives meaning ‘powerful,’ one for people and one for things.

letswal (adj., le.TSWAL) ‘powerful (ofp)’

tswalnga’ (adj., TSWAL.nga’) ‘powerful (nfp)’

tswesya (n., TSWE.sya) ‘current’

tswesya si (vin., TSWE.sya si) ‘flow’

Nari si, ma ’itan. Kilvan tswesya si nìwin nìtxan.
‘Be careful, son. The river is flowing very swiftly.’

txe’lankong (n., txe’.LAN.kong) ‘heartbeat’

Clearly from txe’lan+ ’ekong.

txurtu (n., TXUR.tu) ‘strongman/woman, brawny person’

Like its opposite meyptu, a txurtu can be either physically strong or have a strong character.

I’m afraid I won’t be able to respond to questions or comments for a while, although I will as soon as I can. But as always, if you spot any typos or other obvious goofs (which aren’t unlikely, since I’ve posted this more quickly than usual), please let me know.

Hayalovay, ma smuk!

ta Pawl

Edit: Fixed problems with lie si. Irayo, ma R One sì SGM!

Ta sulfätu a aylì’u nì’ul. - More words from our experts.

Kaltxì nìmun, ma eylan. Srane, oel mi tok fìtsenget! I’m afraid I’ve been preoccupied with other things lately, but I’ve been sitting on some great suggestions from the LEP for some time now, and I wanted to get those words to you without any more delay. In a few cases I’ve made some changes, but the words and examples below are mostly as submitted to me. Tìkangkem atxantsan, ma smuk!

’on si (vin.) ‘shape; give shape (to something)’

This si-verb can be used either for physical shaping or, metaphorically, for giving shape to something abstract like an idea, relationship, etc.

Oe ’on si tskxeru fte na ikran livam.
‘I shape a rock to look like an ikran.’

Olo’ìri poan zusawkrrur ’on soli.
‘He shaped the tribe’s future.’

kxange (vin., KXA.nge, inf. 1,2) ‘yawn’

As on earth, yawning can be a result of fatigue or boredom.

(Note: The original submission had kxange as a noun, with the verb as kxange si, but I thought that the verbal form was more basic.)

Oe kxìmange taluna ’efu ngeyn.
‘I just yawned because I feel tired.’

Keng krra sänumvi eltur tìtxen ke si, nga sweylu txo ke kxivange mì numtseng.
‘Even when the lesson isn’t interesting, you shouldn’t yawn in school.’

säkxange (n., sä.KXA.nge) ‘a yawn’

walew (vin., wa.LEW, inf. 1,2) ‘get over, accept some fact, reconcile oneself, move on’

This verb expresses the psychological state of accepting or reconciling oneself to some negative fact or occurrence.

Furia oe yawne ke lu Va’rur nulkrr, ke tsängun oe wivalew.
‘I can’t get over the fact that Va’ru no longer loves me.’

Tìska’ari Kelutralä Na’vi wayalew pefya?
‘With the destruction of Hometree, how will the Na’vi ever move on?’

nìnew (adv., nì.NEW) ‘voluntarily, willingly, by desire’

This is clearly the adverbial form of new ‘want.’ It indicates something was done willingly or voluntarily, not through coercion. Nìnew is different from nìtkan, which has the sense of doing something on purpose or deliberately as opposed to accidentally.

Nga tsakem soli nìnew srak?!
‘You did that without being asked to?!’

Tsasänumvit oel poru kayeiar nìnew!
‘I’m happy to teach him that lesson!’

Oel pelun ftxalmey nìnew futa srung si skxawngur anafì’u?
‘Why did I choose, of my own free will, to help such a fool?’

tawtxew (n., TAW.txew) ‘horizon, skyline’

The horizon is the “edge (txew) of the sky” where the sky seems to touch the land or water.

Several adpositions can be used with tawtxew to indicate positions right on the horizon (sìnor ro), in front of the horizon, i.e. in the distance almost at the skyline (eo), behind the horizon, i.e. partially visible, partially sunk below the horizon (uo), etc.

Lu ayram sìn tawtxew.
‘There are mountains on the horizon.’ (I.e. exactly on the skyline).

Naranawmä mawl mi lu uo tawtxew.
‘Half of Polyphemus is still behind the horizon.’ (I.e. overlapping the skyline, partially invisible)

frir (n.) ‘layer’

Tskxepayri lu frir aflì sìn ’ora.
‘There’s a thin layer of ice on the lake.’

Fayfrir letskxe lor lu nìtxan.
‘These stone layers are very beautiful.’

Derivations:

lefrir (adj., le.FRIR) ‘layered’

nìfrir (adv., nì.FRIR) ‘in layers’

leyr (adj.) ‘frozen’

Ke tsun ioang rivun syuvet mì hllte aleyr.
‘Animals can’t find food in the frozen ground.’

To say something freezes, use slu ‘become’ along with leyr:

Mì zìsìkrr atxawew slu ayora leyr.
‘In the very cold season, the lakes freeze.’

leyr si (vin.) ‘freeze (something)’

Leyr si, although a si-verb and therefore intransitive, conveys the transitive sense of “freeze” in English:

Txo awnga fìtsnganur leyr sivi, tsun tsat yivom kintrray.
‘If we freeze this meat, we can eat it next week.’

Hayalovay!

Fmawnti stolawm srak? Have you heard the news?

Ma eylan, did you hear that TIME Magazine has recognized our beloved theme park in Orlando, Florida, Pandora—The World of Avatar—as one of the “World’s Greatest Places” for 2018? Meuia atxan leiu, kefyak? 

Here’s a group picture of some of the Pandoran staff, with a congratulatory banner. Seykxel sì Nitram indeed!

*

Last night I had the pleasure of attending a talk at USC (the University of Southern California, my alma mater) given by Joe Rohde, the dynamic head of Walt Disney Imagineering, the Disney division devoted to the theme parks. As such, he was the major creative force at Disney behind Pandora. His talk was stimulating—I hope it will eventually be available online—and I hope to have some comments relating to what he spoke about in a later post.

For now, here are a few new vocabulary items I hope you’ll find useful.

fpxamo (adj., FPXA.mo) ‘terrible, horrible, awful’

This word allows us to complete the analogy sìltsan : kosman :: fe’ :______.

Mawkrra fko lie soli tìlenur afpxamo fìtxan, tìrey ke lu teng kawkrr.
‘After experiencing such a terrible event, life is never the same.’

Derivation:

tìfpxamo (n., tì.FPXA.mo) ‘horror’

nìfpxamo (adv., nì.FPXA.mo) ‘horribly, terribly, awfully’

Fpängìl oe, txonam oe rolol nìfpxamo.
‘Sadly, I think I sang terribly last night.’

tsyul (vtr.) ‘begin, start’

Tsyul is more or less synonymous with the word for ‘begin’ we’re already familiar with, sngä’i, but its use is a bit different, since it’s transitive.

Pol tìkangkemit tsyolul.
‘He began the work.’

We can use tsyul in an intransitive construction by adding the reflexive infix <äp>:

Tìkangkem tsyäpolul.
‘The work began.’

With the derived noun, however, there’s an important difference in meaning:

tìtsyul (n., tì.TSYUL) ‘beginning, start’

As you know, sngä’i yields two words for ‘beginning,’ one specifically for the time at which something starts, sngä’ikrr, and one specifically for the place at which something starts, sngä’itseng. Tìtsyul, on the other hand, is a general word for ‘beginning’ that’s neutral as to time or place.

Sìtsyul nìwotx lu ngäzìk.
‘All beginnings are difficult.’

nawang (vin., NA.wang, inf. 1, 2) ‘merge, become one with’

Nawang implies that two things have come together to become one, so that the original separateness is lost. We use hu to show that A has merged with B:

Tìmuntxamaw lam Ninatur fwa vitra sneyä nolawang hu pum muntxatuä.
‘After her marriage, it seemed to Ninat that her soul had merged with that of her mate.’

lamaytxa (n., la.may.TXA) ‘flood’

A lamaytxa is a flood or a powerful gathering of water. It’s not clear what the etymology of the word is, although the last syllable may have evolved from txan.

Lamaytxal atxan pxaya kelkut skola’änga.
‘The great flood sadly destroyed many homes.’

(Question: Where does the stress fall in skola’änga?)

And finally, a word we’ve lacked for a long time:

oare (n., o.A.re) ‘moon’

Naranawm has fourteen moons revolving around it—including Eywa’eveng!—so it should be possible to see up to thirteen moons in the Pandoran sky. Each of these probably has a specific name in Na’vi, but it’s also clear that there must be a generic term for ‘moon.’ This is oare.

Polpxaya oaret tse’a ngal mì saw pxiset?
‘How many moons do you see in the sky right now?’

By the way, I had an interesting discussion with one of our ayhapxìtu lì’fyaolo’ä about whether or not the Na’vi realize that Pandora is in fact a moon of Naranawm. I hope Neytiri won’t mind my sharing her astute analysis with you:

“As for moon, I wouldn’t be surprised if the Na’vi were aware that Pandora is a moon. They are certainly very aware of the other moons and their patterns, so I don’t think it would be a stretch for them to realise that they orbit Naranawm as well. We know about the ‘circular drums’ whose ‘size and arrangement of the individual drums within the ring reflect Pandora’s solar system.’ And we know that the uses for waytelem ayllis to record history, including astronomy, going back 18,000 years.”

That’s it for now. Hayalovay!

Edit Sept. 1: tirea –> vitra
Aysrr, Ayvospxì, Ayzìsìkrr. - Days, Months, Seasons.

Kxì, ma smuk!

Sìlpey oe, ayngari zìskrrtsawn [tìng nari nekll] sirvalew pxaya lrrtokhu a ta Eywa, ulte ftxozä Hälowinä livu ’o’ sì snewsye txantxewvay. 

It was a busy September and October for us, with a trip “back east,” as we say, to New York and Massachusetts to see family and friends, and some personal issues to resolve as well. I haven’t done too much with Na’vi these past few months, but there’s some new vocabulary in this post that I hope you’ll find useful.

But before that, two things: First, I finally corrected the entry for nìtxankeltrrtrr ‘extraordinarily’ in the March 31 post, which had incorrectly listed the word as an adjective. It is, of course, and adverb. Irayo nìtxan, ma Eana Elf! And by the way, if anyone discovers other errors in previous posts that still need to be corrected, please let me know!

Second, I want to express long-overdue thanks to our Neytiri for her excellent analysis of the differences between vitra ‘soul’ and tirea ‘spirit’ in the comment section of the previous post. If you haven’t already seen it, I strongly suggest you take a look. Lu ngeyä tsapostì lesar srunga’sì nìtxan, ma tsmuke. Aysäfpìl ngey sunu oer!

We haven’t yet had words for the specific months and seasons—at least those ’Rrtamì—so these new terms should fill in those gaps.

First, recall that we already have vocabulary for the days of the week:

DAYS

Trr’awve‘Sunday’
Trrmuve‘Monday’
Trrpxeyve‘Tuesday’
Trrtsìve‘Wednesday’
Trrmrrve‘Thursday’
Trrpuve‘Friday’
Trrkive‘Saturday’

These clearly derive from trr plus the ordinal numbers. So Sunday is derived from “first day,” Monday from “second day,” etc. It’s important, however, to distinguish these derived compounds from the ordinary two-word phrases that still exist perfectly well in Na’vi. For example, Trrmrrve and trr amrrve/mrrvea trr are both correct but differ in meaning.

Lu Trrmrrve muvea trr a tìkangkem si oe hu Ralu.
‘Thursday was the second day I worked with Ralu.’

MONTHS

Given the days of the week, you might expect the names of specific months on Earth to be built on the same pattern. Since ‘month’ is vospxì, it would be natural to expect *Vospxì’awve for ‘January,’ *vospxìmuve for ‘February,’ etc. As it turns out, however, the actual words are a bit different:

Vospxì’aw (n., vo.spxì.’AW)‘January’
Vospxìmun (n., vo.spxì.MUN)‘February’
Vospxey (n., vo.SPXEY)‘March’
Vospxìtsìng (n., vo.spxì.TSÌNG)‘April’
Vospxìmrr (n., vo.spxì.MRR)‘May’
Vospxìpuk (n., vo.spxì.PUK)‘June’
Vospxìkin (n., vo.spxì.KIN)‘July’
Vospxìvol (n., vo.spxì.VOL)‘August’
Vospxìvolaw (n., vo.spxì.vo.LAW)‘September’
Vospxìvomun (n., vo.spxì.vo.MUN)‘October’
Vospxìvopey (n., vo.spxì.vo.PEY)‘November’
Vospxìvosìng (n., vo.spxì.vo.SÌNG)‘December’

As you see, the month names are derived from vospxì along with the cardinal (one, two, three, . . . ), not the ordinal (first, second, third, . . . ) numbers. That is, January is “Month One,” February “Month Two,” and so on.

You’ll notice that some shortenings have taken place along the way. In particular, ‘March’ must originally have been *Vospxìpxey, but that quickly evolved to Vospxey.

A note on pronunciation: Except in very careful speech, the normal conversational pronunciation of the unstressed -spxì-syllable in all these words is simply -spì-, where the ejective becomes a simple stop. That’s much easier to pronounce in fast, casual speech. The spelling, however, retains the px.

SEASONS

For the temperate zones on earth, we have four seasons: summer, fall, winter, and spring. Does Pandora likewise have seasons? Let me defer once again to Neytiri on this question, from some private correspondence:

Srane, Pandora has seasons, because it has an axial tilt, similar to Earth’s . . . Pandora’s seasons, like everything about Pandora, are probably just a little more exaggerated than Earth’s because of the higher axial tilt. But there should be a hotter time and a colder time, with transitional periods between, and they should have roughly the same effects, as far as I can tell . . ..

Some quotes I found:

 “If the planet has a tilt similar to ours (Mars [25°], Saturn [27°], Neptune [30°]), it has seasons similar to ours.”

 “Because of its high axial tilt (29°), Pandora exhibits considerable annual variation in the day-to-night ratio. In addition, its elliptical orbit produces seasonal temperature variations and a range in daytime illumination of about ten percent.”

Summer and winter are straightforward—they’re the hot and cold seasons on both Eywa’eveng and ’Rrta, and are thus applicable in both places:

zìskrrsom (n., zì.skrr.SOM) ‘summer’  (from zìsìkrr asom)

zìskrrwew(n., zì.skrr.WEW) ‘winter’  (from zìsìkrr awew)

For the “transitional seasons,” i.e. spring and fall, we have the following terms, which are applicable on earth but not necessarily on Pandora. (Whether the Na’vi recognize spring and fall on Pandora is still to be determined.)

On earth, spring is the season of new growth:

paw (vin.) ‘grow’

This is ‘grow’ in the sense of ‘germinate and develop (of a plant).’ It’s distinct from tsawl slu, which implies “getting big” and is also the term used for an animal that’s growing up and maturing. So we have this contrast:

Fìutral paw kilvanlok nì’aw. Tsawl slu nìwin nìtxan.
‘This tree only grows (i.e., germinates, develops) near a river. It grows (i.e., gets big) very quickly.’

With that said,

tìpaw (n., tì.PAW) ‘growth’

And so we have:

zìskrrmipaw (n., zì.skrr.MI.paw) ‘spring’ (from zìsìkrr a mipa tìpaw, ‘season of new growth’)

Fall is the harvest season:

tsawn (vtr.) ‘gather growing food from the forest; pick; (in agriculture) harvest’

Note that tsawn is not quite the same as the word for ‘gather’ that you’re already familiar with, starsìmStarsìm is general: you can starsìm anything you can gather—arrows, stones, even people. Tsawn is specifically for gathering or picking fruits or other plant-based foods from the forest. In cases where crops are planted and cultivated—that is, where there is agriculture—tsawn can be extended to include the meaning ‘harvest.’ (Since the Na’vi mainly hunt and gather rather than plant crops, they tend to tsawn the entire year rather than restrict harvesting to the fall. Thanks again to Neytiri for clarification on this question.)

With that said,

zìskrrtsawn (n. zì.skrr.TSAWN) ‘autumn, fall’ (from zìsìkrr a tsawn ‘season for harvesting’)

Happy Halloween, everyone!

°50a Lì’u Amip! - 40 New Words!

Kaltxì, ma frapo! I hope you’re all doing well and enjoying the lead-up to summer.

It’s been a while. 😄 But it’s good to be back. To start to make up for lost time, here are 40 new words and expressions that I hope you’ll find useful. Some of these were taken from or inspired by the last LEP submission, some were new terms from the wonderful European radio play, and some were just some items I’ve been meaning to share with you.

To begin, here are some terms having to do with unpleasant situations. (I hope you don’t have to use them often!)

’asap (n., ’A.sap) ‘sudden shock’

Fwa tse’a peyä tìfkeytokit lefkrr lolängu oer ’asap nìngay.
‘It was a real shock to me to see him in his current condition.’

’asap si (vin.) ‘be shocked, be startled’

Oe ’asap soli krra tsafmawnit stawm.
’I was startled when I heard the news.’

fe’pey (vin., fe’.PEY, inf. 2, 2) ‘feel dread, expect something bad to happen, fear’

This is the negative counterpart to sìlpey ‘hope.’ When you hope, you expect or wait for something good to happen. When you dread, you expect or wait for something bad.

Krra pähem Sawtute, pxaya Na’vi fe’parmey.
‘When the Sky People arrived, many Na’vi felt dread.’

As with sìlpey, we use tsnì ‘that’ to talk about feeling dread or fearing that something bad will or won’t happen:

Po fe’poley tsnì ’itan sneyä tìfmetokit ke emzìyeva’u.
‘He feared his son might not pass the test.’

ketrìp (adj., KET.rìp) ‘unfortunate, inauspicious’
This is obviously the opposite of etrìp ‘favorable, auspicious.’

Nga ketrìpa krr zola’u; Ralu set sti ulte ke new ngahu pivängkxo.
‘You came at the wrong time; Ralu is angry and won’t speak with you.’

txansngum (n., txan.SNGUM) ‘desperation; feeling of great worry’

txansngum si (vin.) ‘feel desperate’

Ke lu syuve ulte tute apxay txansngum si.
‘There is no food, and many people are desperate.’

tskawr (vin.) ‘limp’

Oel tseri futa nga tskawr. Srake ngal venut tìsraw seykoli?
’I see you’re limping. Did you hurt your foot?’

txavä’ (adj., txa.VÄ’) ‘disgusting’

This general term derives from txan+ vä’ ‘unpleasant to the senses,’ where over time the n of txanhas dropped. But as in English, its use is wider than just for sensory perception.

Lu tsakem txavä’, ma tsmuk.
‘That’s disgusting, bro.’

On to less negative things:

nìflä (adv., nì.FLÄ) ‘successfully’

Soleia! Ngal tìfmetokit emzola’u nìflä! Seykxel sì nitram!
‘You rose to the challenge! You passed the test successfully! Congratulations!’

A few more words incorporating txan:

txantsawl (adj., TXAN.tsawl) ‘giant, huge’

txasunu (vin., txa.SU.nu) ‘love greatly, enjoy tremendously’

While in English you can love your spouse and also love hamburgers, in Na’vi the words are different. For the former, we of course use yawne plus the dative, as in Nga yawne lu oer ‘I love you.’ For the other kind of love:

Txasunu oeru teylu!
‘I really love teylu!’

As you’ve seen by now, words incorporating txanare somewhat unpredictable as to stress (txantsawlbut txansngum) and whether or not the n drops (txantsawl but txavä’). So you have to pay attention to each new word!

zeykoyu (n., zey.KO.yu) ‘healer’

Fì’umtsat tolìng ’evengur aspxin zeykoyul a txanro’a.
‘This medicine was given to the sick child by a famous healer.’

tìranpam (n., tì.RAN.pam) ‘footstep (sound)’

Oel stawm sìranpamit! Lerok tuteo!
‘I hear footsteps! Someone is coming!’

ftuopa (adp-; FTU.o.pa) ’from behind’

Sroler fwäkì ftuopa tskxe.
‘A mantis appeared from behind a rock.’

fyeng (adj.) ‘steep’

Nari si! Fayramtsyìp lu fyeng.
’Be careful! These hills are steep.’

kavan (vtr., KA.van, inf. 1, 2) ’support (physically)’

Fol karmavan koaktet tengkrr fmeri po tivìran.
’They supported the old woman as she was trying to walk.’

lepxìmrun (adj., le,PXÌM.run) ‘common, often found’

kelpxìmrun (adj., kel,PXÌM.run) ‘rare’

These two adjectives clearly derive from pxìm ‘often’ and run ‘find.’

zung (vin.) ‘crouch’

Zolung ayoe nekll fteke ayioang tsivun ayoeti tsive’a.
‘We crouched down so that the animals wouldn’t be able to see us.’

fpivìl (intj., fpi.VÌL) ‘hmm, let’s see, let me think’

This useful conversational expression translates the ubiquitous “Hmm” in English, where you’re thinking about or considering what’s just been said. Literally, of course, it means “Let (me) think.”

Fpivìl . . . Kxawm ngaru tìyawr.
‘Hmm . . . Perhaps you’re right.’

kom (vin. modal) ‘dare’

Syntactically, kom behaves like tsun and var—that is, it functions as a modal and requires the subjunctive (<iv>) form of following verb:

Oe ke kom kivä.
‘I don’t dare to go.’

Nga kom pivlltxe oehu tsafya srak?
‘You dare to speak to me like that?’

Note that in English, “dare” sometimes takes an object: “I dare you to tell him what you really think!” But that’s a different verb in Na’vi, something like “challenge,” which we’ll discuss another time.

mam (vtr.) ‘wrap’

Fìsräti pxaw sey mivam fte tsat hivawnu.
‘Wrap this cloth around the bowl to protect it.’

nìtxukx (adv., nì.TXUKX) ‘deeply’

The adverbial form of txukx is used both literally and metaphorically, as in English.

Poanit tsolukx poel fa tstal nìtxukx nemfa heyr.
‘She stabbed him deeply in the chest with a knife.’

Fìtìpawmteri fparmìl oe nìtxukx, slä vay set ke rolängun tì’eyngit.
‘I’ve thought about this question deeply, but I’m sad to say I haven’t yet found the answer.’

Two verbs related to yom:

yomvey (vin., yom.VEY, inf. 1,1) ‘dine on flesh, be carnivorous’

Palukantsyìp yomvey nìwotx.
‘All cats are carnivorous.’

Contrast this last example with:

Fìpalukantsyìpìl yom veyti fratrr.
‘This cat eats meat every day.’

yomzeswa (vin., yom.ZE.swa, inf. 1,1) ‘graze’

Snayerik yeromzeswa mì tayo.
‘A herd of hexapedes are grazing in the field.’

Again, contrast this intransitive example with a transitive sentence like:

Torukìl ke yom zeswat.
‘A toruk doesn’t eat grass.’

raw (adp-) ‘down to’

Kolä oe raw kilvan fte ivaho.
‘I went down to the river to pray.’

Kllza’u yìraw amuve.
‘Descend to the second level.’

You can also use raw for counting down to some number:

Tiam ta vomrr raw pxey.
‘Count down from thirteen to three.’

txap (vtr.) ‘press, press on, apply pressure to’

Txap skxirit fteke reypay wrrziva’u.
‘Apply pressure to the wound so that the blood won’t flow.’

Derived noun:

tìtxap (n., tì.TXAP) ‘pressure’

Note: This word is used only for physical pressure, not psychological or social pressure.

Two nouns related to the verb emkä ‘cross’:

semkä (n., sem.KÄ) ‘bridge’

As you can guess, this word is derived from sä’o ‘tool’ plus emkä, where the expected form *säemkä has evolved naturally into semkä.

emkäfya (n., em.KÄ.fya) ‘ford, crossing’

Fìtseng payfya virä ka ngip areng, ha tsun awnga tsat sivar sko emkäfya.
Here the stream spreads over a shallow area, so we can use it as a ford.

fil (n.) ‘child’s toy, plaything’

sunkesun (adv., SUN.ke.sun) ‘like it or not’

This is obviously a shortened form of sunu ke sunu. The default addressee is “you”:

Sunkesun po slayu olo’eyktan.
‘Whether you like it or not, he’s going to become chief.’

If the “like it or not” is not addressed to the listener, we need to use a different construction:

Pol vìyewng ayevengit fìha’ngir, ftxey sunu fuke.
He is going to take care of the children this afternoon, whether he likes it or not.’

maitan (ph., ma.I.tan) ‘my son (form of address)’

maite (ph., ma.I.te) ‘my daughter (form of address)’

These two words are clearly contractions of ma ’itan and ma ’ite and are used in casual conversation as affectionate forms of address, rather like the Spanish mijo (from mi hijo, ‘my son’) and mija (from mi hija, ‘my daughter’).

Maitan za’u fìtseng.
‘Come here, son.’

And now for a little surprise. J

loho (vin., LO.ho) ‘be surprising’

The one who is surprised—that is, the experiencer—is in the dative:

Täftxutswo Riniyä loho oer nìtxan.
‘Rini’s ability to weave surprises me a lot.’

Fo tsìk sroler a fi’u loloho poanur.
OR
Loloho poanur fwa fo tsìk sroler.
‘It surprised him that they suddenly appeared.’

Derivations:

tìloho (n., tì.LO.ho) ‘surprise’

A. Epxangmì lu ’upe?
‘What’s in the stone jar?’
B. Tìloho.
‘It’s a surprise.’

nìloho (adv., nì.LO.ho) ‘surprisingly’

Poltxe po nìloho san oe zasya’u.
‘Surprisingly, he said he would come.’

And two astronomical terms:

Tsawkenay (n., tsaw.ke.NAY) ‘Alpha Centauri B’

Tawsnrrtsyìp (n., taw.SNRR.tsyìp) ‘Alpha Centauri C aka Proxima Centauri’

As you may know, the Alpha Centauri system contains three stars: A, the largest and brightest; B, somewhat smaller and dimmer; and C, also known as Proxima Centauri, a much smaller and dimmer star that’s actually the closest star to Earth after the sun.

There’s a good diagram of the relative sizes here (scroll down):

What do the Na’vi call these stars?

A is simply the familiar Tsawke.

B is Tsawkenay. Recall that the stressed -nay suffix creates new nouns that are a step down in some relevant hierarchy—size, rank, accomplishment—from the base noun. Here, Alpha Centauri B is the “Deputy Sun,” since it’s a step down in brightness compared to A.

As for C, litte Proxima Centauri, the Na’vi don’t think of it as a sun at all but rather as the little lamp in the sky, Tawsnrrtsyìp, from taw ‘sky’ + sänrr ‘lamp’ + tsyìp ‘diminutive.’

Colloquially, Tawsnrrtsyìp is often shortened to Snrrtsyìp.

Finally, I want to introduce you to the important word

kuru (n., KU.ru) ‘neural queue’

You’re already familiar with the word tswin, which also refers to the neural queue. For now, we can consider the words to be interchangeable synonyms. It’s possible, however, that as time goes on we’ll be able to pinpoint a difference between the two. If and when that occurs, I’ll be sure to update you.

I have a number of grammatical questions I want to address along with more new vocabulary, so I’ll be in touch again soon.

In the meantime, I hope everyone in Munich is having a fantastic time! Vergnügt euch!

Hayalovay,

ta Pawl

Edit 6 June: Formatting problems fixed. Irayo nìtxan, ma Eana Unil!
Edit 6 June: frato–>frapo, mam (vin.) –> mam (vtr.) Irayo ngar, ma Vawmataw!
Tskxekengtsyìp a Mikyunfpi 2 — A Little Listening Exercise 2

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo.

We’re overdue for some listening exercises! I’d like to begin posting these periodically to give us all some additional practice in understanding spoken Na’vi.

Today’s little exercise is from a rich source—the masterful and exciting European Na’vi radio play that was recently completed and posted to YouTube. I’ll provide the links below to the various versions of the play, in which you can hear the narration in Na’vi, English, or German, along with reading subtitles in those three languages and Dutch. Irayo nìtxan tok Europat a eylanur a fìtìkangkemvit alor ngolop!

In the excerpt below, you’ll hear the opening narration, which sets the scene of the drama. Below is some information, and some questions, that should help your comprehension. I would suggest that you first listen to the Na’vi several times without looking at the text to see how much you can understand. Then look at the Na’vi text while listening to the audio to see how much more you can get. Finally, check the English translation.

PROPER NAMES

Leyorta: the name of a Na’vi clan

Sìnatx, Leney, Nìnu: three individual Na’vi.

QUESTIONS:

  1. What role does Sìnatx play in the clan?
  2. What’s going on in the clan?
  3. Is the situation getting better or worse?
  4. What does Sìnatx decide?
  5. Who is going on the quest, and why were they chosen?
  6. What is the object of the quest?

Here is the Na’vi narration from the radio play, at a relatively fast speed, with background music:


Here is the same Na’vi narration, slower and without background music.


This is the Na’vi text: Na’vi text

And this is the English translation: English text

How well did you do?

If this exercise has whetted your appetite for the complete play, here are the various versions on YouTube:

With Na’vi narration

With English narration

With German narration

Subtitles in four languages are available for all these versions.

Finally, I’ve been asked to remind everyone about something I believe we all understand and acknowledge. This radio play, like all fan-created work, is not an official Avatar effort and not canon. Moreover, creators of such work have no ownership rights to plot points, story lines, or character descriptions.

We’ll have more listening exercises soon—and with different speakers!

Hayalovay!

Edit 01 July: fìtìkangkemit –> fìtìkangkemvit
Edit 05 July: First recording replaced with a much clearer version. Irayo nìtxan, ma Andi!
Mipa Ayewll, Mipa Ayioang - New Plants, New Animals

This post containing some new Pandoran plants and animals is based mostly on the diligent and excellent work of our own Txawey, who clearly devoted many hours to making this information easily available to the community. If I might quote what he wrote in his post to LearnNa’vi.org:

 “As some of you may know, I was recently in Mo’ara for a period on vacation with my family. While there, I downloaded the Play Disney app on a whim and found a game for Mo’ara while waiting in line. Said game had a decently large Pandorapedia, so I figured why not take a look at it! After I was finished, I found several new entries for things we didn’t have before. Since they were all on my phone, I took screenshots (over 200!) and figured why not type them up into a document, so here they are!”

Txawey’s 200+ screenshots, where you’ll be able to find pictures of all these flora and fauna, can be found here.

I’ll add some information on pronunciation and etymology, but the descriptions are taken from the Play Disney Pandorapedia, as typed up for us by Txawey. Ngeyä fìtìkangkemìri a kosman seiyi irayo nìtxan, ma tsmuk!

FLORA

fyìpmaut (n., FYÌP.ma.ut) ‘squid fruit tree’

This comes from fyìp+ mauti ‘fruit’

fyìp (n.) ‘tendril, tentacle’

NOTE: Although in careful pronunciation this word has three syllables, colloquially it’s usually pronounced with two: FYÌP.mawt

Taxonomy: Octocrus Folliculus
Anatomy: A massive jungle tree that produces a large seed-pod covered in spiny blue protrusions. The seed pod is also notable for its eight 60cm-long tentacle-like fruit stalks that grow from the bottom.
Ecology: A staple of the Na’vi diet, the fruit harvested from the squid fruit tree is very versatile and can be prepared in many ways.
Ethnobotany: Eaten raw, these tubular fruits have a consistency of a mid 20th-century Terran fruit snack and has a slightly salty rhubarb like taste. The fruit can also be cut into wheels and dried and cured into a portable fruit-leather that Na’vi travelers often take with them on long journeys.

koaktutral (n., ko.AK.tut.ral) ’goblin thistle’

Comes from koaktu ‘old person’ + utral ‘tree’

So named because of the hunched shape and stooped appearance of the tree. (NOTE: There’s a typo in the Disney Pandorapedia entry: the final l is missing. I’ll notify them and hopefully the error can be corrected.)

Taxonomy: Cobalus Carduus
Size: Growing up to 4m high, spread of 3.5-4m
Anatomy: Growing in a hunched shape and supported by prop roots and topped with passiflora, the stooped appearance of the goblin thistle is prevalent during the bioluminescence of the evening. Its leaves are a bluish color, and its trunk is twisted and a brownish-grayish color.
Ecology: The passiflora topped goblin tree grows in a hunched shape and is supported by propped roots. During the bioluminescence of the evening, the stooped appearance of the thistle is more pronounced.
Ethnobotany: There are at least 12 goblin thistles in Mo’ara.

lanutral (n., LA.nut.ral) ‘dandetiger’

Comes from lan+ utral

lan (n.) ‘resin’

Taxonomy: Candea Inflata
Size: 12-15m tall, slender trunk of 0.5-1m, crown of tree is 3.5-4.6m.
Anatomy: Large tree with inflated trunk, elaborate bark, and long, slender tubular leaves in a cluster at the crown. Produces abundant resin in the trunk, which accumulates in leaf tips. When resin builds up, leaf tips glow brightly, indicating that resin will be released.
Ecology: Serves important ecosystem function by absorbing atmospheric toxins, which combine with plant oils to produce resin.
Ethnobotany: Resin is collected for use as an adhesive by Na’vi.

paysyul (n., PAY.syul) ‘water lily’

Comes from pay ‘water’ + syulang ‘flower’

Taxonomy: Inrigo Lilliam
Anatomy: Large and multi-colored with bisected petals and a distended, vein pod like bulb/stigma. Can be found in standing and running fresh-water locations throughout Pandora.
Ecology: This lovely, freshwater flower has such an alluring scent and such a colorful array of petals that it’s a natural attractant for small river fauna. The Na’vi often string their woven nets underneath the flower in shallow waters to easily snare small fish.
Ethnobotany: After careful study, the Xenobiologists and Ethnobotanists from Earth witnessed the Na’vi using the inrigo lilliam as floating bait stations. Industrious adolescent Na’vi will go down to local lakes, rivers, and streams where the inrigo lilliam are found, dive into the waters with their tackle, and string woven nets underneath the shallow waters where the flower lie. With patience, these young Na’vi hunters are able to easily snare small fish and shellfish that come to feed off the aquatic root systems of the plant.

rumaut (n. RU.ma.ut) ‘cannonball fruit tree’

From rum ‘ball’ + mauti ‘fruit’

Note: Similarly to fyìpmaut, this word is colloquially pronounced RU.mawt. This tree is easily confused with the very similar-sounding rumut ‘puffball tree.’ The two trees are different.

Taxonomy: Ecdurus Putamen Pomus
Size: Fruit is roughly 70cm long
Anatomy: Deciduous, fruit-bearing tree in the Valley of Mo’ara. Its fruit has an ombre-coloring of yellow to orange to red to purple and is decidedly one of the most difficult fruits to eat on Pandora. The fruit from this tree is likened to the Terran coconut.
Ecology: When fully ripe, the cannonball fruit is a multi-colored pod that has an incredibly thick and tough outer husk. Na’vi harvesters will prepare their party for harvesting the cannonball fruit and begin the arduous task of cracking the outer husk to retrieve the succulent and sweet meat inside.
Ethnobotany: The Cannonball tree gets its name from the peculiar way the Na’vi interact with its titular fruit. The most common way of getting to the fruit is to climb to the highest height of the cannonball tree and launch the fruit from the highest branch. With the right velocity, the husk will crack and the Na’vi will be able to insert sharpened branches and crack open the shell to reveal the fruit inside.

tsawksyul (n., TSAWK.syul) ‘sun lily’

From tsawke ‘sun’ + syulang ‘flower’

Taxonomy: Stella Lilliam
Size: Flower up to 2m in height
Anatomy: Flower has primarily yellow petals, giving the opened flower a vaguely sun-like appearance. Other specimens have petals cut through with vibrant hues of magenta and cyan.
Ecology: A hearty multi-petalled bloom, this sun-loving flower is a common sight throughout the Valley of Mo’ara.
Ethnobotany: Ethnobotanists from Earth have found that this lovely flower (amongst other similar flora) is commonly used by Na’vi to create necklaces, rings, and other personal ornaments.

tumpasuk (n., TUM.pa.suk) ’celia fruit tree’

From tun ‘red-orange’ + pasuk ‘berry’

Note that while the primary stress is on the first syllable TUM, there’s secondary stress on PA. The stress pattern is the same as in the English word “strawberry.”

Taxonomy: Pampinus Bacca Acinum
Anatomy: Multi-trunked, deciduous tree with long, hanging vines from which grow massive seed pods.
Ecology: Squat, thick-trunked tree with multiple thick branches. It produces a 30cm long bulbous pod that holds a tendril-like strand of edible seeds/berries. A common food source for tetrapteron and prolemuris.
Ethnobotany: The Na’vi gather the seed berries by climbing into the trees, dangling upside-down from the branches and cutting the strand out of the pod from the inside. Another Na’vi will be under the pod on the ground and will catch the falling seed berry strand in a woven net to not damage the ripe fruit.

FAUNA

fyuatx (n., fyu.ATX) ‘anemonoid’

Size: Up to 2m in diameter
Anatomy: Invertebrate with small toxic tentacles for feeding. Bioluminescence in myriad of pastel colors.
Ecology: Small fish are attracted by bioluminescence into tentacles and eaten.

lortsyal (n., LOR.tsyal) ‘shimmyfly’

From lor ‘beautiful’ + tsyal ‘wing’

Size: Average size of up to 1m wingspan
Anatomy: Eight-winged insect with long antennae. Its body is built like Terran insects and divided into a head and thorax. The abdomen portion of the shimmyfly is constructed of two smaller vane-like hindwings and a long rudder-like tail.
Ecology: An iridescent and glimmering Pandoran version of the terran Lepidoptera (butterfly), this delicate creature gracefully flies through the Valley of Mo’ara on multiple glowing, almost crystalline wings.

nalutsa (n., na.LU.tsa)

Size: Average size of up to 40m long
Anatomy: Massive and armored with no visible dorsal fin, a single set of flippers and a long tail ending in jagged and flared flukes. A massive set of jaws that contain sword-length teeth for rending and tearing prey. Plated exoskeleton, not dissimilar to the shell of a turtle.
Ecology: A cousin of the more elusive and fierce akula, this six-gilled ocean behemoth can be seen leaping out of the near-shore waters. Birthing and parenting behaviors are not dissimilar to those of orca whales on Earth.

skuka (n., SKU.ka) ‘sagittaria’

Size: Average length of 1.2m
Anatomy: Cephalopod-like with 14 muscular tentacles, 10 radiating out from the underside of the body, primarily for locomotion, and four near the mouth for prey attraction and feeding. A large nautilus-like shell houses the body, which can retract fully for protection.
Ecology: A predator, this cephalopod-type creature has a hard exterior which is exposed to the air. Long tentacles float calmly in the water. The means of hunting prey, which mostly consists of small flying creatures, is highly specialized and unique.

srakat (n., SRA.kat). ‘dinicthoid’

Size: Up to 1m long
Anatomy: Semi-transparent body revealing spinal column and inner organs. Heavily armored with triangular, blade-like teeth.
Ecology: Voracious predator. Because of fierceness and thick armor composed of cartilage, it can feed on both smaller and larger fish. Can also feed on plant life, including fallen seeds and pods.

tsiki (n., TSI.ki) ‘reef tick’

Size: Average size of 60 cm
Anatomy: A multi-segmented underwater insect with four legs, two large main eyes, and two smaller eyes. This creature has smaller leg-like appendages near its mouth that act as feeding mandibles and are normally iridescent in color ranging in hues of bright metallic greens and blues.
Ecology: This bottom feeder, like the Terran moray eel to the great white shark, has a symbiotic relationship with the sagittaria. What scraps the sagittaria leaves from their own feeding, the reef tick will eat.

’A’awa Lì’fya sì Lì’fyavi Amip. - A Few New Words and Expressions.

Kaltxì ma frapo,

Tengkrr lerok zìskrrsomìl tì’i’at, sìlpey oe, ayngari te’lan livu lefpom ulte tìrey zivawprrte’.

We haven’t had any new vocabulary in a while, so here are a few words and expressions, along with a couple of idioms, that I think you’ll find useful.

kantseng (n., KAN.tseng) ‘destination’

This word is, of course, derived from kan ‘aim’ + tseng ‘place.’ Your destination is the place you aim for.

Ngeyä fìtìsopìri pehantseng?
‘This journey of yours—what’s its destination?’

la’a (n., LA.’a) ‘physical separation, distance between two places or objects’

Don’t confuse la’a with lìm. The verb lìm ‘be far’ and the derived adverb alìm involve something being relatively far away rather than close: ’Ì’awn alìm! ‘Stand back!’ (That is, ‘Remain relatively far away.’) Sim ‘be near’ and asim ‘nearby’ work in a similar fashion. La’a, on the other hand, is neutral as to whether something is near or far; it simply refers to the separation between two places or things. The idiomatic way to ask how far A is from B is simply: Ftu A ne B pela’a?

Ftu Kelutral ne Txintseng Sawtuteyä pela’a?
‘How far is Hometree from Hell’s Gate?’

pela’a (inter., pe.LA.’a) ‘how near, how far, what distance’

As you might suspect, we also have the variant la’ape (inter., LA.’a.pe) meaning the same thing.

NOTE: Alternate terms for pela’a and la’ape are:

pelìmsim (inter., pe.LÌM.sim) ‘how near, how far’

and its variant lìmsimpe (inter., LÌM.sim.pe). These are used in the same way as pela’a, although pela’a is the more common expression.

keynven (vin., keyn.VEN, inf. 1,1) ‘step’

This intransitive verb is clearly derived from the transitive verb keyn ‘put down’ + venu ‘foot.’ When you step, you put down your foot.

Nari si tengkrr kereynven fItseng. Lu kllte ekxtxu.
‘Step carefully here. The ground is rough.’

As you see in the preceding example, one way to express the idea ‘Do X carefully’ is to say ‘Be careful as you’re doing X.’ Since that’s a bit long-winded, a simpler idiomatic expression has arisen: Nari si+ V (root form).

Nari si keynven!
‘Step carefully!’

Nari si lonu swizawit.
‘Release the arrow carefully.’

Also note this idiom:

Po keynven sìn ketse.
‘He is socially awkward. (Literally, He steps on tails.)’

Speaking of idioms, here’s another one I think you’ll find useful:

To express your regret that someone couldn’t attend a meeting or event:

Ngari keftxo fwa ke tok.
‘We missed you. Sorry you couldn’t make it. Too bad you couldn’t be there.’

Literally, this is saying, ‘It’s sad that you weren’t there,’ with the object of tok unspecified. A shorter and more colloquial way to say this is to omit fwa:

Ngari keftxo ke tok.

ralke (adj., RAL.ke) ‘meaningless, devoid of content’

Derived from ral ‘meaning’ + (lu)ke ‘without,’ ralke is the opposite of ralnga’.

Txewì ka trro nìwotx ftxolulì’u, slä aylì’u peyä längu ralke.
‘Txewi spoke for an entire day, but sadly, his words were meaningless.’

Finally, we’ve had the adverb nìfkeytongay ‘actually, as a matter of fact, in reality’ for some time now, but not yet the words it’s related to. Here they are:

tìfkeytongay (n., tì.fkey.to.NGAY) ‘reality’

This comes from tìfkeytok ‘state, condition, situation’ + (a)ngay ‘true’: reality is the true situation. (Note that the k at the end of tìfkeytok has dropped just as it did in nìfkeytongay, making the pronunciation easier and smoother.)

Ayunil ngeyä lu lor, slä fìtxeleri lu tìfkeytongay keteng.
‘Your dreams are beautiful, but the reality of this situation is different.’

lefkeytongay (adj., le.fkey.to.NGAY) ‘real’

Similar to the evolution of nìfkeytongay, this word was originally *letìfkeytokangay. (See this blog post for a fuller explanation.)

Yune oet! Ke lu fìvrrtep tute lefkeytongay!!!
‘Listen to me! This demon is not a real person!!!’

A few grammatical things have come up that I’d like to share with you, but I’ll do that in another post.

Hayalovay, ma smuk!

Oel ngati kameie ma Karyu Pawl.

Nìvingkap hapxìtul ayoeyä lì’fyaolo’ sresole’a futa nga pamrel soli postìru fìvospxì. hrh
I have a question, what is the difference between lefkeytongay and ngay?

Hayalovay!

Ayngeyä säsrese’a lolu eyawr!

säsrese’a (n., sä.sre.se.’A) ‘a prediction’

Your question is a good one. There is indeed some overlap between ngay and lefkeytongay. For example, tsyeym angay ‘a true treasure’ and tsyeym lefketongay ‘a real treasure’ are pretty much the same.

In general, however, ngay ‘true’ is usually the opposite of ‘false,’ and so is used to indicate the truth status of statements. On the other hand, lefketongay ‘real’ is usually the opposite of ‘imaginary’ or ‘artificial.’ So when the speaker in the example (presumably Tsu’tey) says that the “demon” is not a tute lefketongay, he’s saying that Jake may look like a real Na’vi but is in fact artificial. But the language is not entirely consistent in this regard.

Choice Statements vs. Choice Questions. And some insults.

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

I’ve had a few grammatical discussions with some of our sulfätu lì’fyayä that I wanted to share with you. I’ll begin here with one about “choice questions,” and report on the others in subsequent posts.

Then, as a relief from the grammatical complications, we’ll conclude here with some fun stuff.

First, the grammar issue. The question—and a very good one—was posed by both Eana Unil and Tirea Aean. I hope Tirea doesn’t mind if I quote him verbatim:

Ta Tirea Aean a tìpawm:

What is the best way to construct a choice-among-options question, e.g., “X, or Y?”

Currently, the only known methods to create a question are srak and -pe+. We realized that these don’t quite cover questions of the form “Should I stay or should I go?”, “Do you want to do X, or Y?”, etc. It’s our understanding that utterances such as Nulnew ngal fì’ut fu tsa’ut are statements even if there is a question-like intonation. Particularly for an option set where the options are not mutually exclusive, there is no real way to make it known that this is intended to be a question. What are your thoughts on this?

Oeyä tì’eyng:

We do it as follows: For a choice statement, use fu once, as you’ve indicated. For a choice  question, use it twice, before each of the two choices. For example:

STATEMENT:
Nulnew oel fì’ut fu tsa’ut.

‘I want this or that.’
(In other words, I’ll take either choice—they’re both OK.)

QUESTION:
Nulnew ngal fu fì’ut fu tsa’ut?
‘Do you want this or that?’
(That is, ‘Do you want this, or do you want that? What’s your choice?)

When fu appears before the first choice, it signals a question.

A Complication

[Edit Oct. 1
Note: I’ve revised this section to reflect the insights of two of our sulfätu lì’fyayä, Wllìm and Tirea Aean. Irayo, ma mesmuk!]

There’s an added complication in this area: the “A or B” structure is actually ambiguous in English. For example, suppose I asked you, “Have you studied Greek or Latin?” I could be asking two different things. One might be, “I know you’ve studied one of those two languages. Which one is it?” That would be a choice question. The other would be something like, “Is it the case that you’ve studied one of these two languages, Greek and Latin?” We can call that a non-choice question. See the difference? It’s a little hard to pin down, but the two interpretations ask different things. Interestingly, the sentence is only ambiguous in written form; in spoken English, the intonation is different for the two interpretations. (Do you agree?)

Not all languages have this ambiguity. In Mandarin Chinese, for example, there are two different expressions for ‘or,’ which are used for the two different interpretations. You’ll find a nice explanation here. (Scroll down to the section headed或者 in questions. The coffee-tea examples are especially clear.)

Na’vi, unlike Mandarin, only has one word for ‘or’, fu, but it resolves the ambiguity in a different way. The non-choice question is actually a yes-no question. Going back to our previous example, it’s equivalent to saying, “Is it the case that you’ve studied one of these two languages, Greek and Latin? Yes or no?” And as a yes-no question, it requires srake/srak.

Examples:

CHOICE QUESTION:
Nulnew ngal fu fì’ut fu tsa’ut?
‘Do you want this or that?’
That is, “Which do you want—this or that?”

NON-CHOICE QUESTION:
Srake nulnew ngal fì’ut fu tsa’ut?
‘Do you want this or that?’
That is, “Is it true that you want either this or that?”

And now for the promised fun stuff.

We already know a number of ways to express affection for people in Na’vi. We have, for example, yawnetu and yawntu ‘loved one,’ yawntutsyìp ‘darling,’ paskalin ‘adorable one’ (literally, ‘sweet berry’), and parultsyìp ‘little miracle’ (a term of affection for children). But how do you express the opposite sentiment? How do you insult someone?

Kezemplltxe, we have the famous word skxawng ‘moron, idiot.’ We can also call someone a fnawe’tu ‘coward.’ And there’s the very insulting, vulgar word vonvä’, which we’ve translated in English as ‘asshole.’ Here are a few more items to add to that list.

teylupil (n., TEY.lu.pil) ‘teylu-face’

A number of insults denigrate people’s faces. (In English, we have several compounds where “face” is the second element: ____face. You can probably think of some ways to fill in the blank.) This somewhat childish Na’vi insult actually degrades someone’s facial stripes, implying they look like beetle larvae, which is not a compliment.

kalweyaveng (n., kal.WEY.a.veng) ‘son of a bitch’

This insult derives from kali’weya, a species of poisonous arachnid, and eveng ‘child.’ So calling someone a kalweyaveng is calling them the child of a poisonous spider. The closest expression we have in English that insults someone’s lineage is probably ‘son of a bitch.’

txanfwìngtu (n., txan.FWÌNG.tu) ‘bastard, loser’

You already know the word fwìng ‘humiliation.’ Adding txan– at the beginning and –tu at the end yields a word that refers to someone of extremely low social standing, a humiliated person, one who has totally lost face, the lowest on the totem pole. It’s used as a term of derision. Perhaps the closest equivalent in English is ‘bastard,’ at least in its original sense of someone born in a degrading manner. Txanfwìngtu also has the sense of ‘loser,’ but it’s much stronger than that English word.

And finally,

kurkung (n., KUR.kung) ‘asshole’

This is close to vonvä’ but even more vulgar and insulting. It’s a compound of kuru ‘queue’ and kung ‘putrid, rotten.’

kung (adj.) ‘putrid, fetid, rotten’

Kung can refer to rotten meat or a pile of dead and rotting animal matter in the forest.

Tsafahew aonvä’ ftu kunga ioang za’u.
‘That stinking smell comes from a rotten animal.’

To call someone’s queue rotten is a powerful insult.

Sìlpey oe, aynga ke zìyevene faylì’ut sivar pxìm nìhawng!

Until the next time . . .

Edit 2 Oct: In the example sentence for kung, rotting –> rotten. Irayo, ma Plumps.
Vurway Alor — A Beautiful Narrative Poem

Kaltxì, ma frapo.

It’s my pleasure to present to you, as a listening exercise, an evocative narrative poem by our Tsyili. The recording is by the author and Tirea Aean.

In any language, poetry is more difficult than prose. So don’t be surprised or disturbed if you find this challenging. Listen to the recording several times to get as much as you can out of it. Then compare it to the Na’vi text. Finally, check the translation, which Tsili herself supplied, to see how much you understood.

Here’s the recording:





I’d love to post more listening exercises! Have you written something in Na’vi—even if it’s very simple!—that you’d like to record for Na’viteri? If so, please send it to me along with your recording and I’ll consider it for posting. And just to reiterate, don’t be afraid to make it concise and simple! We need listening exercises at all levels—beginning, intermediate, and advanced.

Fìvurwayri alor sì stä’nìpamìri tseyä irayo nìtxan, ma mesmuk!

stä’nìpam (n., STÄ’.nì.pam) ‘recording’

This word is a simple compound of stä’nì ‘catch’ and pam ‘sound.’ When you record something, you catch its sound and preserve it rather than letting the sound fly away. (As with other technology-related terms such as eltu lefngap, this word obviously entered the Na’vi language after the Na’vi became familiar with the Sawtute and their devices.)

stä’nìpam si (vin.) ‘to record’

Säftxulì’u atìtxurnga’ nìtxan nang! Furia tsaru nga stä’nìpam soli, irayo.
‘What a powerful speech! Thank you for recording it.’

Hayalovay!

Tengkrr Zìsìt Leratem... - As the Year Changes...

Kaltxì, ma frapo.

As the year changes, I want to take this opportunity to thank you all so much for being part of our lì’fyaolo’—a wonderful language community comprised of creative, supportive, dedicated people who are keeping Na’vi alive and flourishing. Furia var aynga nìwotx fìlì’fyati sivar ulte tsar srung sivi fte ’ivong lu txana meuia oer. Irayo, ma smuk.

I now have some excellent listening exercises that several of you have contributed, which I’ll publish here in the near future. For now, though, just a few new words before 2019 officially ends, at least here in California:

lìktap (adj., LÌK.tap) ‘crooked’

This word is the opposite of yey ‘straight.’

Ke tsun fko fìswizawti sivar—lu lìktap.
’This arrow can’t be used—it’s crooked.’

ventil (n., VEN.til) ‘ankle’

Similar to the other –til words we’ve seen—kinamtil ‘knee’ and pxuntil ‘elbow’—ventil is derived from venu ‘foot’ + til ‘joint.’

hupx (vtr.) ‘miss, not hit a target’

Hupx is the opposite of takuk in its sense of ‘hit a target.’

Txewìl yerikit kolan slä hängupx.
’Txewì aimed at the hexapede but unfortunately missed.’

In this example, note that you don’t have to repeat the perfect infix <ol>, since the completion aspect has already been established by kolam. It wouldn’t be wrong to say holängupx, but it’s not necessary.

And two words for living areas or collections of dwellings larger than a tsray ‘village’:

tsawtsray (n., TSAW.tsray) ‘small or medium-sized city’

From tsawl ‘large’ + tsray. The l dropped over time.

txantsawtsray (n., txan.TSAW.tsray) ‘large city, metropolis’

Mipa Zìsit Lefpom, ma frapo! Eywa ayngahu nìwotx frakrr.

Edit 1 Jan.: *kolam –> kolan  Irayo, ma Stefan!
Some Words for Leap Year Day

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

Is it already Leap Year Day? It’s hard to believe! Kä krr pesengne?

Here are a few new words I hope you’ll find useful:

smaw (vtr.) ‘approve of’

Fayhemit oel smaw nìwotx.
‘I completely approve of these actions.’

natxu (vtr., na.TXU, inf. 1,2) ‘disapprove of’

Oel ngeyä tìhawlit natxu ulte tsawä wasyem.
‘I disapprove of your plan and will oppose (fight against) it.’

Derived nouns:

tìsmaw (n., tì.SMAW) ‘approval’

Moeyä tìmuntxari tìsmaw ngeyä oeru teya si.
‘Your approval of our marriage fills me (with joy).’

tìnatxu (n., tì.na.TXU) ‘disapproval’

la’um (vin, LA.’um, inf. 1,2) ’pretend’

Plltxe po san nga yawne lu oer sìk, slä la’um nì’aw.
‘He says he loves you, but he’s only pretending.’

This intransitive verb is used with tsnì:

Lumpe nga la’um tsnì ke tsun srivew?
Why are you pretending (that) you can’t dance?’

Derived noun:

tìla’um (n., tì.LA.’um) ‘pretence’

Furia ke tsun tìkangkem sivi, peyä säspxin lu tìla’um nì’aw.
‘As for not being able to work, his illness is only a pretence.’

tsaktap (n., TSAK.tap) ‘violence’

letsaktap (adj.) ‘violent’

tsaktap si (vin.) ‘be violent, use violence’

Tsaktap rä’ä si kawkrr mungwrrtxo ke livu kea fya’o alahe.
‘Never use violence unless there is no other way.’

Note in the previous example:

mungwrrtxo (conj., mung.WRR.txo) ‘unless, except if’

As in the example, this conjunction is usually used with the subjunctive (here, livu). In casual conversation it’s usually pronounced mungwrrto.

Make sure you distinguish between mungwrrtxo and mungwrr fwa ‘except that’:

Poru ke poleng oel ke’ut mungwrr fwa Ralul ke tsatsenget.
’I told her nothing except that Ralu wasn’t there.’

And a note about colloquial grammar:

In casual conversation, tok can be omitted when it’s easily understood. The nouns, however, still retain the same case marking they would have if tok were present. For example:

Pol tok fìtsenget.  –>  Pol fìtsenget.
‘He’s here.’

Pol ke tok fìtsenget. –> Pol ke fìtsenget.
‘He’s not here.’

I have a lot of great submissions for listening exercises that I still haven’t gotten to, but I will. Rutxe maweypivey nulkrr nì’it, ma eylan. 😊

More soon, I hope.

Hayalovay!

Would it also be correct to use la’um tsnì with the subjunctive? Lumpe nga la’um tsnì ke tsivun srivew?

Tìpawm a eltur tìtxen si! It’s a question I asked myself as well.

I think the answer should be “No, the subjunctive isn’t used with la’um.” With sìlpey, for example, you do use the subjunctive, because when you hope for something, you don’t know it’s true, only that it might come true. But when you’re pretending, you’re claiming that something is in fact true. For that you use the indicative (i.e., the form without -iv-).

I checked to see how some natural languages handle the comparable construction. A friend who’s a native speaker of Spanish verified these judgments:

1. They hope that he loves you. Ellos esperan que él te ame.

2. They’re pretending that he loves you. Ellos están fingiendo que él te ama.

In 1, ame is subjunctive. In 2, ama is indicative. My friend judged that using ame in 2 would be ungrammatical.

Teri Tìfkeytok Lefkrr ... - About the Present Situation ...

A little message to all my friends in our lì’fyaolo’: (New vocabulary is explained below.)



tìvirä
(n., tì.vi.RÄ) ‘spread, proliferation’

wrrkä (vin., wrr.KÄ, inf. 2,2) ‘go out, go outside’

txung (vtr.) ‘disturb, disrupt, bother, affect negatively’

Note the following common expression:

Oey fpomit txung rä’ä!
‘Don’t bother me!’

palang (vtr., PA.lang, inf. 1,2) ‘contact (in a social sense), communicate with’

Derived noun:

tìpalang (n., tì.PA.lang) ’(social) contact’

Pohu ke lu oeru kea tìpalang kaw’it.
’I have no contact with him whatsoever.’

Also note this useful expression:

Palang ko!
‘Keep in touch!’

BTW, if anyone would like to leave a comment about how you’re doing and how things are where you are, either in English or in Na’vi, that would be fine.

Stay safe, my friends. Hayalovay.

ta Pawl

Mipa Säwäsultsyìp! - A New Contest!

Kaltxì nìmun, ma smuk.

I hope everyone is managing as well as can be expected during these difficult times.

I have three things to mention to you today:

First and foremost, we’re having another Na’vi writing contest! As with past contests, this new one is organized not by me but by members of the lì’fyaolo’ and will be judged by them as well. As before, I’ll be delighted to publish the winning entries here on the blog.

Here are the rules and details from our tsmuke alu Alyara:

We would like to announce the start of this year’s Na’vi Writing Contest!
The rules are simple:

  1. All submissions must be original works and completely in the Na’vi language.
  2. Your submission may be in the form of an essay (limit: 1,000 words), a short story (limit: 1,500 words), or poetry (limit: 500 words).
  3. You have your choice of two themes: either (1) the more specific topic of the myths, tales, and legends of the Na’vi people; or (2) the broader subject of friendship, and what it means to you. (Please note: Lightstorm has asked us to refrain from speculative writing about any future events that might be addressed in the upcoming films.)
  4. Please categorize yourself as a beginner or intermediate/advanced learner, since we will be judging submissions at these levels separately.
  5. All works will be assigned random numbers by a third party before blind judging.
  6. Only one submission per author, please.
  7. Prizes awarded may vary depending on participation.
  8. All entries must be received by Friday, April 17th.
  9. Email your submissions as attachments to:
    zlepperburgart (AT) gmail (DOT) com

Furia inan ayngeyä aysängopit leNa’vi, oe srefereiey nìprrte’!

Second, let me post the Na’vi text and English translation for the listening exercise in the previous post:

Na’vi text:

Ma eylan ayawne, kaltxì.

Sìlpey oe, ayngaru livu fpom nìwotx. Tsyanur sì oeru leiu fpom sì fra’u a kin.

Kezemplltxe, talun tìvirä fìsäspxinä alu koronavirusì, lolatängem kifkey, lolatängem tìrey. Ulte zusawkrrìri txopu si tute apxay. Kxawm set ’u angäzìk frato lu la’a ayll. Zene awnga ro helku ’ivì’awn. Ke tsun wrrkivä fte tìkangkem sivi. Ke tsun mäpiveyam fìtsap.

Ha new oe ayngaru pivlltxe san Siva ko! Fìsäspxinìl ke txayung awngey sìreyti tì’i’avay krrä. Aysìngäzìk lefkrr ’ayìp, srayer nìmun tìrey letrrtrr.

Tsakrrvay, ma smuk, rutxe livek aysänumet sì horenit amip. ’Ì’awn ro helku pxìm txantxewvay. Yur mesyokxit alo apxay krrka trr. Ftu sute alahe fmi neto rivikx nì’it. Ulte txo smivon ngar ayhoaktu, ftxey soaiamì ftxey sko eylan, foti palang fte tsivun ivomum teyngta ftxey lu foru fpom fuke.

Fmal tìkxuket, ma eylan, ulte var livu lefpomtoxk.

Eywa awngahu nìwotx.

English translation:

Hello, dear friends. I hope you’re well. John and I are fine and have everything we need.

Needless to say, due to the coronavirus, the world has changed, life has changed. And many people fear for the future. Perhaps the most difficult thing of all right now is the social distancing. We have to stay at home. We can’t go out to work. We can’t hug each other.

So I want to say to all of you: Courage! This disease will not disrupt our lives forever. The current difficulties will vanish, ordinary life will appear again.

In the meantime, brothers and sisters, please follow the new guidelines and rules. Stay home as often as possible. Wash your hands many times a day. Keep back a bit from other people. And if you know older folks, whether in your family or as friends, contact them to find out if they’re well.

Stay safe, friends, and stay healthy.

May Eywa be with us all.

And lastly, tstunkem si oer rutxe, ma eylan.

tstunkem (n., TSTUN.kem) ‘favor, act of kindness’

This word is derived from tstunwi ‘kind’ + kem ‘action, deed.’ Although written tstunkem, it’s usually pronounced tstungkem.

tstunkem si (vin.) ‘do a favor’

tstunkemtsyìp (n., TSTUN.kem.tsyìp) ‘little favor’

Tstunkem si oer rutxe.
‘Please do me a favor.’

Tung oer futa vin tstunkemit ngata.
’Let me ask you a favor.’

Some months ago I asked for submissions of material for listening exercises, and a few of you were kind enough to answer the call and send me some fine work. Unfortunately, due to circumstances at the time, I didn’t follow through with posting these submissions, for which I apologize. But I’d like to begin doing that now. Ha tung oer futa vin tstunkemit ayngata. If you still have the emails you originally sent me, which I hope you do, could you please resend them along with the attachments? I’d really appreciate it. As I think you all know: frommer (AT) marshall (DOT) usc (DOT) edu  Irayo nìtxan.

Stay safe and healthy, everyone.

Hayalovay.

Pukapa Way a Mikyunfpi - Six Poems for Listening

Kxì, ma frapo.

I’ve now received some great Na’vi recordings from members of our lì’fyaolo’, which I’ll be delighted to present to you, in the order in which I received them, in this and subsequent blog posts. As before, I’ll first post the spoken Na’vi only, urging you to see how much you can understand just through listening. Then I’ll publish the Na’vi text and English translation in the next post.

The first contribution is from our own Neytiri: six brief, evocative poems about Pandora and Na’vi life. Rather than me telling you about them, I’ll let Neytiri do that in her own words:

 “[Oeyä aywayri,] txampxì lu waytsyìp a teri Eywa’eveng sì reyfya leNa’vi. Oe fmoli ngivop fyina aywayt a tsari lam fwa nìngay zola’u ftu Eywa’eveng.

 “The bulk of these way are my attempt making a traditional, ‘indigenous’ short poetry form for Na’vi, like a haiku, or the Filipino tanaga. The skeleton is the structure of the Spiral Song’s beginning. I loved the rhythm . . . :

Pamtseol [Pamtsewl] ngop ayrenut
ronsemä tìfnu
Tengfya ngop säftxuyul
Mì hifkey.

“So [the first three of] these way have four lines, with syllables of 6, 6, 6, 3. [The fourth has two such stanzas: 6, 6, 6, 3; 6, 6, 6, 3.—PF] Other things like rhyme scheme and the exact stress pattern vary. I also liked the idea of them being similar in that the last 3 syllable line carries the ‘punch’. Sometimes it’s mystery, excitement, danger, or some kind of twist in the tone. Most importantly, however, they had to be truly Pandoran; they all must either describe a natural Pandoran scene, or a piece of Na’vi culture. The hammock poem [#4] is about a real Na’vi tradition of respectfully burning an old swaynivi, for example. There are some other styles in there that could make for some good listening exercises, like Vultsyìp Atsleng [#5] (can you guess what it’s about?).

“I think that Na’vi poetry is the most beautiful because of the kato and pamuvan possibilities, and that’s what I try to play around with the most.”

Just one more thing: As I’ve said previously, in any language, poetry is more difficult to follow than prose. After all, what is poetry but the extraordinary—not the ordinary—use of language! So don’t be discouraged if you find Na’vi poetry challenging. Listen to the recordings as many times as you need to, check the dictionary when necessary, and I bet you’ll get a lot out of them.

Fayway ayngane zivawprrte’!

Way A’awve:








Makto zong slä ro helku ’ì’awn.

Hayalovay.

Keltrrtrra Tì’eylan - An Unusual Friendship

For our next listening exercise, I’m delighted to present a story written and recorded by Plumps aka Stefan. As you’ll see, it’s about a tì’eylan azey—a special friendship. Fpìl oe, fìvur zayawprrte’ ayngane! Stefan’s reading sounds very much to me like how a Na’vi parent would tell a child a story before bedtime. Listen for colloquial pronunciations like fta for futa and smunge for sämunge. You’ll find the Na’vi text and English translation in the next post.

One new vocabulary item, which I’m sure you’d be able to figure out on your own:

säfrìp (n., sä.FRÌP) ‘a bite’

Enjoy!


And here, as promised, are the Na’vi texts and English translations of Neytiri’s poems, which you listened to last time. Try listening again, this time following the text, to see what you got and what you may have missed.

1
’Orayä tìvawmmì
Snatanhìtsyìp srerew
Äo ’oma paysyul
Pey srakat

In the murkiness of a lake
A cluster of stars dances
Beneath a purple water lily
A dinicthoid waits

2
’Awa slär a wäpan
A teya ta atan
Sì ayngam syananä
Mì swotu

One cave, hidden
Full of light
And the echoes of a waterfall stream
In a sacred place

3
Snautralä aswok
Ayvulit hufwel slayk
Koaktan aho
Fko stolawm

A sacred grove
The wind combs its branches
An old man prays
And is heard

4
Spuwina swaynivi
Palon eo awnga
Leioae si
’Awsiteng

Set mipa swaynivi
Soaiafpi txay
Sä’eoio si
Nìolo’

The old hammock
Burns before us
We pay respect
Together

Now the new hammock
Lies flat for the family
We perform the ritual
As a clan

5
Vultsyìp atsleng
Sìn ìpxayä rìk
Fì’ut ftivem
Tse’a tìngayit
Mìn ìlä ya
Sälatem a’o’
’Oma atan
Tsakrr ìpxat wo
Tätxaw ne rìk
Kllza’u ta’em
Tsurokx yosìn
Tsavultsyìp atsleng

False twig
Upon the leaf of a fern
Pass by it
And see the truth
Turning through the air
An exciting transformation
Magenta light
Then reaching for the fern
It returns to its leaf
Descending from above
To rest upon the surface
The false twig

6
Loreyu

Lora ìheyu
Ìlä ho’on
Kllkxerem
Nìmwey

Zize’ lenomum
Kom ’ivampi
Nolui
’Asap

Beautiful spirals
In a circle
They’re standing
Calmly

A curious wasp
Daring to touch
Messes up
A shock

Hayalovay!

’Awa Tskxekengtsyìp a Mikyunfpi Nì’ul — One More Little Listening Exercise

Ma smuk,

Sìlpey oe, ayngaru vivar livu fpom nìwotx.

Here’s the last listening exercise of the current batch, this time from our Mako. It’s a brief message encouraging you to do something. As before, please listen several times and see how much you can get. The text and translation will be in the next post.


And here, as promised, is Plumps’s transcription of his story, which you listened to last time, along with his English translation:

Ayngaru fìvurit a tì’eylanteri Ìstawä sì Syukuä

New oe piveng ayngar teri zeya tì’eylan. Zey pelun? Taluna fìtì’eylan lu pum a mìkam tutan sì syaksyuk. Srekrr ke lolen fìtìfkeytok kawkrr. Fìtì’eylanìri pefya len, set tìng mikyun …

Txono krra tutan a’ewan alu Ìstaw tarmìng nari pxawparo txanlokxeyä, tsìk stolawm pol hawmpamti astxong a mì na’rìng. Olomum pol futa kea snanantang ke sim. Slä nìfkeytongay smon poru frazawr na’rìngä; tafral olomum futa fìzawr syaksyukta za’u. Pole’un pol futa nari si keynven ne pamä tsim.

Nì’i’a rolun pol syaksyukä linit a mì tal lolu poru txukxa skxir a ftu ’etnaw askien ne mepun aftär. Lam fwa skxir za’u ta säfrìp nantangä. Tsari reypay wrrzera’u.

Hufwa Ìstaw nari sarmi tengkrr lerok, tsatutanìri fìswirätsyìp txopu soli nìtxan kuma new hivifwo nìwin, slä ftxey tsyìl ftxey tskawr ke tsolunslu. Fte syaksyuktsyìpit sleykivu mawey, Ìstawl poru stxenutolìng rina’ti sì mautiti a mol’an pol nìsyen. Polängkxo Ìstaw kop swirätsyìphu nìmwey nì’angosì ulte nìngay lam fwa sngolä’i ’ewana tsatutan mal livu syaksyukur.

Keng tolung pol Ìstawru futa sìn skxir yem ’umtsat a holena li pol mì sämunge, fteke reypay vivar wrrziva’u—ulte, irayo Eywaru, flolä. ’A’awa txono ahay Ìstaw ioanglok ’olì’awn fte poru tìhawnu sivi ulte vivar skxirti vivewng.

Tìmweypey ’ewana Na’viyä soleia. Nì’i’a tsolun ioang tsyivìl nìmun ulte polähem krr a plltxe san kìyevame sìk. Srefwa syaksyuk holum, poru Ìstaw syaw Syuku. Mefeyä tì’eylanìri azey fko tsun piveng nì’ul … slä hayalo alahe.

Meforu Eywata livu syawn.

≈≈≈≈≈≈

Tìralpeng:

I present to you this story about Ìstaw’s and Syuku’s friendship

I want to tell you about a special friendship. Why is it special? It’s special because it’s a friendship between a man and a Prolemuris. That had never happened before. Listen now how this friendship came about …

One night, while a young man named Ìstaw had the watch at the border of his country, he suddenly heard a strange unexpected noise in the forest. He knew that there was no viperwolf pack nearby. But as a matter of fact he was familiar with every animal cry of the forest; therefore he knew that this cry had come from a Prolemuris. He decided to carefully step to the source of the sound.

Finally he came upon a Prolemuris youngling that had a deep wound on its back from its right shoulder to its two left arms. It seemed the wound came from a bite of a viperwolf. Blood was coming out of it.

Although Ìstaw approached carefully, the little creature was so afraid of that person that it wanted to quickly flee but neither climbing nor limping was possible. In order to calm down the little Prolemuris, Ìstaw offered it seeds and fruits which it accepted in the end. Ìstaw also spoke with the little creature calmly and softly and truly it seemed that the Prolemuris started to trust that young man.

It even allowed  Ìstaw to put medicine, which he had already carried in his pouch, on the wound to stop the bleeding – and, thanks to Eywa, it was successful. For the next several nights Ìstaw stayed near the animal in order to protect it and keep tending to the wound.

The patience of the young Na’vi was worth the while. Finally the animal could climb again and it was time to say goodbye. Before Prolemuris left, Ìstaw named him Syuku, and there is more to tell about their friendship … but this is for another time.

May they both have Eywa’s blessing.

≈≈≈≈≈≈

Srake fayskxekeng a mikyunfpi solunu ngaru? Lolu aysa’u lesar srak? Tsafya oe sìlpey!

EDIT 12 April:  I forgot to add but meant to: For those who celebrate, Happy Easter. Happy Passover. I hope this special time is as good as it can be for you under the circumstances.

Hayalovay!

ta Pawl

’A’awa ’U Amip — A Few New Things

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo!

Before anything else, let me post the Na’vi text of Mako’s message, which you listened to last time. I think you’ll be able to understand it without the English translation:

Tengkrr fìsäspxinìl awngati srätx ulte helkumì awngeyä zene ivì’awn, lu krr asìltsan fte pamrel sivi. Lu pxaya ayu a fko tsun pamrel sivi. Kxawm nga nivew pamrel sivi ngeyä tireyteri. Kxawm nivew pamrel sivi wayur a plltxe fu rol. Ketsran new pamrel sivi, lu sute a new ivinan set. Tìng ngeyä aylì’ut sì aysäfpìlti foru.

And to wrap up this round of listening exercises, here’s a comment from Plumps on his story about an unusual friendship:

Some of you might have noticed an unusual phrase at the end of Ìstaw’s and Syuku’s story but you will probably have guessed its meaning from context.

slä hayalo alahe (ph., ha.YA.lo a.LA.he, lit.: another next time) – a set phrase in storytelling to mean ‘but this is for another time,’ which indicates that the story is so good that people want to hear more about it in multiple sittings.

The idea of set phrases in storytelling, especially in stories for children, seems to be common to a lot of languages. In English, of course, we have the iconic “once upon a time,” which is used in no other contexts. When I was studying Persian, I came across a very interesting one: “Yeki bud, yeki nabud.” Literally, this means “One was there, one wasn’t there,” or “There was one and there wasn’t one.” As some online commentators have noted, these words indicate that the story to come might be fact or fiction, true or not true, and they create a “warm, intimate feeling” in the listener. Can you think of any other such phrases in other languages?

Moving on to some new vocabulary:

tsawng (vin.) ‘shatter, break into pieces’

Note: There are several words for ‘break’ in Na’vi. Kxakx is to snap or break into two pieces, like a twig. Tsawng is to shatter or break into many pieces, like a piece of pottery. If something is broken in the sense of no longer functioning correctly, it’s fwel.

Ma sempu, oey yomyo tsolawng!
‘Daddy, my plate broke!’

Ma Entu, ngal lumpe ngey tsmukeyä yomyot tseykolawng?
‘Entu, why did you break your sister’s plate?’

pon (vtr.) ‘balance’

Fwa pon seyti sìn kinamtil lu lehrrap, ma ’itan. Tsun nekll zivup tsawng.
‘Balancing a cup on your knee is dangerous, son. It can fall to the ground and break.’

(Note: In the above example, zivup and tsawng are “sequential verbs.” As you recall, two verbs in sequence without a conjunction indicate that the second action occurs right after the first. In this case, tsivawng would be correct as well, since that verb is also in the scope of tsun; the cup can fall and can break.)

Nìsngä’i Tsyeyk lu pìsaw ulte ke tsun vulsìn päpivon.
‘At first Jake was clumsy and wasn’t able to balance on a branch.’

mei (adj., ME.i) ‘wet’

Kllte lu mei a krr, fwa fwi lu ftue.
‘When the ground is wet, it’s easy to slip.’

(I like the sound of fwa fwi lu ftue!)

Note: Unlike paynga’, which indicates that something is moist or damp, mei indicates complete wetness.

meitayo (n., me.i.TA.yo) ‘wetlands’

This word is derived from mei ‘wet’ and txayo ‘field, plain.’ In colloquial speech, it’s usually pronounced meytayo.

lipx (vin.) ‘drip’

Tompa zerup ulte pay lipx kxamlä fäpyo.
It’s raining and water is dripping through the roof.

fäpyo (n., FÄP.yo) ‘roof’

This word comes from fäpa ‘top’ + yo ‘surface.’ (Cf. kxemyo ‘wall, vertical surface’)

Another Na’vi proverb:

Payìl a lipx tskxeti ripx.
‘Dripping water pierces a stone.’

That is, persistent effort can accomplish unexpected and amazing things.

sälipx (n., sä.LIPX) ‘drop (of a liquid)’

We’ve already seen the word payìva, which specifically means ‘drop of water.” Sälipx is more general—a drop of any liquid, for example tree sap or blood.

kxutslu (n., KXU.tslu) ‘risk’

The evolution of this word occurred in several steps. Risk is the possibility (tìtsunslu) of harm (kxu), or a harm-possibility. This evolved in Na’vi as:

kxu + tìtsunslu = kxutìtsunslu > kxutsunslu > kxutslu

lekxutslu (adj., le.KXU.tslu) ‘risky’

Awnga zenke fìkem sivi. Lu lekxutslu nìhawng.
’We mustn’t do this. It’s too risky.’

Finally, a note on grammar:

Even at this late date, there’s a grammatical word we haven’t yet seen.

We’re all used to these familiar contractions that serve as conjunctions:

fwa (= fì’u a)
fula (= fì’ul a)
futa (= fi’ut a)
furia (=fì’uri a)

There’s another one to add to that list, although it’s used less frequently than the others.

How would you say, ‘This message confirms that he will come’?

Well, ‘confirm’ is kangay si, a si-verb. As we know, si-verbs take objects in the dative case, as in Srung si oeru! ‘Help me!’ But here, the object of kangay si is not a noun or pronoun but rather a clause (‘that he will come’). So we need a conjunction involving fì’u in the dative case, which would be fì’uru a or fì’ur a. Just as fì’u a contracts to fwa, fì’ur a contracts to fura.

So our sentence is:

Fì’upxare kangay si fura po zaya’u.
‘This message confirms that he will come.’

I have a bit more to say about this topic, . . . slä hayalo alahe.

Ulte Ayyora’tu Leiu. . . - And the Winners Are. . .

Ma eylan,

The judges have made their decisions, and the winners of the 2020 Säwäsultsyìp—the Na’vi Writing Contest announced here on March 27th—have been chosen! The judging committee—Tirea Aean, Alyara, and Plumps—worked independently, but in the end, though “the scoring was very, very close,” they reached a unanimous decision. Four winners emerged. Here they are, along with their beautiful winning certificates designed by Tsyili with the help of Alyara and Tirea:

Category: Beginner-level Short Story
Winner: Tseyla, for “Eywa’evengä sì Eywa’evengä Helku Utralä ’Okrol”

 

Category: Intermediate/Advanced-level Short Story
Winner: Marloncori, for “’Okvur Ikran Maktoä”

 

Category: Beginner-level Poetry
Winner: Laura Garduño, for “Tì’eylan Set”

 

Category: Intermediate/Advanced-level Poetry
Winner: Vawmataw, for “Sevafu”

 

Ayngeyä aysängopìri atxantsan seykxel sì nitram, ma smuk! Seysonìltsan!

I’m going to publish one winning entry per post so each one can receive the attention it deserves. Here’s the first—Laura Garduño’s sngä’iyu-level poem, “Tì’eylan Set.” The other three will follow in subsequent posts. Inan nìprrte’!

Tì’eylan Set

Ti’eylan lu tsyeym tì’efumì oeyä.
Ngian, set, tì’eylanìl oeti ke lu tìstunwinga’
Mìaykrr mìso ulte tute lu lom,
Kawtul oeti wo
Na fo oeru twa’ si.

Oe stum kawkrr zìm le’awtu.
Lu letrrtrr oeru.
Slä ke ral oe ra’ä tare ayeylan.
Nigan, oel am’a pefya fol oeti kameie.

Skxakep talun hamalo awnga ultxa si
Oe lu fnu ulte keftxo talun oe ke tsun kä
Tswayon oeyä ikran ne ayram alusìng
Ulte kanom tì’o’ oe new.

Slä tsakem ke ral oe ve’kì mefo,
Fu oe ra’a si new kame mefoti nìmun.
Oe lu tang fratrr.
Oe lu fnu, slä mefo ke txung.

Peseng mefo lu?
Oel mefoti kameie, mefo plltxe.
Pesu oe lu meforu?
Mefol oeti kameie? Fu lahe?

Awnga käteng hu txankrr.
Ulte oel mefoti leioae si.
Slä mefol oeti leioae si?
Fu oel mefoti sratx kem si?

Zun mefo wrrza’u te wan ftu oe,
Lu nìnew
Fu tìkangkem?
Oe tìkin omum.

Oe zìm na toruk
Hu sna’o ayikran.
Oe kelku si le’awtu.
Fo ke lu.

Oe ve’ki ra’a si lu keteng
Fu hiyìk.

Oe ve’ki ra’a si zun mefol oeti ve’kì si.
Oe nìyey tìkin zun oe lu.

Pefya mefol oeti kameie?

Edit 10 May: Updated certificate images to the final versions; corrected text at end of par. 1 to: “beautiful winning certificates designed by Tsyili with the help of Alyara and Tirea.”
’A’awa Lì’u Amip sì Vurway Alor - A Few New Words and a Beautiful Poem

Kaltxì nìmun, ma eylan. Sìlpey oe, ayngaru livu fpom nìwotx ulte Ro Helku a Tì’usì’awn Anawm (the Great/Noble Staying-at-Home) ke livu ngäzìk nìhawng.

Here’s some new vocabulary that I hope you’ll find useful. (In retrospect, I see that some of this is on the dark side, which may be a sign of the times. But at least we end on a high note. 😊 )

äzan (n., ä.ZAN) ‘force, compulsion’

äzan si (vin.) ‘force, compel’

Fo äzan soli oer tsnì tsakem sivi.
‘They forced me to do it.’

(The syntax here is parallel to that of Poe mowar soli poanur tsnì hivum, ‘She advised him to leave.’)

äzanluke (adv., ä.ZAN.lu.ke) ‘voluntarily, without force or compulsion’

This word is partially synonymous with nìnew. For example, to say ‘I did it voluntarily’ you can say either Oe tsakem soli nìnew or Oe tsakem soli äzanluke. However, unlike nìnew, äzanluke can be also used on the part of the potential forcer to show that no force is being exerted:

Vin oel äzanluke futa nga kivä poehu.
‘I request, without compulsion, that you go with her.’
In other words: ‘I’m asking you to go with her, but I won’t force you.’

But:

Vin oel futa nga kivä poehu äzanluke.
‘I request that you go with her voluntarily.’

äzantu (n., ä.ZAN.tu) ‘domineering person; one who is bossy, authoritarian, or dictatorial’

nìsok (adv., nì.SOK) ‘recently’

kemuia (n., ke.MU.i.a) ‘dishonor’

This word is clearly derived from ke + meuia ‘honor.’

kemuia si (vin.) ‘dishonor’

Ngeyä tìfnawe’ kemuia soli fìsoaiaru.
‘Your cowardice has dishonored this family.’

tìfnawe’ (n., tì.fna.WE’)  ‘cowardice’

kemuianga’ (adj., ke.MU.i.a.nga’) ‘dishonorable’

Peyä hemìl akemuianga’ zamolunge fwìngit ayoer.
‘His dishonorable behavior (literally: actions) humiliated us (lit.: brought humiliation to us).’

tìkankxan (n., tì.kan.KXAN) ‘barrier to one’s goals, source of frustration’

This word is derived from tìkan ‘goal’ + ekxan ‘barrier, obstruction’—that is, a ‘goal barrier.’

Oeri mìftxele, fwa pol oeti ke slolan lu tìkankxan apxa.
‘In this regard, his not supporting me was a large barrier to (achieving) my goal.’

tìkankxanga’ (adj., tì.kan.KXA.nga’) ‘frustrating’

Fìtìfkeytokìl atìkankxanga’ ’eykerefu oet lekye’ung.
‘This frustrating situation is making me crazy.’

To say ‘frustrated,’ we use a different but related expression.

lekxan (adj., le.KXAN) ‘blocked, obstructed; frustrated’

Lu fìfya’o lekxan; ke tsun awnga sivalew.
‘The path is obstructed; we can’t proceed further.’

This word is also used metaphorically to indicate the experience of being frustrated—that is, feeling blocked or obstructed from reaching your goal:

Oe plltxe, po ke tìng mikyun. ’Efu oe lekxan nìtxan.
’I talk, but he doesn’t listen. I feel very frustrated.’

ftanglen (vtr., ftang.LEN, inf. 1,2) ‘prevent’

This word is obviously a compound of ftang ‘stop’ + len ‘happen’: to prevent something is to stop it from happening.

Tsranten nìtxan fwa ftanglen awngal futa fìsäspxin vivirä.
‘It’s very important that we prevent this disease from spreading.’

Derivation:

tìftanglen (n., tì.ftang.LEN) ’prevention’

Tìkan la’ayä ayll lu tìftanglen tìspxinä.
’The goal of social distancing is the prevention of disease.’

pxawtxap (vtr., pxaw.TXAP, inf. 2, 2) ‘squeeze’

The origin of this word is of course pxaw ‘around’ + txap ‘press.’ When you squeeze an object, you press it firmly with your fingers, usually with your hand encircling it to some extent.

Poel oey tsyokxit pxawtxolap a krr, poltxe nìfnu san nga yawne lu oer.
‘When she squeezed my hand, she silently said she loved me.’

vun (vtr.) ‘provide’

Sempulìl asìltsan vun syuvet soaiaru sneyä.
‘A good father provides food to his family.’

And now we know the Na’vi for an iconic Avatar expression:

Eywa vayun.
‘Eywa will provide.’

Finally, I’m delighted to present Vawmataw’s contest-winning narrative poem, “Sevafu.” I think you’ll find it evocative and poignant.

Hayalovay!


Sevafu

’Awlie lu ’evenge a poru fko syaw Sevafu.
Po kelku si mì sray hu Sa’nu sì Sempu.
Pxel frapo pxeforu lu txintìn letsranten.
Kifkeyri Sevafu nume, sa’nu wìntxu ulte sempu zamunge.
Slä sempul fìtxon ke tok kelkut maw kifkeyä tìzamusunge…

Sevafu plltxe san fìtrrkrrka pol na’rìngit folrrfatsen.
Pol fratrr zamunge kifkeyt lerìn fte piveng txonä vurit sìk,
Slä saronyul peng fayluta fkol pot ke rolun kip ayrìk.

Sevafu plltxe san fìtrrkrrka pol kilvanit molaktatso.
Pol fratrr zamunge kifkeyt lepay fte wivìntxu tìreyt sìk,
Slä aysleleyul peng fayluta fìtrr pol kilvanit ke molaktatso.
Sa’nul plltxe fayluta sngum rä’ä sivi maite.

Ulte tsakrr za’u sì ftem krr, fyeyn slu ’ite.
Sempu ke tätxaw, slä kawkrr ke fe’pey tsìlpey.

Trro Savaful pe’un futa kä fwew sneyä sempulit.
Sa’nu ke tsun poru tìftang sivi, Sevaful makto kilvanit.
Popxaw tìran ayutral ulte ayutral tìran popxaw.
Kllte hum ulte txampay piak si txana krrmaw.

Nì’awtu fa yaney Sevafu mì fay amawey fwi.
Kawtu ke ’eyng krra po fwefwi.
Pol tse’a tawti txonä sì payä ayweopxit.
Ayweopx ’ìp ulte pol ripx tawit.

sanhìyä txampay
maweya kifkey apxay
eo tìlor ’ia

Sevaful lang fìkifkeyt sì hifkeyt alahe.
Sempul kea tsenget. Ngian lu syura.
Pol ’efu sempuä syurat atxanwawe.

Ngal tse’a a fratanhì azusup tsakrrta
Lu Sevafuä po tsngawvìk a aungia
Aysempul tìreyt tìng awngaru
Slä nìmun ke tsun tivìng tsat foru.

Edit  23 May:  *po oeti ke slolan –> pol oeti ke slolan   Irayo, ma Plumps!
A very quick heads-up: Paul and Na’vi on the BBC today

Kxì ma frapo,

I just found out that the half-hour BBC radio show on how a language begins, for which I was interviewed a couple weeks ago, is about to be broadcast. Thought you might be interested.

It’s scheduled to air today, Fri. 22 May, at 20:32 UK time, which is 21:32 in Germany, and in North America: 3:32 PM EDT, 2:32 PM CDT, and 12:32 PM PDT. It’s available here:

https://www.bbc.co.uk/programmes/w3cszv5n

I don’t know if it’ll be possible to hear it live in every location, but right after broadcast it should be available for a while at that site.

There’s also a brief clip for social media that’s exclusively devoted to Na’vi, in which you’ll be able to hear several Na’vi speakers:

https://we.tl/t-fwR5Jsswri

I’m rarely entirely pleased with how I perform in these situations, thinking in retrospect how much more cogently I could have responded. So I can’t vouch for how this turned out. I don’t think my segment will be more than 5 minutes, so I hope the producer took the best of what I said and left the rest. Fingers crossed. 😊

ta P.

ADDENDUM

Well, I just listened to the broadcast, and I guess my part of it wasn’t too terrible. I thought they put together an interesting half hour, and I learned some new things myself.

If you have a chance, though, do listen to the brief clip in the second link above. You’ll hear a lot more voices from our lì’fyaolo’.

And if you’re wondering about the closing credits in Na’vi, which were partially cut off at the end of the broadcast, this is the complete version:

Furia yune fìtìpängkxoti a ya’ìlä, irayo.
Txo livu ayngaru tìpawm, tsat fpe’ ayoer,
tsakrr fmayi ayoeyä pongu ’iveyng.

‘Thank you for listening to this audio show. 
If you have a question, send it in,
and the team will try to answer it.’

As you see, for ‘audio show’ I used tìpängkxo a ya’ìlä—a discussion through the air.  😊

Tìpusawm, Tì’useyng, sì ’Okvur a Eltur Tìtxen Si - Asking, Answering, and an Interesting Story

Kxì ma frapo,

Today’s post has three things I hope will be of interest: first, a discussion about asking and answering; next, a (possibly) new way of asking about someone’s well-being; and finally, another contest-winning entry.

Asking and Answering

Through some private discussions, I realized it might be a good idea to summarize some of the grammatical structures related to asking and answering questions in Na’vi. There’s not a lot of new information here, but I hope that collecting it all in one place will be useful.

pawm (vtr., vin.) ‘ask’

Pawm is both a transitive and an intransitive verb.

Transitive use:

Pol polawm tìpawmit.
‘He asked a question.’

The only thing you ever ask is a question, so the object of transitive pawm is always tìpawmit. But that word can be modified:

Pol polawm tìpawmit angäzìk.
‘He asked a difficult question.’

Pol polawm tìpawmit a eltur tìtxen si.
‘He asked an interesting question.’

Pol polawm tenga tìpawmit a li oel palmawm trram.
‘He asked the same question that I had already asked yesterday.’

And note:

Pol polawm tìpawmit oeta.
‘He asked me a question.’

We use ta here rather than the dative case (oeru). Think of asking as a request for something from someone.

Intransitive use:

Po polawm san srake Ralu holum.
‘He asked, “Did Ralu leave?”’ OR ‘He asked if/whether Ralu left.’

Alternatively, san . . . sìk in the above sentence may be omitted, with the same meanings:

Po polawm, Srake Ralu holum?

Po polawm oeta san srake Ralu holum.
‘He asked me whether Ralu left.’

A: Mefo muntxa slolu srak?
‘Did they get married?’
B: Oe ke polawm.
‘I didn’t ask.’

Txo nga ke ivomum, pawm oeta.
‘If you don’t know, ask me.’
 

’eyng (vin.) ‘answer, respond, respond to’

Unlike pawm, ’eyng is always used intransitively. So the “object” of ‘answer’ is in the topical:

Oeyä tipawmìri po ’oleyng.
‘He answered my question.’

Other examples:

Ngeyä tìleymìri Eywa ’oleyng.
‘Eywa has answered your call.’

Sìpawmìri sneyä aynumeyuä karyu ’eyng.
‘The teacher responds to his students’ questions.’

Karyu ’eyng sneyä aynumeyur.
‘The teacher responds to his students.’

’Eyng oeru set!
‘Answer me now!’

Tsatìpawmit oel alo amrr polawm, slä po ke ’oleyng.
‘I asked the question five times, but he didn’t answer.’

Now for the conversational expression:

We’re all very familiar with Ngaru lu fpom srak? as a polite conversational formula for asking about someone’s well-being. Along these lines, there’s another useful question, which you might anticipate from makto zong—literally, ‘ride safely,’ which uses zong ‘save’ as a shorthand expression for nìzawnong ‘safely,’ an adverb that obviously comes from zong. In conversation, it means ‘Take care,’ ‘Travel safe,’ ‘Stay well,’ etc. The related question is:

Makto fyape?

Literally, this means ‘How ride?’, or in better English, ‘How’s the riding?’ The difference between this and Ngaru lu fpom srak? is that Makto fyape? is more general. It doesn’t necessarily ask about you yourself but rather about your whole situation, corresponding to colloquial English questions like “How are things?” “How’s everything going?” “How are you doing?”

Responses are often single adverbs, such as:

Zong.                ‘Well.’ (Again, short for nìzawnong, implying ‘Everything’s OK.’)
Nìltsan.            ‘Well.’
Nìksman.        ‘Wonderfully.’
Nìksran.          ‘So-so.’
Nìfe’.                 ‘Badly.’
Nìfpxamo.      ‘Terribly, horribly.’
Etc.

A typical little dialog:

A: Makto fyape?
B: Zong. Ngari tut?
A: Nìksran. Oeru lu fpom, slä oey ’itan lu spxin.

A: How’s everything?
B: Good. You?
A: So-so. I’m fine, but my son is sick.

And finally, here is our third contest-winning entry, a beginners-level story by Tseyla. If you’ve ever wondered how the Na’vi came to live in Hometree, this historical narrative may provide the answer. Sivunu ayngar!

Eywa’evengä sì Eywa’evengä Helku Utralä ’Okrol

ta Tseyla

‘Awa trr pxaya zìsìkrram, tute LeNa’vi kämakto ftu sneyä kelku fte pivlltxe sneyä tsmukanur atxkxeteri a kolämunge ftu po. Mesmukanä olo’ wäte ulte wemwä fìtsap pxaya vospxì. Fo ke ftang vaykrr ‘awa tsmukan tolerkup. Eywa tsole’a futa tsmukan tspang tsmukan ulte tsngawvìk, peyä tsngawpay zolup mì Eywa’eveng pxaya zìsìkrr. Tsakrr ‘awa trr krra na’rìngä kllte lew si mì pay, ‘ewana tute leNa’vi slamele kxamlä narìng ulte tswala utralit run.

Pol slele ne’ìm peyä ne soaia ulte plltxe san oel ukxoa tsengit akxuke run a awnga tsun kelku sivi. Sneyä tsmukan a ke spaw poti plltxe san nga ke perlltxe tìngay.

Tsmukanur po plltxe san Oel tìngayit perlltxe. Nong oeti ulte oel ngaru fìtsengit wayìntxu. Ha tsmukanìl ewana tutet leNa’vi nong ne’ìm ne utral ulte plltxe san nga lu eyawr fìkrr. Tsakrr mesmukanìl slele ne’ìm ne feyä soaia ulte zamunge foti utralur a slayu Eywa’evengä nì’awve kelku utralä. Mesmukanä olo’ kelku si mì tsakelku utralä pxaya zìsìt vaykrr sawtutel za’u ne Eywa’eveng ulte skola’a tsautral.

Akrrmaw pxaya zìsìt sì pxaya sam, mesmukanìl sawtuteti kurakx srefwa tsyolul tìsop feyä mipa kelkune utralä. Pay ‘olìp ulte ayzìsit solalew. Olo’ tsawl slu frato ulte tuteo leNa’vi holum fte rivun lahea kelku utralä. Krra sawtute zola’u ulte ska’a helku utralä olol foti kurakx. Tsakrr olol mipa helkuti utralä rivun nìmun.

Set ayzìsìkrr mawkrr, Eywa’eveng lew si helkumì utralä ulte olo kelku si fomì. Slä tìvawm lìng mi Eywa’evengio pxel vawma pìwopx. Nga pivawm san pe’u fìtìvawm lu sìk slä tì’eyng awngaru ke lu.

Makto zong, ma eylan.

Mì tanlokxe oeyä, srr afpxamo - Terrible days in my country

Ma oeyä eylan ayawne,

Kezemplltxe lu fìpìlokä tìkan fwa pängkxo teri lì’fya leNa’vi. Krro krro ngian ’efu oel futa zene oe pamrel sivi teri tele alahe.

Kintrram ayoe a tok Amerikat tarmìng nari tengkrr ’awa horenleykekyul tutanit a’aw tsperang—lunluke nìwotx, nìk’ong, nìzevakx. Tsatutanur a fkol tspolang lolu ta’leng akllvawm; tspangyur lu pum ateyr. Kawnga hem anafì’u lolängen alo apxay mì okvur ayoeyä, slä pum alu fì’u lolen eo menari. Fpxamoa fìkemìl afpxamo ayoeti tsngeykolawvìk, tsakrr leykoleymkem. Fratrr ’erul a faysäleymkem ayll muiä lu nìwotx.

Slä set tängok kop tantsawtsrayti ayoeyä ’uol alahe: tsaktap. Lu sute a fpìl san oeri tìrey tìsraw si, ha tìreyti ngeyä oel tìsraw seykasyi nìteng. Oeri ke lu tìmwiä, ha ngati oel ngeykasyä’än nìteng sìk. Fo fmong, fo nekx, fo ska’a. ’Efu oel futa txanlokxe oeyä pxeror.

Ulte tengkrr fayhem afpxamo verar liven, säspxin lehrrap var vivirä.

Nìrangal lirvu ayoeru eyktan a tsivun srung sivi, pum a livu por aylì’u azuseyko. Nìkeftxo ke lu ayoer eyktan anafì’u. Tìeyktanìri eyktan a fkeytok ke lu pxan kaw’it. Nìfya’o a pamrel soli oe kam ’a’awa zìsìt, fìtutan ayaymak yawne lu snor nì’aw; fpom txanlokxeyä ke tsranten por. Fpìl pol futa tsaktapìri ’umtsa aswey lu tsaktap nì’ul.

Srake tsayun fko fìtìfkeytokit a Amerikamì zeykivo? Oe ke omum. Slä law lu ’u a’aw nìwotx:

Kam puzama zìsìt wum fìatxkxemì, fkol yolem nemfa kllte utralit akawng ulte tsat peykolaw. Tsautral tsawl slolu. Tolìng ayoer mautit asyä’ä. Ulte yerom ayoel tsamautit fìtrr.

ta Pawl


New vocabulary:

koren ayll ‘law, societal rule’

leykek (vtr., ley.KEK) ‘enforce’ (from lek ‘obey’ with the causative infix <eyk>: i.e., ‘make obey’)

[NOTE: Remember how the causative structure works with transitive verbs:

Awngal horenit ayll lek.
‘We obey the laws.’

Pol awngaru horenit ayll leykek.
‘He makes us obey the laws.’

If we remove the “causee,” we simply get:

Pol horenit ayll leykek.
‘He enforces the laws.’]

horenleykekyu (n., ho.REN.ley.KEK.yu) ‘law enforcer, police officer’

This is often shortened colloquially to leykekyu.

zevakx (adj., ZE.vakx, ofp) ‘cruel’

tìzevakx (n., tì.ZE.vakx) ‘cruelty’

tìzevakxnga’ (n., tì.ZE.vakx.nga’, nfp) ‘cruel’

So: tute azevakx ‘cruel person,’ but aylì’u atìzevakxnga’, ‘cruel words.’

nìzevakx (adv., nì.ZE.vakx) ‘cruelly’

fmong (vtr.) ‘steal, rob’

tìfmong (n., tì.FMONG) ‘theft’

fmongyu (n., FMONG.yu) ‘thief’

Edits 3 June: horenleykekyu tutanit –> horenleykekyul tutanit; tìmwia –> tìmwiä; tisraw –> tìsraw; ley –> lek; HO.ren –> ho.REN. Ma Mako, ma Plumps, irayo.
Edit 6 June: tìzevakxnga’ (n., . . .) –> tìzevakxnga’ (adj., . . .). Irayo, ma Marlon.
’Okvur Ikran Maktoä - The Story of the Ikran Rider

Kaltxì, ma eylan.

It’s my pleasure to present to you the fourth and last winner of our recent Na’vi writing contest, Marloncori’s accomplished story, “Okvur Ikran Maktoä—The Story of the Ikran Rider.” Since it’s of considerable length, I thought it best to leave it in PDF form so that you can download it and enjoy it at your leisure. It’s a great Na’vi-reading experience that will keep you interested and intrigued for a substantial time.

‘Okvur Ikran Maktoä—Marloncori

Soleia, ma Marloncori! Plltxe ayoe ngaru nìmun san Seykxel sì Nitram!

Vospxìvol Lefpom! - Happy August!

Kaltxì nìmun, ma eylan!

Happy August to you all. I hope you’re doing well—or, as it’s become customary to add these days, as well as can be expected under the circumstances. After some personal and professional distractions, it’s nice to be back here!

Here are a few new vocabulary items that should fill in some gaps. Most of these, as you’ll see, are action verbs, some of which came from the lì’fyaolo’. You’ll also find a few conversational expressions to use when you speak or write.

he’a (vin., HE.’a, inf. 1,2) ’cough’

I don’t actually recall if I saw any of the Na’vi cough in Avatar, but since their physiology is similar to ours in many ways (their vocal tract, for example), I’m assuming they do.

Ngari krra he’a, sweylu txo kxaru lew sivi.
‘When you cough, it’s best to cover your mouth.’

Derived noun:

sähe’a (n., sä.HE.’a) ‘a cough, instance of coughing’

fwal (vtr.) ‘wipe’

Yoti fwal rutxe. Mei slolu maw tompa.
‘Please wipe the table. It’s gotten wet after the rain.’

pìtìk (vtr., PÌ.tìk, inf. 1,2) ‘scratch non-harmfully, as an itch’

tsupx (vtr.) ‘scratch harmfully, as with a claw’

Na’vi has two different words for ‘scratch.’ For scratching that’s pleasurable or relieves an itch, use pìtìk. For the kind of scratching that’s painful, draws blood, or does other harm, such as scratching yourself with a pin or being scratched by the claws of an animal, use tsupx.

Sran, sran, oeri pìtìk tsatsenget a mì tal! Fkxake nìftxan kuma terkup!
’Yeah, yeah, scratch that place on my back! It itches like crazy!’

Note a couple of things about the previous example. First, fkxake ‘itch’ is an intransitive verb whose subject is the body part or place that itches. Also, you’ll see the colloquial idiom [Verb] nìftxan kuma terkup, which has been translated above as ‘like crazy.’ Literally, it’s saying that an action is so intense that it results in dying. We have similar exaggerations in English, e.g. “That movie bored me to death.”

Palukanìl oeyä poti fa tsin tsolängupx.
‘Unfortunately my cat scratched her with its claw.’

ngungung (vtr., NGU.ngung, inf. 1,2) ‘rub’

Ngari pxunti ngungung pelun? Srake tìsraw si?
’Why are you rubbing your arm? Does it hurt?’

lonusye (vin., lo.NU.sye, inf. 1,2) ‘exhale; blow’

This is clearly a compound from lonu ‘release, let go’ and syeha ‘breath.’

Txo syuve som livu nìhawng, lonusye tsane.
‘If the food is too hot, blow on it.’

Note the use of ne in the above example, since blowing on something is really directing a stream of air towards it.

mungsye (vin., MUNG.sye, inf. 1,1) ’inhale’

Another clear compound, this one from munge ‘take’ and syeha.

txeptsyìp (n., TXEP.tsyìp) ’flame’

Tong txeptsyìpit.
’Extinguish the flame.’

Lonusye tong txeptsyìpit.
’Blow out the flame.’

In the above example, note the two adjacent verbs indicating consecutive action. “Blowing out” a flame is to release breath and thereby extinguish it.

Finally, some colloquial and conversational expressions:

Colloquial forms of ‘push’ and ‘pull’:

kärìp (vtr., KÄ.rìp, inf. 1,2) ‘push’  (Cf. kä’ärìp)

zärìp (vtr., ZÄ.rìp, inf. 1,2) ‘pull’  (Cf. za’ärìp)

These colloquial forms are more common in speech than the full forms.

Conversational expressions:

’Uo ke zo srak?
‘Is something wrong?’

(In very colloquial speech, this can be shortened to ’Uk zo srak?)

’Upe ke zo?
‘What’s the matter?’ ‘What’s wrong?’

Responses:

Frawzo.
‘Everything’s OK.’

Fraw mì la’ang.
‘Everything is screwed up.’

la’ang (n., LA.’ang) ‘pile of stinking, rotting animal matter’

The above expression, as you might guess, is very strong and rather coarse, more so than the English translation. Nowadays, unfortunately, there seem to be plenty of occasions to use it.

Hayalovay, ma smuk.

Edit 01 Aug.: Palukan –> Palukanìl. ’Ä’! Irayo, ma Marlon!
Plumps (smg) August 4, 2020

So, is Peu mì la’ang …? (or pela’ang for short) the Na’vi equivalent of ‘What the hell …?’ 😀

Yeio! Txasunu oer tsalì’fyavi alu Pela’ang! 😄 It would be saying, “What kind of pile of stink is this?” In other words, “What the hell is this? What’s going on?” as you’ve said, or even the ubiquitous WTF??? (although not as vulgar).

Hì’ia vur a teri mefalukantsyìp - A little story about two cats

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

It’s my pleasure to present to you a little story, written by our Tsm. Tsyili, about two cats—but not just any two cats: our two beloved kitties, Palu and Lukan! John and I have had them—or they’ve had us—for almost five years, since they were tiny. They’re Snowshoe Siamese, brother and sister from the same litter. Lukan, the male (on the right in the photo), is big, brave, and boisterous. His sister Palu is smaller and bit on the shy side, although she’s come a long way. We think they’re both gorgeous.

Tsyili’s charming story is short and simple, the kind that even beginners with only a few months of Na’vi should be able to grasp without too much difficulty.

Before you listen, you might want to refresh your memory on these words, listed in alphabetical order:

fewi
hangham
hasey
laro si
lätxayn
leym
pxi
pxìm
sto
swirä
tìng tseng
tsin
tstew
uvan si
velek
wan
wok

There’s also a new vocabulary item you need to know:

pxul (adj.) ‘formidable, imposing’

Derivations:

tìpxul (n., tì.PXUL) ‘formidableness, imposingness’ (two rare and awkward words in English!)

nìpxul (adv., nì.PXUL) ‘formidably, imposingly’

Unlike nawm ‘great, noble,’ pxul can refer to things either good or bad, as long they’re treated seriously and not taken lightly.

Fìsäwemìri zene awnga kawl häpivawl. Lu Sawtute aywätu apxul.
‘We must prepare diligently for this fight. The Skypeople are formidable opponents.’

säwem (n., sä.WEM) ‘fight’

You’ll hear three voices in the recording, those of Tsyili, Tirea Aean, and Pawl.


And here’s a delightful illustration, also by Tsyili:

Mawkrra ngal vurit yolune, fìtìpawmìri rutxe ’iveyng: Tsaswirä apxul lu peu?

Hayalovay!

Is there a difference in meaning between «lu Sawtute aywätu apxul» and «lu Sawtute wätu apxul»? Or in other words, why is the grammatical number marked twice in this clause?

Irayo, ma tsmuk. Sìltsana sätseri, sìltsana tìpawm.

sätseri (n., sä.TSE.ri) ‘observation, something noticed’

Here on the blog, my main discussion of number agreement was nine years ago (hard to believe how fast time goes by!), in a post on July 30, 2011. That was where I explained the KH—Koren Holpxayä: “In referring to the same entity, express number only once per clause.”

You’re quite right that my example with aywätu violated this principle. So for the time being I’ve edited it to remove ay-. Thanks for that!

However, on further thought, I’m wondering if there might not be a valid reason to consider both wätu and aywätu possible here—that is, if there might not be another valid exception to the KH.

The one exception we’ve seen so far, which I noted in 2011, invoved tupe. I pointed out that to ask “Who are those warriors?” there were two possibilities: (A) Tsaysamsiyu lu tupe? And (B) Tsaysamsiyu lu supe? (A) follows the KH; (B) violates it. The difference is that (A) asks for the defining characteristic of the group; the answer might be (Fo) lu oeyä ’eylan. (B), on the other hand, asks for the individual identities of the warriors; the answer might be (Fo) lu Kamun, Ralu, Ìstaw, sì Ateyo.

I’m wondering whether there might not be a similar distinction between wätu and aywätu in the example. The form that follows the KH—(C) Lu Sawtute wätu apxul—considers the group characteristic: the Skypeople, when they band together as a group, constitute a formidable opponent. The form that violates the KH—(D) Lu Sawtute aywätu apxul—focuses on individual Skypeople: each individual Skyperson is himself or herself a formidable opponent.

Fìtxeleri zene oe fpivìl nì’ul. Slä txo livu tuteor aysäfpìl a fìtìpawmteri, rutxe piveng oer!

Pelie sunu ngar frato? - What’s your favorite experience?

Kaltxì nìmun!

Continuing with our series of stories, essays, and poetry written by ayhapxìtu li’fyaolo’ä awngeyä and recorded by the authors for listening, I’m pleased to present this brief essay by Tsm. Mako about one of his favorite experiences.

You’ll be familiar with most of the vocabulary, but be aware of two different derivational forms of rangal ‘wish’—reykangal and nìrangal—which require different syntax. Also, the subject of the essay, which you’ll hear in the first sentence, is a nice example of the tì___us___ structure, which turns a verb into a gerund—that is, a noun you can talk about, like “singing,” “hunting,” “swimming,” etc.

I especially like Mako’s last, evocative sentence, which contains an unusual form of a very familiar word.

I’d suggest listening to the reading several times, and then checking against the Na’vi text, which is under the spoiler.


Sätare Akeltrrtrr - An Unusual Relationship - [Part 1]

Kxì, ma frapo!

For the next installment in our series of author-read Na’vi compositions, I’m delighted to present Part 1 of an affecting story by Tsm. Tekre about an unusual relationship on Pandora. Fpìl oel futa tsaw sayunu ayngar.

I thought it would be helpful to break the story up into smaller chunks. As before, I’ve listed (in alphabetical order) some vocabulary relevant to each section that you might want to review before listening. Keep in mind that the actual forms of these words in the story, with appropriate prefixes, infixes, or suffixes, may differ from the “citation forms” I’ve listed.

Once you’ve listened several times, check the spoilers to see the Na’vi text, and listen again as you read along.

Part 2 will be coming soon.

Enjoy!

Section 1
Vocabulary: lang, ngeyn, tseri



Section 2
Vocabulary: fwìng, hifwo, kawkxan, kawnglan, tsray



Section 3
Vocabulary: kxutu, lenomum, nìn, nìyrr, nong



Section 4
Vocabulary: hawmpam, kxakx, lini, mìn, txewm, vul



Section 5
Vocabulary: fewi, hona, kaym, nìlam, tätxaw


 

Mawkrra ngal vurit yolune, fìtìpawmìri rutxe ’iveyng: Fìsätareri tì’efumì ngeyä kempe layen? 

Sätare Akeltrrtrr - An Unusual Relationship - [Part 2]

Kxì nìmun, ma frapo!

Apologies for the delay in posting this, but here, finally, is the poignant conclusion of Tekre’s story about an unexpected relationship between a Na’vi and a thanator.

Since it’s been a while, you might want to go back to the previous post to refresh your memory of what’s happened so far. Or you could take a look at my English translation here:

As before, I’ve broken the story up into smaller chunks and listed alphabetically some vocabulary relevant to each section that you might want to review before listening.

And as before, once you listen several times to get as much as you can from just the audio, check the spoilers to see the Na’vi text and then listen again as you read along.

Sìlpey oe, fìvur alor zìyevawprrte’ ayngane!

Section 1
Vocabulary: ’awnìm, fnu, fwew, nayeveng [< nì + ayeveng], nong, uk


Section 2
Vocabulary: smar, tsamsä’o, tsko, tstal, tsko


Section 3
Vocabulary: Iknimaya, kanom, tätxaw, tsyìl, zerok


Section 4
Vocabulary: ftxey, ha’ngir, kin, kllkxem, kxamlä, leym, lok [adp.], nìyey, tsap’alute, tsleng, tsyal, txìng


Section 5
Vocabulary: meuia


Paul in a Polish Podcast!

Well, OK, the podcast is in English, but it does have a Polish introduction. :-)

Back in July, I was interviewed for a podcast by a Polish journalist and language enthusiast, Błażej Grygiel, who’s the content manager for a language services company in Warsaw. It just went out to the public today. You can listen to it here.

Despite all my “uh’s” and “um’s” (I’m astonished at how much I do that!), I was quite happy with how it turned out. You’ve probably heard most of this before, but there may be a few new things toward the end. Ngari txo fì’u ngey eltur tìtxen sivi, rutxe yivune!

Vospxìvopeyä aylì’u amip - November’s new words

Kaltxì, ma frapo.

Krrka lekye’unga faysrr, sìlpey oe, livu ayngaru fpom nìwotx.

It’s been a while since we’ve had any new vocabulary, so here are some lexical items along with a few idiomatic expressions that I hope you’ll find useful.

First, for the record, let me mention three terms you’ve seen already that belong in the dictionary:

nìtstew (adv., nì.TSTEW) ‘bravely, courageously’

txantxewm (adj., TXAN.txewm) ‘terrifying’

sätseri (n., sä.TSE.ri) ’observation, something noticed’

Ngeyä tsasätseriri a eltur tìtxen si irayo.
‘Thank you for that interesting observation of yours.’

Now for some new terms:

voìk (n., VO.ìk) ‘behavior, how one conducts oneself’

Nga sìlmi a tsakem ke lu voìk amuiä!
‘What you just did was not proper behavior!’

voìk si (vin., VO.ìk si) ’behave’

Neytiril Tsyeykur oeyktolìng teyngta fyape zene voìk sivi tsatìfkeytokmì.
’Neytiri explained to Jake how to behave in that situation.’

mu’ni (vtr., MU’.ni) ‘accomplish, achieve’

Although there is some overlap, the difference between mu’ni and hasey si ‘accomplish, bring to a conclusion’ is that hasey si can refer to finishing anything at all, significant or not, while mu’ni is used for achievements that are in some way significant.

Note: Don’t confuse mu’ni with mun’i ‘cut.’ The pronunciations of these two verbs are quite different, both in the position of the tìftang and the stress patterns.

Krrka tìrey ayol, pol molu’ni pxaya ayut a tsranten.
‘During her short life, she accomplished many important things.’

Hasey si fura yom!
‘Finish eating!’ (Do you see why fura is used here?)

tìmu’ni (n., tì.MU’.ni) ‘achievement, accomplishment’

leha’ (adj., le.HA’) ‘appropriate, suitable, fitting’

This word clearly comes from the verb ha’ ‘fit, suit.’ It differs from muiä ‘proper’ in that muiä has the connotation of honorable, moral, or fair; leha’ simply refers to something that fits or is appropriate to a particular individual or situation.

Fori tsafnetìkusar ke lu leha’.
‘That kind of teaching isn’t appropriate for them.’

swaran (adj., SWA.ran) ‘humble, modest, self-effacing’

Tsamsiyu asìltsan lu tstew släkop swaran.
‘A good warrior is courageous but also humble.’

tìswaran (n., tì.SWA.ran) ‘humility, humbleness’

yewn (vtr.) ‘express, convey (a thought or feeling)’

Oe new oey sì’efut yivewn poeru, slä ke tsängun.
‘I want to express my feelings to her, but, sadly, I can’t.’

tìyewn (n., tì.YEWN) ‘expression’

(Don’t confuse this word with lì’fyavi, which also means ‘expression’ but in the sense of ‘bit of language.’)

Note the idiom:

tìyewn tìyawnä ‘an expression of love.’ It’s a set phrase used when giving a gift to a loved one or making a gesture of affection like a kiss or caress.

leytslam (vtr., LEY.tslam, inf. 2, 2) ‘appreciate’

As you see, this word is a compound of ley ‘have value’ and tslam ‘understand.’ When you appreciate something, you understand or acknowledge its value.

Ngeyä faylì’ut atìtstunwinga’ oel leytslam, ma ’eylan.
‘I appreciate your kind words, friend.’

fpap (vtr.) ‘pound’

The difference between takuk and fpap is that while takuk means ‘strike,’ fpap implies striking heavily and repeatedly.

Krra sti nìtxan, pol mesyokxit fpap sìn fyanyo.
‘When he’s angry, he pounds his hands on the table.’

syar (vin.) ‘stick, stick to, adhere’

Rìk a’aw syarmar sìn kxemyo.
‘A leaf was sticking to the wall.’

Note that syar is intransitive. For the transitive sense of ‘stick’—that is, to stick something onto something else—simply insert the causative infix <eyk>:

Pol kxumpaysyarit solar syeykar rìkit sìn kxemyo.
‘She stuck the leaf onto the wall with glue.’
(More literally: ‘She used glue (and then) stuck the leaf onto the wall.’)

kxumpaysyar (n., KXUM.pay.syar) ‘glue’

(Recall that kxumpay means ‘viscous liquid.’)

And a word specific to a unique Pandoran experience:

’onglawn (n., ’ONG.lawn) ‘exhiliration of first bonding’

This word, a compound of ’ong ‘blossom’ and lawnol ‘great joy,’ refers to the euphoric feeling of first bonding with something, particularly an ikran, when the first flight seals the bond. (Fìsäfpìlìri akosman seiyi irayo, ma Ney!) It’s used with ’efu:

Kawkrr ke tswaya’ oel krrit a ’efu ’onglawnit.
‘I’ll never forget the time I experienced ’onglawn.’

Lu ’onglawn tì’efu akosman frato mì hifkey.
’Onglawn is the most wonderful feeling in the world.’

Finally, some useful, if straightforward, expressions:

‘Would you mind if . . . ?’   Srake srätx (ngat) txo . . . _<iv>_ . . . ?
‘I don’t mind if . . . ’ Ke srätx (oet) txo . . .
‘Not at all!’ (a) Ke srätx kaw’it!
(b) Kea säsrätx kaw’it!
(c) Kehe kaw’it!

The pronouns in parentheses may be omitted.

A: Srake srätx txo oel ngey fkxilet zasrivìn?
….‘Would you mind if I borrowed your necklace?’
B:  Kehe kaw’it!
….‘Not at all!’

By the way, in the combination srätx txo, don’t try to pronounce the two ejectives separately! They merge into one slightly prolonged tx.

And with that, I’ll say kìyevame for now. Hang in there, everyone. Livu Eywa awngahu nìwotx!

ta Pawl

Mrra tìpängkxotsyìp - Five little discussions

Kaltxì, ma frapo.

From time to time I receive emails from members of the lì’fyaolo’, asking for clarification about certain aspects of Na’vi. The questions often demonstrate a lot of insight into the language and help me clarify and deepen my own understanding. I’d like to share a few of those more recent inquiries with you here, along with my responses. Sìlpey oe, ayngari faysìpängkxotsyìp eltur tìtxen sìyevi!

’Awvea Tìpängkxotsyìp: Does the modal verb new ‘want’ have a causative form neykew?

(Note: The original version of this discussion was posted to LearnNa’vi on Nov. 29.)

New is a modal, but it’s also a vtr, a transitive verb. There are six such “dual function” verbs in our current dictionaries, labeled either vtrm or (a) vtr and (b) modal:

fmi‘try’
kan‘aim, intend’
may’‘try, taste, sample’
new‘want’
nulnew‘prefer’
sto‘refuse’

In the case of new, how would you say, for example, ‘I want to dance’? The dual nature of this verb means you have a choice:

    1. Oe new srivew. (new used as a modal)
    2. Oel new futa srew. (new used as a vtr)

A is more common, but B is certainly possible. (By the way, B is also the only way to have the “wanter” and the dancer be different: To say, ‘I want you to dance,’ it’s got to be Oel new futa nga srew.) Note that after futa in such constructions, we don’t need <iv> on the verb, although it’s not wrong to have it. (See the next section below!)

So far so good. Now . . . how do we convert this to a causative construction? How would we say, for example, ‘This music makes me want to dance?’

Well first of all, the causative infix <eyk> doesn’t go with modals. So it’s the B version that gets “causativized,” not the A version.

Second, the causer—the one making something happen—is always in the agentive case. Our wonderful Horen Lì’fyayä leNa’vi states the rule clearly:

6.11.2. Causative of Transitive Verb. When a transitive verb is made into a causative, the causee, which had been in the agentive case, goes into the dative. This leaves the original accusative in place.

Applying this rule to B, and realizing that “the original accusative” here is futa, we get:

Fìpamtseol oeru neykew futa srew.
‘This music makes me want to dance.’

The new agent here, with the l case marker, is fìpamtseol ‘this music’: it’s the music that’s making something happen!

 

Muvea Tìpängkxotsyìp: Is the <iv> infix used with the complements of modal verbs?

This question is related to the previous one.

Recall that for ‘I want to dance,’ we have two equivalent versions:

A. Oe new srivew.(new used as a modal)
B. Oel new futa srew.(new used as a vtr)

But is there a third version as well? What about:

C. Oel new futa srivew.(new used as a vtr)

C is indeed possible, but it merits some explanation.

There was a time in the early days of Na’vi when I would have used the C version exclusively. As my feeling for Na’vi evolved over the years, however, I realized that with fwa and futa, the bare verb will do just fine. For example:

Sunu oer fwa srew.
‘I like to dance.’

That is, literally, ‘The dance-thing brings me enjoyment.’ Today I would judge *Sunu oer fwa srivew as ungrammatical, since it would be saying the equivalent of ‘The might-dance-thing brings me enjoyment.’

With the dual-function verbs, however, the situation is a little different. The A and B versions of our ‘want to dance’ sentence are the most expected versions in Na’vi. But given that the simple version A is much more common than B, there’s “analogical pressure” on B for the verb to conform, and so we get C, a pattern which, for these verbs, is also considered correct.

By the same token, we have both:

D. Oel new futa nga srew.
‘I want you to dance.’

and

E. Oel new futa nga srivew.
‘I want you to dance.’

 

[EDIT 28 Feb: THIS SECTION NEEDS TO BE REVISED. The Koren stated towards the end is incomplete. Further discussion will appear in a subsequent post.]
Pxeyvea Tìpängkxotsyìp:
What can the pronouns po and sno refer to?

Let’s begin with an English example:

F. John thinks that Bill likes his car.

The question is, whose car is it that Bill likes—John’s car or his own (= Bill’s) car? I think most English speakers would say that without any context, the referent of “his” is ambiguous: it could be either one. But what about this slightly modified version:

G. John thinks that Bill likes his own car.

I think most people would say that G is no longer ambiguous: it has to be Bill’s own car.

In Na’vi, sno, in all its forms, works somewhat like ‘his/her own’ in English. Take a look at these examples:

H. Ateyol fpìl futa Ralul peyä tsmuket ve’kì.
‘Ateyo thinks that Ralu hates his sister.’

I. Ateyol fpìl futa Ralul sneyä tsmuket ve’kì.
‘Ateyo thinks that Ralu hates his sister.’

Although the English translation is ambiguous, the Na’vi sentences are not: In H, it’s Ateyo’s sister. In I, it’s Ralu’s own sister.

For those who like technical linguistic rules, here’s a Koren a teri tsalì’u alu sno, a rule about the word sno:

Sno, in all its forms, can only refer back to a noun phrase within the same clause.

In particular, sno in a subordinate clause can’t refer to a noun phrase in the main clause. This means that in I, sneyä, being in a subordinate clause, can only refer to Ralu, a noun phrase in that clause. It can’t refer to Ateyo, which is in the main clause.

 

Tsìvea Tìpängkxotsyìp: When are final stops unreleased?

Here’s an interesting pronunciation question:

We know that stops are liable to be unreleased under certain conditions but are wondering about the exact scope of this rule. In particular:

    1. Are they unreleased only at the end of a word, or at the end of every syllable (as seems to be more common in human languages that do this)?
    2. Does this rule include the glottal stop?

First, a little linguistics. 😊

What’s the difference between a consonant sound (C) and a vowel sound (V)?

The answer is that with V’s, the air flow through the vocal tract is not blocked; the air flows freely. With C’s, there’s some blockage that restricts the flow of air. Sometimes the blockage is only partial, as in the case of s, z, f, v, etc. With those sounds, the passage for the airflow is narrowed, creating friction and a characteristic sound. (The sounds I just listed are in fact called fricatives. 😄) Sometimes, however, the blockage is complete, and the airflow is momentarily stopped. And guess what: the C’s that do this are called stops! As you might imagine, there’s more to this story, but that’s the basic idea.

In Na’vi, the stops are k, p, t, kx, px, tx, and ’, the glottal stop.

Now as you know, when three of these stops—namely, k, p, and t—occur at the end of a word, they’re “unreleased.” As I think I’ve mentioned before, this phenomenon occurs optionally in English. If I say, “What’s up?” I can either “explode” the p, releasing the air that’s been trapped, or not release it, keeping my mouth closed. The sound is a bit different in each case. In proper Na’vi, these final stops are unreleased.

With that background, what about question 1? If k, p, and t are non-final (that is, not at the end of a word), can they still be at the end of a syllable? Yes they can, but only if they’re followed by another consonant. For example, k, p, and t are syllable-final in nik.re, txep.mì, and ’ok.trr. They’re not syllable final in a.kum, tsa.po, and nì.teng. When they are syllable-final, as in the first group, they’re unreleased as if they’re word-final.

As for the second question, in my experience I’ve never heard “released” and “unreleased” applied to the glottal stop. Take the word olo’. Do you hear a difference between a released and an unreleased tìftang? I’m not sure what a released glottal stop would sound like. But if there is a difference, it would follow the same rules as for k, p, and t.

 

Mrrvea Tìpängkxotsyìp: How is fpap used?

Finally, a correction:

In the previous post, I gave this example for the vtr fpap ‘pound’:

J. *Krra sti nìtxan, pol mesyokxit fpap sìn fyanyo.
‘When he’s angry, he pounds his hands on the table.’

Some astute readers asked if it shouldn’t be:

K. Krra sti nìtxan, pol fyanyot fpap fa mesyokx.
‘When he’s angry, he pounds the table with his hands.’

The question is, when you pound something, what exactly are you pounding—your hands, or some external object?

I see in retrospect that that example I gave, J, was clearly influenced by English, since in English we can say both “He pounded the table with his hands” and “He pounded his hands on the table.” But that seems to be unusual; I don’t know of other languages where that happens. (If anyone does, please let me know!) Although I’m not positive, I assume that at some point in the history of English, some kind of semantic shift occurred, where the grammatical object of “pound” could be either the external object that gets pounded or the instrument of pounding. But that’s English, and there’s no reason to think such a shift occurred in Na’vi as well. So K represents the correct use of fpap, and I’ve corrected the example in the previous post.

For this unusual holiday season, ma eylan, I wish you all the best celebrations you can manage lefkrra tìfkeytokmì.

Please stay safe, everyone . . . ulte makto zong.

Aysìpawm sì Aysì’eyng - Questions and Answers

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo! Sìlpey oe, ayngaru livu fpom nìwotx.

It’s too late to say Mipa Zìsìt Lefpom, but perhaps not too early to wish you Zìskrrmipaw Lefpom. Spring is officially still three weeks away, but here in Los Angeles it feels as if it’s already arrived. Blossoms and young leaves are on the trees, the weather is warm, and after a horrible start to the year, it feels as if we’re finally ready for a new beginning. The pandemic situation here seems to be getting a little better as well. John and I just received our second shots of COVID vaccine (there are a few advantages to being “of a certain age” 😊) and we’re feeling very fortunate indeed. I hope things are improving wherever you are as well.

From time to time, I receive emailed questions relating to Na’vi. Let me share some recent ones with you, along with my answers.

Q: You’ve stated that the patientive (objective) ending after -ey is either -t or -ti. But we’ve seen examples where it was -it. Is that correct as well?
A: No. There are two cases we know of where the t and i were incorrectly transposed. But a word like kifkey is, in the patientive case, either kifkeyt or kifkeyti, not *kifkeyit.

Q: The verb tawng (vin.) is listed in the dictionary as ‘duck, dive.’ Is it (a) ‘dive’ in the sense of jumping into water to swim, or (b) strictly the action of jumping or throwing yourself to the ground?
A: It’s (a). Tawng refers to jumping into water. It could be used for jumping into water from the outside, as Olympic divers do off a diving board, or it could also be used when you’re already swimming in the water and want to dive down deeper. A typical phrase would be, tawng nemfa pay, ‘dive into the water.’

Q: To say, “Hello to my young friends in Germany,” we can say:
(1) Kaltxì
oeyä ’ewana eylanur a tok Toitslanti.
But can we also say it this way?
(2) Kaltxì
oeyä eylanur a’ewan a tok Toitslanti.
A: Yes. This is an exception to the rule that two “connecting a’s” can’t be on the same side of the noun—that is, that must be adjacent to the noun being modified. For example, for “five big black cats” we can’t say *mrra palukantsyìp atsawl alayon but rather mrra palukantsyìp atsawl sì layon. However, when a connects not a simple adjective but a relative clause, that clause doesn’t always have to be adjacent to the noun it modifies. We’ve had a number of precedents for this structure. For example: . . . ulte Na’viru set lu nawma eyktan amip a larmu Tawtute, ‘and the Na’vi now had a great new leader who was a Skyperson.’

Q: What is the ordinal form of zam?
A: It’s zave. Here’s a set of reference tables that gives the cardinal and ordinal forms of numbers. For completeness, I’ve also included charts for personal pronouns and verb forms.

4 Tables

Q: Does the rule about sno that you announced in the last post hold up?
A: Unfortunately, no. The situation is more complex than I had initially thought, and the rule needs to be modified. Interestingly, there’s a somewhat parallel situation in Latin (!), which has two possessive pronouns, eius and suus, that correspond to Na’vi’s peyä and sneyä respectively. I asked my friend who’s a noted Classics professor to send me some textbook material on how those words are used and distinguished in Latin; I now have many pages of complicated grammatical discussion, which may throw light on the Na’vi situation. So stay tuned. I hope to be able to clarify the question in the not-too-distant future.

Finally, some of you who attended OmatiCon online early this year may have seen and heard my Zoom presentation on SLA—Second Language Acquisition—which I illustrated with a little sample Na’vi lesson. If you missed it, it’s available on YouTube here. I enjoyed doing it, and I hope it was fun for the participants.

Hayalovay, ma eylan.

Edit March 2: In 3rd question, friend –> friends
Mipa aylì’u sì aylì’fyavi - New words and expressions

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

We haven’t had any new vocabulary in quite a while, so this post will be a small step in that direction. Before anything, however, let me say a few words about lexical expansion in general.

As I consider new vocabulary, my thinking seems to organize itself into three categories:

Category 1: This is the most important one: filling in the gaps. What words and expressions needed for easy and effective communication are still missing? A good way to discover such gaps is for us to take notice every so often of what we’re saying and writing during the day, and think about how we would say the same things in Na’vi. We may discover major gaps, where it’s difficult or impossible to express something with the existing vocabulary, something for which Na’vi would most likely have a word. Or we may find we can get our thought across but only by using a clumsy circumlocution, where Na’vi would most likely have an efficient way to say the same thing. Of course, in many instances a lexical item needed for a situation on earth would not have evolved on Pandora, since the situation doesn’t exist there. (To talk about vaccinations, for example, we’d need to borrow terms from Earth languages or come up with creative workarounds.) But such situations aside, there are still plenty of native Na’vi words to discover that we can use to our advantage.

Category 2: Fine-tuning. One of the advantages of using a language with a huge vocabulary is the ability to fine-tune a thought. Think of how we can express the fact we really like something in English. We might say it’s great, excellent, wonderful, incredible, awesome, unbelievable, astounding, stupendous, miraculous, magnificent, superb, breathtaking, amazing, astonishing, fantastic, tremendous, marvelous, . . . Each term has its own particular shade of meaning. It’s true that such a proliferation isn’t necessary to get the basic idea across. (In George Orwell’s famous vision of a frightening dystopia, 1984, “Newspeak” makes do with only three words to express the whole gamut of goodness: good, plusgood, and doubleplusgood.) But having a rich variety of terms in the same semantic range adds color, precision, and individual personality to our expression. While it’s not a priority, Na’vi would benefit from more such terms, each with its own set of associations and ranges of applicability.

Category 3: Words and expressions particular to Pandora and Na’vi life and experience, terms not found in other languages. This is perhaps the most interesting, thought-provoking, and fun category. The most obvious examples are the words for flora and fauna found only on Pandora, and for specifically Na’vi body parts like kuru, tswin, and pil. But there are also words for actions, ideas, experiences, and feelings that are particular to the Na’vi: tsaheylu, meoauniaea, ’onglawn, etc. Also in this category are idioms and sayings like na loreyu ’awnampi and Txo ke nìyo’ tsakrr nìyol. These words and expressions reflect the environment and culture of the Na’vi and give the language much of its uniqueness.

All that being said, let’s move on to today’s new words and expressions:

pe’ngay (vin., pe’.NGAY, inf. 1, 1) ‘judge, conclude’

This word derives from pe’un ‘decide’ + ngay ‘true.’ To draw a conclusion is to decide that something is true. It’s used with tsnì:

Pori keyrelfa oe pole’ngay tsnì ke new ziva’u.
‘From her expression, I concluded that she didn’t want to come.’

Derivations:

tìpe’ngay (n., ti.pe’.NGAY) ‘conclusion’

(Note: Don’t confuse tìpe’ngay with tì’i’a, which is also glossed as ‘conclusion.’ The former refers to a determination, the latter to a termination. 🙂 )

pe’ngayyu (n., pe’.NGAY.yu) ‘judge’

wrrzärìp (vtr., wrr.ZÄ.rìp, inf. 2, 3) ‘pull out, extract’

Pol tstalit wrrzolärìp tstalsenaftu.
‘He pulled the knife out of its sheath.’

This word is the basis for some common idioms:

txe’lanti wrrzärìp ‘to greatly move emotionally’ (lit.: ‘to pull out the heart’)

Oeri peyä aylì’ul txe’lanti wrrzolärìp.
‘Her words moved me greatly.’

tìpe’ngayt wrrzärìp ‘infer’

To infer is to pull out a conclusion from something seen or stated.

Ngey aylì’uftu wrrzärìp oel tìpe’ngayt a lu ngar yewla.
‘From your words, I infer that you’re disappointed.’

tìpe’ngayt wrrzeykärìp: ‘imply’

Here the causative <eyk> form of the verb is used. To imply is to cause someone to infer something—that is, to cause them to pull out a conclusion from something seen or stated.

Ngey aylì’ul wrrzeykärìp tìpe’ngayt a lu ngar yewla.
‘Your words imply that you’re disappointed.’

Among English speakers, “imply” and “infer,” which are not synonymous, are often used incorrectly. Hopefully the distinction is clearer in Na’vi!

lewn (vtr.) ‘endure, stand, tolerate’

Peyä tìrusolit ke tsun oe livewn.
‘I can’t stand her singing.’

Hufwa tìsraw lu txan, tsun ayoe tsat livewn.
‘Although the pain is great, we can endure it.’

ketsuklewn (adj., ke.tsuk.LEWN) ‘intolerable, unacceptable’

(Note: Even though ketsuk- is productive, some forms with it are so frequent that they’re listed in the dictionary, like ketsuktiam.)

Tsafnevoìk lu ketsuklewn.
‘That kind of behavior is intolerable.’

tsukanom (adj., tsu.KA.nom) ‘available, obtainable’

This word developed from tsuk- ‘receptive capability’ + kanom ‘get, obtain.’ Note that kk > k.

Tsayfasuk tsukanom lu krrka fìzìsìkrr nì’aw.
‘Those berries are available during this season only.’

And something perhaps more likely to be said ’Rrtamì,

Wä fìsäspxin a ’umtsa leiu set tsukanom.
Medicine against this disease is happily now available.

ketsukanom (adj., ke.tsu.KA.nom) ‘unavailable, unobtainable’

tìtsukanom (n., tì.tsu.KA.nom) ’availability’

The next two terms both refer to a key point of a presentation or argument, but in different senses.

txinfpìl (n., TXIN.fpìl) ‘main point’

From txin ‘main, primary’ + säfpìl ‘idea.’ This word refers to the primary idea or thesis statement of a presentation or argument.

Oel ngeyä txinfpìlit mi ke tslam.
‘I still don’t understand your main point.’

ngrrfpìl (n., NGRR.fpìl) ‘key assumption’

From ngrr ‘root’ + säfpìl ‘idea.’ This word refers to a basic assumption that underlies a presentation or argument.

Nìlaw lu peyä ngrrfpìl fwa Sawtute ke lu mal.
‘His assumption is clearly that the Skypeople can’t be trusted.’

sätarenga’ (adj., sä.TA.re.nga’, colloquially pronounced STA.re.nga’) ‘relevant, pertinent’

From sätare ‘connection’ + -nga’ ‘having, containing.’

Tsasäplltxeviri asätarenga’ irayo.
‘Thanks for that pertinent comment.’

kesätarenga’ (adj., ke.sä.TA.re.nga’, colloquially pronounced ke.STA.re.nga’) ‘irrelevant’

letut (adj., le.TUT) ‘constant, continual’

lukftang (adj. luk.FTANG) ‘constant, continual’

These are two near-synonyms that can be used more or less interchangeably, although lukftang is somewhat stronger than letut.

Peyä tìpuslltxel alukftang/letut oeti srätx.
‘His constant talking annoys me.’

That’s it for now. Hayalovay, ma smuk. And for those who celebrate, Happy Passover, Happy Easter . . . ulte Lefpoma Trr Ayskxawngä a mì Vospxìtsìng! 😀

Edit 01 April: *pe’ngayt –> tìpe’ngayt (2x)  Irayo, ma Pamìrìk!
Edit 01 April: *tsafnezoìk –> tsafnevoìk, *Wäfìsäspxin –> Wä fìsäspxin  Irayo, ma Plumps!
Mipa aylì’u, mipa sìoeyktìng - New words, new explanations

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

Just a few new words today, but I hope they’ll fill in some important gaps. And I’ll mention a few other things I think you’ll find useful as well.

NEW VOCABULARY

kian (vtr., ki.AN, inf. 1, 2) ‘blame’

Oeti kian rä’ä! Ke nolui oe!
Don’t blame me! It wasn’t my fault!

kiantu (n., ki.AN.tu) ‘blameworthy person’

Fìtìsnaytxìri lu ngeyä tsmukan kiantu.
‘Your brother is to blame for this loss.’

A word about kiantu: It may seem unusual, in that the -tu suffix is more frequently attached to an adjective or noun. (Examples: fnawe’tu ‘coward’ from fnawe’ ‘cowardly’; koaktu ‘old person’ from koak ‘old, aged’; kxutu ‘enemy’ from kxu‘harm’; pamtseotu ‘musician’ from pamtseo ‘music’; etc.) But in fact, -tu can attach to almost anything—typically an adjective or noun, but also a verb, and sometimes even an adposition (wätu ‘opponent’). Some examples of -tu with verbs:

snaytu ‘loser’ from snaytx ‘lose’
yora’tu ‘winner’ from yora’ ‘win’
spe’etu ‘captive’ from spe’e ‘capture
frrtu ‘guest’ from frrfen ‘visit’

So what’s the difference between -tu and -yu?

Yu is exclusively a verbal suffix–VERB + yu–that always means ‘the one performing the action of the verb,’ i.e., the agent. And it’s productive, in the same way that -er in English is.

Unlike –yu, however, -tu is not productive, so -tu words need to be listed in the dictionary. The meaning is not always predictable. The best we can say is: a -tu word refers to a person who is in some way associated with the base to which -tu is attached. In the case of snaytu and yora’tu, it’s the one performing the verb, i.e. the agent. In the case of spe’etu and kiantu, it’s the one receiving the action of the verb.

zin (adj.) ‘tangled’

Längu fayhìng zin nìwotx; ke tsun sat sivar.
‘Unfortunately, these threads are all tangled up; they can’t be used.’

tìzin (n., tì.ZIN) ‘a tangle(ment); mass of something twisted together’

tìzin si (vin.) ‘tangle, tangle up’

Nari si fteke ayturtelur tìzin sivi!
’Be careful not to tangle the ropes!’

kezin (adj., KE.zin) ‘untangled’

tìkezin (n., tì.KE.zin) ‘something in an untangled state, “untanglement,” solution’

Tsatìngäzìkìri tìkezin lu fyin.
‘The solution to that problem is simple.’

tìkezin si (vin.) ‘untangle; solve’

This si-verb can be used either literally, as in untangling twisted threads, or metaphorically, as in solving (= untangling) a problem.

Srake tsun nga fìingyentsimur tìkezin sivi?
‘Can you solve this riddle?’

tunu (adj., TU.nu) ‘romantic’

Ngari ’efu oe tunu.
‘I feel romantic towards you; I have romantic feelings for you.’

(NOTE: In colloquial conversation, the three consecutive vowels u-o-e cause the oe in ’efu oe to be pronounced in one syllable, as in oeti, oeri, oeru, oeta, etc.: It sounds like ‘efu we.)

Tunu refers to romantic feelings only, whereas yawne is more general. You can say Nga yawne lu oer to your spouse or romantic partner but also to your parents, siblings, children, beloved Platonic friends, pets, etc. But Ngari ’efu oe tunu is only used for romantic love and attraction.

Po yawne lu oer, slä pori ke ’efu oe tunu.
’I love him, but I don’t have romantic feelings for him.’

tìtunu (n., tì.TU.nu) ‘romance’

Awnga zenke tivung futa fìtìtunu vivar.
‘We must not allow this romance to continue.’

tunutu (n., TU.nu.tu) ‘object of desire, ”crush”’

Tunutu is different from yawntu / yawnetu. Your yawntu is your beloved, the person for whom you feel serious, mature, deep love. Your tunutu is your “crush,” someone you’re romantically attracted to. For example, your tunutu could be a movie star, while your yawntu would be your mate or spouse.


ABOUT PÌMTXAN:

A note about a word we’ve already seen, pìmtxan, which means ‘how much.’ It’s the noncountable equivalent of the word used for countables, polpxay ‘how many.’ Like polpxay, pìmtxan can be used as an adjective: polpxaya zìsìt ‘how many years’; pìmtxana pay ‘how much water.’ This means that alongside certain specific interrogative words like somwewpe ‘how hot,’ we also have structures like pìmtxana tìsom ‘how hot (= how much heat).’ The two versions are interchangeable.


SOME COLLOQUIAL OMISSIONS

In all languages, certain things can happen in casual, colloquial speech that wouldn’t be appropriate in more careful, formal styles. Na’vi is no exception. Note these examples of common omissions that occur in casual conversation. (You’re probably already familiar with them, but I wanted to gather them together in one place.)

(1) LU
More formal:Nga lu pesu?‘Who are you?’
More colloquial:Nga pesu?‘Who are you?’

(2) TOK
More formal:Pol tok pesenget?‘Where is he?’
More colloquial:Pol pesenget?‘Where is he?
(Note that even when tok is omitted, the -l and -t case markings remain obligatory.)

(3) PUM
More formal: Fìtsko lu pum oeyä.‘This bow is mine.’
More colloquial:Fìtsko lu oeyä. ‘This bow is mine.’

IMPORTANT: The shortened versions with the omitted words are not obligatory in casual conversation! They may occur, but they don’t have to occur.

That’s it for now. Hayalovay, ma eylan. Ulte . . .

’Awvea Trr Vospxìmrrä Lefpom!

Edit May 2: Tsatìngäzìkeri –> Tsatìngäzìkìri, Vospìmrrä –> Vospxìmrrä  Thanks, Vawmataw and Zángtsuva!
Edit May 7: Fìtìsnaytxeri –> Fìtìsnaytxìri  Irayo, ma Plumps!
Quick follow - up to the last post

A bit more on -tu:

As we discussed, when -tu is attached to a verb, it sometimes indicates the person who is the object of the verb (like spe’etu and kiantu) and sometimes the subject (like snaytu and yora’tu). It may seem strange and unnatural that the same suffix can have two different and opposite functions. But in fact this kind of thing occurs in Earth languages as well—for example, in English!

Think of the words for people that end in stressed –ee. (There are a lot more of them than I would have thought! This paper lists 520 such forms, most of which were entirely new to me.) Here are some examples:

They employed her. She is an employee.
They appointed him. He is an appointee.
I tutor her. She is my tutee.
We nominated him. He is our nominee.

And many more.

Notice that these –ee words all refer to the object of the relevant verb.

But now take a look at these words:

He returned to his homeland. He is a returnee.
She stood at the concert. She was a standee.
He escaped from prison. He is an escapee.
She retired from work last year. She is a retiree.

These refer to the subject of the verb!

Eltxur tìtxen si, kefyak? 🙂

Mipa säwäsultsyìp ahì’i - A new little contest

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

It’s been an unusually busy month for me, but the things I’ve been involved in have been quite interesting. Spaw oel futa fayu ayngane zayawprrte’ nìteng. 🙂

To kick off the second half of the year, I thought it would be fun to have another little contest, this time to create new proverbs and idiomatic expressions.

My idea is this: Entrants would contribute either one new proverb, one new idiomatic expression, or one of each. I’d receive the contributions anonymously, judge them, and announce the results. Entries will be judged on creativity, aptness, conciseness, and naturalness–that is to say, the sense that these proverbs and expressions evolved naturally among the Na’vi and often turn up in their conversation. Winning entries that I feel make the grade will become part of the official language and appear in our dictionaries.

Guidelines

Proverbs

These can be of three types.

Type 1: Proverbial expressions that uniquely reflect the Na’vi, their culture, and their environment. These could not have developed anywhere but on Pandora. Examples:

Kxetse sì mikyun kop plltxe.
‘The tail and ears also speak.’

Ätxäle si palukanur tsnì smarit livonu.
’Ask a thanator to release its prey.’

Txìm a’aw ke tsun hiveyn mì tal mefa’liyä.
‘One butt can’t sit on the backs of two direhorses.’

Type 2: Proverbial expressions that are not necessarily unique to Pandora and could have arisen elsewhere, but that play with the Na’vi language:

Kem amuiä, kum afe’.
‘Proper action, bad result.’

Fwäkì ke fwefwi.
 ‘A mantis doesn’t whistle.’

Payìl a lipx tskxeti ripx.
 ‘Dripping water pierces a stone.’

Txo ke nìyo’, tsakrr nìyol.
‘If you can’t be flawless, then be brief.’

Type 3: Proverbial expressions with the characteristics of both Type 1 and Type 2.

Note that the intended meaning of a proverb is not necessarily apparent at first glance. (What does “A mantis doesn’t whistle” mean?) But once it’s explained, it should feel natural. (In this example: ‘Don’t expect someone to do something that’s not in their nature.’)

Idiomatic expressions

These are brief conversational phrases unique to Pandora:

(na) loreyu ’awnampi
 ‘like a touched helicoradian’

pewn torukä
‘the Toruk’s throat’

sre fwa sngap zize’
‘before the hellfire wasp stings’

(na) kenten mì kumpay
‘like a fan lizard in gel’

With these idioms as well, the meanings may not be immediately apparent, but once explained, they should be clear and striking.

What do you think? Do you like this idea? If so, what’s the best way to implement this little contest? In particular, what’s the best way for me to receive the entries anonymously? I’m open to suggestions! Let me know your thoughts in the comments.

Hayalovay!

Ulte ayyora’tu leiu . . . - And the winners are . . .

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

The Great Na’vi Proverb and Idiom Contest is now history, and I’m delighted with the results! The insight and creativity that went into so many of the submissions impressed me to no end.

Irayo nìtxan to everyone who entered. I received a total of 19 forms, with the coding system working perfectly to ensure the anonymity of the entrants. Here are the codes, in numerical order, so you can check to make sure I saw your entry: 0003600, 301176, 1108012, 1211194, 1211948, 1983228, 2142013, 2154828, 2220182, 3264728, 3605005, 4152006, 4301986,4835789, 4974523, 5295292, 5305412, 7418529, 199454510

Below are the submissions I was particularly impressed with, the ones I thought best reflected Na’vi and Pandoran life and/or used the language the most creatively, and were also the most striking. These can now appear in any officially approved list of proverbs, idioms, or useful phrases. If your entry is among them, Seykxel sì Nitram! But if not, please don’t feel discouraged. Judging such contests is necessarily subjective, and different judges might well come up with different results. Also, since I now see how easy it is to set up such things, there will be other such contests. (I already have one in mind!) So if at first you don’t succeed, try, try again. (Hmm. What would the Na’vi equivalent of that be?)

I’ll list the winners in each category in random order, including the code numbers, with no hierarchy implied. If your entry is here and you’d like to identify yourself either publicly in the comments or privately to me in an email (my-last-name AT marshall DOT usc DOT edu), please do so! Tìftxey pum ngeyä—the choice is yours, i.e., it’s up to you.

I should add that in a few cases I took the liberty of slightly altering the original submission and/or explanation. In those instances, I kept the original thought but tweaked the Na’vi a bit for better word usage, clarity, conciseness, or what I thought was improved rhythm and flow. I hope the authors won’t mind the editing. 😊 Also, I want to mention some things to a couple of the entrants, which I’ll do in the comments by addressing the code numbers.

Irayo nìmun, ma smuk! Ayngeyä tsulfä tìyawnsì fìlì’fyayä awngeyä oeru teya si.

ta P.

Proverbs

Kxìm utuftu fnawe’tu.
Entrant code: 0003600
Author’s explanation:
A coward commands from the canopy. That is, a real leader will have “boots on the ground” and will help out, whereas a coward will only tell people (from afar) what to do. Can be used to say, “If you’re not gonna help, then shut up!” with someone who is being extra bossy.

’Uori hìpey, kxawm ngaru ke ley.
Entrant code: 4835789
Author’s explanation:
If you hesitate doing something, it might not be important to you.
Of course, we often hesitate with things that are in fact important to us, because we’re afraid to fail. So this proverb is more meant/used as a motivation for someone hesitating, or even as a teasing to get someone into action: “Hey, if it’s important for you, then you have to just do it, even though it’s hard! If you don’t start now, maybe you don’t care enough.”

Spä skxawng sìn ’ana aflì.
Entrant code: 301176
Author’s explanation:
A fool jumps onto a thin vine.
Don’t engage in an unpromising and/or potentially risky cause. Example: Tsayerik terul ne ‘awkx. Spä skxawng sìn ’ana aflì. ‘That hexapede is running toward the cliff. Only a fool jumps onto a thin vine.’ This is a hunter telling their partner there is no use in pursuing the hexapede, since the danger is too great and the chance of success too small.

Hahaw nì’aw txo palukan smivon ngar.
Entrant code: 2220182
Author’s explanation:
Only sleep if you are familiar with the Thanator.
Don’t think you’re safe unless you’re aware of the danger. (It could create a false sense of safety.)

Ke kur fko fa kxetse.
Entrant code: 3605005
Author’s explanation:
One can’t hang by a tail.
Don’t rely on something/someone untrustworthy or useless, just as a Na’vi tail can’t be relied on to bear weight.

Idiomatic Expressions

(na) fwampop fkip fìwopx
Entrant code: 199454510
Author’s explanation:
(Like a) tapirus in the clouds
“Fish out of water”; something or someone out of their usual element or comfort zone.

’Awsiteng lu mefo lanay’ka.
Entrant code: 5305412
Author’s explanation:
They are a slinger (together).
A slinger is a Pandoran predator that’s actually not a single organism. It’s two creatures in a symbiotic relationship. One acts as the head, the other as the body. Calling two people a slinger praises how well they work together and complement each other: Tolaron mefol mesalioangit! Tewti, ‘awsiteng lu mefo lanay’ka. ‘They hunted two sturmbeest? Wow, they work very well together.’

(na) lanay’ka luke re’o
Entrant code: 2154828
Author’s explanation:
Like a slinger without a head—i.e., completely lost. Po maw kxitx muntxatuä ‘amefu na lanay’ka re’oluke. ‘After the death of his spouse, he felt completely lost.’

zawr (a) mì na’rìng
Entrant code: 1983228
Author’s explanation:
an animal cry in the forest
“Old news”, i.e., you can’t pass off an animal cry in the forest as something newsworthy because it’s present almost all the time. A: Srake ngal stolawm futa Tsenu Ralur mowan lu nìtxan? ‘Have you heard that Ralu has the hots for Tsenu?’ B: Zawr mì na’rìng, ma tsmuk! Tsat omum oel kintrro. ‘Old news, brother! I’ve known it for a week.’

Kxetse kì’ong!
Entrant code: 7418529
Author’s explanation:v Slow tail! [Short for Ngari kxetse kì’ong livu.]
That is, “Don’t get angry.” When the Na’vi get angry, their tails whip around, so “slow down your tail” is another way to say calm down.

yerik (a) mì yrrap
Entrant code: 2142013
Author’s explanation:
Hexapede in a storm: a metaphor or simile representing extreme panic, anxiety or timidity.

’A’awa aylì’u amip - A few new words

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

Sìlpey oe, ayngaru livu fpom nìwotx.

It’s been a while since we’ve had any new vocabulary, slä nì’i’a, here are some new words I hope you’ll find useful.

First, one that’s long been missing but which you may have guessed at:

lìngtskxe (n., LÌNG.tskxe) ‘unobtanium’

This clearly comes from lìng ‘float’ + tskxe ‘rock.’

säfmong (n. sä.FMONG) ’theft (particular instance)’

We’ve already seen tìfmong, the abstract concept of theft. Säfmong is a particular instance of stealing.

Poeri säfmong lora tsafkxileyä lolu na ayskxe mì te’lan.
‘For her, the theft of that beautiful necklace was like stones in her heart.’

Srake lu ngay fwa tìfmong ke tìfkeytok kip Na’vi?
‘Is it true that theft does not exist among the Na’vi?’

kakan (adj., KA.kan) ‘rough’

Don’t confuse kakan with ekxtxu. Ekxtxu is rough in the physical sense, as in a rough surface as opposed to a smooth (faoi) one. Kakan is the opposite of flrr ‘gentle’ and refers to behavior. It’s used for both people and things.

Kakana aylì’uri a poltxe oel nìsti, tsap’alute.
‘I apologize for the rough words that I spoke in anger.’

nìkakan (adv., nì.KA.kan) ’roughly’

txaw (vtr.) ‘punish’

Sempulìl asìltsan sney evengit ke txaw nìkakan.
‘A good father doesn’t punish his children roughly.’

tìtxaw (n., tì.TXAW) ‘punishment’

ra’un (vtr., RA.’un, inf. 1,2) ’surrender, relinquish, give up’

It may seem we already have a word for ‘surrender, give up’—namely, velek. But the two words are different. Velek is vin.—intransitive, i.e., not taking an object. So to say, “I give up. I surrender. You win,” you use velek. On the other hand, ra’un is vtr. and takes an object: it refers to giving up or surrendering something:

Fìatxkxeti ke raya’un ayoel kawkrr!
‘We will never give up this land!’

tìra’un (n., tì.RA.’un) ’surrender, relinquishment’

Peyä tìra’un tìeyktanä leyewla lu nìtxan.
‘His surrender of leadership is very disappointing.’

’älek (adj, ’Ä.lek) ‘determined’

This refers to someone who has made a firm decision that is not subject to change.

Tìfläri lolu po ’älek.
‘She was determined to succeed.’

tì’älek (n., tì.’Ä.lek) ‘determination’

Peyä tì’älek oeru rolo’a nìtxan.
‘His determination impressed me greatly.’

nì’älek (adv., nì.’Ä.lek) ‘determinedly, with determination’

pung (vtr.) ‘hurt, injure’

This verb means the same as tìsraw seyki but has a simpler syntax.

Ngal perung oet fìfya pelun?
‘Why are you hurting me like this?’

Teya si oer fwa ngal pawnunga ayioangit zong.
‘It moves me that you save injured animals.’

lewng (n.) ‘shame’

Lewng is the opposite of nrra ‘pride.’

Munge fnawe’tul lewngit soaiaru sneyä.
‘A coward brings shame to his/her family.’

There are two different adjectival forms for ‘shameful’—one for people, one for things.

lelewng (adj., ofp, le.LEWNG) ‘shameful’

lewnga’ (adj., nfp, LEW.nga’) ‘shameful’

(Here, lewng + nga’ has coalesced to lewnga’.)

So: tute lelewng ‘a shameful person’ but voìk alewnga’, ‘shameful behavior.’

swapxì (n., swa.PXÌ) ‘family member’

This is a contraction of soaia + hapxì. The steps in the derivation are:

soaia + hapxì > soapxì > swapxì.

Ayswapxìl oeyä tok fìtsenget nìwotx.
‘All the members of my family are here.’

sweyn (vtr.) ‘keep, preserve’

Ayngal syuvet sweyn peseng fteke ayioang tsivun tsat kivanom?
‘Where do you keep the food so that animals can’t get it?’

Sweyn can also be used in the sense of ‘leave alone’ or ‘not disturb’:

Tsayayotsrulit sweyn, ma ’itan.
Don’t disturb that bird’s nest, son.

Oey fpomit sweyn!
‘Leave me alone! (I.e., ‘Do not disturb my peace!’)

(Recall that an equivalent version of the last example, using the verb txung ‘destroy, disrupt, bother,’ is:

Oey fpomit txung rä’ä!
‘Leave me alone!’ OR ‘Don’t bother me!’)

Finally, when you want to attract someone’s attention, how do you say ‘excuse me’ or ‘hey’ in Na’vi? There are three levels of politeness:

  1. Addressing a stranger using honorific language:

manawmtu (intj., ma.NAWM.tu) ‘excuse me sir, excuse me madam’

Manawmtu, srake luyu ngenga eyktan fìolo’ä?
‘Excuse me, sir, are you the leader of this clan?

2. Addressing a stranger using neutral language, neither overly polite nor overly familiar:

matu (intj., ma.TU) ‘excuse me, hey’

Matu, ngal hawntsyokxit tìmungzup.
‘Excuse me, you just dropped your glove.’

3. Addressing someone you’re close to or superior to. Be careful with this, since in the wrong situation it can be impolite and rude (unless that’s your intention!).

manga (intj., ma.NGA) ‘hey, hey you’

Manga! Kempe si?
‘Hey! What are you doing?’

That’s it for now. I have some great material from members of the lì’fyaolo’ that I hope to publish soon. Tsakrrvay, makto zong, ma eylan.

Edit 01 Oct.: Tsayayotsrulit sweyn rä’ä –> Tsayayotsrulit sweyn + example with txung.   Irayo, ma Tekre!
Zola’u nìprrte’, ma 3746°! - Welcome, 2022!

Kaltxì, ma eylan! It’s been a while. I hope you’re all safe, well, and ready for the most exciting year for the Avatar/Na’vi community in over a decade!

I have quite a bit to share with you. Right now, here are 20 new words I hope you’ll find useful, with more things to follow soon.

First, two different senses of ‘save’:

’avun (vtr., ’A.vun)  ‘save (time, food, etc.)’

Ngari txo fìkem sivi fìfya, krrti ’avun.
‘If you do it like this, you’ll save time.’

tarep (vtr., TA.rep) ‘save, rescue’

Mawkrra palulukan posìn spolä, ke tsängun fko pot tivarep.
‘Sadly, once the thanator had jumped on her, she could not be rescued.’

Tarep is stronger than zong, which we’ve previously glossed as ‘save, defend.’ Tarep implies rescue from a dangerous or distressing situation. If your life is being threatened, you can yell, “Tarep! Tarep!” which would be the equivalent of “Help! Help!”

tareptu (n., TA.rep.tu) ‘rescuee, someone who has been rescued or saved’

Maw tsafekem, new tareptu sneyä tarepyur irayo sivi.
‘After the accident, the rescuee wanted to thank his rescuer.’

sätarep (n., sä.TA.rep) ‘rescue, an incidence of rescuing’

A missing derivative of frrfen:

säfrrfen (n., sä.FRR.fen) ‘visit, an instance of visiting’

Furia nga zola’u irayo; ngey säfrrfen txasunu oer.
‘Thank you for coming; I enjoyed your visit very much.’

Some words for good and bad people:

tsantu (n., TSAN.tu) ‘good person, “good guy” ’

nawmtu (n., NAWM.tu) ‘noble person’

kawngtu (n., KAWNG.tu) ‘bad person, “bad guy” ’

Lala tsarelmì arusikx, yemstokx tsantul hawre’ti ateyr, kawngtul pumit alayon.
‘In that old movie, the good guy wears a white hat, the bad guy a black one.’

tìk (adv.) ‘immediately, without delay’

As an adverb, tìk is a concise synonym for pxiye’rìn.

Tsakem si tìk!
‘Do it immediately!’

(This is stronger than Tsakem si set—more of an order or command.)

Don’t confuse tìk with tsìk, a different adverb meaning ‘suddenly, without warning.’ It’s interesting to speculate on a possible etymological or evolutionary relationship between these two words, but until there’s evidence for that, it’s best to consider the resemblance a coincidence.

Unlike pxiye’rìn, tìk is also a conjunction indicating that a second action immediately follows a first:

Fìioang ke tsun slivele; nemfa pay zup tìk spakat.
’This animal cannot swim; if it falls into the water, it immediately drowns.’

spakat (vin., SPA.kat) ‘drown’

Note the syntax in the above example. When two actions immediately follow one another, with the second being a consequence of the first, this “clipped style” (root-V tìk root-V) is often used colloquially. It’s a bit like pointing to the “third rail” along a train track and saying, “You touch that, you die.” Just as you could say, “If you touch that, you’ll die,” you could say in Na’vi, Txo nemfa pay zivup, tìk spayakat, but that would be less colloquial.

Note also the idiom:

Tse’a tìk yawne
‘Love at first sight’

fwum (vin.) ‘float (on the surface of a liquid)’

Don’t confuse fwum, which typically indicates floating on the surface of water, with lìng, which refers to floating or hovering, usually in the air but possibly also under water, like a diver.

Merìk alor paysìn fwarmum.
‘Two beautiful leaves were floating on the water.’

wapx (vin.) ‘sink’

Ke omum teyngta fìuran aku’up fu fwayum fu wayapx.
‘I don’t know (or: It’s not known) whether this heavy boat will float or sink.’

tamìfa (adj., ta.MÌ.fa) ’internal’

tawrrpa (adj., ta.WRR.pa) ’external’

Fìtxelel fngo’ sälangit atawrrpa.
’This matter requires an external investigation.’

zam mì zam (adv.) ‘completely, one hundred percent’

Zam, literally meaning 64, is the functional equivalent of 100 in octal. So zam mì zam

Is equivalent to 100 in 100, that is, 100 percent. It’s often used in place of nìwotx. (And it sounds nice!)

Ngahu mllte oe zam mì zam.
‘I agree with you one hundred percent.’

tsantxäl (n., tsan.TXÄL) ‘invitation’

From sìltsan ‘good’ + ätxäle ‘request.’

Ngeyä fìtsantxälìri atìtstunwinga’ irayo, slä ke tsängun oe ziva’u.
‘Thank you for this kind invitation, but unfortunately I cannot come.’

tsantxäl si (vin., tsan.TXÄL si) ‘invite’

Po tsantxäl soli oer tsnì ziva’u kelkune.
‘She invited me to come to her home.’

(The use of tsnì here is related to its use with ätxäle si.)

say (adj.) ‘loyal’

Leiu po ken’aw sayrìp släkop say.
‘He’s not only handsome but also, I’m happy to say, loyal.’

(As far as we know, say and sayrìp are not related.)

tìsay (n., tì.SAY) ‘loyalty’

Tì’eylanìri tsranten frato tìsay.
‘What matters most in friendship is loyalty.’

nìsay (adv., nì.SAY) ‘loyally’

MIPA ZÌSÌT LEFPOM, MA EYLAN!

While we’re here, let’s wish for a year filled with happiness, a hint of Na’vi language and a wonderful sequel.

Faysärangalìri lu oe ngahu zam mì zam.

(And I see we need to add särangal to the dictionaries.)

’A’awa tìpängkxotsyìp a teri horen lì’fyayä - A few little discussions about grammar

From time to time I receive and answer Na’vi-related questions via email. When such discussions are likely to be of interest to the wider Na’vi community, I’ll share them here on the blog.

But a word of warning: Detailed grammatical discussions are not everyone’s cup of tea. If you’re someone who finds such analyses confusing, boring, or useless, that’s OK! You can become proficient in a language without consciously relying on grammatical rules. (That’s how we learned our native language, after all!) In fact, as I’ve mentioned before, some linguists believe that true language acquisition results from “comprehensible input,” not from conscious attention to grammar. So feel free to skip such posts if they’re not your thing.

With that said, here are two recent such discussions:

1. Case endings for certain borrowed words

This discussion began with my wishing someone Merry Christmas in Na’vi:

Ftxozä Kerìsmìsä Lefpom.

The word for Christmas is obviously an English borrowing that comes out as Kerìsmìsì (based on the spoken pronunciation, not the spelling). But why is the genitive Kerìsmìsä rather than Kerìsmìsìyä?

It’s because the root of the word really “should be” simply Kerìsmìs, but since Na’vi doesn’t allow final s, we add the “neutral vowel” ì as a surfacy kind of adjustment. However, with the genitive ending ä, that’s not necessary, so we add it to the “theoretical root” (there’s probably a better term for that) and wind up with the natural-sounding Kerìsmìsä.

The next question that came up was the interesting one of how the German city of Köln (Cologne) is rendered in Na’vi in the various cases.

Na’vi doesn’t have the German vowel ö, so that vowel, when filtered through the Na’vi sound system, becomes e. (For the phoneticians and phonologists in the audience, the front-rounded vowel ö loses its rounding feature, resulting in e. It’s a common process.) So Köln becomes Keln. But since Na’vi can’t have two consonants at the end of a word, the neutral vowel ì is added: Kelnì. That’s the “unmarked,” Subjective case used for subjects of intransitive verbs.

But what about the rest of the cases? For example, what’s the Patientive case?

Following the Christmas example, we should add the case endings to the “theoretical root,” *Keln. The Genitive should therefore be Kelnä, which it is. So far so good.

But for roots that end in a consonant, the rules we’ve seen say there are two possibilities: -it and -ti (e.g., Eytukanit, Eytukanti). Kelnit is fine. But *Kelnti is not.

The resolution of this conundrum is that the familiar rules apply to native Na’vi roots. As we’ve seen, with Kelnì the “theoretical root” is *Keln, which of course could not be a native Na’vi root because of the syllable-final consonant cluster. In cases like these, you add the usual endings to the “theoretical root” when the result would be an allowable Na’vi word; when it wouldn’t, you have to make adjustments.

In this case, you need two simple adjustments. One is that the Subjective form becomes Kelnì. The other is that for the Patientive, the -ti form must be excluded. The entire paradigm is then:

S: Kelnì

A: Kelnìl (note that this is Keln + ìl, not Kelnì+ l)

P: Kelnit (not Kelnti and not Kelnìt)

D: Kelnur

G: Kelnä

T: Kelnìri (again, Keln + ìri, not Kelnì+ ri)

Also, remember there are native roots that end in ì. Hapxì is a good example. These follow the usual rules for roots ending in a vowel. So the paradigm for hapxì is:

S: hapxì

A: hapxìl

P: hapxìt OR hapxìti

D: hapxìr OR hapxìru

G: hapxìyä

T: hapxìri

2. Transitive/intransitive determination for certain verbs

Several verbs have long been in the dictionaries as simply “v.” Their transitive (vtr) or intransitive (vin) status has finally been specified. These are:

’ong‘blossom’vin
fkarut‘peel’vtr
kämakto‘ride out’vin
kenong‘represent’vtr
latsi‘keep up with’vin
mun’i‘cut’vtr
nong‘follow’vtr
pate‘arrive’vin
salew‘proceed’vin
spä‘jump’vin
tireapängkxo‘commune’vin
tsä’‘squirt’vin
tuvon‘lean’vin
virä‘spread’vin

A word about nong and kenong:

Both these verbs, along with tìkenong ‘example,’ appeared long ago, prior to the release of A1. Tìkenong was in Tsu’tey’s line:

Fayvrrtep fìtsenge lu kxanì. Fìpoti oel tspìyang [today I’d say tspìsyang] fte tìkenong lìyevu aylaru.
‘These demons are forbidden here. I will kill this one as a lesson to the others.’

Nong is vtr:

Nong oet!
‘Follow me!’

Kenong ‘represent, exemplify’ is vtr as well. I don’t know if I’ve ever used this word or provided an example sentence for it. Such a tìkenong (😊) might be:

Fayhemìl peyä ke kenong tìsayt a fkol fngo’ pota.
‘These actions of his do not represent the loyalty that is required of him.’

Important: Kenong is NOT derived from ke ‘not’ + nong ‘follow’! I know kenong LOOKS like ke + nong, but it’s actually a root, not a compound. (It would be hard to derive ‘example, model’ from ‘not follow’!) Such misleading exceptions are a natural part of real languages and have to be accepted as such. We have such things in English as well. For example, “cockroach” is not a compound of “cock” ‘rooster’ plus “roach” ‘kind of insect’! It actually comes from Spanish cucaracha.

Hayalovay, ma eylan!

Lì’fyengteri - Concerning honorific language

Kaltxì, ma smuk. Ayngaru nìwotx, sìlpey oe, lu fpom.

This post has been completed for quite a while, but it’s only now that I’m getting it up on the blog. I hope it will come as a little bit of welcome distraction from things that are going on in the world.

The topic is honorific language: the kind of formal—and, in the wrong circumstances, overly polite and stilted—language exemplified by Norm when he’s first speaking Na’vi:

Ätxäle suyi ohe pivawm, peolo’ luyu pum ngengeyä?
‘May I ask what tribe you belong to?

That sentence (which didn’t make it into the final cut of A1) contains the special elements of honorific language we’re familiar with:

(Note: ‹uy› is not always required with the honorific pronoun forms, and vice versa, Using honorific pronouns along with <uy> constitutes the most formal register. Using the pronouns without <uy>, or <uy> without the pronouns, is possible and somewhat less formal.)

But there’s more we can say about this style of speech, which is an example of what linguists call a register. (“Register” is different from “dialect.” In brief, dialects are varieties of a language used by different people. Registers are varieties of a language used by the same people in different circumstances.)

For one thing, there are a few more honorific pronouns. These are relatively rare, which is why we’re only seeing them now.

Example:

Ätxäle suyi ohe pivawm, muntxatul ngengeyä tuyok pesenget? Srake luyu poho set ro helku?
‘If I may ask, where is your spouse? Is he/she at home now?’

In addition to acting in a formally polite way, however, the Na’vi can talk about this kind of behavior as well. For that, some vocabulary is needed.

The word for formal politeness in general, not just with respect to language, is:

henga (n., HE.nga) ‘formally polite behavior’

We’re not absolutely sure where this word comes from, but a possible derivation is from the two most familiar honorific pronouns, where PN + PN > N:

ohe + ngenga = ohengenga > hengenga > hengnga > henga

The associated verb is:

henga si (vin.) ‘act in a formally polite or honorific way’

Krra ultxa si nga tsatxanro’tuhu, zerok futa zene henga sivi, ma ’eveng.
‘When you meet that famous person, remember that you have to be formally polite, child.’

txanro’tu (n., txan.RO’.tu) ‘famous person, celebrity’

A txanro’tu is a tute a txanro’a.

The adjective is:

leheng (adj., le.HENG) ‘formally polite’

(NOTE: Leheng is not the opposite of räptum ‘coarse, vulgar.’ You can be the opposite of “coarse and vulgar”—i.e., polite, considerate, and socially acceptable—without using the formally polite, honorific language.)

Here the final unstressed a has dropped over time.

For formally polite or honorific language, however, there are different words:

lì’fyeng (n., lì’.FYENG) ‘honorific language’

The derivation is:

lì’fya + leheng = lì’fyaleheng > lì’fyalheng > lì’fyaheng > lì’fyeng

Note that lì’fyeng, with stress on the second syllable, breaks the pattern of the other lì’-containing words, where the stress is on lì’. The reason is that the stress in the source word is clearly on heng: lì’.fya.le.HENG, and it has remained there.

And as you would expect, the verb is:

lì’fyeng si (vin.) ‘use honorific language’

Now what if you’re in a situation when someone is being overly polite with you, and you want to tell them to just relax and chill out? How do you respond?

One thing you can say is:

Henga rä’ä’ si, ma tsmuk.
‘Don’t be so formal, bro/sis.’

You can also say:

Henga kelkin.
‘Formality isn’t necessary.’

When it comes to formal language specifically, there are a variety of things you can say. (Note: These are all considered friendly.)

  1. Lì’fyeng rä’ä si.
    ‘Don’t use honorific language.’
    .
  2. Fwa lì’fyeng si lu kelkin.
    ‘It’s not necessary to use honorific language.’

Shorter, more colloquial versions of 2 are:

  1. Lì’fyeng kelkin.
    ‘No need to speak so formally.’
    .
  2. Lì’fyeng kelkin ko.
    ‘Let’s not speak so formally with each other.’

And the most colloquial of all:

  1. Fyengkekin.
    ‘Don’t be so stiff, dude.’

fyengkekin (conv., FYENG.ke.kin) ‘no need to use honorific language’

The derivation is:

lì’fyeng + kelkin = lì’fyengkelkin > fyengkelkin > fyengkekin

Hayalovay, ma eylan.

About that trailer . . .

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

Kezemplltxe, the excitement has begun to build, big time! I’m sure everyone reading this has now seen the teaser trailer for Uniltìrantokx: Fya’o Payä more than once.

As we’ve seen, there’s little dialog in the trailer. Only Jake speaks, and he says the following:

“I know one thing: Wherever we go, this family is our fortress.”

I suspect that members of the lì’fyaolo’ are all asking themselves the same question: What was the original Na’vi of this statement? 🙂

I was about to post my own answer to the question. But then I thought it would be interesting and fun to see what YOU all thought about it!

What do you think would be the most natural and idiomatic way to express in Na’vi what Jake has said? Feel free to post your answers in the comments, along with any explanation you’d like to share about how and why you came up with your version. In a subsequent blog post, we’ll discuss the results.

Note that you’ll need to use a new vocabulary item, since we haven’t yet seen the word for ‘fortress.’ This could be an entirely new root, or it could be derived from existing terms in the dictionary. (I have a simple word in mind, but I’d be interested to see what you think.)

Ayngeyä aysìralpengit ngop nì’o’!

Hayalovay . . .

ta Pawl

Results of the TTTC!

Kxì ma frapo,

Maw fpxamoa kintrr afpxamo mì tanlokxe oeyä, fula tsun lefkrra sìlenit tswiva’ hìkrr ulte livawk nìmun lì’fyati awngeyä oeti ’eykefu nitram nìtxan.

To all who responded to the T3C (Teaser Trailer Translation Challenge), thanks so much! I was impressed and delighted—although not surprised—by the creativity, nuance, and linguistic sensitivity that went into your responses. Oeri leiu fìlì’fyaolo’ lawnoltsim.

lawnoltsim (n., LAW.nol.tsim; colloquially, LAW.no.tsim) ‘source of (great) joy’

Obviously there’s no “correct answer” here, and the responses contained a lot of viable options. Although everyone had something useful to say, let me comment on a few things that particularly struck me.

Translation of “fortress”

Lots of good options. The most popular seemed to be the existing word zongtseng, which is glossed in the dictionary as ‘safe place’ or ‘refuge.’ That can certainly be the function of a fortress.

I’m not sure, though, that zongtseng fully conveys the idea of strength, of something impervious to attack. We can’t know what was actually in Jake’s mind, but as a former military guy, he may have been picturing “fortress” in its original sense in English, i.e., as a military fortification or stronghold, and using it metaphorically. With that in mind, I myself, like some of you as well, had come up with txurtseng—a place of strength, or as was mentioned in the comments, a bulwark. What we don’t know is whether this concept already existed in Na’vi culture. Did the Omatikaya think of Kelutral as both a zongtseng and a txurtseng? Or were there other physical structures in their culture and experience that were more clearly txurtseng? Hard to say at this point.

Some other ideas I liked:

In the end, I’m going to add txurtseng to the dictionary, and reserve zongtseng for ‘refuge’:

txurtseng (n., TXUR.tseng) ‘fortification, fortress, bulwark’

Translation of Jake’s complete statement

I thought there were three main considerations here: Jake’s statement should—

(It’s true that conciseness isn’t a necessary requirement, and I appreciated the spirited defense of a wordier version. 🙂 But I think this is a case where less is more.)

There was broad agreement about how this should go, but also some interesting differences.

“I know one thing . . .”

The question here is whether “one thing” should be translated literally. For those who did it that way (I was among them—at first!), it comes out:

Omum oel (or: Oel omum—there’s no difference) fì’ut a’aw (or: ’awa fì’ut) . . .

Why not just ’ut(i) a’aw, without the fì-? I don’t believe we’ve had a hard and fast rule about this, but ’u ‘thing’ isn’t used much by itself; instead, it usually has some modifier: fì’u, tsa’u, ’uo . . . So a more literal, although still idiomatic, English parallel would be, ‘I know this one thing:’

However, what does “one thing” here really mean? Jake can’t be saying he knows just one thing in his life! He may not be an intellectual giant, but his knowledge base is wider than that! Rather, he’s saying: “I am completely certain of what I am about to say.” That’s why I really liked the suggestion to use the idiomatic Na’vi word nì’pxi, which is glossed as ‘pointedly, especially, unambiguously.’ That is, Omum oel fì’ut ni’pxi . . .

“Wherever we go . . .”

Most everyone realized this was a perfect place to use the conjunction ketsran, which means ‘no matter’: ketsran tsengne kivä . . .

Note that we use the subjunctive (-iv-) form of the verb with ketsran. It’s like saying in English: “no matter where we may go.”

Someone submitted a wordier structure that’s perfectly grammatical: ketsrana tseng a kivä tsawne, which is closer to ‘whatever place we may go to.’ (Here ketsran is not a conjunction but an adjective.) But in the present context, I think the more concise version wins.

Related to the above construction, I was intrigued by the suggestion that ketsrana tseng ‘whatever place’ might contract to *ketsreng ‘wherever.’ Some parallels might be:

ketsrana tute ‘whatever person’ à *ketsrute ??? ‘whoever’

ketsrana krr ‘whatever time’ à *ketskrr ??? ‘whenever’

ketsrana ’u ‘whatever thing’ à *ketsru ??? ‘whatever’

These contractions, of course, aren’t necessary. The question is, would they have arisen naturally, and if so, are they useful? I’d be interested in your thoughts about this!

“this family is our fortress.”

Several of you noticed something important about how Na’vi likes to handle personal pronouns.

Here’s an iconic sentence (well, part of a sentence) from American history, the last words of the Declaration of Independence (1776):

“[W]e mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes, and our sacred Honor.” (It’s interesting that English used to capitalize common nouns the way German does today!)

How would you translate that into Na’vi? In particular, what would you do with “we,” “our,” “our,” and “our”? If you use ayoe once and ayoeyä three times, you’ll get a grammatical but awkward and repetitive-sounding sentence. English gets away with this kind of repetition because English pronouns are so short and sweet. But personal pronouns in Na’vi are often two and three syllables.

Instead, idiomatic Na’vi does something different: It uses the topical to “set the stage,” so to speak, in this case placing the whole sentence in the context “as for us . . .” Once that’s established, the related personal pronouns can generally be omitted. So for Jake’s statement, we need only say awngari once; after that, we don’t need further pronouns for we and our:

Awngari ketsran tsengne kivä, fìsoaia lu txurtseng.

Finally, there was the question of what word would be the most impactful at the end, “family” or “fortress”? In English, Jake wound up with “fortress.” But he could have said, “. . . our fortress is this family.” Likewise, the Na’vi version could be either fìsoaia lu txurtseng or txurtseng lu fìsoaia. I’m not sure which one I like better. Part of the decision would rest on the prior context of the statement. Has Jake already mentioned soaia? If so, it’s “old information,” in which case the “new information” (txurtseng) is better at the end of the sentence.

Thank you all again for your ideas! If I didn’t mention your particular contribution, it’s not because I didn’t value it. It’s just that this post has already gotten longer than I anticipated. 🙂

One last thing: Regarding the question about the future of the Na’vi language, although I can’t tell you anything specific about the upcoming movies, I’m happy to reassure you all that Na’vi will remain a vital part of the Avatar canon and the story world going forward.

Zusawkrr lì’fyayä leNa’vi leiu txur!

Hayalovay!

Solalew mawl zìsìtä! - Half the year is over!

Kaltxì, ma eylan,

Hard to believe that half of 2022 is now history. Krr tswayon pesengne? (Which reminds me of a saying that used to be popular with linguistics students when I was doing my graduate work, illustrating that sentences that seem similar on the surface can have very different underlying structures: “Time flies like an arrow. Fruit flies like a banana.” 🙂)

In any event, the second half of this year is sure to be an exciting period for everyone in Kifkey Uniltìrantokxä! I’ve been more than busy with a lot of Na’vi-related things and haven’t been as involved with the blog or responsive to your comments as I would like. But for now, let me at least offer one response and a few new vocabulary items.

There were a number of comments expressing concern about the term olo’eykte, presumably meaning ‘female clan leader.’ The question was whether the term is canon, and if so, whether olo’eyktan, which prior to this was considered gender-neutral, actually referred to a specifically male clan leader.

My correspondence regarding this term goes back over a year. In a nutshell, olo’eykte arose in a natural and understandable way. Since we have such triples as eveng ‘child,’ evengan ‘boy,’ evenge ‘girl’; tsmuk ‘sibling,’ tsmukan ‘brother,’ tsmuke ‘sister’; po ‘he/she,’ poan ‘he,’ poe ‘she,’ etc., olo’eykte arose based on that pattern. (To fit in with these triples, there should be a third, neutral term such as *olo’eyktu, but that doesn’t exist.) However, there is a second pattern, where words in –an are gender-neutral. The obvious example is ’eylan ‘friend.’

Since olo’eykte is attested in a lot of official documentation, it is canon and will appear in our dictionaries. The best way to think of it is somewhat like “actor” vs. “actress” in current English. If there is a good reason to distinguish between male and female thespians, then you can use “actor” for males and “actress” for females. (In the Academy Award presentations, otherwise known as the Oscars, there are separate categories for “Actor in a Leading Role” and “Actress in a Leading Role.”) But nowadays, many if not most females who act prefer to refer to themselves as actors, not actresses.

In somewhat the same fashion, olo’eyktan can definitely still be used in a gender-neutral way to refer to both males and females. However, if for any reason you want to distinguish between male and female clan leaders, you can use olo’eyktan for a male and olo’eykte for a female. Context should be able to differentiate between these two uses of olo’eyktan.

One more thing: Although gender-neutral terms are preferable when gender is not an issue, it’s sometimes useful in narratives to be able to distinguish gender. For example, suppose you’re relating a conversation between two Na’vi, one male and one female: “He said . . .” “She said . . .” “Then she said . . .” “Then he said . . .” You can use po for both people, of course, but it might be easier to track the conversation in terms of who said what if you distinguish between Poan poltxe and Poe poltxe.

Now for a handful of new words. Most of these are straightforward and don’t require example sentences.

’eng (n.) ‘beak of a bird or animal’

wion (n., WI.on) ‘reef’

Two words for body types, used for people and animals:

ompu (adj., OM.pu) ‘fat, corpulent’

litsi (adj., LI.tsi) ‘thin, lean, lithe’

These terms are objective and nonjudgmental. Also, don’t confuse litsi with flì. Flì is used for things, not people: frir aflì ‘thin layer,’ flìa vul ‘thin branch.’

tsukmong (adj., tsuk.MONG) ‘reliable, dependable’

This word derives from mong ‘depend on, rely on’ and can be used for both people and things: tute atsukmong ‘dependable person,’ aysìoeyktìng atsukmong ‘reliable explanations.’

And finally:

man (vin.) ‘belong’

This is ‘belong’ in the sense of fitting in; feeling comfortable as part of a group; being in a place, position, or relationship where one belongs. (Note that you can’t use man in a possessive sense, as in “This bow belongs to me.”) Man is often accompanied by a place expression or one with hu:

Man po fìpongumì nìlaw.
‘He clearly belongs in this group.’

Nga man oehu, ma paskalin.
‘You belong with me, honey.’

Krro krro fpìl oel futa ke man oe kawtseng.
‘Sometimes I think I don’t belong anywhere.’

Rolun oel olo’ti a ’efu fta oe man tsatsengmì.
‘I’ve found a community where I feel I belong.’

And that’s what I truly hope both newcomers and old timers will be able to say, and continue to say, about our united lì’fyaolo’ as the days, months, and years go by.

Hayalovay.

Kaltxì ma Pawl, aylì’uri amip irayo!

Two small questions:
How is olo’eykte stressed? Does the -e suffix on olo’eykte take the stress (o-lo-‘eyk-TE) or does the original stress of olo’eyktan remain (o-lo-‘EYK-te)? (Horen leNa’vi says that the effect of the gender suffixes -an and -e on the accent is unpredictable.)
Is there a word like “ompulitsi” or “litsompu” to mean “someone’s body weight”?

🤔 If it’s o-lo-’eyk-TE then that would point at the possibility that the masculine form could be o-lo-’eyk-TAN, in which case it would be distinguished from the gender-neutral o-lo-’EYK-tan by stress…

(at least for some speakers/registers of the language?)

I thought of this solution as well, which, naturally, I think is both satisfactory and simple. Does it require adding an á to the language, though? That could be problematical.

Ma Wllìm, ma Zángtsuva, ma Alyara Alyati:

I like the proposal to stress olo’eykte on the final syllable: o-lo-‘eyk-TE. Done!

As for stressing the specifically masculine use of olo’eyktan on the final syllable as well, that makes sense too. Keep in mind that this use is going to be rare (just as olo’eykte itself is rare). It will probably only arise in conjunction with olo’eykte. For example, if there were such a thing as a convocation of clan leaders, and you wanted to say there were 5 of the male variety present and 6 of the female, you would say: olo’eykTAN amrr sì olo’eykTE apukap. In that kind of situation I think the context would let you know which olo’eyktan you were referring to, and so I don’t feel we need a special marker like á on the -tan.

I’m reminded of a situation in English that’s somewhat similar. For example, we have the word “selector,” meaning a person who selects something or someone. It’s normally stressed on the second syllable: se-LEC-tor. We also have “selectee,” a person who is selected. Like most -ee words, it’s stressed on the last syllable: se-lec-TEE. However, when we contrast the two words, as in “there were 5 selectors and 6 selectees,” it’s often the case that we shift the stress on “selectors” to the last syllable: “5 selecTORS and 6 selecTEES.” (At least for some people. 😊) I wonder if this happens in other languages as well.

Kea tìkin!

One more thing I noticed while working the new items into the dictionary: in the last example we have our first example of written short form futa, iirc you said at one point that ‘it’s not usually written that way’ … eltur tìtxen si! 🙂

Right. (If I haven’t already used this analogy:) I think of it rather like “going to” ~ “gonna” in English (well, at least in American English). In relaxed conversation, hardly anyone actually says “going to.” It’s almost always “gonna.” (“Are you going to go?” sounds stiff, unless you’re trying for unusual emphasis. It’s much more natural to say, “Are you gonna go?”) But “gonna” is not acceptable in writing, UNLESS your aim is to reproduce dialog that reflects how a person actually spoke. Futa ~ fta in Na’vi works in somewhat the same way. Although futa is preferred in writing. you can write fta if you’re trying to convey a person’s actual speech.

Letsranten! Important! - A conlang study you might be part of!

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

I wanted to let you know about a linguistic study concerning constructed languages taking place in November at MIT, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, that some of you could take part in!

Here’s a brief description:

We are researchers in the McGovern Institute for Brain Research and the Brain and Cognitive Sciences department at MIT and we are interested in how the human brain processes language (evlab.mit.edu).

One research question we would like to ask is whether the processing of constructed languages (conlangs) recruits the same mechanisms as those supporting the processing of natural languages. To do this, we need to test (in an fMRI scanner) speakers / learners of conlangs. The testing would take place in Boston in November 2022 (exact dates TBD) and will likely be combined with an MIT-CONLANG event (with special guests, like the creators of some of the languages and/or famous users). We will also subsidize travel expenses for those selected for participation.

The date of the MIT Conlang event has now been set: Friday, November 11. And Na’vi will be part of the study!

If you’re an intermediate-to-advanced Na’vi learner/speaker and you’d like to come to Boston, with travel expenses subsidized, to participate in the event, fill out this form online:

https://mit.co1.qualtrics.com/jfe/form/SV_aaDQw3jpWRyOmN0

Don’t be concerned that Na’vi isn’t mentioned on the form; we were added later. Just check the Other box and fill in Na’vi.

The original announcement about this study was made on Twitter, and a few members of the Na’vi community heard about it and have already applied. It would be great if we could get more participants!

I’ll be there myself on Nov. 11 to participate in a panel discussion. Nìsìlpey tsìyevun oe hu eylan a ta lì’fyaolo’ awngeyä ultxa sivi tsatseng!!

Hayalovay!

ta Pawl

UPDATE: Just to be clear, if you’re chosen to participate in the study, you will not be asked to produce Na’vi, either in oral or written form! Rather, you’ll listen to some recorded material and simply be asked to comprehend it, while your brain is being monitored. That might be encouraging to people whose comprehension of spoken Na’vi is good but who feel less confident about speaking themselves.

Really sorry you won’t be there. But you’ll be there in spirit. (And I was just thinking about how to say “in spirit” in Na’vi. Not *mì sirea. Better: an adverbial expression, equivalent to “spirit-ly.” Nìtirea, which could easily have evolved to nìtrea. What do you think? 😊)

Krr a’o’! - An exciting time!

Kaltxì, ma eylan ayawne!

Fìkrr ’o’ lu nìtxan nang! What an exciting time this is! Uniltìrantokx: Fya’o Payä is just around the corner, and the official trailer has everyone electrified. Also, in just a few days, members of our community, include yours truly, will be arriving in Cambridge, Massachusetts to participate in the research study on constructed languages being conducted at MIT, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. (Nìfkeytongay, I’m writing the draft of this post on the plane to Boston! 🙂 )

Speaking of which . . .

If you can’t make it to the conlang conference in person on Friday, 11 November, it’s still possible for you to attend . . . online, via Zoom! But you need to register. Here’s the official information, including the registration link. Once you’ve officially registered, you’ll receive a Zoom link that will allow you to attend virtually.

*

The McGovern Institute presents:

November 11, 2:00 – 5:30 pm EST in Singleton Auditorium (46-3002)

Followed by a reception with food and drink in 3rd floor atrium

Registration link (for both in person and virtual attendees): https://www.eventbrite.com/e/brains-on-conlang-tickets-427467255067

Contact: [email protected]

A network of regions in the left hemisphere of our brain responds robustly when we read or listen to language, but not when we solve arithmetic or logic problems, listen to music, or observe others’ facial expressions or gestures. But what precise features of language drive this network remains debated. One way to tackle this question is to test the “limits” of the language network by examining how it responds to artificially created languages—conlangs. Like natural languages, conlangs can express any idea. However, although these languages are typically modeled on natural languages, they have not undergone thousands of years of evolution and have not been optimized by communicative pressures and learning constraints. So, does listening to Esperanto, Klingon, or Dothraki activate the brain network that processes natural languages?

To explore this question, McGovern Investigator Ev Fedorenko with her graduate student Saima Malik-Moraleda will scan the brains of proficient speakers of five conlangs (Esperanto, Klingon, Dothraki, High Valyrian, and Na’vi) while they listen to sentences spoken in the language of interest. Four conlang creators — Marc Okrand (Klingon), David Peterson and Jessie Sams (Dothraki and High Valyrian), and Paul Frommer (Na’vi) — will discuss the process of language creation. Linguists Damián Blasi and Arika Okrent will talk about their research relevant to conlangs, linguistic creativity, and linguistic diversity. And Fedorenko and Malik-Moraleda will present some preliminary findings from their research. There will also be language games organized by Duolingo.

And a personal request:

I’m very much looking forward to meeting some of you “in the flesh” whom I’ve only known so far via posts and emails, and often only with your Na’vi name. If you’re planning to be there in person, could you do me favor? Send me an email with (1) your Na’vi name, (2) your full ’Rrta name, and (3) (optionally) a photo of your handsome/beautiful face so I can recognize you immediately. My email address is my last name at marshall.usc.edu. Irayo!

And now for a few new words and expressions:

sätsawn (n., sä.TSAWN) ‘harvest (particular instance)’

Fìzìsìtä sätsawn txantsan leiu.
‘I’m pleased to say that this year’s harvest was excellent.’

(By the way, if you’re wondering: Yes, there is agriculture on Pandora! 😉 )

’eylyong (n., ’EYL.yong) ‘pet’

You can probably guess the derivation: ’eylan ‘friend’ + ioang ‘animal.’

Tìkan fìpayoangä ke lu fwa tsun fko pot yivom; lu oeyä ’eylyong.
‘This fish is not meant to be eaten; it’s my pet.’

(Since it’s a pet, it would be more natural here to say pot rather than tsat. A pet is usually more like a person than a thing.)

tsefta (n., TSE.fta) ‘vengeance, revenge’

Omum oel futa ngal pot ve’kì, slä tsefta ke lu tì’eyng amuiä.
‘I know you hate him, but vengeance is not a proper response.

tsefta si (vin., TSE.fta si) ‘take revenge’

Tutanur a eyktanayti tspolang oeyä sempul tsefta sayi.
‘My father will take revenge on the man who killed the deputy.’

tseftanga’ (adj., TSE.fta.nga’) ‘vengeful’

This word can be used for both people and things: tute atseftanga’ ‘vengeful person,’ aylì’u atseftanga’ ‘vengeful words.’

layro (adj., LAY.ro) ‘free (from oppression)’

tìlayro (n., tì.LAY.ro) ‘freedom’

These words refer to not being under anyone’s control, able to act as you like without oppression.

Aysutel nìwotx new tìlayrot.
‘All people want freedom.’

And finally, two adverbs that express different kinds of surprise:

ti’a (adv., TI.’a) ‘surprisingly (for unexpectedly positive outcomes)’

um’a (adv., UM.’a) ‘surprisingly (for unexpectedly negative outcomes)’

These words are more specific than nìloho ‘surprisingly,’ which is neutral as to outcome.

Ramu ke lu txur nìtxan, slä uvanit yolora’, ti’a.
‘Ramu isn’t very strong, but surprisingly, he won the game.’

Pol tìkangkemit tsyolul nìso’ha, slä tsa’ur hasey ke soli, um’a.
He began the work enthusiastically, but surprisingly, he didn’t finish it.

That’s it for now. Hayalovay!

Edit 21 Nov.: spolang –> tspolang
Edit 29 Dec.: amuia–> amuiä, ke hasey soli –> hasey ke soli  Irayo, ma Zángtsuva!
Trr anawm poläheiem! - The great day has arrived!

Ma eylan,

Relìl arusikx alu “Fya’o Payä” tok nì’i’a fìtsenget! “The Way of Water” is finally here!

More accurately, for those of us in the USA, it’s almost here. As I don’t have to tell you, our long-anticipated Avatar sequel debuts tonight at midnight. If you’re in Europe or other parts of the world, though, you may have already seen it. One way or another, I hope you find it a worthy successor to the first film.

John and I had the privilege of attending the star-studded U.S. premiere Monday night in Hollywood. What a memorable event! The only sad note was that James Cameron was absent, having tested positive for Covid. But everyone else was there.

Here’s our official premiere portrait. When they saw us, the photographers naturally abandoned Sam and Zoe and Sigourney and rushed over to take our picture. 😉

In honor of the premiere, here are some new words I hope you’ll find useful. And let me tease you by saying that you’ll hear one of them—I won’t say which—in a key scene. Also, I’ll have a major announcement at the end of this post, so make sure you don’t miss it.

val (adv.) ‘diligently, hard, with effort’

Makto val!
‘Ride hard!’

Po tìkangkem soli val nìtxan fte tsatsonur hasey sivi.
‘She worked very hard to complete the task.’

Note: To encourage someone to work hard, you could say, “Tìkangkem si val!” But a shorter and more colloquial expression is simply “Kangkem val!”

kangkem: (n., KANG.kem) ‘work, colloquial form of tìkangkem

txotsafya (adv., TXO.tsa.fya) ‘if that’s the case, if that’s so’

Note that the stress is on the first syllable.

Ke sunu ngar teylu srak? Txotsafya, tìng oer pumit ngeyä!
‘You don’t like teylu? If that’s the case, give me yours!’

nìtrea (adv., nìt.RE.a) ‘in spirit’

Ke tsängun Tsyìm ziva’u ftxozäne, slä tok nìtrea.
‘Sadly, Jim couldn’t come to the celebration, but he was there in spirit.’

tìhangham (n, tì.HANG.ham) ‘laughter’

Txasunu oer fwa stawm ngeyä tìhanghamit.
‘I love to hear your laughter.’

lapx (vtr.) ‘regret’

Kemit a oe soli oel längapx.
‘I regret what I did.’

tìlapx (n., tì.LAPX) ‘regret’

Tsatìpe’unìri ke lu oeru kea tìlapx.
‘I have no regret(s) about that decision.’

uturu (n., u.TU.ru) ‘sanctuary, place of refuge’

Vuyin ohel uturut.
‘I respectfully request sanctuary.’

Nga ke tsun wäpivan; ngari ke lu kea uturu kawtseng.
‘You cannot hide; there is no sanctuary for you anywhere.’

txukxefu (vin., txu.KXE.fu, inf. 2, 3) ‘care, be concerned about, have deep feelings for’

This is clearly derived from txukx ‘deep’ + ’efu ‘feel.’ Recall that txukx not only indicates physical depth but can also refer to feelings, thoughts, and ideas, just as “deep” can in English.

The thing you care about is indicated either by the topical or with teri:

Ngari po ke txukxefu kaw’it.
‘He doesn’t care a bit about you.’

Furia teri lì’fya awngeyä nga txukxefu nìftxan, seiyi irayo.
‘Thank you for caring so much about our language.’

tìtxukxefu (n., tì.txu.KXE.fu) ‘care, concern’

tsun (n.) ‘heel’

This and the familiar word tsun ‘can’ are homonyms—words with the same spelling or pronunciation (in this case, both are the same) that mean different things. Since one is a noun and the other a verb, they fit into different slots in a sentence and shouldn’t cause confusion.

Oeri tengkrr terul mì na’rìng, tsunit askien tìsraw seykoli.
‘While I was running in the forest, I hurt my right heel.’

And finally,

lì’fyafnel (n., LÌ’.fya.fnel) ‘dialect, variety of a language’

I’m introducing this word at this time because . . .

Lu mì “Fya’o Payä” mipa lì’fyafnel lì’fyayä leNa’vi!!!

There’s a new variety of Na’vi in “The Way of Water”!!!

I haven’t been able to say anything up to now, but with the sequel upon us, I can finally reveal this to you. I’ll be describing the dialect in future posts, the first of which is coming soon. In the meantime, when you watch the film, see if you can determine when, where, and by whom this new dialect is spoken. There’s only a small bit of it, and you’ll have to listen closely. But even with the limited data, you may be able to detect something that’s different from the Na’vi you’re used to.

“Fya’o Payä” zìyevawprrte’ ayngane nìwotx!

Is there a difference in meaning/usage between val and kawl?
This same question immediately occurred to me as well as soon as I saw val here. 😀
Ma Zángtsuva, ma Tirea: Val and kawl are synonymous. The difference is that in Omatikayan Na’vi, kawl is used more frequently. In another dialect, however, that situation might be just the reverse. 😉 More on that in a subsequent post.
Neytiriyä Waytelem - Neytiri’s Songcord

Ma eylan ayawne,

I imagine that everyone reading this post has now seen “Uniltìrantokx: Fya’o Payä” at least once. 🙂 From what I can tell, the reaction of the lì’fyaolo’ has been overwhelmingly positive. Although the amount of Na’vi heard in UFP is somewhat limited, there’s still a lot there for us to discuss. So in this final post of 2022, let’s begin.

The major innovation, needless to say, is the Reef Na’vi (RN) dialect that’s heard briefly in the film. From the comments in the last post, I gathered that people wanted some time to discover as many aspects of the dialect as they could on their own, which is why I haven’t said much (or anything?) about it yet. I’ll remedy that situation after the first of the year. For now, though, let me just mention that those of you who identified a “sh” sound in RN are correct! That sound, of course, doesn’t exist in the Forest Na’vi (FN) that we’re familiar with.

The correspondence is simply that sy in FN is pronounced “sh” in RN. So, for example, syaw ‘call’ sounds like shaw, and syeha ‘breath’ sounds like sheha. This is a very common and natural sound change. It’s why English words like “sugar” and “sure” are pronounced with the “sh” sound, and why in some dialects, “assume” is pronounced “ashoom.” (Question: How would tsyal be pronounced in RN? 🙂 )

It’s likely the word you heard with the sh sound in RN was syawm, pronounced “shawm.”

syawm (vtr.) ‘know’

Syawm exists in FN as a synonym for omum, but it’s rarely used. The situation in RN is the reverse: although the reef people understand omum (keep in mind that the two dialects are mutually comprehensible!), they’re much more likely to say syawm themselves.

There’s a lot more to say about RN, which we’ll get to soon. Right now, though, let me give you the official lyrics to Neytiri’s Songcord, which has received glowing reviews. (Simon and Zoe did a beautiful job, didn’t they!) This is going to come as something of an anticlimax, since a number of you (irayo, ma Tekre!) were able to transcribe 99 percent of it accurately. Seysonìltsan! The problem was in line 15 (see below), where there was a new vocabulary item you couldn’t be expected to know:

huta (adj., HU.ta) ‘unexpected (usually for positive outcomes)’

This word is related semantically to the verb hek ‘be curious, odd, strange, unexpected’ but is generally for positive outcomes, similar to how the adverb ti’a is used. So ‘an unexpected birth’ that you’re happy about would be tì’ongokx ahuta.

A few words about the language style of this Waytelem. You’ll have noticed that Zoe pronounces some of the words a bit differently from what we’re used to in spoken FN. There are several possible reasons for this. One is that the language used may, in places, be more ancient than current FN. Another is that singers in many language traditions will modify certain sounds—most often, vowels—to make them more “singable.” You’ll hear that in some of Zoe’s vowels. You’ll also notice that the glottal stop is largely missing—that’s another change that makes for smoother singing. Finally, the strongly trilled pseudovowel rr is pronounced more like ur.

Let me leave you with another question. Can you identify any syntactic differences in these song lyrics that distinguish them from what you’d expect in ordinary spoken FN?

And with that . . .

MIPA ZÌSÌT LEFPOM, MA FRAPO!!!

ta Pawl

Neytiriyä Waytelem - Neytiri’s Songcord

Verse 1:

  1. Lie si oe Neteyamur,
  2. Nawma Sa'nokur mìfa oeyä.
  3. Atanti ngal molunge,
  4. Mipa tìreyti, mipa 'itanti.
  5. Lawnol a mì te'lan.
  6. Lawnol a mì te'lan.

I experience Neteyam,
(And) Great Mother, within me.
You brought light,
New life, a new son.
Joy within my heart.
Joy within my heart.

Chorus:

  7. Ngaru irayo seiyi ayoe
  8. Tonìri tìreyä,
  9. Ngaru irayo seiyi ayoe
10. Srrìri tìreyä,
11. Ma Eywa, ma Eywa.

We thank you
For the nights of (our) life,
We thank you
For the days of (our) life,
Oh Eywa, oh Eywa.

Verse 2:

12. Zola'u nìprrte', ma Kiri.
13. Ngati oel munge soaiane.
14. Lie si oe atanur,
15. Pähem parul, tì'ongokx ahuta.
16. Lawnol a mì te'lan.
17. Lawnol a mì te'lan.

Welcome, Kiri.
I bring you to the family.
I experience the light,
A miracle arrives, an unexpected birth.
Joy within my heart.
Joy within my heart

Chorus repeats
Edit 30 Dec.: tireyä –> tìreyä (2X) Irayo, ma Vawmataw!
Na’vi in The Atlantic!

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo!

One more thing before the year changes:

This article about constructed languages in Hollywood films just appeared online, and Na’vi is featured prominently in it!

In case you’re not familiar with the magazine, The Atlantic is a sophisticated and well-thought-of publication, founded in 1857. The author of the article interviewed me by phone for almost an hour and then ran the Na’vi sections by me to check for accuracy. I’m very pleased with how it turned out!

Nìmun, MZL!

Reef Na’vi part 1: Phonetics and Phonology

Kxì nìmun, ma frapo! Sìlpey oe, ayngari fìzìsìt alu °3747 sngilvä’i nìltsan.

It’s finally time for us to start talking in detail about RN, the Reef Na’vi dialect heard for the first time in TWOW. (So far I’ve been referring to RN vs. FN, “Forest Na’vi,” but at times I’ll switch to the proper Na’vi names and abbreviations for these dialects, Lì’fya Na’rìngä (LN) vs. Lì’fya Wionä (LW).)

This post will be about the LW sound system. Later we’ll talk about the differences in LW morphology, syntax, and semantics as compared to LN.

First, however, let me mention a few things in general about dialects.

In common usage, “dialect” is often a pejorative term. (“I speak proper English” or French or Spanish or German or Chinese . . . ; “You speak a dialect.”) That’s not how linguists use the word. For us, “dialect” simply means a variety of a language. In that sense, we all speak a dialect. Dialects often correlate with geography. In the case of English, we have, broadly speaking, American English, British English, Australian English, New Zealand English, Indian English . . . all different “Englishes.” And of course there are dialects within dialects. Dialects can also be based on ethnicity, on social class, on generation, even on occupation. Dialectology is a rich subfield of linguistics in which you can take whole courses.

Are all dialects of a language equal? Yes and no. Yes, in that they’re all rule-governed systems of communication, all equally valid, all worthy of study. No, in that although there may be no objective reasons for saying one dialect is “better” than another, people’s attitudes about dialects can be judgmental. In some societies, a particular dialect, referred to as standard, can have prestige and high status, and is generally considered correct, proper, and desirable. Other dialects might be the opposite, with stigma and low status. It’s important to keep in mind that such societal judgments have nothing to do with the intrinsic merits of the dialects themselves! They arise from history, from social hierarchies, and from attitudes passed on from generation to generation.

Finally, how do different dialects develop in the first place? The most frequent way is based on the following observations:

In such a situation, we wind up with different dialects. If the differences become great enough so that there’s no longer mutual comprehension, we say we now have two different languages rather than two dialects of the same language.

What I’ve mentioned above is just the barest outline of a complicated subject, and there’s a lot more to say. But cutting to the chase, how does all of this relate to the situation on Pandora?

What we now know is that there are different dialects of the Na’vi language there. We have a LOT more information on one of these, LN, but we’re beginning to learn something about another dialect, LW. There’s no reason to believe that one or the other of these is considered “standard,” but our focus will continue to be on LN, simply because that’s the dialect we first met and the one we know the most about. Nevertheless, we’ll explore, to the extent we can, what LW is like and how it differs from LN, keeping in mind that since these two dialects are mutually comprehensible, the differences won’t be too great.

Thinking historically, a crucial assumption we’ll make is that LN and LW stem from the same parent language spoken by both groups in the past (just how far in the past is as yet unknown); when the groups separated, their languages began to separate as well. LN preserved certain things from the parent language and changed others; the same is true for LW. But each language variety preserved and changed different things.

Whew! That was a lot of introduction! But I hope it helps you see the big picture before we dive into the details. Alaksi srak? Here we go!

Phonetic/Phonological characteristics of Reef Na’vi

The combination sy is pronounced sh ( [ ʃ ] in IPA, the International Phonetic Alphabet).

LNLW
syawshaw‘call’
tsìsyìtsìshì‘whisper’

The combination tsy is pronounced like the ch in “church” (IPA  [tʃ ] ):

Some of you guessed this already. 🙂

LNLW
tsyalchal‘wing’
tsyeytsyìpcheychìp‘tiny bite’

The glottal stop is lost between non-identical vowels. Between identical vowels, the loss is optional.

LNLW
fra’ufrau‘everything’
Lo’akLoak‘Lo’ak’
rä’ärää OR rä’ä‘do not’

(Note that this can happen as well in colloquial LN, where, for example, Lo’ak and Mo’at are often pronounced Loak and Moat respectively.)

In the case of two identical vowels, the missing tìftang does not cause the vowels to coalesce into one; we retain them both in the spelling. So in LW it’s rää, rììr, and meem rather than , rìr, and mem. These are pronounced not as one long vowel but as two vowels, which is made clear by intonation—or some might say, by tone. (Think of saying “Aha!” in English but leaving out the h.)

And now it gets interesting! 🙂

At the beginning of a syllable (and therefore at the beginning of a word), the ejectives px, tx, and kx are pronounced b, d, and g respectively.

LNLW
txondon‘night’
holpxayholbay‘number’
kxitxgitx‘death’
skxawngskxawng‘moron’ (no change)

Note that this sound change is a “surfacy” one. That is to say, a word like don is underlyingly txon, with the ejective. Other phonological rules apply to this underlying form. In particular, lenition applies to it, which results (at an intermediate stage!) in the familiar singular / short plural pair txon / ton. After that rule has applied, the tx-to-d change takes place, so the pair in LW winds up being pronounced don (sg.) / ton (pl.).

U vs. Ù.

This requires some explanation.

As you know, LN has 7 vowels (not counting the pseudo-vowels), which appear on a standard vowel chart like this:

i   ì                     u

      e                  o

          ä         a

Notice something interesting? The chart is asymmetrical! In the upper left corner (these are the high front vowels), there are two different vowels, i (often called tense) and ì (often called lax). As we all know, these vowels sound different and can change the meaning of a word, as in mi ‘still’ vs. ‘in.’ English, of course, has the same distinction: seat vs. sit, beach or beech vs. bitch, etc.

Unlike Na’vi, however . . . and now we have to change that to: unlike Forest Na’vi 🙂 . . . English makes a similar tense/lax distinction in the upper right, where we have the high back vowels. So suit (IPA [ u ] ) contrasts with soot (IPA [ ʊ ] ), and the vowel sounds in good and food are not the same. (I sometimes wonder how anybody learns the English spelling system!)

What we’re now discovering is that the parent language of both LN and LW had the tense/lax distinction for the high back vowels. That is, it had two distinct vowel sounds,
[ u ] and [ ʊ ], which we can write as u and ù respectively. In LN, the distinction was lost: the two sounds merged, and now there’s only one u, which can be pronounced [ u ] or [ ʊ ] or something in between. The important thing is that you can’t distinguish words in LN by going from one of these vowels to the other. Linguists would say that these vowels do not contrast; the difference between them (in LN!) is not distinctive.

LW, however, has retained the distinction from the parent language. So it has two high back vowels, u (tense) and ù (lax), and the difference IS distinctive. For example, LW has the two words tsun ‘heel’ and tsùn ‘can,’ which are NOT pronounced the same! Those two distinct words have merged in LN, so that tsun is ambiguous. Not so in LW.

In summary, then, LW has an 8-vowel system:

i   ì                     u  ù

      e                  o

          ä         a

By this point you’re probably jumping ahead with some alarm and anticipating what this means for our dictionaries. I admit it’s a bit startling: every word in LN containing a u has to be checked to see whether that u is u or ù in LW! It’s not quite as bad as it sounds, however, since u predominates over ù. Eventually we’ll have a list of LN words where u changes to ù in LW. (Example: pum would be on the list, since LN pum corresponds to LW pùm, but lun would not, since LN lun corresponds to LW lun.)

If you’re writing a story with reef characters, how should you transcribe their dialog? This is somewhat of a judgment call, since it’s not necessary to indicate all the differences in pronunciation in the spelling. The same written sentence can be pronounced in different ways by the forest and reef clans. For an English analogy, a phrase like “dance on the water” is pronounced differently in British and American English: the vowel in “dance” is different, the quality of the t in “water” is different, and the Brits do not pronounce the final r while the Yanks do. Nevertheless, the written form is the same.

Here’s what I’d suggest as a guideline:

For LW spelling, include ù when appropriate. Change px, tx, and kx to b, d, g optionally; do so if you want to emphasize the difference between LN and LW. But there’s no need to change sy to sh or tsy to ch: simply retain the original spellings and pronounce the words in the appropriate way for each dialect.

As an example, here’s a line in Reef Na’vi from A2. It’s from the scene where Quaritch is demanding to know Jake’s whereabouts, and the Reef Olo’eyktan is explaining what Quaritch needs to do to find him:

Pori do new fìtutanti rivun, zene ftu fayspono hivùm,
kivä nìdukx nemfa na’rìng.
‘He needs to leave these islands and go deep into the forest if he is to find this man.’

There are a few more sound changes to discuss—minor ones—but this is plenty for now, so I’ll stop here. One more thing, though, before I go:

It’s easy to imagine that these sound differences are somehow appropriate to the different environments in which the forest and reef clans live. For example, perhaps you might think that the loss of initial ejectives had something to do with the water culture of the reef people . . . that the smoother sounds (b, d, g) are more in keeping with the smoothness of water than the popping ejective sounds (px, tx, kx). Don’t fall into that trap. The sound changes that take place in the history of a language have nothing to do with “appropriateness.” Although they typically occur in a systematic and organized way (the ejective change, for example, affects all the ejectives, not just one or two), just which changes occur is a matter of chance.

Siva ko, ma smuk!

Hayalovay!

ta P.

Clarifications and Announcements

Gì, ma ’eylan! 🙂

The previous post on Reef Na’vi phonetics and phonology elicited some really perceptive questions in the comments section, so let me respond to those here. Then I’ll mention a few other things you might be interested in.

FAQ about Reef Na’vi Phonetics and Phonology

Q: Do the phonetic rules of Reef Na’vi extend to the numeral prefix pxe-?
A: Yes! In RN, ‘three guests’ is befrrtu, ‘three rivers’ is behilvan, and ‘three fires’ is betep. (Do you see why it’s not *bedep?)

Q: What happens to words like atxkxe or ekxtxu? Would they be changed into atxge and ekxdu, or would they become adge and egdu?
A: It’s adge and egdu. This is an exception to the rule that the changes from ejectives to voiced stops only occur at the onset of a syllable. In these cases, when ejectives are in contact, the change in the second ejective influences a change in the first. It’s an example of what linguists call “regressive assimilation,” where a sound reaches backwards, so to speak, to influence a preceding sound.

Q: If a noun ends in an ejective (e.g., ’awkx), what happens if we append a case ending? Is the ejective reanalyzed to become the onset of the next syllable? So, is ’awkx + -ìl pronounced as ’aw-gìl or as ’awkx-ìl?
A: It’s ’awgìl. You’re right about the reanalysis.

Q: Is the glottal stop also lost between two words, e.g. oe ’ia, or does that rule only apply to glottal stops in a single word?
A: Only within a single word. Initial glottal stops are generally retained.

Q: We know that in FN, if a word has a closed syllable containing u, it can be pronounced [ u ] or [ ʊ ] (and apparently now, anywhere in between). But if u appears in an open syllable, like in tìfnu, it is always pronounced [ u ]. What is the situation for RN?
A: In RN, ù is perfectly possible in non-final open syllables. So for example, txula, the word for ‘build’ in FN, is dùla in RN. [Edit 15 Jan.: Example changed. See comments.] (That’s a word that will be on our list of FN-RN correspondences where RN has a ù.) In final open syllables, however, ù, although theoretically possible, is very rare. I doubt we’ll be seeing examples of that. This situation is different from the i-ì contrast, where both vowels are frequently found in final position.

Q: Would RN speakers insert an optional tìftang in sequences where FN has identical vowels together like spono-o and zekwä-äo?
A: No. The tendency in RN is to smooth over the glottal stop, so they wouldn’t go in the opposite direction and insert it.

Q: Would RN allow sequences of identical vowels to remain where FN cancels them, such as apxaa (apxa), meeveng (meveng), seii (seiyi)?
A: Given that RN speakers are used to hearing sequences of identical vowels, as in rää, you’re right: forms like apxaa, meeveng, and seii remain as they are in RN.

Really great questions!

And now, two announcements:

First, I’ll be giving a little online talk this Sunday, 15 January, as part of OmatiCon. It’ll be about the Reef Na’vi dialect, with some additional exploration of dialects in general. There won’t be much new about RN phonetics and phonology, but I’ll also be previewing the morphological and syntactic differences between FN and RN, which I haven’t yet gotten to here on the blog.

The talk will be at the following times (I hope I’ve gotten this right!):

US Pacific Time: 11:00 am
US Central Time: 1:00 pm
US Eastern Time: 2:00 pm
UK Time: 7:00 pm
European Continental Time: 8:00 pm

Here’s a link you can use to join the Zoom meeting:

[Visit the blog for more information]

Meeting ID: - - - -
Passcode: - - - -

Secondly, if you’re not tired of articles about Na’vi where Pawl say things that have become all too familiar to you, there’s a new one you might like to take a look at. It’s on Salon.com, an online magazine with quite a large readership. I think the author did a very nice job, and I’m quite pleased with how it turned out. As you’ll see, the genre is one where the interviewer transcribes what the interviewee said almost verbatim. It’s not polished prose, but it does give you a sense that someone is speaking spontaneously rather than reading prepared text.

Hayalovay!

Furia tsaysìpawmur kangay si irayo ngaru nìtxan! || Thanks for addressing these!

Just for clarification though on the glottal stop/vowel front (I thought it was in the comments last time). We are including diphthongs in this rule as well, correct? So it’s nìaw in RN. (btw. ’a’aw could get really weird 🙂 )
Speaking of adjectives: you said initial glottal stop is usually retained but since the attributive a attaches to the adjective, it should disappear, right? In short, tute aipu or tute a’ipu for a ‘humorous person’?

Ngeyä säftxulì’uri trray srefereiey nìprrte’!

Yes, the rule for glottal stops with vowels applies to diphthongs as well: nìaw is correct in RN.

Good point about ’a’aw! In a phrase like ’eylan a’a’aw ‘several friends,’ the rule would seem to imply that this could become *’eylan aaaw’! Weird indeed. That’s where the “optional” part of the rule kicks in. In a case like this, RN speakers would not drop both glottal stops. The most likely pronunciation, I think, would be ’eylan aa’aw.

‘Humorous person’ would be tute aipu, since the original glottal stop is now between two different vowels and no longer initial.

Sì’eyngìri irayo nìtxan nìmun ma KP!

Another question just came up. -yu is productive for verbs, including si-verbs, and as far as we know, “…siyu” would be spoken as “…syu” in colloquial speech, kefyak.
Would LW turn that into “shu” as well?

Sorry if this question is redundant, I just want to make sure 😀

Good observation. Of course, -siyu doesn’t have to turn into -syu in colloquial speech, but it can. When it does, you’re right: it would be pronounced “shu” in RN. So, for example, tsamsiyu would come out as tsamshu. Hmm. Does that sound like a fiercer warrior than tsamsiyu or a less fierce one? I’m not sure! 😊

Does this mean that kxu was originally kxù and LW preserves the ù in derived forms like kxùtu but not in kxù itself? What about regular inflected forms like kxùl or kxùä?

[Edit 15 Jan.] Looking at this with “fresh eyes,” as they say, I’ve changed my thinking on kxutu. Although “frozen forms” are certainly possible, the explanation for why gùtu appears alongside gu in LW seemed forced and implausible. So I changed the example to one in which the problem didn’t occur. And it’ll be gutu for ‘enemy’ in LW, not *gùtu. Irayo for bringing this my attention!

Reef Na’vi part 2: Morphology, Syntax, Lexicon . . . and more

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo!

Baaack

Srane, oe tolätxeiaw. Some personal issues kept me away, but now that they’ve been resolved, I’m very happy to be back.

So let’s see . . . where were we?

The last couple of posts dealt with the phonetics and phonology of Reef Na’vi. This one concerns the morphology, syntax, and lexicon—and at this point there’s less to say about those aspects of the dialect. I talked about most of this material in my January 2023 OmatiCon presentation, but I’ll repeat the information here, for the record. I’ll also introduce a few new words and expressions relevant to both Forest and Reef Na’vi.

Reef Morphology

FN and RN have virtually identical morphology (that is, the rules for building words out of meaningful elements). One difference—more of a tendency than an absolute requirement—is that for the patientive (objective) suffix, which as you know can take three forms (-ti, -it, and -t), RN favors -ti. So, for example, the Na’vi for ‘I’m looking for this man’ can take two forms:

    1. Oel fwew fìtutanit.
    2. Oel fwew fìtutanti.

In FN, A and B are both used, with A perhaps a bit more frequent. In RN, B is considerably more likely, although A is understood and sometimes used.

Reef Syntax

Na’vi word order, as you know, is remarkably free, and many reorderings of the elements of a given sentence remain grammatical. One exception, however, concerns the topical. Up to now, we’ve seen that a noun phrase in the topical case must come at the beginning of its clause. The major syntactic difference between FN and RN is that in RN, the topical is not restricted in this way. So consider these two translations of ‘Thanks for this beautiful gift’:

    1. Fìstxeliri alor irayo.
    2. Irayo fistxeliri alor.

In FN, only A is possible. In RN, they’re both fine, even though in B, the topical comes at the end of the sentence. The structure in this case is comment+topic rather than topic+comment.

Another syntactic difference is that in RN, lu is often omitted:

[REEF OLO’EYKTAN]
Fìtutan a rììrmì ftu na’rìng.
‘This man in the reflection is from the forest.’

The exact circumstances under which this omission is likely to occur remain to be investigated.

Reef Lexicon

Along with pronunciation, vocabulary differences between dialects are the ones most noticeable to speakers. Looking at American vs. British English, for example, AE apartment = BE flat, AE elevator = BE lift, AE trunk (of a car) = BE boot, and so on ad infinitum.

There are also cases where two different terms for the same thing appear in both dialects, but either the usage is different, or one is strongly favored over the other. Take the word “brilliant,” for example, which is found in both AE and BE. In AE, it can mean ‘bright’ or ‘radiant’ (“A brilliant spotlight lit up the actor on stage”) or it can mean ‘extremely clever or talented’ (“What a brilliant student your son is!”). In BE, however, “brilliant” can also be a general term for anything very good or excellent (“I’m having a brilliant day”); it’s not used in that way in AE.

Since we know less about RN than about FN, we don’t yet have a lot of examples of such lexical differences. There will be more to come. For now, however, the most notable difference we’ve seen is the word for ‘know.’ Both FN and RN use the two terms omum and syawm (pronounced shawm in RN). However, omum is much more common in FN, while syawm is the usual term in RN.

[REEF OLO’EYKTAN]
Kehe, faysuteri ke shawm ayoel keut.
‘No, we know nothing of these people.’

As you know, the other big area of lexical difference is in the u/ù distinction, which has been retained from the parent language in RN but lost in FN. A comprehensive list of these distinctions is coming.

And now for some things pertaining to both dialects:

Back in the A1 script, Tsu’tey angrily said the following:

Fayvrrtep fìtsenge lu kxanì.  Fìpoti oel tspìyang fte tìkenong lìyevu aylaru!
‘These demons are forbidden here. I will kill this one as a lesson to the others!’

To date, I don’t believe we’ve had an explanation for aylaru ‘to the others.’

The paradigm for aylahe ‘others, the others’ (animate or non-animate) is as follows:

FullShorter
Saylaheayla
Aaylahelaylal
Paylahet(i)aylat(i)
Gaylaheyäayleyä
Daylaher(u)aylar(u)
Taylaheriaylari

lante (vin., LAN.te, inf. 1, 2) ’wander’

Fo ka na’rìng lerante tengkrr syuvet fwerew.
‘They’re wandering across the forest looking for food.’

ketartu (n., ke.TAR.tu) ‘outcast’

This word is based on tare ‘connect, have a relationship with.’ An outcast is a person or being that has been disconnected from society and no longer has a relationship with others.

pxazang (n., PXA.zang) ‘akula’

The akula is the fierce shark-like creature found in the seas of Pandora. In terms of its name, there’s been some confusion, because the word akula certainly sounds as if it’s Na’vi! In fact, however, it’s the Russian word for ‘shark,’ акула. That word has been borrowed into English as the name for the Pandoran creature, but of course the Na’vi have their own term. Keep in mind that in RN, it’s pronounced bazang.

Finally, a useful idiom:

Ngari peu? ‘What’s wrong? What’s the matter?’

Lam fwa nga sti nìtxan. Ngari peu?
‘You seem very angry. What’s wrong?’

That’s it for now. Hayalovay!

Trr Tsyìmawnun’iyä Lefpom! - Happy Independence Day!

Kaltxì, ma frapo.

Sìlpey oe, ayngari nìwotx Vospxìkin sngilvä’i nìltsan.

And for those of you in the States, Happy Independence Day! I was thinking about how to say that in Na’vi.

Independence, in the sense it was originally used in the 1776 Declaration of Independence, which opens with a statement about the necessity “for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another,” is clearly about cutting ties. So that’s the key idea, I think, that should be represented in Na’vi.

syìmawnun’i (n., syì.maw.nun.’I) ‘cut tie, dissolved connection’

Note that the stress is on the final syllable. The somewhat convoluted derivation is from mun’i ‘cut’ and säyìm:

säyìm (n., sä.YÌM) ‘tie, something used for binding’

You tie something—or someone!—up (the verb yìm) with a säyìm, a tool for binding, which could typically be a rope or chain. The word is often pronounced and spelled syìm.

So we have syìm + mawnun’i (the passive participle of mun’i)
–> syìmmawnun’i
–> syìmawnun’i, where the double m’s have coalesced into one—thus, a tie or binding that has been cut. The word can be used in the context of a dissolved relationship:

Oengari sätare syìmawnun’i slolängu.
‘As for the two of us, I’m sorry to say our relationship is dissolved.’

The speaker here is saying to the addressee that their former relationship has become a tie that is now severed.

A related word of wider use is:

tìsyìmawnun’i (n., tì.syì.maw.nun.’I’) ‘independence, freedom from a pre-existing relationship’

It’s often pronounced and spelled tsyìmawnun’i.

To become independent, we use tsyìmawnun’i along with the verb mu’ni ‘achieve.’ (It’s easy to confuse mun’i ‘cut’ with mu’ni ‘achieve’! The two words differ not only in the placement of the tìftang but also in their stress: mun’I but MU’ni.)

Zene fra’eveng tsyìmawnun’it a ta sa’sem nì’i’a mivu’ni.
‘Every child must eventually achieve independence from his or her parents.’

And this finally brings us to:

Trr Tsyìmawnun’iyä Lefpom!
‘Happy Independence Day!

🙂

More soon . . .

Edit 5 July: Typos corrected: tsyì’mawnun’i –> tsyìmawnun’i 3X. Irayo, ma Mesyokx Tìlatemä!
The complete u / ù list for Reef Na’vi

Kaltxì nìmun, ma frapo!

Here, at long last, is the complete list of Reef Na’vi words with u or ù. As we now know, Reef Na’vi (RN) distinguishes u (as in English food) and ù (as in English good), while Forest Na’vi (FN) does not. So for every word in FN that contains a u, we have to find out whether the corresponding word in RN has u or ù. This list allows us to do that.

A few things to note:

To make the differences stand out clearly, I’ve used boldface for the words that have ù.

If the only u in a word is at the end, it’s not on this list, since final u’s are never (well, hardly ever!) ù. We may eventually see an exception or two to this rule, but there aren’t any in the vocabulary we’ve had so far.

In keeping with the rules of RN pronunciation, I’ve omitted the tìftang if it occurs between vowels. So, for example, on this list the word for ‘sentence’ is written lìukìng, not lì’ukìng, since that’s how it’s pronounced in RN. Other pronunciation differences from FN, however, have not been indicated.

Finally, for those of you who know Fya’o Payä well, see if you agree with me about how the Reef people pronounce the words for ‘sanctuary’ and ‘tulkun.’ I hear them as utùru and tùlkun respectively, but if you hear them differently, please let me know!

Also, if you notice any errors or inconsistencies in this list, please let me know that as well.

For convenience, here are two docs you can download, one with the complete list you see below and the other with only the words containing ù.

RN words with u or ù rev2

RN words with ù rev2

Hayalovay, ma eylan!

EDIT July 23, 2023 3:00 PM PDT: With the help of some sharp-eyed readers (irayo, ma eylan!), I’ve corrected some errors and added some missing items. The list below along with the documents for downloading incorporate the following changes from the original versions.

EDIT July 26: Our intrepid linguistic sleuths discovered two more needed corrections and one more missing item. I’ve made these changes below and in the documents above (rev2). Irayo nìmun, ma smuk! Hopefully we now have definitive versions of the RN u/ù list for all the vocabulary we’ve seen so far.

EDIT July 26 #2:Ä’! Poltxe oe ye’krr nìhawng. I spoke too soon. A couple more excellent comments indicated there are further corrections and additions to be made. Oh well . . . I’ll get to those as soon as I can. Thanks for your diligence, ma frapo!

CORRECTED ITEMS
feul
fìmuntrr
huru
kùng
mùngwrrI’ll
mùngwrrtxo
numùltxa
numùltxatu
peekxinùm
snùmìna
tìmùngwrr
tìtunu
tìtsyul
txansngum
txukxefu
uniltìrantokx
uniltìrantokxolo’
zup

ADDED ITEMS
ketsuktswa’
muwìntxu
ngimpùp
omùm
sunu
tìterkup
tsùktswa’
tsùkyom
txekxùmpay
ùltxatu

’avùn save
’ekxinùm tightness
’okvur history
’opinsùng color
’opinvultsyìp crayon
’ul increase
’ùmtsa medicine
’uo something
’upe what
’ùpxare message
’ùr appearance
’ur thing (dative)
am’aluke without a doubt
Amhul (name)
Anùk (name)
Anurai (clan name)
Aonung (name)
Artsùt (name)
aungia omen
äzanluke voluntarily
eltungawng brainworm
eolìuvi prefix
Europa Europe
Eytukan (name)
fayluta these words that
fe’lùp tacky
feul worsen
fewtusok opposite
Fekum drawback
fekumnga’ disadvantageous
fìmuntrr this weekend
fkarùt peel
flìnutx thickness
fnetxùm kind of poison
fngapsutxwll metal-following plant
ftue easy
ftumfa out of
ftuopa from behind
ftxulìu orate
ftxulìuyu orator
fuke or not
fula that
fura that
furia that
futa that
fwum float
fyawìntxuyu guide
fyìpmaut squid fruit tree
fyolùp exquisite
fyuatx anemonoid
hangvur joke
hiùp spit
hìrumwll puffer plant
hufwa although
hufwe wind
hufwetsyìp breeze
hùltstxem hinder
hùm leave
hum results
hupx miss
huru cooking pot
huta unexpected
ikùt large pestle
Kamun (name)
karyunay apprentice teacher
kavùk treachery
kawnomùm unknown
kawtu nobody
kämùnge take
Kekunan (clan name)
keltsùn impossible
Kelutral Hometree
kemlìuvi verb infix
kemuia dishonor
kemuianga’ dishonor
kerusey dead
ketsùkanom unavailable
ketsùklewn unbearable
ketsùktiam uncountable
ketsùktswa’ unforgettable
ketuwong alien
keykùr hang
keyeùng insanity
kllkulat dig up
koaktutral goblin thistle
komùm don’t know
koùm curved
kuùp heavy
kulat reveal
kum result
kuma that
kùnsìp gunship
kùng putrid
kùr hang
kurakx drive out
kùrfyan hamper
kùrfyavi hook
kurkùng asshole
kuru queue
kxuke safe
kxukx swallow
kxùm viscous
kxùmpay gel
kxùmpaysyar glue
kxutu enemy
laùm pretend
lanutral dandetiger
lekyeùng insane
lenomùm curious
lepxìmrun common
letùt constant
letsùnslu possible
letxiluke unhurried
lìukìng sentence
lìukìngvi phrase
lìupam pronunciation
lìupe what (word)
lìuvan pun
lìuvi affix
loakùr amulet
lonusye exhale
luke without
lukftang continual
lukpen naked
lumpe why
lun reason
lùpra style
mawup turtapede
mauti fruit
meoauniaea harmony
meuia honor
meuianga’ honorable
mikyun ear
mu’ni achieve
muiä proper
mulpxar roosterhead plant
mùn’i cut
mune two
munsna pair
muntrr weekend
muntxa mated
muntxatan husband
muntxate wife
mùnge bring
mùngsye inhale
mùngwrr except
mùngwrrtxo unless
muve second
muwìntxu introduce
nalutsa k.o. animal
nawmtorùktek totem
newomùm curious
nìul more
nìul’ul increasingly
nìawnomùm as is known
nìftue easily
nìktùngzup carefully
nìlun of course
nìmun again
nìpxul formidably
nìsngum worryingly
nìsùng furthermore
nìt’iluke forever
nìtkanluke accidentally
nìtùt always
nìtxiluke unhurriedly
nìtxukx deeply
nìTsyùngwen in Mandarin
nuä beyond
nui falter
nulkrr longer (time)
nulnew prefer
nume learn
numtseng school
numtsengvi classroom
numùltxa class
numùltxatu classmate
nutx thick
ngimpùp length
ngul grey
ngulpin grey
ngùngùng rub
nguway viperwolf cry
okùp milk
omùm know
palukan thanator
palulukan thanator
palukantsyìp cat
pamrelvul pen
pamuvan sound play
parùl miracle
parùlnga’ miraculous
parùltsyìp (term of affection)
pasùk berry
paysmùng water carrier
paysyul water lily
pänutìng promise
peùn decide
peekxinùm how tight?
pelun why
pinvul crayon
prrnesyul bud
Prrsmùng baby carrier
pùk book
pùktsyìp booklet
pukap six
pùm thing possessed
pung injure
pùp short
pupxì one-sixth
puve sixth
puvol 48
pxasùl fresh
pxawpxun armband
pxiut razor palm
pxìmùn’i divide
pxul imposing
pxun arm
pxuntil elbow
raùn surrender
ramunong well
raspu’ leggings
räptùm vulgar
relvul pen
renulke irregular
reypaytun red
ronguway howl
ronguwayyu howler
rum ball
rumaut cannonball fruit
rumut puffball tree
run find
rùrùr k.o. waterfall
rusey alive
rutxe please
satu’li heritage
säfeul worsening
säftxulìu oration
sämùnge transportation device
sänui failure
sänume instruction
sänumvi lesson
säomùm information
säsulìn hobby
sätsan’ul improvement
säwäsul competition
säwäsultsyìp contest
sempul father
skuka Sagittaria
Slukx horn
snanumùltxa course
snolùp personal style
snùmìna dim
sngukx grub plant
sngum worry
sngumtsim source of worry
sngunga’ troubling
sosùl pleasant smell
spule propel
spulmokri telephone
spulyaney canoe paddle
spuwin old
sru’ crush
srùng help
srùnga’ helpful
srùngtsyìp tip
stùm almost
stxenutìng offer
sulìn be busy
sum shell
sumsey drinking vessel
sunkesun like it or not
sunu be pleasing
sùng add
sur taste
susyang fragile
sutx track, follow
Swotulu (river name)
Syaksyùk prolemuris
syeptute hyneman
syokùp weight
syulang flower
syura energy
syuratan bioluminescence
syusmùng tray
syuve food
syuvekel famine
Taunui (clan name)
takùk strike
Takuk (name)
talun(a) because
talun due to
tautral sky tree
tawsyuratan aurora
tawtute human
täftxuyu weaver
terkùp die
teylupil (insult)
tìiluke endless
tìul increase
tìfeul worsening
tìfnunga’ quiet
tìhawnuwll spartan
tìkxuke safety
tìlaùm pretence
tìmu’ni achievement
tìmuntxa mating
tìmùngwrr exception
tìnomùm curiosity
tìnui failure
tìomùm knowledge
tìpeùn decision
tìpxul imposingness
tìraùn surrender
tìsùng addition
tìterkùp death
tìtunu romance
tìtxantslusam wisdom
tìtxukxefu concern
tìtxùla construction
tìtxur strength
tìtxurnga’ powerful
tìtsan’ul improvement
tìtsùkanom availability
tìtstunwi kindness
tìtstunwinga’ kind
tìtsùnslu possibility
tìtsyul beginning
tìwäsul competition
torùk great leonopteryx
torùkspxam octoshroom
Tuk (name)
Tuke (name)
tùkru spear
Tuktirey (name)
tul run
tùlkun k.o. sea creature
tumpasùk celia fruit tree
tumpin red/orange
tun red/orange
tunu romantic
tunutu object of desire
tùng allow
tùngzup drop
tùp instead of
tupe who?
tùt (continuation)
tutampe who?
tutan man
tute person
tuté woman
tuteo someone
tutepe who?
tutsena stretcher
tuvom greatest of all
tuvon lean
txansngum desperation
txantur powerful
txasunu love greatly
txekxùmpay lava
txeptun orange
txewluke endless
txopunil nightmare
txukx deep
txukxefu care
txùla build
txùm poison
txùmnga’ poisonous
txùmpaywll scorpion thistle
txùmtsä’wll baja tickler
txung disturb
txur strong
txurtel rope
txurtu brawny person
txurtseng fortress
tsalsungay nevertheless
tsamkùk war drum
tsan’ul improve
tsankum benefit
tsankumnga’ advantageous
tsap’alute apology
tsawksyul sun lily
tsawlùltxa conference
tseltsùl whitewater rapids
tsmuk sibling
tsmukan brother
tsmuke sister
tsmuktu sibling
tsrul nest
tstunkem favor
tstunkemtsyìp little favor
tstunwi kind
tstxolìukìngvi noun phrase
tsuo ability
Tsu’tey (name)
tsùkanom available
tsùkmong reliable
tsùktswa’ forgettable
tsuksìm chin
tsùkx stab
tsùkyom edible
tsùlfä mastery
tsùlfätu expert
tsùlfätunay near-master
tsùn be able
tsun heel
tsùnslu be possible
tsùpx scratch
tsurak Skimwing
tsurokx rest
tsyul start
ue’ vomit
ùk shadow
ukxo dry
ulte and
ùltxa meeting
ùltxarun encounter
ùltxatu meeting participant
ùm loose
um’a surprisingly
unil dream
uniltaron Dreamhunt
uniltìrantokx avatar
uniltìrantokxolo’ Avatar community
uniltsa dream of
unyor sweetly aromatic
uo behind
uolìuvi suffix
uran boat
utral tree
utraltsyìp bush
Utraya Mokri Tree of Voices
utu forest canopy
utumauti banana fruit
utùru sanctuary
uvan game
värumut vein pod
vitrautral Tree of Souls
vomun ten
Vospxìmun February
Vospxìvomun October
vozampasùkut grinch tree
vul branch
vultsyìp stick
vun provide
vur story
vurway story poem
vurvi summary
wäsul compete
wìntxu show
wùm approximately
wur cool
wutso meal
yawntutsyìp darling
yayotsrul bird’s nest
yuey beautiful
yune listen to
yur wash
zamùnge bring
zeykùp let fall
zìmauyu newcomer
zùm object
zun if
zùng crouch
zup fall
zusawkrr future
’A’awa aylì’u sì aylì’fyavi amip. - A few new words and expressions.

Kaltxì, ma eylan!

Sìlpey oe, ayngaru lu fpom nìwotx.

Once again, I need to apologize that other things have kept me away from Na’viteri for too long. But that doesn’t mean I’ve been away from Na’vi! It’s been a pleasure to work on the Na’vi-language aspects of the new video game debuting on December 7th, Avatar: Frontiers of Pandora.

As you can probably predict, I myself am not an experienced gamer, but all indications are that FoP is going to be really good. (Just so it’s clear, I have no stake in the game other than wanting the Na’vi in it to be accurate and appropriate.) Among the fun things I’ve been doing is coming up with Na’vi names for dozens of new fauna and flora! They’re going to amaze you.

I will get to the large backlog of questions some of you have asked both publicly and privately, but for right now, let me give you some new vocabulary and expressions I hope you’ll find useful.

First, some words relating to those flora and fauna I mentioned:

pek (n.) ‘fin (of an aquatic animal)’

lak (n.) ‘shell, hard covering of a plant or animal’

Note: Lak is a more general word than sum, which refers specifically to seashells from the ocean.

zeng (n.) ‘crest on the head of a bird or animal’

yawr (n.) ‘feather’

Note: There’s been discussion of whether we’ve actually seen birds on Pandora. One such discussion is here, where some participants have noted that there are lots of birds visible in Fya’o Payä.

txim (n.) ‘spike, thorn of a plant’

Don’t confuse txim with txìm! But there is a proverbial expression that exploits the similarity between the two words:

na txim a txìmmì
‘like a thorn in the butt’—that is, something extremely annoying

wuwuk (n., WU.wuk; RN: wùwùk) ‘lizard; any of a variety of lizard-like creatures’

And now some miscellaneous words and expessions:

asip (n., A.sip) ‘tall thin mass or pile of something; tower’

Tuteol asipit aytäremä txolula mì na’rìng.
‘Someone built a tower of bones in the forest.’

fyufye (vin., FYU.fye, inf. 12; RN: fyùfye) ‘splash’

Ranu kilvanmì fyarmufye na tsawla payoang apìsaw.
‘Ranu was splashing in the river like a big clumsy fish.’

tslikx (vin.) ‘crawl’

This word makes an appearance in a well-known rhyming expression parents recite to their children as a lesson:

Tslikx, tìran, tul;
Ftu yì ne yì tsan’ul.

As you see, this literally says, ‘Crawl, walk, run; from level to level get better.’ The meaning is that when learning something new, you have to proceed from step to step: baby steps first, then bigger ones. (Note: The stress on tsan’ul is normally on the first syllable, but for the rhythm of this little poem, it shifts to the second: tsan.’UL. Things like that happen in poetry.

kara (vin./vtr., ka.RA, inf. 12) ‘resist’

Note that the stress is on the second syllable.

Fol ngati spole’e a krr, nga lumpe ke kara?
‘When they captured you, why didn’t you resist?’

Aysälatemit a zamolunge Sawtutel nga fmi kivara. Längu keltsun.
‘You try resist the changes brought by the Sky People. Sadly, that’s impossible.’

tìkara (n., tì.ka.RA) ‘resistance’

Tìkara lu ätxäle palukanur.
‘Resistance is futile.’

kawngkem (n., KAWNG.kem) ‘evil deed, crime’

Don’t confuse kawngkem with kangkem! But here too there’s an expression that exploits the similarity between the two words:

Pori kangkem lu kawngkem.
‘For him, work is a crime.’

That’s just an idiomatic way of saying Po lu ngong nìngay, ‘He’s really lazy.’

layl (adj.) ‘innocent’

Tsakawngkemìri lu oe layl!
‘I am innocent of that crime!’

tìlayl (n., tì.LAYL) ‘innocence’

nìlayl (adv., nì.LAYL) ‘innocently’

tokat (adj., TO.kat) ‘guilty’

tìtokat (n., tì.TO.kat) ‘guilt’

nìtokat (adv., nì.TO.kat) ‘guiltily’

The two adverbs nìlayl and nìtokat serve to modify the word zawprrte’ ‘be enjoyable’ to show the psychological state of the one receiving pleasure:

zawprrte’ nìtokat fkone ‘be pleasurable to one in a guilty way’

This is an expression for schadenfreude—taking pleasure in someone else’s misfortune.

Entul fot ve’kì ulte sänui feyä zolawprrte’ nìtokat pone.
‘Entu hates them and their failure brought him pleasure.’

A much nicer expression is just the opposite:

zawprrte’ nìlayl fkone ‘be pleasurable to one in an innocent way’

This expresses the idea of taking pure pleasure in someone else’s good fortune or achievements without the slightest hint of envy or jealousy.

Tìmuntxa mefeyä zolawprrte’ Marune nìlayl. Ke lu por kea fmokx kaw’it.
‘Their marriage brought Maru pleasure. She felt no jealousy at all.’

That’s it for now.

Vospxìvomun lefpom! Ulte Eywa ayngahu nìwotx, ma smuk.

Hayalovay!

Kaltxì ma Karyu Pawl,

Faystxeliri alu aylì’u amip irayo si ayoe ngaru nìtxan. Faylì’u lekin sì lesar lu a fì’uri oe ‘efu am’ake.

Since we have the expression zawprrte’ nìlayl fkone, I’m actually wondering what would be the expression for ‘guilty pleasure’ in Na’vi.

Hayalovay!

Irayo nìtxan, ma Vawmataw!

For “guilty pleasure,” I guess we could say za’u nìtokat a prrte’, although that’s not very concise. Literally, it would simply be prrte’ atokat. Would that work for you?

Mipa zìsìt, aylì’u amip - New year, new words

Kaltxì, ma frapo, ulte Mipa Zìsìt Lefpom!

Happy New Year, everyone! I hope 2024 proves to be a happy and healthy one for us all.

We haven’t had any new vocabulary in a while, so here are some words I hope you’ll find interesting. Several of them are based on, or have been inspired by, recent submissions from the newly reconstituted Language Expansion Project. Irayo nìtxan to all the LEP members for your creative and insightful suggestions!

First some general vocabulary, in no particular order:

puwup (vin., PU.wup, inf, 12; RN: puwùp) ‘bounce’

Rum ’awlo poluwup ’rrko neto.
‘The ball bounced once and rolled away.’

Ngäzìk fwa fkol rumit aku’up peykuwup.
‘It’s hard to bounce a heavy ball.’ (That is, it’s difficult to make someone who is stubborn or inept do what you want them to.)

pam si (vin.) ‘make a sound’

Fnu! Pam si rä’ä!
‘Be quiet! Don’t make a sound!’

Utral pam awok soli krra zup.
‘The tree made a loud sound when it fell.’

vakx (n.) ‘snake’

kafi (n., KA.fi) ‘sail’

kafi si (vin., KA.fi si) ‘to sail, move by means of a sail’

Kafi si can be used metaphorically as well as literally:

Rìk aukxo mì hufwetsyìp kafi sarmi.
‘The dry leaf was sailing in the breeze.’

kafiuran (n., KA.fi.u.ran) ‘sailboat’

tayng (n.) ‘thistle-like plant (generic term)’

As we’ll see later, a number of thistle-like plants on Pandora have tayng as part of their name.

telisi (n., te.li.SI) ‘whirlwind’

Note that the stress is on the last syllable.

amay (n., a.MAY) ‘brook’

katir (n., KA.tir) ‘rainbow’

tìspaw (n., tì.SPAW) ‘belief (abstract concept)’

Tsranten tìspaw, tsranten nì’ul tìfkeytongay.
‘Belief is important, but reality is more important.’

säspaw (n., sä.SPAW) ‘belief (particular instance)’

Tsasäspaw atsleng lu lehrrap.
‘That false belief is dangerous.’

ukyom (n., UK.yom; RN: ùkyom) ‘eclipse’

This word is a compound of uk ‘shadow’ and yom ‘eat,’ from the impression that during an eclipse, a shadow is devouring a celestial object. Ukyom can be used metaphorically with si, similar to how “eclipse” can be used in English:

ukyom si (vin., UK.yom si) ‘eclipse’

Pori tsakxeyey a’aw frakemur amuiä ukyom solängi.
‘Sadly, that one mistake eclipsed all of his good deeds.’

txakrrfpìl (vtr., txa.KRR.fpìl, inf. 33) ‘consider, ponder’

The derivation of this verb should be obvious: txa(n) + krr + fpìl: to think for a long time.

Oel sämokti ngeyä txakrrfpolìl.
‘I have considered your suggestion.’

haway (n., HA.way) ‘lullaby’

From hahaw ‘sleep’ + way ‘song.’

yewla si (vin., YEW.la si) ‘disappoint’

Note that yewla si doesn’t mean to be disappointing but rather to disappoint someone else:

Omum oel futa sänui peyä ngaru yewla soli nìtxan.
‘I know that his failure disappointed you greatly.’

kemum (coll., ke.MUM; RN: kemùm) ‘I don’t know’

Ke omum has two common contractions in colloquial Na’vi. We’ve already seen komum; kemum is its equivalent. The two forms are interchangeable, just as English “it is not” contracts either to “it isn’t” or “it’s not” with no difference in usage.

Finally, let me present the Na’vi names of some amazing fauna and flora that have come to light as we’re getting to know Pandora better through the Avatar sequels and video games. Pictures of all the following creatures and plants/planimals, along with detailed descriptions, can be found in Pandorapedia. (Look them up by their English names.)

When the Na’vi name is constructed out of other meaningful elements, I’ll give the derivation briefly. If I don’t mention the derivation, it means the word is a new root with no prior associated meanings.

FAUNA

flrrtsawl (n., FLRR.tsawl) ‘sailfin goliath’

The name of this “gentle giant” is a combination of flrr ‘gentle’ + tsawl ‘large.’

kinglor (n., KING.lor) ‘kinglor’

From kìng ‘thread’ + lor ‘beautiful.’ King may have been an earlier form of kìng.

nawkx (n.) ‘bone helm rhino’

reyptswìk (n., REYP.tswìk) ‘wolf tick’

This bloodsucker’s name comes from reypay ‘blood’ + tswìk ‘suck.’

slotsyal (n., SLO.tsyal) ‘stormglider’

Named for its exceptional wingspan, a combination of sloa ‘wide’ and tsyal ‘wing.’

tslikxyu latopin (n., TSLIKX.yu LA.to.pin) ‘chamelion crawler’

From tslikx ‘crawl’ + latem ‘change’ + ’opin ‘color.’

tslikxyu tsawlak (n., TSLIKX.yu TSAW.lak) ‘scarab crawler’

Named for its prominent large shell. From tslikx ‘crawl’ + tsawl ‘large’ + lak ‘shell.’

txampam (n., TXAM.pam) ‘soundblast colossus’

Named for the very loud sounds this animal produces. Txan + pam, with nasal assimilation.

txeptsyal (n., TXEP.tsyal’ ‘coronis’

Named for its flame-like wing pattern: a “firewing.”

vekreng (n., VEK.reng) ‘cloaked panther’

winzaw (n., WIN.zaw) ‘arrow deer’

Named for its arrow-like speed: win ‘fast’ + swizaw ‘arrow.’

yoten (n., YO.ten) ‘yoten’

zakru (n., ZAK.ru) ‘zakru’

FLORA

eanfwopx (n., E.an.fwopx) ‘mist bloom’

Literally, ‘blue dust cloud.’ From ean ‘blue’ + fwopx ‘dust in the air.’

hiupwopx (n., HI.up.wopx) ‘cloud spitter’

From hiup ‘spit’ + pìwopx ‘cloud.’ We can assume the English term was based on the original Na’vi.

ko’onspul (n., KO.’on.spul) ‘sunflower gigantus’

This is a circular plant that springs up to propel whatever treads on it. From ko’on ‘circular shape’ + spule ‘propel.’

kxetsikran (n., kxe.TSIK.ran) ‘banshee’s tail’

Clearly from kxetse ‘tail’ + ikran ‘banshee.’

naritxim (n., NA.ri.txim) ‘eyethorn’

Literally, ‘eye thorn.’ Here too we can assume the English term was based on the original Na’vi.

paymaut (n., PAY.ma.ut) ‘fountain tree’

Literally, ‘liquid fruit’: pay ‘liquid’ + mauti ‘fruit.’

syep’an (n., SYEP.’an) ‘lift vine’A ‘trap vine.’ From syep ‘trap’ + ’ana ‘hanging vine.’

tarsyu (n., TAR.syu) ‘tarsyu’

From tare ‘connect’ + syulang ‘flower.’ As explained in Pandorapedia, “The Tarsyu is a giant, flowering plant with stamens that enable Na’vi of the Sarentu clan to commune with the memories of ancestors within Eywa via their neural link.”

tompatayng (n., TOM.pa.tayng) ‘rain thistle’

Clearly from tompa ‘rain’ + tayng ‘thistle-like plant.’ Another case of the English name being a translation of the original Na’vi.

txepvispxam (n., TXEP.vi.spxam) ‘sparkle pod’

From txepvi ‘spark’ + spxam ‘fungus.’

yawrwll (n., YAWR.wll) ‘feather blade’

Literally, ‘feather plant.’ From yawr ‘feather’ +’ewll ‘plant.’

yìspul (n., YÌ.spul) ‘mermaid tail’

This is a flat leaf that springs up to propel whatever treads on it. From ‘small flat area’ + spule ‘propel.’

I think that’s enough for now!

All my best wishes for a healthy and happy new year. Ulte Eywa ayngahu nìwotx.

Hayalovay!

Edits 7 Jan.: wll ‘plant’ –> ’ewll ‘plant’; etymologies added for reyptswìk and tarsyu; txakrfpolìl –> txakrrfpolìl.

Irayo nìtxan to everyone who commented!

Rather than answer your comments individually, let me say a few general things here.

First, thanks as always for pointing out the errors and omissions. I’ve now corrected a couple of typos and also added etymologies for reyptswìk and tarsyu, which I had forgotten to include. Your speculations about these were, of course, completely correct!

And much appreciation to everyone who put together the massive list of names and other words still to be canonized! That’s extremely useful to me. I’ll get to the 53 (!) terms on the list in subsequent posts; the organization you presented will help greatly in sorting them all out. For the flora and fauna, my plan was to wait until the relevant creatures and plants appeared on the Pandorapedia site so you could see them and read their descriptions, but I may rethink that.

Finally, it’s been more than gratifying to hear comments about how good the Na’vi is in FoP. We spent a lot of time with the actors to help them nail their Na’vi. Every one of them was extremely enthusiastic and cooperative, and strove to get the pronunciation right. I’m so glad these efforts paid off!

Eywa ayngahu nìwotx.

Mipa aylì’u sì aylì’fyavi nì’ul - More new words and expressions

Kxì, ma frapo.

Zìsìtnuntrr Lefpom! Happy Leap Year Day!

A bit of explanation:

I realized there was a gap in the lexicon in the area of words relating to long and short. Here’s what we’ve had up to now:

TIMESPACE, PHYSICAL EXTENSION
SHORTyolpup
LONGtxan (?)ngim

The problem is with txan—as you know, a widely used adjective meaning ‘great’ or ‘much.’ It can mean ‘long’ for time, when used specifically with the word krr. (Txankrr, by the way, is an adverb meaning ‘for a long time.’) For example, we have the iconic Yola krr, txana krr, ke tsranten, ‘It doesn’t matter how long it takes’—literally, ‘Short time, long time, doesn’t matter.’ But what about ‘a long speech’ or ‘a long song’? Txan doesn’t work for those.

Instead, we have nun:

nun (adj.; RN: nun) ‘long (of time)’

The paradigm is now:

TIMESPACE, PHYSICAL EXTENSION
SHORTyolpup
LONGnun, txan (with krr)ngim

Sunu oer Ralu, slä fìsäfrrfen peyä lu nun nìhawng.
‘I like Ralu, but this visit of his is too long.’

nunyol (n., NUN.yol) ‘length (of time)’

penunyol (pe.NUN.yol) / nunyolpe (NUN.yol.pe) (inter.) ‘what length, how long (of time)’

Nga harmahaw penunyol?
‘How long were you sleeping?’

For completeness:

pengimpup (pe.NGIM.pup) / ngimpuppe (NGIM.pup.pe) (inter.) ‘what length, how long (of physical extension)’

zìsìtnun (n., zì.sìt.NUN) ‘leap year’

zìsìtnuntrr (n., zì.sìt.NUN.trr) ‘leap year day’

On to other things:

Here are some more new words I hope you’ll find useful, some of which stem from the contributions of the Lexical Expansion Project. (Irayo nìtxan!) I have quite a few more of these suggestions, which I’ll get to for future posts. Here I’ll also say something about a recent presentation I put together that I’ve now given a couple of times.

First, an idiomatic expression:

eltut heykahaw (EL.tut hey.KA.haw) ‘be boring’

Literally, this is ‘puts the brain to sleep,’ heykahaw being the causative of hahaw ‘sleep.’ Compare this with the familiar expression eltur tìtxen si, ‘be interesting,’ which literally means ‘awakens the brain.’ (Question: Would you classify eltut heykahaw as vin., vtr., or neither? 🙂 )

Tsasäftxulì’ul peyä eltut heykolahaw nìtxan.
‘That speech of his was very boring.’

For someone to be bored, as opposed to something being boring, a separate word is used:

skeykx (adj.) ‘bored’

Oe ’efu skeykx ulte new tivätxaw ne kelku.
‘I’m bored and I want to go home.’

nga’prrnen (vin., nga’PRR.nen, inf. 1,1) ’be pregnant (for people)’

This word came up in the recent talk I gave (see below). It’s clearly a compound of nga’ ‘contain’ and prrnen ‘infant.’

Zun ngal oey tsmuket tsive’a, zel am’aluke ivomum futa poe nga’prrnen.
‘If you saw my sister, you’d certainly know she was pregnant.’

To say someone is pregnant with offspring, just use nga’ in a normal transitive construction.

Pol pxeya prrnenit ngeia’.
‘I’m delighted to say she’s pregnant with triplets.’

Krra ngal oeti ngarma’, ’efu pefya?
‘How did you feel when you were pregnant with me?’

Since we distinguish between prrnen ‘infant, baby (person)’ and lini ‘young of an animal,) we likewise have separate words for pregnant.

nga’lini (vin., nga’.LI.ni) ’be pregnant (for animals)’

tìnga’prrnen (n., tì.nga’.PRR.nen) ‘pregnancy (for people)’

tìnga’lini (n., tì.nga’.LI.ni) ‘pregnancy (for animals)’

kakmokri (adj., kak.MOK.ri) ‘mute’

Compare this with other kak– words like kakpam ‘deaf’ and kakrel ‘blind.’

tìkakmokri (n., tì.kak.MOK.ri) ‘muteness’

nìkakmokri (adv., nì.kak.MOK.ri) ‘mutely’

Kllkxolem fo nìkakmokri luke fwa ’awa lì’uti plltxe.
‘They stood there mutely without saying a word.’

säfpìlyewn (vin., sä.FPÌL.yewn, inf. 3,3) ‘communicate’

This is a compound of säfpìl ‘thought’ and yewn ‘express, convey.’ Communication is expressing and conveying your thoughts to others.

tìsäfpìlyewn (n., tì.sä.FPÌL.yewn) ‘communication’ (colloquial pronunciation: tsäfpìlyewn)

Txo po lu kakmokri, fyape säfpìlyewn?
‘If he’s mute, how does he communicate?’

pamtseovi (n., PAM.tse.o.vi) ‘musical piece’

Awnga tìng mikyun aylì’uluke a pamtseovir ko!
‘Let’s listen to some music without words.’

pxawtok (vtr., PXAW.tok, inf. 2,2) ‘surround’

This word and its syntax are based on tok. Rather than occupying a place in something, however, here you’re occupying a place around it—that is, surrounding it.

Pxawtolok snanantangìl yerikit.
‘The nantang pack surrounded the yerik.’

ehetx (n., e.HETX) ‘excuse’

ehetx si (vin., e.HETX si) ‘make an excuse, make excuses’

Furia nga ke tsan’ul, var nga ehetx sivi nì’aw.
‘Regarding your lack of improvement, you only keep making excuses.’

ken (adp.) ‘despite, in spite of’

Ken tìnawri peyä, ke flolä.
‘Despite her talent, she didn’t succeed.’

Ken fwa lu por ’awa nari nì’aw, lu Mati taronyu aswey.
‘In spite of having only one eye, Mati is the best hunter.’

räptulì’u (n., räp.tu.LÌ.’u; RN: räptùlì’u) ‘coarse or swear word’

räptulì’fya (n. räp.tu.LÌ’.fya; RN: räptùlì’fya) ‘coarse, vulgar language’

These compounds derived from räptum, the adjective meaning coarse or vulgar. Unlike N + lì’u compounds such as kemlì’u, syonlì’u, and tilì’u, where the stress is on the first syllable, this ADJ + lì’u compound has stress on lì’. That stress pattern has contributed to the m of räptum dropping over time.

nìräptum (adv., nì.räp.TUM) ‘coarsely, vulgarly’

Fyape yawne lu fkoru tute a frakrr voìk si fìtxan nìräptum?
‘How does one love a person who always behaves so coarsely?’

To refer to speaking vulgarly or using vulgar language, the expected plltxe nìräptum has evolved into a shorter idiomatic form:

plltxe räptum (idiom) ‘to speak vulgarly, use vulgar language, swear’

katìng (vtr., KA.tìng, inf 2,2) ‘distribute’

Eykyul ayswizawti katolìng ayhapxìtur tsamponguä.
‘The leader distributed the arrows to the members of the war party.’

tìkatìng (n., tì.KA.tìng) ‘distribution’

tsyang (n.) ‘swarm’

You can speak of tsyang ayhì’angä, ‘a swarm of insects,’ but also metaphorically of tsyang suteyä, a swarm of people. The difference between snahì’ang, a group or collection of insects, and tsyang ayhì’angä is that the latter conveys a somewhat negative feeling, in that the insects are experienced as annoying and perhaps threatening. Sna– is neutral and doesn’t have that connotation.

luan (vtr., LU.an, inf. 1,2; RN: luan) ‘owe’

Luan refers to having a moral obligation to give something to someone.

Fol ngeyä tsmukeru luan tskoti amip.
’They owe your sister a new bow.’

Oey voìkìri alewnga’ luan oel ngar tìoeyktìngit.
‘I owe you an explanation for my shameful behavior.’

Among a very helpful collection of items for clarification (irayo, ma Txonpay!), there’s a list of 37 flora and fauna I need to post here along with stresses and derivations so they can be entered into our dictionaries. I was waiting for them to appear on Pandorapedia so you’d be able to see the pictures and read the detailed descriptions. I’m sure these will be available at some point. In the meantime, since these names have already been made public via the video games, I’ll get to them in the next post.

One more thing: Some of you may have seen and heard the recent talk I gave to the lì’fyaolo’ on the topic of language and thought, concentrating on the (in)famous Sapir-Whorf Hypothesis. After that presentation, I revised and expanded the talk a bit before I presented it to the University of Victoria (Canada) Underlings, UVic’s student-run undergraduate linguistics club. (I love “Underlings”!) If you missed the original talk or wanted to refresh your memory and also see a bit of new content, you can watch the revised presentation here (Google drive link) or here:

- Video not included here! -

Hayalovay, ma eylan!

Fleltrrä aylì’u - Words for April Fool’s Day

Kaltxì, ma frapo!

Fleltrr Lefpom! Happy April Fool’s Day!

No tricks—just a few new words this time along with a new way to use a word you already know. I hope you’ll find these useful.

Actually, the only word family for today that’s directly related to foolery is based on:

flel (vtr.) ‘trick (someone), fool (someone)’

Entul Peyralit fìtxan flolel kuma fpìl poe san oe yawne lu por.
‘Entu fooled Peyral so much that she thought he loved her.’
OR ‘Entu tricked Peyral into thinking that he loved her.’

säflel (n., sä.FLEL) ‘trick, hoax, dishonest act or scheme’

Pot spaw rä’ä! Lu fì’u säflel!
’Don’t believe him! It’s a trick!’

Don’t confuse säflel with ìngyentsyìp, which also means ‘trick’ but in another sense. An ìngyentsyìp is a clever device, as in “There’s a trick to solving this equation.” A säflel is something dishonest.

tìflel (n., tì.FLEL) ‘trickery (abstract concept)’

fleltu (n., FLEL.tu) ‘fool, sucker, mark, someone easily tricked’

NOTE: Keep in mind that when you encounter nouns where the -tu suffix has been attached to a verb, the meanings have to be learned individually, since you don’t know beforehand whether the noun refers to the agent or the patient of the verb. I can’t do better than to quote the Horen:

-tu creates agent nouns most often from parts of speech other than verbs . . . When attached to verbs, the noun might refer to either the agent or the patient of a verbal action, such as frrtu guest from frrfen visit (agent), spe’etu captive from spe’e capture (patient). [Horen 5.1.5.1]

Fleltrr (n., FLEL.trr) ‘April Fool’s Day’

Fleltu slu rä’ä! Fìtrr lu Fleltrr!
‘Don’t be fooled! Today is April Fool’s Day!’

säfleltsyìp (n., sä.FLEL.tsyìp) ‘practical joke’

Here’s another -tu word that works the same way as spe’etu and fleltu:

hawntu (n., HAWN.tu) ‘one under someone’s protection’

Oey yawntu lu oey hawntu.
‘My beloved is under my protection.’
OR ‘The one I love is the one I protect.’

The next word is a result of someone asking me how to say “washing machine” in Na’vi. That led me to ask myself what “machine” would be in general. What’s the essence of a machine, and did the Na’vi have the concept of machine prior to the arrival of the Sawtute?

It seemed to me that “machine” has two basic defining components: (1) It’s something that helps you do something you couldn’t do or do as well without it, and (2) it’s something that’s constructed rather than occurring in nature. In this sense, a bow could be considered a kind of machine, since it satisfies properties (1) and (2). This led to:

säsrung (n, sä.SRUNG) ‘helper (inanimate), something that helps’

Contrast säsrung (inanimate) with srungsiyu, ‘helper’ in the sense of an assistant or person who helps.

Oeyä tìtslamìri tìoeyktìng ngeyä lolu säsrung.
‘Your explanation helped my understanding.’

(This is admittedly a bit stiff compared to the simpler and more natural Oeyä tìtslamur tìoeyktìng ngeyä srung soli.)

A machine, then, is a constructed (txawnula, from txula) säsrung.

txawnulsrung (n., txaw.NUL.srung) ‘machine’

The historical derivation is a bit complex:

*txawnulasäsrung > txawnulsäsrung > txawnulsrung

And so:

txawnulsrung a yur (n.) ‘washing machine’

This pattern is obviously the basis for other kinds of machines, such as:

txawnulsrung a tswayon (n.) ‘airplane’

kahena (vtr., ka.HE.na, inf. 2,3) ‘transport’

The derivation here is obvious: ka ‘across’ + hena ‘carry,’ similar to the derivation of the English word from Latin trans ‘across’ + portare ‘carry.’ (Sometimes humans and Na’vi think alike.)

Fwa kahena fì’uranit atsawl ftu tsray oeyä ne pum ngeyä layu ngäzìk.
‘It’s going to be difficult to transport this large boat from my village to yours.’

tìkahena (n., tì.ka.HE.na) ‘transportation (abstract concept)’

säkahena (n., sä.ka.HE.na) ‘means of transport, transportation device, vehicle’

As with other – words, the unstressed ä usually drops in casual pronunciation when the resulting consonant cluster is permissible. So this word is usually pronounced skahena colloquially.

Contrast säkahena with sämunge, which also means a transportation device. The difference is that sämunge usually refers to something small that something else can fit in, like a pouch, while a säkahena is typically something that can move large things, including people.

Finally, there’s now a pet turtle in the Lightstorm office, and I’ve been asked how to say “turtle” in Na’vi. As with other terrestrial animals that don’t exist on Pandora, we take the name of the Pandoran animal that seems the closest and typically add –tsyìp, since our earth versions are usually smaller. So alongside nantangtsyìp ‘dog’ and palukantsyìp ‘cat,’ we now have:

mawuptsyìp (n., MA.wup.tsyìp) ‘turtle’

from mawup ‘turtapede.’

Now for that new use of a familiar word that I mentioned above:

We haven’t yet seen how the Na’vi express the kind of emphasis we achieve in English with the “self” words, as in: I myself, you yourself, etc. For example, “You yourself said I shouldn’t go!”

To do this in Na’vi, we use the adposition sko, which we’ve seen glossed as ‘in the capacity of, in the role of,’ with a repeated noun or pronoun. An example will show you how this works:

Nga sko nga poltxe san rä’ä kivä!
‘You yourself said don’t go!’

Literally, this means something like “You in the role of you,” which is weird in English but fine in Na’vi as a means of emphasis.

Keep in mind two things: First, sko is one of those adpositions that trigger lenition in the following word, and (2) like all adpositions, it can be suffixed onto its object. So the above example could also be Nga ngasko poltxe san . . . For ‘I myself,’ it’s either oe sko oe or oe oesko. As you would anticipate from oehu and oene, the latter is pronounced WES.ko.

That’s it for now. Nìmun, Fleltrr Lefpom, ulte fleltu slu rä’ä! 🙂